MARGIN INDEX APPEARS ON

LAST PAGE OF BOOK

National Bureau of Standards

OCT 2 3 1974

A Compilation and Evaluation of

Mechanical, Thermal, and Electrical

Properties of Selected Polymers

R. E. Schramm, A. F. Clark, and

R. P. Reed

Institute for Basic Standards

National Bureau of Standards

Boulder, Colorado 80302

Sponsored by

The Atomic Energy Commission

Lawrence Livermore Laboratory

Livermore, Calilfornia 94550 AEC Order No. SAN-70-113, SANL 807 Task 7, SANL 903 Task 6

U.S. DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE, Frederick B. Dent, Secretary

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS, Richard W. Roberts, Director

Issued September 1973

Cryogenics Division
Library of Congress Catalog Card Number: 72-600310

National Bureau of Standards Monograph 132

Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Monogr. 132, 848 pages (Sept. 1973) CODEN: NBSMA6

For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402 (Order by SD Catalog No. C13.44:132). Price cents.

Price $10.25 cents domestic postpaid or $9.50 cents GPO Bookstore

Stock Number 0303-01082
Contents

Page

1. Introduction 1 A. The polymers 1 B. The properties 1 C. Structure of the compilation 2

2. Definitions 2

A. Mechanical properties 2

B. Thermal properties 4

C. Electrical properties 4

3. Abbreviations and symbols 5

4. Unit conversions 5

5. Summary of property data compiled for each polymer 7

6. Polytetrafluoroethylene (TFE) and its copolymer with hexafluoropropylene (FEP)

A. Summary 19

B. Mechanical properties

TFE 20 FEP 177 References 218

C. Thermal properties

TFE 221 FEP 253 References 255

D. Electrical properties

TFE 257 FEP 313

References 331

E. Related references 333

7. Polychlorotrifluoroethylene (CTFE)

A. Summary 335

B. Mechanical properties and references 336

C. Thermal properties and references 381

D. Electrical properties and references 391

E. Related references « 443

8. Polyethylene terephthalate (PET)

A. Summary 445

B. Mechanical properties and references 446

C. Thermal properties and references 578

D. Electrical properties and references 589

E. Related references 642

9. Polypyromellitimide (PPMI)

A. Summary 643

B. Mechanical properties and references 644

C. Thermal properties and references 674

D. Electrical properties and references 678

E. Related references 692

10. Polyparaxylylene (PPX)

A. Summary 693

B. Mechanical properties and references 694

C. Thermal properties and references 701 D. Electrical properties and references 703

11. Polycarbonate (PC)

A. Summary 711

B. Mechanical properties and references 712

C. Thermal properties and references 804

D. Electrical properties and references 811

E. Related references 842

12. References received late and not included in this compilation 843
r
A Compilation and Evaluation of Mechanical, Thermal, and Electrical

Properties of Selected Polymers

R. E. Schramm, A. F. Clark, and R. P. Reed

This compilation abstracts original experimental data on the mechanical, thermal, and electrical properties of six commercially available polymers. After an extensive review of the open literature,

all available data were collected together in graphical and tabular form along with material characterization, experimental method, and reference to the original publication. The data are also summarized and a brief description of each polymer is included. Key words: Compilation; electrical properties; mechanical properties; plastics; polymers; thermal

properties.

1 . Introduction

Polymers are widely used in virtually all aspects of the modern world. In both scientific and nonscientific fields, reliable property data are needed by designers, manufacturers,

and research personnel, but they are widespread and scattered throughout the technical literature (many are only published

in final reports to sponsoring agencies and do not appear in the open literature). There is a strong need to correlate and

critically evaluate these data and compile them into a ready

reference. To fill this need and to be able to identify data gaps in the technical literature, we have undertaken this compilation and critical evaluation of the mechanical, thermal,

and electrical properties of a selected group of the more com- mon types of polymers.

A. The Polymers

Natural and artificial polymers were studied as early as the

1860's but it wasn't until Staudinger in 1920 proposed the chain model that we began to understand them. This model

wasn't widely accepted until the late 1930's and it took about

twenty more years to develop the technical expertise that has

led to the burgeoning use of polymers in the last decade. There are many good texts to aid in understanding the polymer physical properties and their behavior (which we

have compiled here) and we shall make no attempt to generate

another. These texts and several good review articles are

listed as references to this introduction. Perhaps two of the

texts should be mentioned: Flory 1953, seems to be the source

cf most of the commonly accepted definitions, and the other,

Billmeyer 1962, is a good, general first reference for someone

with little understanding of polymers.

The polymers whose data are compiled are (with their abbreviations) :

1. Polytetrafluoroethylene (TFE)

and its copolymer with — Hexafluoropropylene (FEP)

2. Polychlorotrifluoroethylene (CTFE)

3. Polyethylene terephthalate (PET)

4. Polypyromellitimide (PPMI)

5. Polyparaxylylene (PPX)

6. Polycarbonate (PC)

These were chosen as representative of the most commonly

used structural and film polymers at low temperatures and

are by no means complete. Generally, copolymers were

avoided because the properties depend strongly on the proportions of the two polymers. An exception was made for the widely used FEP.

B. The Properties

We have compiled the physical properties that are neces- sary for good applications design, including virtually all of

the bulk mechanical, thermal and electrical properties. We

have neglected some properties, such as the surface electrical

resistivity, which are not inherent properties of the bulk

material but dependent on the surface state and environment

of a particular application. We have also ignored viscosity

and other liquid properties since these are not applicable to structural use. Temperature was chosen as the primary variable but other parameters have been plotted where useful and available, such

as the dielectric loss tangent versus frequency. Most of the polymers are frequently used in radiation fields and consequently, a considerable amount of data have been accumulated on radiation effects. These have been included. Other special

environmental conditions have usually been ignored. Test temperatures were noted when stated in the original paper;

when not specified, it was assumed that the test was conducted

at room temperature.

The mechanical properties which have been included in

this compilation are:

Stress-Strain Relation

Elongation

Tensile and Yield Strength

Compressive Strength

Shear Strength

Flexural Strength

Impact Energy

Young's Modulus

Compressive Modulus

Shear Modulus

Bulk Modulus

Flexural Modulus

Secant Modulus

Toughness

Internal Friction

Fatigue

Creep

Stress Relaxation

Hardness

Poisson's Ratio

The thermal properties included are: Expansion

Diffusivity

Specific Heat

Conductivity

The electrical properties included are:

Dielectric Loss Tangent

Dielectric Constant Volume Resistivity Dielectric Strength

The diffusivity is directly related to the specific heat, conductivity, and density but these properties are so commonly

used independently that they have all been included. The

expansion was plotted rather than the expansivity or expansion

coefficient because it represents the actual measurement and

is most sought for design considerations. The two fundamental ac and two dc properties have been included. The

other properties can be derived from these or are not bulk

properties.

1
The units used are those in widespread use in the U.S.,

such as psi or volts mil-1

. Where no universal acceptance is manifest, we have converted to SI (Systeme Internationale)

units to encourage international uniformity. On all stress graphs an auxiliary scale in dynes cm"2 is included where 1 dyne cm~~

2 = 0.1 N/nr2 (pascal). Section 4 lists other conversion facts between units.

C. Structure of the Compilation

The data are arranged in units according to polymer in the following order:

Polytetrafluoroethylene TFE

and its copolymer with — hexafluoropropylene FEP

Polychlorotrifluoroethylene CTFE

Polyethylene terephthalate PET

Polypyromellitimide PPMI Polyparaxylylene PPX

Polycarbonate PC

Each unit is introduced by a brief section describing its structure and general properties, its common applications,

and a list of the trade names that occur in the articles abstracted for this compilation.

The data are presented graphically with each reference

indicated on the graph. Common coordinate scales are used

where possible for easy comparison between graphs. Beneath

each graph is a table listing the references, any material

identification given, and a brief summary of the specimen

description and the experimental conditions given in the

reference. If test or material information is not presented

in these tables, it should be assumed that the information was

not provided by the investigators in their report. Single point

data that are not best presented on a graph are summarized in tables at the end of each mechanical, thermal, or electrical properties section. The references are listed alphabetically by

first author at the end of these sections. There are many variables in the preparation of these polymers that significantly affect their physical properties.

The average molecular weight and the molecular weight dis- tribution, the degree of crystallinity, the degree and direction

of orientation are all affected by a specimen's thermal and

mechanical history and may significantly alter its physical

properties. Because of this and the fact that there are no

industry-wide standards for chemical purity or uniformity of preparation techniques, a "best value" for each of the properties

is sometimes difficult. In many cases, the data from different sources closely overlap and for these we have generated average value plots. These curves have been collected together

in section 5, and are intended for quick reference and comparison of polymers. If accuracy is of interest to the user, he

is advised to choose the data from those experimental conditions and specimen history closest to his own application. In any compilation of this size there are undoubtedly

valuable references which have been overlooked. For this the authors apologize. We have, however, collected, reviewed, or

abstracted over 2000 references and have, to the best of our knowledge, covered all of the open literature up to and in- cluding the year 1971. Included in the summary presented for each polymer is a

list of the trade names which appeared in the papers compiled. These lists relate the common trade names to the less common generic identification used for each polymer. Trade names also appear in the tables describing material and ex- perimental techniques. These are included to characterize

accurately these conditions. The use of these trade names in no way implies endorsement or approval by NBS. It is to be

further understood that there is no judgment made on the

relative merits of the commercial products listed herein.

Acknowledgments

We wish to thank Jim Hauber of Lawrence Livermore

Laboratories for his many helpful suggestions and continued

support of this program. The extensive assistance of our

library staff (S. Aldredge, M. Bivens, V. Fuller, J. Horvat, V. Immel, and G. Skupa) without whose help the retrieval of

all the references would have been impossible, has been

greatly appreciated. For the accurate preparation of the graphs we acknowledge the invaluable assistance of L. Ericks, N.

Sanchez, R. Weekley, and W. Bulla. For the many hours of typing and assembly we recognize the cheerful assistance of M. Birchfield, K. Bowie, M. Cagle, C. Dallman, S. Springer,

and E. Wiederanders. For accurate translation of Russian

literature the authors are indebted to Dr. M. B. Kasen. Others

who helped in many ways in the preparation of this work

were H. Akima, J. Arvidson, G. Childs, C. Corkadel, V. Deason,

J. Gregory, P. Michals, R. Mikesell, S. Schmidt, and R. Trapani.

This program was sponsored by the U. S. Atomic Energy

Commission.

References

1. Bawn, C. E. H., Structure and Performance, Plastics and Polymers

37,373 (1969).

2. Billmeyer, F. W., Jr. Textbook of Polymer Science, Interscience, New York, (1962).

3. Bueche, F., Physical Properties of Polymers, Interscience, New York,

(1962).

4. Collier, J. R., Polymer Structure, Ind. & Eng. Chem. 61, 50 (1969).

5. Flory, P. J., Principles of Polymer Chemistry, Cornell University

Press, Ithaca, N. Y. (1953).

6. Golding, B., Polymers and Resins—Their Chemistry and Chemical

Engineering, D. Van Nostrand, Princeton, N. J., 1959.

7. Huggins, M. L., Physical Chemistry of High Polymers, John Wiley &

Sons, New York, 1958.

8. Meares, P., Polymers, Structure and Bulk Properties, Van Nostrand,

New York (1965).

9. Miller, M. L., The Structure of Polymers, Van Nostrand Reinhold,

New York (1966).

10. National Research Council, "Characterization of Materials, Section IV," AD649941, (March 1967).

11. Neilsen, L. E., Mechanical Properties of Polymers, Van Nostrand

Reinhold, New York (1962)

.

12. Ogorkiewicz, R. M., Engineering Properties of Thermoplastics,

Wiley-Interscience, New York, 1970.

13. Schmitz, J. V., Testing of Polymers, Vol. II, Interscience, New York

(1966).

14. Serafini, T. T., Koenig, J. L., Cryogenic Properties of Polymers,

Dekker, Inc., New York (1968)

.

15. Staudinger, H., Ber. 53, 1073 (1920)

.

2. Definitions

A. Mechanical Properties

1. Stress-strain Definition: The stress-strain diagram is a plot of applied

strain (e) versus the resulting stress (a) ; 2 typical

examples are shown in figure 1. Stress or engineering

stress (o-) is the applied force (F) divided by the

original area (A) of the sample; true stress (or) is the applied load divided by the instantaneous area (Ae )

.

Strain or engineering strain (e) is the change in sample length (AL) divided by the original length (L) ; true strain (

e

T ) is jdh/L. Unless otherwise specified, the reported data were obtained on specimens under tension;

measurements made under compression or torsion are

so identified. In all the diagrams presented here, an X terminating

a stress-strain curve signifies fracture, while a 0 ter- minating a stress-strain curve indicates either no

fracture or uncertainty as to whether fracture did occur

prior to the completion of measurement. Formulae:

o- = F/A o-T = F/Ae

£ = AL/L tT = jdL/L

Units

:

o-has units of psi; e is dimensionless.

2
FIGURE 1

2. Elongation

Definition: Elongation is the plastic deformation, AL/L,

which a sample exhibits in the process of being broken

in tension (e x and e 2 in fig. 1)

.

Formula: Elongation = AL( plastic )/L, where AL is the change of specimen length within a gage length, L. Unit: Elongation is dimensionless.

3. Strength

Definitions: Tensile strength (TS) is the maximum engineering

stress endured by a specimen in tension (C and D in

fig. 1). To compute it, the maximum load is divided by

the original cross-sectional area. Yield strength (YS) is the engineering stress at which a sample has undergone some small plastic de- formation (e.g., 0.2%, A in fig. 1); this plastic strain

is the yield offset (yd. off) and is noted when specified

in the original report. Some authors identify the point

at which the stress first starts to decrease as the yield

strength (B and D in fig. 1), while as many fail to define their yield strength at all. Breaking strength is the engineering stress at the time of fracture (C and E in fig. 1)

.

Compressive strength is the maximum engineering

stress endured by a specimen in compression.

Shear strength is the maximum engineering stress endured by a specimen in shear or torsion. Flexural strength is the maximum engineering stress endured by a specimen flexing due to a perpendicular

force. Formula: Strength = F/A

Unit: psi

4. Impact strength

Definition : Impact strength is a measure of the relative susceptibility to fracture by shock loading. There are two standard types of test: In the Izod type of test, the notched sample is broken by a single hammer blow

delivered at a fixed distance from the edge of the speciman clamp. In the Charpy type test, the sample

(notched or plain) is broken by a single hammer blow

delivered midway between two specimen supports. The

results of impact tests have only relative value, and the two types cannot be directly compared.

Formula: Impact strength — Frier;/ y absorbed 'I i'-l ;m< < from bottom of notch to back of sample.

Units ft.-lb. in 1 of notch

5. Impact energy

Definition : Impact energy is the energy absorbed in fracturing a sample by an impact blow.

Unit: ft.-lb.

6. Modulus

Definitions: Young's modulus (also called elastic modulus or modulus of elasticity) is the slope of the initial straight

line portion of the stress-strain curve measured in tension (dotted lines in fig. 1)

.

Compressive modulus is Young's modulus measured

in compression.

Sonic modulus is Young's modulus determined by

measuring the velocity of sound through the specimen.

Formula: Sonic Modulus = (velocity of sound

)

2 X density

Shear modulus (also called the modulus of rigidity)

is the slope of the initial straight line portion of the shear stress-shear strain curve. Bulk modulus (reciprocal of the compressibility) is the proportionality constant between the change in pres- sure (AP) applied to a sample and its change in volume

(AV).

Formula: Bulk modulus = — AP/AV/V

Flexural modulus is Young's modulus determined

while flexing the sample with a perpendicular force. Secant modulus is the stress required to produce a

given strain (e.g., 1%) divided by that strain.

Formula: In general: Modulus = —Ae Unit: psi

7. Toughness

Definition: Toughness is a measure of the energy re- quired to strain a sample to fracture; in tension or compression, it is the area under the stress-strain curve, in impact it is the energy absorbed.

Unit: ft.-lb. in-3

8. Internal friction Definition: Internal friction is a measure of the mechanical losses which occur in the test sample. The

logarithmic decrement (8) measures the wave damping

of a free oscillator, and the damping factor (Q

-1

) is calculated for a forced oscillator. Internal friction is the mechanical analog of the dielectric loss tangent.

Formula: 8 = In —where ux and Uo are the amplitudes

of successive oscillations.

Q-1 — ——— where and u2 are frequencies

above and below the resonant frequency, a> 0, at which the

amplitude is reduced by a factor of When 8<^1, 8 = irQ~1 but this condition does not hold

when the losses are large, as in these polymers [see

Cottrell, A. H., The Mechanical Properties of Matter. (John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 1964) pp. 172-

178].

Units : 8 and Q'1 are dimensionless.

9. Fatigue

Definition: Fatigue is die gradual failure of a sample

under cyclical application of a constant stress or strain.

3
10. Creep

Definition: Creep is the increase of strain with time in a sample subjected to a constant stress.

11. Stress relaxation

Definition: Stress relaxation is the decrease of stress with time in a sample subjected to a constant strain.

4. Thermal Conductivity

Definition: The thermal conductivity, A, is a measure of ease with which heat energy can be transmitted through

a material. It is the coefficient that relates the heat flow,

dQ/dt, to the driving temperature gradient, dT/dx, and

the area, A.

Formula

:

dt dx

Unit: Wm^Kr1

12. Hardness

Definition : Hardness is a measure of the relative diffi- culty with which a permanent indentation is made in the surface of a sample. Several systems, often with various

scales, are in use, e.g., Rockwell, Brinnel, and Shore.

13. Poisson's ratio Definition: Poisson's ratio (/j.) is the ratio of the trans- verse contraction to longitudinal extension of a sample

under uniaxial stress. Formula: /*= — eJ-A||

Unit: Poisson's ratio is dimensionless.

B. Thermal Properties

1. Expansion

Definition: The thermal expansion, AL/L, is the total length change from a reference temperature to a given

temperature divided by the length at the reference temperature. Room temperature, 295 K (22 C or 72 F) , is commonly used as the reference temperature. The expansivity or expansion coefficient, a, is the temperature

derivative of the thermal expansion.

Formulae:

Units : AL

L is dimensionless; a has units of K

_1

C. Electrical Properties

1. Dielectric Loss Tangent and

2. Dielectric Constant

Definition: The dielectric constant, e, of a material can

be defined as the ratio of the capacitance of a capacitor

filled with the material to one containing a vacuum,

and is always greater than one. e is also referred to as the relative dielectric constant, dielectric coefficient, specific inductive capacity, and relative permittivity. All polymers are dielectric materials in that they are good

insulators. In addition, most polymers are polar due to

their asymmetric molecular charge distributions and

these polar molecules tend to line up when an electric

field is applied. If the applied electric field is alternating the dielectric constant is broken up into an immediately responding part, els due to the small realignment of

the electrons and a lagging part, e2, due to the viscous

resistance to the small rotation of the polar molecules. The ratio of these two, e 2 /ei, represents the tangent of

the phase angle by which the net polarization lags the applied a.c. field and is indicative of a power loss. This

angle, S, is called the loss angle. The tangent of the angle, tan 8, is the dielectric loss tangent or dissipation factor, e is frequently displayed in complex notation with

e — ei — 1€2-

2. Diffusivity Definition: The diffusivity, a, is a measure of the ra- pidity with which a sample reaches thermal equilibrium

after a temperature disturbance. It is defined as the ratio of the thermal conductivity, A, to the density, p, and

specific heat, Cp

. Formula

:

A

cc— r

Unit: cm2 s_1

3. Specific Heat

Definition : The specific heat, Cp , is the amount of energy

required to raise a unit mass of the material one unit

of temperature at constant pressure. The integral of the

specific heat over a temperature range 7\ to T2 is the enthalpy, H, a measure of the heat energy required to raise a unit mass from 7\ to T2 . Formula

H= CpdT

Unit: Jg^K-1

Formulae: t = Cdiel/Cvac, tan 8 = £ 2 Ai

Units : Both e and tan 8 are dimensionless.

3. Volume Resistivity

Definition: The volume resistivity, />, represents the re- sistance of a material, R, to the passage of electrical current, /, when subject to an applied electric potential,

V. The resistance of a specimen is normalized by its area, A, and length, L, to make the resistivity inde- pendent of specimen size.

Formula

:

V=IR

P =RA/L

Unit: Ocm

4. Dielectric Strength

Definition : The dielectric strength, D.S., is the maximum

voltage attainable before a material breaks down per- mitting an ionized path for conduction directly through

it. Unit: V mil-1
3. Abbreviations and Symbols

9A = angstrom N= newton ac= alternating current nvt = total number of thermal neutrons striking an approx = approximately area of 1 cm2 oriented in any direr lion in / ASTM = American Society for Testing Materials seconds

atm= atmosphere ppm = parts per million av= average psi = pounds per square inch

rpiT T T"* •.•1,1 1

• Bl U = British thermal unit Q~' = damping factor C = Centigrade Red Sec = reduced section cal= calorie rel hum = relative humidity

cm= centimeter s = second

Cp = specific heat spd = speed

crys = crystallinity sp gr = specific gravity

dc — direct current t = thickness

diam= diameter tan 8 = dielectric loss tangent

D.S. = dielectric strength temp = temperature

E = Young's modulus glass transition temperature

F = Fahrenheit trans

transverse

ft = foot TS= tensil strength

g= gram unirrad = unirradiated

GL= gage length v= volt h = hour w= watt Hz = hertz w = width

in= inch xhd = cross head

irrad = irradiated xsec area = cross sectional area J= joule yd off = yield offset K= Kelvin 75= yield strength

kg= kilogram a = diffusivity kcal = kilocalorie M/L= thermal expansion, change in length divided

I = length by the original length

lb = pound e = strain or dielectric constant ln= natural logarithm (base e) e = strain rate log= common logarithm (base 10) A = thermal conductivity

long.= longitudinal P = volume resistivity

m= meter a — standard deviation or stress max= maximum n = ohm

min = minimum or minute 11= parallel

mm= millimeter 1= perpendicular

4. Unit Conversions

lpsi= 6.89xl03 Nnr2 6.89 X 10' dyne cm"2 7.03 X 10-4 kg mm"2 5.66 X 10-5 g denier-1 (Dacron)

lmil= 0.001 in

1 J g-1 = 0.239 BTU (lb °F)-1 0.239 cal g-1 K"1

1 W m"1 K"1 = 2.39 X 10"3 cal cm"1 s"

1 K"1 0.577 BTU fr1 h-1 °F-J 6.93 BTU in fr2 h"1 "F"1 0.862 kcal m"1 "C"1 lficm= 6.02 X 10G O ml ft 1 V mil-1 = 394 V cm-1 39.4 V mm-1 lcm2 s1 = 0.155 in 2 s1

1 rad =100 erg g

_1

5
I

I

r
5. Summary of Property Data

Compiled for Each Polymer

9
RADIATION

10

100 200 300 400 TEMPERATURE ,

K

500 600

3 4

12
RADIATION

IB
14
TEMPERATURE ,

K

15
TEMPERATURE, K TEMPERATURE ,

K

16
i

17
18
6. Polytetrafluoroethylene (TFE) and its Copolymer with Hexafluoropropylene (FEP)

A. Summary

Polytetrafluoroethylene is a highly crystalline and orientable polymer consisting of -CF2-CF2- chains involving the very

strong C-F bonds. Because of this, it has little or no crosslinking or branching resulting in a stiff and slippery material which is inert to almost all chemical attack, is insoluble, and has a high melting point. Because of its high symmetry and tight bonding it has excellent electrical properties and has one of the lowest dielectric loss tangents known. Powder and sinter techniques are primarily used for its fabrication for applications utilizing its excellent toughness, electrical properties, heat resistance and low

frictional coefficient. The low frictional coefficient enhances its use in gasket and bearing applications. Other applications are

for piping, sealing, electrical and thermal insulation, and as a liner and coating.

To aid in processing by the more conventional extrusion or injection modeling techniques, polytetrafluoroethylene is fre- quently combined with hexafluoropropylene as a copolymer. This lowers the crystalline melting point to permit processing, but

has little effect on the rest of its properties.

TFE-FEP

Chemical Formula

TFE

-(CF2 )„-

F F F F F F F

FEP

Chemical Structure

Significant Properties

:

Density (295 K)

Crystalline melting point

Molecular weight

Crystallinity

Approximate transition regions

Chemical resistance Flammability

Tensile strength (295 K)

Thermal expansion coefficient (295 K)

Dielectric constant (105 Hz) , (295 K)

Dielectric loss tangent (105 Hz) , (295 K)

-C -C -C -C -C -C -C

F F F F F F F

2.1-2.3 gm cm"3 600 K

~105-106 45-98 percent

170-210 K, 290-320 K,

360-440 K

Highly inert Very low

4,500 psi

LSxlO^K-1 2.0 -10-1

2.3-2.17 gm cm"3 563 K

30-60 percent

180-260 K, 345-380 K

Highly inert

4,000 psi

1.2 x 10-4 K-1 2.1 ~4xl0~l

Trade names occurring in the references compiled

:

Fluon, Fluoroplast-4, Halon, Heydeflon, Hostaflon, Polyflon, Teflon, Valflon, Zitex.

19
B. Mechanical Properties (TFE)

0.1 0.2 0.3 2.0 2.5 3.0 STRAIN

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Sisman, Bopp (1951) Teflon Red Sec 1= 5.72 cm, w = 1.27 cm; modified ASTM D 638-49T test procedure, Baldwin Southwark testing machine, xhd spd = 0. 0021 cm s"

1 to a strain of 0. 02 and then xhd spd =

0. 0085 cm s"

1

; irrad in Hole 19 of ORNL reactor at 298-313 K, and in air, aged 7 days at 298 ± 1 K and 50 ± 2%rel hum before testing.

r

20
0 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0 25 0.30 STRAIN

INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION . EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Bopp, Sisman (1956) Teflon, conditioned to 298 K and 50%

rel hum

GL = 5. 08 cm, w = 1. 27 cm, t = 0. 16-0. 64 cm; Baldwin universal testing machine

with recording extensometer, ASTM D 638-49T test procedure, xhd spd = 0. 0021 cm s" 1 to e = 0. 02 and 0. 0085 cm s" 1 after that; irrad by Oak Ridge National Laboratory Graphite Reactor.

21
INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Dyment, Ziebland

(1956)

Fluon, 0.73 cm diam rod Red Sec 1= 1. 14 cm, diam = 0. 32 cm; K-type Hounsfield tensometer, xhd spd = 0. 003 cm s" .

22
INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Newell (1958) Teflon, 0. 32 cm sheet stock. ASTM D-638-42T test procedure; irrad by 1-10 bursts from Hodiva assembly at Los Alamos.

23
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 STRAIN

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Chen, Estey (1958)

Kawamura, Wada

(1967)

Teflon

Valflon

l - 2. 54 cm, s = 0. 64 cm.

t = 0. 05 - 0. 10 cm; t ~-0. 25 s~", 29 3K.

24
INVESTIGATOR! S] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Lohr (1965)

Becker (1959)

1

1

Teflon sheet, t = 0. 08 cm

Hostaflon TF, sp gr = 2. 14±0. 02, 46 ±2% crys

ASTM D 638 specimens; Plas-Tech model 591 tensile lest machine.

295 K,

25
0 0.8 1.6 2.4 3.2 4.0 4.8 STRAIN

INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Gillespie, Saxton, Chapman (I960, pt. 1)

Laird, Cimprich,

Kappler, Mason, Jr. (1966)

Teflon 1, ram extruded, av sp gr =

2. 17, 60±2% crys, void content <0. 3%, preform pressure = 2500 psi

Teflon, sp fir 2.18

35. 6x35. 6x0. 318 cm, ASTM D-1457-56T test procedure.

Red Sec 4 = 5. 08 cm, w = 1. 27 cm, t = 0. 64 cm as per ASTM D 638-61T, Tinius Olsea HL-400-2 tensile test machine, £ = 0. 0029 3" l

; typical curve.

26
STRAIN

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Chatain (1963)

I

1

1

1

1

1

1

Teflon

1

27
TFE

e

*Z 6.0 xlO3

STRAIN

1

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Giimbel (1963) Powdered Heydeflon and Ftoroplast-4,

sintered at 653 K for 0. 5 h; low molecular weight: slow cooled, sp gr =

2. 262; quenched annealed 1 h at 543 K; cooled at 1. 6 K min" 1

, sp gr = 2. 172; quenched in water, sp gr = 2. 135

l = 7. 5 cm, t = 0. 16 cm, GL = 2. 2 cm, samples per ASTM D 1457-D6T test procedure; xhd spd = 0. 083 cm s" 1

.

28
3 STRAIN

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kerlin, Smith

(1964, Vol. I) Teflon 7 Red Sec = 15.2 x 2. 54 cm; Instron, xhd spd = 0. 85 cm s~\ ASTM D 882-56T lest procedure

for specimens with t = 0. 025 cm, ASTM D 412-51T test procedure for specimens with t =

0. 102 cm; irrad by reactor in vacuum; av of 4 or 5 tests.

29
,8

0 05 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 STRAIN

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kerlin, Smith (1964, Vol I)

Smith (1963)

Teflon 7

Teflon

Bed Sec = 15. 2 x 2. 54 cm; low force tensile tester used at room temp with ASTM D 882-56T

test procedure, cryomethanical tester used at low temp with ASTM D-638-61T modified

test procedure; irrad by reactor in vacuum; av of 2 or 3 tests.

t = 0. 025 cm; modified ASTM D 882-61T test procedure, av temp = 335K.

30
0 004 0.08 0.12 016 0.20 0.24

STRAIN

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Weleff, Emmons

(1963)

Kerlin, Smith (1964,

Vol. II)

Teflon

Teflon -7

Instron, xhd spd = 0. 0021 cm s -1

; exposed to gamma radiation and fast neutrons at 20K.

Red Sec 5. 72x1. 27x0. 317 cm; Instron, xhd spd = 0. 021 cm s" 1

, ASTM D-638-61T

test procedure, tested in liquid nitrogen; exposed to gamma radiation and fast neutrons.

31
STRAIN

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kerlin, Smith (1966)

Speerschneider, Li (1962) Produced from aqueous dispersion of Teflon 41-BX

t = 0. 101 cm; Instron, ASTM D 412-62T test procedure, Die A, xhd spd = 0. 85 cm s , tested in air at 297 K; av of 4 or 5 specimens; irrad in vacuum and lir by Ground Test Reactor at the Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility of General Dynamics at Fort Worth.

Red Sec I = 1. 9 cm, w = 0. 5 cm, t = 0. 2 cm; Instron, xhd spd = 0. 0042 cm s" .

:J,2
0 .01 .02 .03 .04 .05 .06 STRAIN

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kerlin, Smith (1966)

1

1

1

1

1

Teflon 7 Red Sec '» = 5. 72 cm, w = 1. 27 cm, t = 0. 292 cm ; xhd spd = 0. 0021 cm s~\ irrad and

tested in liquid hydrogen at 20K; av of 4 or 5 specimens; irrad by Ground Test Reactor

at the Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility of General Dynamics at Fort Worth.

33
-1 0

STRAIN

INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kerlin, Smith (1966)

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

i

i

Teflon 7 Red Sec = 15. 2 x 2. 54 cm; Instron, ASTM D 882-61T test procedure, xhd spd = 0. 85 cm s~\

tested in air at 297 K, av of 4 or 5 specimens; irrad in vacuum and air by Ground Test Reactor at the Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility of General Dynamics at Fort Worth.

r

34
INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kerlin, Smith (1966) Teflon 7 Red Sec = 15. 2 x 2. 54 cm; Instron, ASTM D 882-61T lest procedure, xhd spd = 0. 85 cm s~\

tested in air at 297 K; av of 4 or 5 specimens; irrad in vacuum and air by Ground Test Reactor at the Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility of General Dynamics at Fort Worth.

35
STRAIN

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Koo, Jones, Riddell, O'Toole (1965) Halon G-8 0 Results for intermediate temp and xhd spd also given.

36
STRAIN

INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Lockheed- Georgia Co.

(1965)

Teflon ASTM D 638-61T test procedure, xhd spd = 0.0 106cm s" 1

, irrad in vacuum.

37
0 1 2 3 4 5 6

STRAIN

INVESTTGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

/.ilinR, Malinin ( 1965)

1

i

Fl uoropiast-4, annealed, sp gr = Z. 12. t - 0. 01 cm, specimens cat -i- to length of film sheet.

38
STRAIN

INVESTIGATORS) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Ziling, Malinin

1

!

Fluor oplast - 4 , annealed, sp gr = 2.12. t = 0. 01 cm, specimens cut II to length of film sheet.

39
INVESTIGATOR! S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Imperial Chemical

Industries (1968) Fluon

40
3 STRAIN

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Yamaguchi, Ota (1968) & = 0. 83 s"

1

41
TFE

6 STRAIN

10

INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Yamaguchi, Ota (1968) Plate, strained prior to test £ = 0. 83 s"\ tested at 293 K, 60% rel hum, tested and x to direction of prestrain.

42
TFE

a

STRAIN

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Yamaguchi, Ota (1968) Plate, strained at 403 K prior to test Tested at 293 K, ± and n to direction of prestrain.

43
INVESTIGATOR^ (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Yamaguchi, Ota (1968)

44
STRAIN

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Pae, Mears (1968) Teflon, extruded rod, diam = 1.27 cm & = 1.27 cm, diam = 0. 76; xhd spd = 0. 0042 cm s~\ measurements made in a high pressure

apparatus exerting a constant hydrostatic pressure on the sample through a kerosene medium, pressure noted.

45
TFE

e

'e3 & I2xl0

3

STRAIN

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Christiansen, Baer,

Radcliffe (1971

Teflon 6121, ram extruded rod, diam =

1. 27 cm, partially crystalline Machined to diam = 0.38 cm, £= 1.52 cm; measurements made while the samples were under

a hydrostatic pressure transmitted through castor oil, xhd spd = 0. 00025 cm s"\ 300 K, pressure noted.

46
0 12 3 4 5 6 STRAIN

INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Koo, Andrews (1969) Halon G-80, preformed at room temp

and 4000 psi, heated to 653K in 4 h, held for 2 h, cooled through melting

point (600K) to 558K in 60 h, then cooled

to room temp at rate of 60K h

-1

, sp

gr = 2. 169±0. 001, 60% crys (63% crys by X-rays)

Microtensile specimens per ASTM D-1708-66, GL = 2. 3 cm; Instron, temp uniformity

to ±0. 5K, xhd spd = 0. 0085, 0. 085, and 0. 85 cm s" 1

; curves are av of 4 tests.

47
STRAIN

INVESTIGATORS) (year)

Koo, Andrews (1969)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Halon G-80, preformed at room temp

and 4000 psi, heated to 653K in 3 h, held for Z h, then rapidly cooled in air sp gr = 2. 136±0. 001, 49% crys (54%

crys by X-rays)

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Microtensile specimens per ASTM D-1708-66, GL

to ±0. 5K, xhd spd = 0. 0085, 0. 085, and 0. 85 cm i

2. 3 cm; Instron, temp uniformity

_1

; curves are av of 4 tests.

48
INVESTIGATORS] [year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Speerschneider, Li (1963)

Teflon 41-BX, cut with long narrow

bands containing fine i strations _band

length, samples with 0. 2 x 10, bands quenched in ice water, samples with

0. 4 x 50_ bands cooled at 180K h

-1

, samples with 1 x 100„ bands cooled at 15K-h -1

Red Sec 1. 90 x 0. 50 x 0. 20 cm; Instron, e = 0. 00085 s" 1

, results at 298 and 373 K were

the same for medium and slow cooling.

49
COMPRESSIVE STRAIN

INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Lockheed- Heorgia Co.

(1965)

I

I

I

1

Teflon ASTM D 638-61T test procedure, xhd spd = 0.0021 cm s"1

.

50
TFE

30x10 CO

20x10 a

25

COMPRESSIVE STRAIN

INVESTIGATOR^ S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Koo, Jones, Riddell, O'Toole (1965)

j

!

Halon G-80 Xhd spd = 0.021 cm s"1 except as noted.

51
TFE

.5aV3

CO

CO<D

t-i *-> 00

1.2x10°

10

0.8

CO

CO

UJ

ccr-co

Ll) >

cou

<r

Q-O

o

0.6

0.4 /

0.2

—

Lockheed -Georgia Co (1965)

- 0 9xl08

0.8

0.7

0.6

05

CO

CO

UJ

<r 0.4 co

0.3

0.2

0.1

CO

CO

Q-o

o

0.01 —' 0

0.02 003 0.04

COMPRESSIVE STRAIN

005 0 06

INVESTIGATOR^] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Lockheed- Georgia Co.

(1965)

i

i

Teflon ASTM D 638-61T test procedure, xhd spd = 0.0021 cm s" 1

, irrad in vacuum, results nearly

identical after 5. 0 x 1 0

s and 1 . 4 x 1 0

s Roentgen.

52
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Curry (1964)

Gillespie, Saxton, Chapman (1960, pt. 1

)

|

[

Teflon

Teflon 1, ram extruded, av sp gr =2.17,

60 ± 2 % crys, void content < 0. i\, pre- form pressure = 2500 psi.

Stacked specimens 1 . 27 x 1 . 27 x 0. 1 6 cm; conventional metallurgical test equipment

I = 15.2 cm, diam = 1.52 cm; ASTM D- 69 5- 54 test procedure.

53
TFE

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 STRAIN

INVESTIGATOR^) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Ripperger (1958) Teflon, sp gr = 2.2 Diam = 5. 08 cm, I as noted, 3. 56 cm diam hole bored along the axis; impaci loaded by a 0.83 kg Al projectile with a nominal speed of 57.8 m s" 1

, 300K.

54
INVESTIGATOR^ {year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Ripperger (1958) Teflon, sp gr = 2. 2 Diam = 5. 08 cm, I as noted, solid cylinders; impact loaded by a 0. 83 kg Al projectile with

a nominal speed of 57. S m s"1

, 300 K.

55
INVESTIGATOR^) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Ripperger (1958) Teflon, sp gr = 2. 2 Diam = 5.08 cm, I as noted, both solid cylinders and samples with a 3.56 cm diam hole bored along the axis; xhd spd = 0.0025 cm s"1

, 300 K.

56
INVESTIGATOR! S ) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Piley 1 1957)

1

1

1

1

Deformation and recovery.

57
TFE

COMPRESSIVE STRAIN

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Tardif, Marquis (1963)

Lee (1952)

TeHon Daim =1.9 cm; drop tester, mean value e given.

f

58
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 TRUE STRAIN

INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Polyakov (1966) z - 2.0 cm, w = 0.6cm, t = 0.001 cm; loaded on a microscope stage, xhd spd 0. 0048 cm s"1

; sealed in quartz tube for irradiation by a PRK-2 quarti-mecury UV lamp with a

line spectrum in the 2400-3700 k region, intensity = 2.8x10'''* W cm"', samples 40 cm

from lamp to maintain temp at 293-296 K.

59
0 005 0.10 0.15 0.20 0 25 0.30 SHEAR STRAIN

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Gillespie, Saxton, Chapman (I960, pt. 1) Teflon 1, ram extruded, av ps gr = 2. 17, 60± 2% crys, void content < 0.3%, pre- form pressure = 2500 psi

l- 15. 2 cm, diam = 1.52 cm.

60
INVESTIGATORS] (year)

Rivers. Franklin (1956)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Teflon oriented fiber , sp gr = 2 . 2

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Test at room temp and below conducted in hexane, all others conducted in air.
INVESTIGATORS) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mowers (1962)

•)

Mowers (1960)

Teflon; 49-50% crys, sp gr = 2. 148-

2. 152, molded at 655K, 30 mm, quick

quenched; 52.5-56% crys, sp gr = 2.159-2.171, molded at 655 K, 30 min,

quick quenched then held at 580 K for 5 h; 66.2-71% crys, spgr=2.199-2.226,

molded at 655 K, 30 min, slow cooled

then held at 599 K for 20 h.

Teflon, 50, 60 , and 70% crys

3 dies used to give Red Sec of 2. 54 x 0.635 cm, 2. 54 x 0.318 cm, and 0.51 x 0.254 cm;

Instron, xhd spd = 0. 042 cm s" 1 at 298 K and 0. 0042 cm s"

1 otherwise.

Instron.

62
TFE

0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE ,

K

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Siegle (1961)

Jolley, Homsy, Reed

(1964)

Dyment, Ziebland

(1956)

Teflon, 60% crys

Teflon

Fluon in form of 0.73 cm diam rod

ASTM D 638-52T test procedure.

ASTM D 638 test procedure.

Red Sec I = 1.14 cm, diam = 0. 32 cm; K-type Hounsfield tensometer , xhd spd - 0. 003 cm s"

1

.

63
TFE

0 M l I I I II II II II I II I II II II I I I II M M M M M M M |[ M M M |[ |[ 0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATORS [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Palmer (1965) Sheet made from granular polymer by

skiving from a molded block, warmed

to 313 K for punching specimens.

t= 0.25 cm, B.S. 903 specification , type E die with w = 0.41 cm pulled at xhd spd of 0.42 cm s" 1

, type D die with w = 0. b3 cm pulled at xhd spd of 0 . 84 cm s' 1

; te sted at 296±

2 K and 308 ± IK; the 2 specimen sizes yield almost identical results and the data points are an av, error bars indicate standard deviation in 12 specimens of each type.

DuPont Co. (1 955) Teflon ASTM D D38-4QT test procedure.

Doban , Spe rati , Sandt

(1955) Teflon, sp gr = 2. 1-2. 3 ASTM D b38-52T test procedure

GUmble ( 1963) Powde red Heydeftonand Floroplast- 4 , sintered at 653 K for 0,5 h, cooled at

1 . 6 K min -1

; Low molecular weight, sp gr - 2. 174; high molecular weight, sp gr = 2 . 174

{ -7.5 cm, t - 0.1b cm, GL = 2.2 cm, samples per ASTM D 1457-56T test procedure; xhd spd = 0. 083 cm s" 1

.

Koton, Yako vlev, Rudakov, Knyazeva,

Florins kii, B essonov,

Kuleva, Tolparova,

Laius (1965)

Teflon

64
INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Gillespie, Saxton, Chapman (1960,pt. 1)

Chatain (1963)

Ziling, Malinin (1965)

imperial Chemical

Industries (1968)

Yamaguchi ( 1968)

Teflon 1, ram extruded sp gr = 2.17, 60-2 %, void content < 0.3 %, preform pressure = 2500 psi

Teflon

Fluoroplast-4, annealed, sp gr = 2.12

Fluon

35.6 x 35.6 x 0.318 cm; ASTM D - 1456 - 56 T test precedure; extracted from diagrams.

Extracted from °- e diagrams.

t = 0.01 cm, specimens cut II and _l to length of film sheet; extracted from diagrams.

Extracted from °- e diagrams.

e = 0.83 s ; extracted from o- e diagrams.

65
INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kerlin, Smith (1966)

Kerlin ( 1963)

Teflon 7

Teflon

For t = 0.051 cm specimens' Red Sec I - 15.2 cm, w = 2.54 cm; fnstron, ASTM D 882-61T

testing procedure; for t = 0. 102 cm specimens Die A used with ASTM D 412-62T testing procedure on an Instron; all tests conducted in air with xhd spd = 0. 85 cm s ; irrad in air and vacuum at 297 K by Ground Test Reactor at Nuclear Aerospace Research

Facility, General Dynamics, Fort Worth; error bars indicate standard deviation of 4 or 5 tests

w = 2. 54 cm, I - 15. 24 cm; ASTM D-882 test procedure, Instron Model TT; irrad in vacuum at 300 K by Ground Test Reactor at Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility, General Dynamics, Fort Worth; error bars indicate standard deviation of 2 to 4 tests.

66
600

500

05" 400

a>a.

<O

_l

LU

300

200

100

TFE ao

enBO

W

RADIATION , rad

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year)

Goodman (1962)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Teflon TFE T-30

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

ASTM 882-56T, Method A test procedure, tested in air at 297 K; irrad in air and vacuum

by spent reactor fuel elements.

67
TFE 325

S3O

a

300

Golden (I960) • Harrison (1968)

250

200

I 50

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Golden, Hazell (1960)

Harrison (1968) Held at 373 K and 10"s Torr for 2 4h, then sealed in separate thin-walled

glass tubes.

w = 1. 2 7 cm, t = 0. 0132 cm; xhd spd = 0. 042 cm s" 1

, 294 K; irrad in vacuum by 4 Mev

electron beam.

Small dumb-bell shaped samples; xhd spd = 0.021 em's"1

, 308 K; irrad by 4 Mev electron electron beam, stored at 308 K for 24 h before test.

68
INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Newell (1958)

Harrington, Giberson

(1958)

Lockheed-Georgia Co.

(1965)

Harrington (1956)

Teflon, 0. 32 cm sheet stock

Teflon 1 , sp gr = 2. I 60

Teflon

Teflon

ASTM D-638-42T test procedure; irrad by 1-10 bursts from Godiva assembly at Los Alamos; error bars indicate 9 5% confidence limits.

Scott tensile tester, ASTM D 412-51T test procedure using Die C type dumbbell

specimens, 298K, 50% rel hum; 95% confidence limits are about ± 10%; irrad by 1 . 24 Mev gammas from Co60

, 3x10* Curies at 1 . 3 x 10s Roentgen h" 1

, irrad

at 298 K in air and vacuum. ASTM D 638-61T test procedure, xhd spd = 0.0106 cm s" 1

, irrad in vacuum.

Die C type dumbbell test specimens; ASTM D 412-51T test procedure, Scott

tensile tester; irrad in air at 288 K by spent fuel elements from the Hanford

reactors, 6 x 1 0

4 Roentgen h" .

69
INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Le rninger (1957)

Ringwood (1963)

Teflon

Teflon

Irrad in air by Co60.

Irrad in vacuum and air.

70
INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kerlin Smith, (1964,

Vol. I)

Teflon 7 t = 0. 025 cm specimens: Red Sec I = 15.2 cm, w = 2. 54 cm, Instron, ASTM D 882-56T

testing procedure; for t = 0. 102 cm specimens Die A used with D 41 2-51 T testing procedure

on an Instron; all tests conducted in air with xhd spd = 0.85 cm s" 1

; irrad in air and vacuum at 297 K by Ground Test Reactor at Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility, General Dynamics, Fort Worth; error bars indicate standard deviations.

71
INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Weleff (1963)

Kerlin. Smith(1964 Vol.

II)

Kerlin, Smith (1966)

Teflon

Teflon 7

Teflon 7

Red Sec I - 5. 08 cm, w = 1 . 27 cm, t = 0. 32 cm; Instron, xhd spd = 0. 0021 cm s", tested in liquid hydrogen at 20K; reactor irrad while in liquid hydrogen; av value of 3-5 tests.

Red Sec I - 5. 72, w = 1.27 cm, t = 0.317 cm; Instron, ASTM D o38-t>lT testing procedure,

xhd spd = 0.021 cm s"1

, tested in liquid nitrogen at 77 K; irrad in liquid nitrogen by Ground Test Reactor at Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility, General Dynamics,

Fort Worth.

Red Sec I - 15.2 cm, w = 2. 54 cm; Instron, A"TM D Jv82-61T testing procedure, xhd spd = 0.85 cm s" 1

, tested in liquid hydrogen at 20 K; irrad in liquid hydrogen by Ground Test Reactor at Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility, General Dynamics, Fort Worth; error bars indicate standard deviation of 3 or 4 tests.

72
TFE

RADIATION , rod

INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Timmerman, Greyson

(1962)

Teflon t = 0.025 cm; tested at 298 K at least 24 h after being irrad at various temps and in various atmospheres; irrad by Radiation Dynamics, Inc. Model EA-1.0 Dynamitron

Electron Accelerator.

73
RADIATION, rod

INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kerlin, Smith (1966) Teflon 7 Red Sec I = 15.2 cm, w = 2.54 cm; Instron, ASTM D 882-61 T testing procedure, xhd spd = 0.85 cm s -1

, tested in air; irrad in air and vacuum at 297K by Ground Test Reactor at Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility, General Dynamics Fort Worth; error bars indicate standard deviation of 4 or 5 tests.

74
0 I04

I05 I06 I07 I08 RADIATION , rod

INVESTIGATOR[S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Parkinson, Kirkland

(1967)

\

Teflon sheet, t = 0. 08 and 0. 16 cm OL = 1.27 cm, w - 0. 64 cm; 298 K; irrad by Co60 in air and vacuum.

75
RADIATION , nvt

INVESTIGATOR^) (year)

Sisman, Bopp (1951)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Teflon

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Red Sec i = 5,72 cm, w = 1.27 cm; modified ASTM D 638-49T test procedure, Baldwin Southwark testing machine, xhd spd = 0. 0021 cm s"

1 to a strain of 0. 02 and then xhd spd =

0. 0085 cm s"

1

; irrad in Hole 19 of ORNL reactor at 298-313 K and in air, aged 7 days at 298 ± IK and 50 ± 2% rel hum before testing.

76
TFE

a

o

INCIDENT ENERGY.rad

INVESTIGATOR^] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Stephen sen, Moses,

Wilcox (1961)

Teflon t = 0.0025 cm, ASTM D 882-49T test procedure , Instron; ultraviolet ^radiation source: General Electric G 30 T8 lamp emitting 90% of radiation at 2537 h General Electric A-H6 vapor lamp, high P, 1000 watts, broad spectrum of radiation with intensity peaks

at 2440, 3140, and 3690 A, monochromator (Bausch and Lomb) slits (132 Awide) used to select radiation, irrad in nitrogen.

77
TFE

0 100 200 300 400 500 600

IRRADIATION TIME , h

INVESTIGATOR^ (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Stephenson, Moses,

Wilcox (1961)

Stephenson, Wilcox

(1963)

Teflon

Teflon, film

t = 0. 0025 cm; ASTM D 882-49T test procedures, Instron; ultraviolet radiation source: General Electric G30T8 lamp emitting about 90% of radiation at 2537 k, samples placed

in quartz tubes and evacuated or flushed with nitrogen. ASTM D 882-49T test procedures , Instron; ultraviolet radiation source: General Electric G 30T8 lamp emitting 90% of radiation at 2537 °, irrad in vacuum or oxygen.

r

78
INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Jolley, Homsy, Reed

(1964) Teflon ASTM D 638 test procedure.

Koo, Andrews (1969) Halon G-80, preformed at 297 K and

4000 psi; some annealed at 653 K for 2 h and air quenched, sp gr = 2. 136±0. 001, 49% crys; some annealed at 653 K for

2 h then cooled at 60 K min -1to 297 K,

sp gr = 2. 169±0. 001, 60% crys

Microtensile specimens per ASTM D 1708-66, GL = 2. 3 cm; Instron, temp uniform to ± 0, 5 K

xhd spd = 0. 085 and 0. 85 cm s -1

; graph is av of data presented for both degrees of crys and

for e* - 0. 0037s

-1 and 0. 037 s"\ data spread from this curve is <± 300 psi.

Ogorkiewicz (1970) Fluon G4 g = 0. 083 s"\ Palmer (1965) Sheet made from granular polymer by

skiving from a molded block, warmed

to 313 K for punching specimens

t = 0.2 5 cm, B.S. 903 specifications, type E die with w = 0. 41 cm pulled at xhd spd of 0.42 cm

s , type D die with w = 0. 63 cm pulled at xhd spd of 0. 84 cm s -1

; tested at 296 ± 2K and

308 ± 1 K; the 2 specimen sizes \ielu almost identical results and the data points are an av, error bars indicate standard deviation in 12 specimens of each type. DuPont Co. (1955) Teflon ASTM D 638-49T test procedure.

Doban, Sperati, Sandt

(1955)

Teflon, sp gr = 2.1 -2. 3 ASTM D 638-52T test procedure.

Le Fave, Gamero, Moore (1964) Teflon

Giimbel (1963) Powdered Heydeflon and Ftoroplast-4

sintered at 653 K for 0. 5 h, cooled at 1.6 k min 1

; low molecular weight,

sp gr = 2. 174; high molecular weight,

sp gr = 2. 172

4 = 7.5 cm, t = 0. 16 cm, GL = 2. 2 cm, samples per ASTM D 1457-56T; xhd spd = 0. 083 cm s" ,

79
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATOR(S) [year SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

80
TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Dyrr ent, Ziebland

Belton, Godby, Taft

f 19601

Mowers i 19o0)

Koton, Yakovle v, Rudakov, Knyazeva,

Florinskii, Bessonov,

Kule va, To 1 par ova, Laius ( 19d5)

1

1

Fluon in form of 0. 730 cm diam rod

Teflon

Teflon, 50, 60, and 70'r,, crys.

Teflon

Red Sec I - 1.14 cm, diam = 0. 32 cm; K-type Hounsfield tensometer, xhd spd = 0. 003 cm s .

i - 2. 72,diam = 0. 64 cm; used Tinius-Olsen tester at 20 K and Young Universal tester at all other temp, xhd spd = 0. 0021 cm s"

1 before initial yield and 0. 0042 cm s"1 after yield,

0. 2 r., yd off.

Instron.

81
TFE 32xl03 JSs

03 CO 28

24

20

CO

40 16

UJ

o:

i-co

12

100 200 300

TEMPERATURE.

400 500

-

• Siegle (1961) A Wnnnnn (ICtfi?) Yield -

- —— 4 4- 4- -

—

- 1 — 4-

-ji U —i—1

1

,

1

' -

- —

t- - ! -4-j1-

i

:

; rr

-— _j_

1-

. -J- — -r- -X It —h1

! i; - — —

i

1 A ——

- 1

I —

n

—J-i1

!

i I —

-

' - — —

> - —

|_|_ ou Vo crys

/ -t-H- i

1 1 i i - h •

i

:

! - h - —

|

i

- - •

1

1 4- ' \ -H-

-M- 1 I JU / i

— -—

i /

\k ; ( f

• \

\ \ Jr

—

> I— \ -

- —

k. \

i U

\ -

\ T -

\

> -

- t

V

s —-

ir • h- - —

> \

L 70 % crys

k. - — ft > I

k k— > \

s _

\ —

-

20x10

15

10

01c

>.

TJ

CO* CO

LlI rr

600

INVESTIGATOR! S] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Siegle (1961)

Noonan (1962)

Teflon, 60% crys

Teflon

ASTM D 638-52T test procedure.

82
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mowers (1962)

McKannan, Gause (1964)

Teflon; 49-50% crys, sp gr = 2. 148-

2. 152, molded at 655 K, 30 min, quick

quenched; 52 . 5-56% crys, sp gr- 2.159-

2.171, molded at 655 K, 30 min, quick

quenched then held at 580 K for 5 h; 66.2-71% crys , sp gr = 2. 199-2.226, molded at 655 K, 30 min, slow cooled

then held at 599 K for 20 h.

Teflon

3 dies used to give Red Sec of 2. 54 x 0. 635 cm, 2. 54 x 0. 318 cm, and 0. 51 x 0.254 cmInstron, xhd spd = 0.042 cm s"1 at 298 K and 0. 0042 cm s'1 otherwise; yd off unknown!

error bars indicate data spread.

Instron.

83
TFE

JBa

a>

32x10

28

24

T Gillespie (I960, pt.l • Chatain (1963)

Ziling (1965) A Imperial Chemical

Industries (1968) Yamaguchi (1968) — Tensile

200 300 400

TEMPERATURE ,

20x10

16

CO

CO

or

h-CO

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Gillespie, Saxton, Chapman (1960,pt. 1)

Chatain (1963)

Ziling, Malinin (1965)

Imperial Chemical

Industries (1968)

Yamaguchi (1968)

Teflon 1, ram extruded.sp gr = 2.17, 60 t 1 %, void content < 0. 3%, preform pressure = 2500 psi

Teflon

Fluoroplast-4, annealed, sp gr = 2.12

Fluon

35.6 X35.6 X 0.318 cm; ASTM D - 1456 - 56 T test procedure; extracted from e diagrams.

Extracted from & - e diagrams.

t=0.01 cm, specimens cut „ and j. to length of film sheet; extraxted from -- e diagrams.

Extracted from c-e diagrams.

e = 0.83 s

1

;

r extracted from a - s diagrams.

84
INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Harrington (1956)

Harrington, Giberson

(1958)

Newell (1958)

Lockheed-Georgia Co.

(1965)

Teflon

Teflon 1, sp gr = 2. 160

Teflon, 0,32 cm sheet stock

Teflon

Die C type dumbbell test specimens; ASTM D 412-51T test procedure, Scott

tensile tester; irrad in air at 288 K by spent fuel elements from the Hanford

reactors, 6 x 1 0

4 Roentgen h" .

Die C type dumbbell specimens; ASTM D 412-51T test procedure, Scott tensile

tester, 298 K, 50% rel hum; irrad by 1.24 Mev gammas from Co , 3 x 10" Curies,

at 1. 3 x 10' Roentgen h" 1

, irrad at 298K in air and vacuum; 95% confidence limits are about ± 8%. ASTM D 638-42 T test procedure; irrad by 1-10 bursts from Godiva assembly at Los Alamos; error bars indicate 95% conficerce limits. ASTM D 638-61T test procedure, xhd spd = 0. 0106 cm s"

1

; irrad in vacuum.

85
INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Parkinson, Kirkland

(1967)

1

1

1

Teflon sheet, t = 0. 08 and 0. 1 6 cm CL =1.27 cm, w 0. 64 cm; 298 K; irrad by Co60 in air and vacuum.

86
0 I0 5 I06 I07 108 109 RADIATION, rod

INVESTIGATOR(S] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Timme r man , Greyson

(1962) Teflon t = 0. 025 cm; tested at 298 K at least 24 h after being irrad at various temps and in various atmospheres; irrad by Radiation Dynamics, Inc. Model EA- 1 . 0 Dynamitron Electron Accele rator

.

87
a

a) isGO

to

to

i±j tr

^Vacuum irrad , t = 0.0254 cm_

-Air irrad , t = 0.0254 cm

-Air irrad , t = 0. 1016 cm

^Zj/Vacuum irrad , t = 0. 1016 cm Vacuum irrad , t = 0.1016 cm _ Vacuum i rrad , t = 0.0254 cm-

• Kerlin(l963) A Ker lint 1964, Vol I

Tensi le

4 xlO

tOco

crH

CO

10 s 10" RADIATION , rad

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kerlin, Smith (1964, Vol I)

Kerlin ( 1963)

Teflon 7

Teflon

Samples with t = 0. 0254 cm: w = 2. 54 cm, I = 1 5. 24 cm; Instron, ASTM D-882-56T test procedure; samples with t = 0. 1016 cm: cut with Die A described in ASTM D-412-51T;

Instron, xhd spd = 0.85 cm s"

1

; irrad in air and vacuum and tested in air, irrad in Ground

Test Reactor at Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility of General Dynamics, Fort Worth; error bars indicate standard deviation. w = 2. 54 cm, i = 15. 24 cm; ASTM D 882 test procedure; irrad in Ground Tes t Reactor

at Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility of General Dynamics, Fort Worth; error bars

indicate standard deviation of 2 to 4 tests.

88
INVESTIGATOR^] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Wattier, Newell, Morgan (1962)

Ringwood (1963)

Teflon

Teflon

Irrad and tested at 300 K, irrad in air and He.

Irrad in vacuum and air.

89
TFE 6.5 xlO3

c

o>

(-H CO

0)

(0

UJ

rrI—

2

10

10" 10s I0C 10' IO e RADIATION , rod

INVESTIGATOR^ (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Goodman (1962) Teflon TFE T-30 ASTM 882-56T, MethodA .est procedure, tested in air at 297 K; irrad in air and vacuum

by spent reactor fuel elements.

90
RADIATION, rad

INVESTIGATOR^ (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Wattier, Newell, Morgan

(1962)

Leininger (1957)

Teflon

Tefl on

Irrad and tested at 300 K, irrad in air and He.

Irrad in air by Cos?

.

9]
INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Golden, Hazell (1960)

Harrison (1968) Held at 373 K and 10"s Torr for 24 h then sealed in separate thin-walled glass ampoules

Thin film strips, t = 0.0132 cm, w = 1.27 cm; standard tensile machine, xhd spd = 0.042 cm

s"1

, tested at 294K, irrad by 4 Mev electron beam, sealed in Al Chamber and evacuated

during irradiation.

Small dumb-bell shaped samples; xhd spd = 0.021 cm s"1

, 308 K; irrad by 4 Mev electron beam, stored at 308 K for 24 h before test.

92
RADIATION

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Burr, Garrison,

Haeckl, Hochandel,

McClinton, Penneman,

Scott, Miller, Steel (1948)

Wattier, Newell, Morgan (1962)

Teflon

I - 7. 62-12. 70 cm, w = 0. 64 cm; Scott tensile tester; 2 Mev electrons from Van de Graaff generator bombarded 1. 27 cm long spot in the middle of the specimen; x-ray irradiation received by whole length of specimen but was most intense in the middle: dosage in Roentgens.

Irrad and tested at 300 K, irrad in air; dosage in rads.

08
TFE 32.5 xlO3

S3£ 30

CO

25

•- 20

CO

CO

LU

CO 15

10

- -

- • Weleff ( 1963)

Kerlin (1964. Vol. D)

Te n s i 1 e

_

i — /20K f- _ —

i

-

-

f-

_

-

4 f

(

f

— 15

20 xio8

10

10" 10= 10" 10' 10°

E

o

0><oc

T3

CO

CO

LU

trh

co

RADIATION , rad

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year]

Weleff, Emmons (1963)

Kerlin, Smith (1964, Vol II)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Teflon 7

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Instron, xhd spd = 0.0021 cm s -1

, irrad and tested at 20 K except for one point as noted, irrad by both fast neutrons and gammas; av values of 4 or 5 specimens.

Red Sec 5.72 x 1.27 x 0.317 cm; Instron, xhd spd = 0.021 cm s

- \ ASTM D-638-61T test procedure, tested in liquid N-, at 77 K; total radiation includes fast neutrons and gammas.

94
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Sisman, Bopp (1951) Teflon Red Sec 2= 5.72 cm, w = 1 . 27 cm ; modified ASTM D 638 -49T test procedure, Baldwin Southwark testing machine, xhd spd = 0. 0021 cm s" to a strain of 0. 02 and then xhd spd =

0. 00S5 cm s"

1

; irrad in Hole 19 of ORNL reactor at 298-313K and in air,aged 7 days at 298

± IK and 50 ± 2% rel hum before testing.

95
INCIDENT ENERGY, rad

INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Stephenson, Moses,

Wilcox ( 1961)

Teflon t = O. 0025 cm, ASTM D 882-49T test procedure, Instron; ultraviolet radiation source: General Electric G 30 T8 lamp emitting 90To of radiation at 2537 : General Electric A-H6 vapor lamp, high P, 1000 watts, broad spectrum of radiation with intensity peaks

at 2440, 3140, and 3690 I, monochromator (Bausch and Lomb) slits (132 .- wide) used to select radiation, irrad in nitrogen.

96
I 3 x I03

CO

if) UJ

10

Oxygen

Vacuum

Ni trogen

• Stephenson ( 1961

)

Stephenson ( 1963)

Tensile

2 3 4 IRRADIATION TIME , h

TFE

tafl a

a> 8 x I0 8^

- 7

- 6

o

V)

If)

LLl QC

I-

(f)

xK)8

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Stephenson, Moses,

Wilcox (1961)

Stephenson, Wilcox

(1963)

Teflon

Teflon, film

t = 0. 0025 cm; ASTM D882-49T test procedures, Instron; ultraviolet radiation source: General Electric G30T8 lamp emitting about 90% of radiation at 2537 A, sai.iples placed

in quartz tubes and evacuated or flushed with nitrogen. ASTM D8S2-49T test procedures, Instron; ultraviolet radiation source: General Electric G 30T8 lamp emitting 90% of radiation at 2537A, irrad in vacuum or oxygen.

97
TFE I6xl03 JSa

<u

14

12

10

CO

COId 8

CEH

CO

1 1 1 1 1 I 1 I 1 1 II V Yield

S A

\

y - —

— -

\ ——

\

--

-

V\ -

- —- \

• - - 1- —

Riley (1957)

\

--^

\

• + \ i -76 K

.-V —

• s

1 : r-

-t- \ — V 1 4-

•- A

/ 193 K

i

1 k

|

r-

/ "233 K 1

t 1-

-A

N

N 296 K i / i i -4 &

\V- 47 < 7 3 K

t

2: «+ I / r\ — ^ 523 K Mil

100x10

80

o

in 60 £

CO

CO

cml-co

40

20

40 50 60 70 80

CRYSTALLINITY, percent

90 100

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Riley (1957) Teflon

98
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mowers (1962)

Swenson (1954)

1

1

I

Teflon; 49-50"'o crys, sp gr = 2. 148-

2. 152, molded at 655 K, 30 min, quick

quenched; 52. 5-5 6"o crys, spgr = 2.159- 2.171, molded at 655 K, 30 min, quick

quenched then held at 580 K for 5 h; 66. 2- 71'i crys, sp gr = 2 . 1 99 - 2 . 22 6, molded at 655 K, 30 min, slow cooled

then held at 599 K for 20 h.

Teflon, sp gr = 2. 17

l- 2.54 cm, diam =1.27 cm; Instron, ASTM D 695-54 test procedure, xhd spd = 0.0021 cm s" 1

.

1 - 1. 58 cm, diam =1.27 cm; yd off = 0.2%.

99
CRYSTALLINITY, percent

INVESTIGATORS) (yeaij MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Riley (1957) Teflon

100
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE ,

K

INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mowers (1962) Teflon; 49-50% crys, sp gr = 2. 148- 2.152, molded at 655 K, 30 min, quick quenched; 52 . 5 - 56%c rys , sp gr = 2. 159- 2.171, molded at 655 K, 30 min, quick

quenched then held at 580 K for 5 h; 66. 2-71% crys, sp gr = 2. 199-2. 226, molded at 655 K, 30 min, slov, cooled

then held at 599 K for 20 h.

5.07 x 0. 44 6 cm, t varied but rates of I /t maintained at 16; Instron, xhd spd 0. 002 1 cm

s" 1

, ASTM D 790-495 test procedure, miniature size dies used; error bars indicate data spread.

101
TFE

a

GO

6x10'

o

UJ

<

UJX

• Ki no (1953)

1 1

(\

1 \1 —

_

\L\

\1V

N

—

_

4x10

CDZ

UJ

cr

<

UJX

100 200 300 400

TEMPERATURE, K

500 600

INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

King, Tabor ( 195 3) Powder sintered above softening temp

of 600 K and rapidly quenched

Cylindrical specimen sheared between 2 metal blocks, force read on a spring balance: 7-1

r error.

102
RADIATION , nvt

INVESTIGATOR^) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Sisman, Bopp (1951) Teflon 4= 7. 62, w = 2. 54 cm, t = 0. 16-0. 64 cm; test procedure was a modification of Federal

Specification 1041, L-P-406a, p. 12, Johnson type shear tool with self-aligning compression plate, xhd spd = 0, 0008 cm s"

1

; irrad in Hole 19 of ORNL reactor at 298-313 K

and in air, aged 7 days at 298 ± IK and 50± 2% rel hum before testing.

103
TFE

ITS a.s

o

I C 5 I

r-Z

LU

2

QO

N

100 200 300 400

TEMPERATURE,

500 600

INVESTIGATORS] [year]

Renfrew, Lewis (1946)

Gillespie, Saxton, Chapman (1960, pt 2)

Designing with Teflon:

Pt. 3 (1957)

DuPont Co. (1955)

Cornell (1953)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Teflon 1 , ram extruded av sp gr = 2.17, 60±2T0 crys, void content < 0. 3To, pre- form pressure - 2500 psi

Teflon

Teflon

Teflon

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

ASTM D 256-41T test procedure.

ASTM D 256-56 test procedure.

ASTM D 256-47T test procedure.

ASTM D-256-47T test procedure

ASTM D 256-47T test procedure

104
Q I I I I I I 1 I I I I I M I I I I I I I I M 1 I

I I I I II I I 1 II II M II I 0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mowers (1962) Teflon; 52. 5-56% crys, sp gr = 2. 159-

2.171, molded at 655 K, 30 min, quick

quenched then held at 580 K for 5 h; 66. 2-71% crys, sp gr = 2. 199-2. 226, molded at 655 K, 30 min, slow cooled

then held at 599 K for 2 0 h.

0. 635 x 1. 27 x 6. 35 cm Izod samples with standard notch machined into 0. 635 cm face; Tinius-Olsen tester, ASTM D 256-56 test procedure, impact vel = 335 cm s" ; error

bars iadicate data spread of 5 tests.

105
INVESTIGATOR! S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Sisman, Bopp (1951) Teflon Izod impact specimen; modified ASTM D 256-47T test procedure, Baldwin pendulum

cantilever beam impact testing machine; irrad in Hole 19 of OSNL reactor at 29S-313 K

and in air, aged 7 days at 298 ± IK and 50 ± 2% rel hum before testing.

106
-sv- TFE

30 • Jolley (1963) A Bresee (1956)

E

INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Bresee, Flanary, Goode, Watson, Watson (1956)

Jolley, Heed (1963)

Teflon, sp gr = 2. 14 before

irradiation

Teflon cut from AWG #22 commercially

available wire

Irrad by Co' .

Notched Izod specimens, 1.27 x 0.35 x 0.635 cm; 122 cm pendulum. 203 K: irrad in air with 2 Mev electrons from a Van de Graaf accelerator; av of 5 tests.

107
TFE

a

I

I-o

z

LJrrH

CO

I-o

<

0->

CL

or<

Iu

I 6

I 4

1.2

I 0

0.8

0 6

0 4

0.2

- rImperial Chemical

Industries (1968)

•

f-

-

~i i V

'-Type G4

0.203 cm notch

-- i—

- __|_|_ ~rr

- —

—

— 4

r ~~H"T

i

i

! m —! —

i —j-

4

t

:

:

,__ + 44 i - -

_ 44--

- 1- \ - ! +-

;- 137

i ; i r

i

i

t i | i

I ;

i

-

I j

i

t

•

: ; !

j - •

ztrit

-r- '1 -1— -

f

-

i4-

\ !.]_:

-

_ —-r _i L

-

i 4

t-44 \ \ -it

-i- -+

_ 1

_ —t- 4

"-Type G 1 and G3

0.203 cm notch .

:

<-

. i_ -

-J L

.....

4 7

- -

- j- -I irf

1 s Z

_.—]. 44+J -+ 4

-

-

; -—

-

- -

i M -Hr

. 4 -Type Gl,G3and G4

0.025 cm notch -H-

-

i — 1 4 J_L_ "z : tE -- Mi'

E : 4

<

1

; c - ;

1 4- i - -1

-f

+->-

i "t" - - h

j

:

, iij

j- 4 -j f-

- t

I - j ff \ f-t"! T TTT tiff

100 200 300 400

TEMPERATURE ,

500 600

INVESTIGATORS] (year)

Imperial Chemical

Industries (1968)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Fiuon, Gl and G3 preformed at 2000 psi G4 preformed at 2500 psi, one sample

of each cooled at 25K h'Janother cooled from 653 K to 293 K in 2 h.

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

; = 2. 54 or 3. 81 cm, notch depth = 0. 2819 cm, notch radius noted; Charpy 3 point loading, impact velocity = 244 cm s"

1

; no difference in results from the 2 cooling rales; considerable

scatter in results above 253 K.

108
TEMPERATURE ,

K

INVESTIGATOR^] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mowers (196Z) Teflon; 49-50% crys, sp gr = 2. 148 - 3 dies used to j;ive Red Sec ul 2. 54 x 0. 635 cm 2. 54 x 0.318 cm, and 0. :>1 x 0. 254 cm;

Z. 152, molded at o55 K, 30 min, quick Inst r on , xhd spd - 0.042 cm s"

1 at 298 K and 0.00 12 cni s

1 otherwise; cmrs bars

quenched; 52.5-56% crys, sp gr = 2. 159- indicate data spread

.

Z. 171, molded at 655 K, 30 min, quick quenched then held at 580 K for 5 h; 66.2-71% crys, sp g r = 2.199-2. 226, molded at 655 K, 30 min, slow cooled then held at 599 K for 20 h.

McKannan, Gause Teflon Instr on

.

(1964)

109
TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Takayanagi (1963) Teflon 5; quenched from 633 K into liquid nitrogen; gradually cooled to room temp after 1 h at 633 K; 10s rep

irrad by Co60 for 2 h, annealed at 623 K

for 3 h and cooled gradually

l = 2-6 cm, w = 0. 2-0. 3 cm, t = 0. 02-0. 03 cm; sinusoidal tensile strain applied at one

end and stress/strain ratio measured at other end, 138 Hz.

110
TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kline, Sauer (1963)

Asay, Guenther (1967)

Nohara (1957)

i

TFE, unirrad sp gr = 2.17, crys = 59%;

irrad sp gr = 2. 54,crys = 83%.

Teflon, sp gr = 2. 19

Teflon

Diam = 0. 64 cm, I- 10. 2 cm; frequencies used ranged from 103 to 2100 Hz; room temp

density value used in obtaining moduli so their values are nominal and may be a few percent in error, especially at high temp; irrad in nuclear reactor for 18h, received about

10s rads, energy is 1/6 from fast neutron collisions and 5'6 from gamma ray interactions.

Ceramic trajiducer operated at l-10xl0

6 Hz, long, signal received by 2nd transducer neld together by clamp; not all points plotted.

Dynamic measurements.

Ill
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE ,

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Baccaredda, Butta

(1958)

Iwayanagi, Nakane

(1968)

Kuritsyna, Meinstev

(1965)

Nagamatsu, Yoshitomi, Takemoto (1958)

TFE

Fluoroplast-4

Teflon

Frequency of 2-25 x 1 0

3 Hz; curve represents a series of experimental points.

Long, vibration of a rod; curve represents a series of experimental points.

4 = 13.0 cm, w = 0. 61 cm, t = 0. 00b cm; max strain < 0. 007; temp fluctuation < 0. 1 K, time

noted is the interval between loading and measurement.

r

112
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Dyment, 7iebland ( 1 956)

Fivers, Franklin ( 1956)

Jolley, Homsy, Peed

(1964)

Becker (1959)

1

1

i

Fluon in form of 0. 730 cm diam rod

Teflon oriented fiber, sp gr - 2. 2

Teflon

Hostaflon TF, sp gr = 2. 14 ± 0. 02, 46 ± 2% crys

Red Sec i - 1.14cm, diam - 0.32 cm; K - type Hounsfield tensometer , xhd spd

0. 003 cm s" 1.

Tests at room temp and below conducted in hexane, all others conducted in air.

113
INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Nakane , Takahashi,

Iwayanagi (1966)

Koton, Yakovlev, Rudakov, Knya/.eva,

Florinskii, Res sonov, Kuleva, Tolparova,

Laius (1965)

Sp gr = 2. 163 at 292K

Teflon

Frequency of measurement noted.

114
TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATORS [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Bernier , Kline , Sauer

(1967) TFE 7, number av molecular weight

-1.6x 10 17

; after irradiation and

initial testing, some samples were

annealed at 423 K for 1 00 h and then re-tested

l = 11.2 cm, diam = 0.64 cm; sample supported as a free bar and excited in the fundamental mode of flexural vibration, room temp density and dimensions used in all calculations; irrad in NBS 50 k Ci Co53 Y-ray facility at 1 0

7 Roentgens h" 1

; the annealing treatment produced almost no change in the test results on the unirrad sample and the sample irrad

to 1 . 96 x 1 0

= rad.

115
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Bernier, Kline, Sauer

(1967) TFE 7, number av molecular weight 141

1. 6 x 10 17; after irradiation and initial testing, some samples were annealed

at 423 K for 100 h and then re-tested

1= 11.2 cm, diam = 0. 64 cm; sample supported as a free bar and excited in the fundamental mode of flexural vibration, room temp density and dimensions used in all calculations;

all samples but one irrad in NBS 50 k Ci Co83 Y-ray facility at 10

7 Roentgens h~\ one sample irrad to 7. 8 x 1 0

? rad in Pennsylvania State University nuclear reactor; the results on the samples irrad to 7. 8 x 1 0

7 rad by Coa and the nuclear reactor were nearly identical.
INVESTIGATOR^ (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Atkinson, Eagling (1959) Teflon I

=- 5.08 cm, w = 0.64 cm, t = 0.15 cm; vibrating reed apparatus.

117
TFE0.13 x I0e 3

o

S

0.12

0.10

CO

ZD 0.08

_l

=3Q

O

CO

~C0 Z 0.06 o>-

0.04

0.02

))

• Si sman ( 1951 )

-

-

i - it i

-

- - -

-

(

8xl09

10" I0

15 10 RADIATION , nvt

16

c

>.

TJCO

_la

o

COz

O

>-

10' 10"

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Sisman, Bopp ( 1951

Teflon Red Sec I = 5. 72 cm, w = 1. 27 cm; modified ASTM D 638-49T test procedure, Baldwin Southwark testing machine, xhd spd = 0. 0021 cm s"

1 to a strain of 0. 02 and then xhd spd =

0. 0085 cm s" 1

; irrad in Hold 19 of OKNL reactor at 298-313 K and in air, aged 7 days at 298 ± 1 K and 50 ± 2% rel hum before testing.

118
012x10

in

=>_J

r>QO

IS)

z>o>-

0.10

0.08

006

0.04

002

\

1 nrkhpprl- (ipnrnin Cn A

" — —

( 1965)

—

4- 1

—

1

1

1

i

1

4- -r

i-j- — —i-4- 4: h

4

i r —

1 i- -

r 1 - 1

- -

i

i

1 1—

1—t— +- — _ h1 —

h

—i

1 - j

id10* 10 10°

RADIATION , Roentgen

10'

0 0n"

0 0

006

TFE

COa

O

0 04

COz>

_l

z>a

o

5

too

z

o

>-

002

—'0

10°

INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Lockheed- Georgia Co. ASTM D 638-61 T test procedure, xhd spd - O.OlOi. cm s"1

, irrad in vacuum.

(1965)

J

1L_

119
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mowers (1962) Teflon; 49-50"o crys, sp gr = 2. 148-

2. 152, molded at 055 K, 30 nun, quick

quenched; 52. 5-S6°.« crys, sp gr = 2.159-

2.171, molded at o55 K, 30 nun, quick

quenched then held at 580 K for 5 h; 66.2-71% crys, sp gr = 2. 199-2.220, molded at 055 K, 30 mm, slow cooled

then held at 599 K for 20 h.

!- 2.54 cm, diam =1.27 cm; Instron, ASTM D o"5-54 lest procedure, xhd sptl = 0.0021 cm s- 1

; av of at least 3 samples, error bar indicates data spread.

i orv
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mowers (1962) Teflon; 49-50% crys, sp gr = 2. 148- 2.152, molded at 655 K, 30 min, quick quenched; 52. 5-56% crys, sp gr = 2. 159-

2.171, molded at 655 K, 30 min, quick quenched then held at 58 OK for 5 h; 66. 2-71% crys, sp gr = 2. 199-2. 226, molded at 655 K, 30 min, slow cooled

then held at 599 K for 20 h.

Tinius-Olsen tester, ASTM DI 043-51 test procedure; av of at least 3 samples, error bar

indicates data spread.

121
INVESTIGATOR! S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Wolf, Schmcider (1955)

Illers, Jenckel ( 1958)

Nakane, Takahashi, Iwayanagi ( 19^)

!

i

1

1

1

1

1

'ip B r 2.1 63 at 292 K

t 0. 05 - 0.25 cm, w = 1 cm; frequency - 1 Hz.

Frequency < 1 Hz.

122
INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION . EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Araki (19to)

I

1

1

1

I

1

I

1

Teflon 5

l 8 cm, w = 1 cm, t - 0. 1 cm; torsion pendulum method, Voight model assumed, temp regulated to ±0. IK.

123
INVESTIGATOR! S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

McLaren ( 1 9 05

Quenched from o43 K into ice approx 441T o c rys

I

- 5.0 cm, w = 0. o35 cm, t = 0.038 cm; torsion pendulum apparatus, specimens cooled to

1 03 K and then warmed at 0. 008 K s" 1

, frequency varied from 0.5-1.0 Hz at 1 03 K to

0. 08-0. 2 Hz at 393K; sealed ir. evacuated glass tubes for 3 days, irradby Co"" at 296K,

opened to air for 1 week before measurements; experimental points not included here.

t

124
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

McLaren (19<>5) Heated to 653 K then cooled to 533 K at 2-3K h~ , approx crys 1=5.0 cm, w = 0. 635 cm, t - 0. 038 cm, torsion pendulum apparatus, specimens cooled

to 1 03 K and then warmed at 0. 008 K s" 1

, frequency varied from 0. 5- 1 . 0 Hz at 1 03 K to 0.08-0.2 Hz at 393 K; sealed in evacuated glass tubes for 3 days; irrad by Co" at 296K,

opened to air for 1 week before measurements; experimental points not included here.

125
TEMPERATURE ,

INVESTIGATOR^] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

McCrum (1959) I = 7. 62 cm, w 1. 27 cm , t - 0. 1 52 cm, crys determined by infrared method; measu rements by torsion pendulum.

126
INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION . EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Asay, Guenther (1967) Teflon, sppr = 2.19 Samples machined flat and to within a few microns; quartz transducer operated at funda- mental frequency of 1 x 10s H/. or at 3rd harmonic, trans signal received by 2nd transducer

crystals bonded with epoxy resin; 1-2";, uncertainty; data points not shown.

Ohzawa, Wada (1964) 68"'i. crys t 0.6 cm; composite oscillator technique, 3. 3 x 1

0

l Hz: daia points not shown.

Iwayanagi, Nakane Free torsional vibration below 1 Hz: data points not shown.

(1968)

Schulz '1956) 0. 2-lHz

Sinnott (1958) 55° crys 1 = T.(i2 cm, w - 1.2? cm. t = 0. 1 ?2 cm: small torsion pendulum, usual frequency (» H/.:

i

1

estimated accuracy - ± 5

; 'l

.

127
TFE 1.6 x10

s

to3

S

©

s

1.4

I 2

3

_J

=>Q

O

0.8

m 0.6

0.4

0.2

X

r- renl 0h7n«/n (1964)

,/

f + -

t- -li • -r 1 -p

-j- — 1 — 4-

-

i

. -M -H

. ^imaainarv. Ohzawa 1364)

l

'

4 ?V- 1 -

1 - s —I. —

-4- -fr

: 100 200 300 400

TEMPERATURE ,

500

1.0 x 10

10

08

06

to

_i3

a

o

2

0.4

CD

02

600

INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Asay, Cuenther (19bT)

Ohzawa, Wada (19l>4)

1

i

Teflon, sp gr = 2.19

Aqueous suspension of as - polymerized

powder in 10',, volume concentration, av

particle radius = 0.2 i, particle sp g

r = 2.295, almost perfect crys.

Ceramic transducer operated at 1-10 x 1 0

6 Hz, signal received by 2nd transducer: not all points plotted.

Ultrasonic measurements at 1 x 10s Hz, data points not shown,

r
INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Doban, Sperati, Sandt

(1955)

Teflon, sp gr - 2.1-2.3

129
100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mowers (1962)

Menu-. (1961)

Tolley, Homsy, Reed

(1964)

Teflon; 49 - 5 0% c r ys , spur 2.148-

2.152, molded at 055 K, 30min, quick

quenched; 52. 5-56% crys, sp gr = 2.159-

2.171, molded at 655 K, 30min, quick

quenched then held at 580K for 5 h; 66.2- 71%crys, sp gr -2.199-2.226, molded

at 655 K, 30 min, slow cooled then held

599 K for 20 h.

Teflon, 66% crys

Teflon

5.07 x 0.446 cm, t varied but ratio of I It maintained at 16; Instron, xhd spd = 0.0021 cm s

1 ASTM D 790-495 test procedure, miniature size dies used.

ASTM D 790 test procedure.

ASTM D 747 test procedure.

f

130
INVESTIGATORS] (yearj MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Thomas, Lontz, Sperati McPherson (1956)

Riley (1957)

Teflon, void content = 0% and Z°'u

Teflon

ASTM D-790 test procedure, 296 K, data points not shown.

131
INVESTIGATORS] (year]

Illers, Jenckel (1958)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

= 1 cm, t = 0. 05-0. 25 cm; 1 Hz.

132
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Illers, Jenckel (1958) Teflon, 26% crys w = 1 cm, t = 0. 05-0. 25 cm.

133
INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Baccaredda, Butta

(1958) TFE Frequency of 2-25 x 1

3 Hz; curve represents a series of experimental points.

f

134
TEMPERATURE ,

K

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Becker (1959) Hostaflon TF, sp gr = 2. 14 ± 0. 02, 46 ± 2% crys

135
TFE

TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Atkinson, Eagling

(1959)

Woodward, Sauer

(1959)

Teflon

Sp gr = 2. 160 at 298K, 64% cry

« 5. 1 x 0. 64 x 0. 15 cm; vibrating reed apparatus.

136
INVESTIGATOR^] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kline, Sauer (1963) TFE, unirrad sp gr = 2. 17, crys = 59%

irrad sp gr = 2. 54, crys = 83% Diam = 0.64 cm, I - 10.2 cm; frequencies used ranged from 100 to 2100 Hz, measurements

consist of driving a horizontal specimen supported on vertical cotton threads through its natural trans vibration frequency and observing the deformational response; irrad in nuclear reactor for 18 h, received about 10' rads, energy is l/6 from fast neutron collisions and 5/ 6 from gamma ra- interactions.

137
TEMPERATURE ,

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Bernier, Kline, Sauer

(1967) TFE 7, number av molecular weight "1.6 x 10 17

; after irradiation and

initial testing, some samples were

annealed at 423 K for 1 00 h and then

re-tested.

i = 11.2 cm, diam = 0. 64 cm; sample supported as a free bar and excited in the fundamental mode of flexural vibration, room temp density and dimensions used in all calculations; irrad in NBS 50k Ci Co60 (-ray facility at 1 0

7 Roentgens h" 1

; the annealing treatment pro- duced almost no change in the test results on the unirrad sample and the sample irrad to

1. 96 x 10a rad.

138
INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Nakane, Takahashi, Sp gr = 2. 163 at 292 K Frequency of measurement noted. Iwayanagi (1966)

139
TFE

TEMPERATURE,

INVESTIGATOR^) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Bernier, Kline, Sauer

(1967) TFE 7, number av molecular weight - 1.6 x 101?

; after irradiation and

initial testing, some samples were

annealed at 423 K for 1 00 h and then

re -tes ted

I = 11.2 cm , diam = 0. 64 cm ; sample supported as a free bar and excited in the fundamental mode of flexural vibration, room temp density and dimensions used in all calculations; all samples but one irrad in NBS 50 k Ci Co60 V-ray facility at 1 0

? Roetgens h

-1

, one sample

irrad to 7. 8 x 10 rad in the Pennsylvania State University nuclear reactor; the results on the samples irrad to 7. 8 x 10 rad by Co"" and the nuclear reactor were nearly identical.

140
TEMPERATURE ,

K

INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Wolf, Schmaider ( 1 955)

Schulz ,1956)

Sinnott (1958) 55% crys

0. 2 - 1 Hz.

1 = 7. 62 cm, w = 1. 27 cm, t = 0. 152 cm; small torsion pendulum, usual frequency = 6 Hz; estimated accuracy = ± 5%.

141
TFE

600 TEMPERATURE ,

INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kabin (1956)

Nohara ( 1957) Teflon

Longitudinal ultrasonics, measurements below 273 K were made in an alcohol bath, those above in a water bath, frequency of measurement noted.

142
TEMPERATURE ,

K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

McCrum (1959) I = 7, 62 cm, w = 1. 27 cm, t = 0. 152 cm, crys determined by infrared method; measurements

by torsion pendulum.

143
TFE

TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATOR^] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Takayanagi, (1963) Teflon 5; quenched from 633 K into liquid nitrogen: gradually cooled to room temp after 1 h at 633 K; 10 rep

irrad by Co ' for Z h, annealed at 623 K for 3 h and cooled gradually

i - 2-6 cm, w = 0.2-0. 3 cm, t = 0. 02-0. 03 cm; sinusoidal tensile strain applied at one end and phase angle between stress and strain measured at other end, 138 Hz.

144
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATOR! S] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Araki (1965) Teflon 5 Z = 8 cm, w = 1 cm, t = 0. 1 cm; torsion pendulum method, Voight model assumed, temp

regulated to ± 0. 1 K.

145
INVESTIGATORS] [year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

McLaren (1965) Heated to 653 K then cooled to 533 K

at 2-3 K h" 1

, approx 76% crys

& = 5. 0 cm, w = 0. 635 cm, t = 0. 038 cm ; torsion pendulum apparatus, specimens cooled

to 103 K and then warmed at 0. 008 K s -1

, frequency varied from 0.5 -1. 0 Hz at 103 K to

0. 08-0. 2 Hz at 393 K; sealed in evacuated glass tubes for 3 days, irrad by Co60 at 296 K , opened to air 1 week before measurements; experimental points not included here.

146
INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

McLaren (1965) Quenched from 643 K into ice water, approx 44% crys

i - 5. 0 cm, w = 0, 635 cm, t = 0. 038 cm; torsion pendulum apparatus, specimens cooled

to 103 K and then warmed at 0. 008 K s"\ frequency varied from 0. 5-1. 0 Hz at 103 K to

0. 08-0. 2 Hz at 393 K; sealed in evacuated glass tubes for 3 days, irrad by Co at 296 K, opened to air 1 week before measurements; experimental points not included here.

147
TFE

CYCLES TO FAILURE

INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Riddell, Koo, O' Toole

(1966) Halon; high crys after cooling at 6Kh

l

, medium crys after cooling at 33 K

h , low crys after air quenching

ASTM D 671-63 T test procedure Method B with Type I specimens, Sonntag Model SF-Z\x constant forces cantilever-flexural fatigue machine, failure defined as ± 1.27 cm derlection

of cantilevered specimen, tested at 30 Hz.

148
CYCLES TO FAILURE

INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Koo, Riddell, O' Toole

(1967)

Gillespie, Saxton, Chapman (1960, pt. 2)

Koo, Jones, Riddell, O'Toole ( 1965)

Riley (1957)

Teflon 1, ram extruded, av sp gr =

2. 17, 60±2% crys, void content <0. 3%, preform pressure = 2500 psi

Halon G-80

Teflon 1

ionntag Model oF 2U test machine, 30 Hz, ASTM D-671-63T, Method B test procedure.

t = 0. 635, ASTM D-671-63T Method B test procedure using type 1 specimens, 30 Hz.

Tensile - compressive stresses completely reversed.

149
CYCLES TO FAILURE

INVESTIGATOR! S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Riddell, Koo, O'Toole

(1966) Ha Ion ASTM D 671-63T test procedure Method B with Type I specimens, Sonnlag Model SF-2u

constant force cantilever-flexural fatigue machine, failure defined as ± 1.27 cm deflection of cantilevered specimen, test speed noted.

1

150
0.6

0.5

<

cmH




TFE

0.3

TIME , h

INVESTIGATOR(S) [year]

Gillespie, Saxton, Chapman (1960, pt. 1)

Curry (1964)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Teflon 1 , ram extruded, av sp gr - 2.11

60 ± 2% crys, void content < 0. 3%, pre- form pressure = 2500 psi.

Teflon

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

l- 15.2 cm, diam - 1.52 cm; tested at constant i.

296K, J - 3, 000 psi.

I

151
TFE

I0" 2 10"' 10° I0 1 I02

I03 TIME , h

INVESTIGATOR^] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

P iddell, Toelcke, O'Toole (1970) 'Standard" is high strength grade cov- ered in ASTM D-1457, Type IV; "creep

resistant" is Halon P-700.

ASTM D-638 Type IV tensile specimen with Ted Sec increased in length to 8. 64 cm; specimens manually loaded with weights.

r

152
0 12 3 4 5 6 TIME, days

INVESTIGATOR^] [/b,ii

Doban, Sperati, Sandt

i 1 ° 5 5 ) ; also Riley i 195";

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Compressed at 1000 psi.
TIME, h

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Gillespie, Saxton, Chapman (1960, pt. 1)

Koo, Jones, O'Toole

(1965)

Jones, Koo, O'Toole

(1967)

Imperial Chemical

Industries (1968)

Ogorkiewicz (1970)

Teflon 1, ram extruded, av sp gr =

2. 17, 60±2% crys, void content <0. 3%, preform pressure = 2500, psi

Halon G-80

Halon G-80

Fluon G4, preformed at 2000 psi, molding was freely sintered at 653K

and slowly cooled

Fluon G4

l - 15. 2 cm, diam = 1. 52 cm.

Gasket relaxometer described in ASTM F 38-62T(5).

Gasket relaxometer,

Diam = 2. 86 cm, I = 1. 14 cm; 1000 psi, 298K.

1000 psi, 293K.

154
Tl ME , h

INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Yamaguchi, Oyanagi,

Ishida, Tanaka (1965)

298 K, applied compressive stress noted.

155
TFE

I0" 2 10"' 10° I0

1 I02

I03 TIME , h

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN SESCRlPTIOfi . EXPtRfMtNl'Ai ti*»:,>.Ui

Riddell, Toelcke. O'Toole (1970)

1

i

I

i

"Standard" is high strength grade covered in ASTM D- 1457 Type IV; "Creep resistant" is Halon G-700.

Annular gasket having a re. ta.'.guiar cross-sMlon i.-.<m|>re:=s.ve)y iuadi-d to stress level.

156
INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION . EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Gillespie, Saxton, Chapman (1960, pt. 1 )

Teflon 1 , ram extruded, av sp gr 2.17

60 ± 2% crys, void content < 0. 3%, pre- form pressure = 2500 psi.

15.2 cm, diam - 1.52 cm.
INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Khlopotov (1963) I = 3 cm, diam = 0.6 cm; 297 K, applied torque noted.

158
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year)

Gillespie, Saxton, Chapman (I960, pt.

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Teflon 1, ram extruded, av sp gr = 2.1/

60 ± 2 'u crys, void content < 0. 3'i, pre- form pressure = 2500 psi.

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

15.2 cm, diam = 1.52 cm; tested at constant c.
I0" 2 10"' 10° 10' I02 I03 TIME.h

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Koo, Tones, Riddell, O'Toole (1965) Halon G-80 296K, initial stress noted.

160
TIME, h

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Curry (1964)

Koo, Jones, O'Toole

(1965)

Jones, Koo, O'Toole

(1967)

Teflon

Halon G-80

Halon G-80

Compressed to predetermined initial stress level, 296K.

Gasket relaxometer described in ASTM F-38-62T(5), 296K, initial stress noted.

t = 0 16 cm; gasket relaxometer, 339K, initial stress = 2000 psi; curves for 322,

311, ar.d 296K also presented, the latter is the same as that of Koo. Jones, O'Toole

(1965).

161
TFE 6.5 x a

o

05

ee

CO £303

Q.

en

en

UJ

ccI-

(/)

UJ>

to

(/) UJ

cc

CLo

o

40 x I07

TIME ,h

INVESTIGATOR(S) [year]

Zelenev, Novikov

(1966)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

50% compressive strain, stress based on the doubled specimen area.

162
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 TIME ,h

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION \ SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Trusova, Abakumova,

Mikheev (1968) 65% c r ys

.

Diam 0.25 - 0. 35 cm, £ 0.5 em, machined; stress measured with photoeleelrooplieal dynamo mete r , du ring loading xhd s pd 0. 001 7 - 0. 00 33 em s *

1

. i cmp and compressive

si rain noted

.

1

I

163
TIME , h

INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Trus ova , Abakumova

Mikheev (1968) 65% crys . Diam - 0. 25 - 0. 35 cm, i - 0. 5 cm, machined; stress measured with photoelectrooptical dynamometer, during loading xhd spd = 0.0017-0. 0033 cm s -1

, temp and compressive

strain noted.

164
! INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Riddell, Toelcke, C

! Toole (1970)

1

1

1

1

i

1

1

"Standard' 1 is high strength grade cov- ered in ASTM D- 1457, Type IV,''creep

resistant' 1 is Halon G-700.

i - 5. 08 cm, « v = 0.48 cm, t = 0.48 cm; fitted inside round tube to prevent buckling.

165
INVESTIGATORS] [year]

Koo, Jones, Riddell, O'Toole (1965)

Riley (1957)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Halon G-80

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Measured by durometer, ASTM D-1706-61 test procedure.

166
INVESTIGATOR! S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION . EXPERIMENT ..j*

Kuritsyna, Meinstev

(1965) Fluoropla st -4

167
TFE

a

si as

100

CO

CO

Ldz

O

CC<

X

oro

X

CO

90

80

70

60

50

40

! ! 1

i ;

j

I

i

1 III!

ill!

i i

.

1 1 II

' !

1

I ! i

I ;:

I

j ]

1

1

! II

t 14-

I

1

i

1

. \

i ;

' •

.... » -//—

/ '

. . .

: : : rad J \ ]

. .

• Leininger (1967)

• • A Ferse (1968)

.

•

....

: . | . ... —; ^_

! : \ : : :: — . .

i

. . .

. . .

i

. .

• |

. .

•

. . . „

•

•

....

: : :

. . .

I . . ..

. . . j. . ..

. . .

•

j

. . .

)•

. :

j .....

——

j—

. , j. . .

•

. . , |....

i

"

!

"

' Roentgen vacuum —i——

. ..]....

\ -I--:

....

: ::}::::

+

n—i—

V . > i

•

i — —1

: : :

. . :

:—_l—— . . .

j

. . .

. .

|

. . ..

. . ,

|

. . ..

•

1

. ,

j

.

. . .

: : ; i

: i

...

'

! 10° 10° I0

7 10° I0

3 RADIATION

lNVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Leininger {1957}

Ferse (1968)

Teflon

Sp gr = 2 . 155 at 296 K

Irrad in air by Co60

, dosage given in rads; scale not given. TGL 20139 test procedure; irrad by 1300 Curie Co 60 source at 6. 5 x 10 s Roentgens h

_1

, irrad in vacuum and air dosage given in Roentgens.

168
INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Sisman, Bopp(1951) Teflon Modified ASTM D 785-48T test procedure, Rockwell long stroke machine; irrad in Hole 19

of ORNL reactor at 298-3 13K and in air, aged 7 days at 298 ± IK and 50 ± 2% rel hum before

testing.

169
TFE

OSco

OS

.£2 ©

0.8

0.7

0.6

0.5

<

ct

o

(£> O

Q0 4

0.3

0.2

0.1

lit

Brekhova (1965)

100 200 300 400

TEMPERATURE , K

500 600

INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Brekhova (1965) Teflon Diam = 1.2 cm, I - 2.0 cm; measured in compression, 6250 psi.

r

170
Invcstigator(s)

(year) V) Strength

(lO'psi) Strength

( 10'p.l)

Elongation

(percent) Young'. Modulus

(10' p..)

Renfrew (1946) 298 2. 0-4.

5

Cornell (1953) Extruded transparent TeHon film, t = 0. 01

3

cm

long. trans

Self-fusing Teflon

film, t = 0. 01 3 cm,

Bp gr = 1.4-1.5

long, trans

Teflon, sp gr = 2. 1 -2.

298

7. 0 2.5

I. 3 0. 16 1.5-2. 5 500 100-200 Rudner (1954) Teflon TF I sp gr - 2. 14

2. 8 342

Bopp (1955) DuPont Co. (1955) Teflon 298 0. 58 Bresee (1956) Teflon, sp gr = 2. 14 3. 76 1 75 Kast (1956) Teflon, sp gr = 2. 14 1.4-2. 5 Thomas (1956) Teflon 1 sp gr = 2. 1 3, 50% crys sp gr = 2. 1 5, 56% crys

Teflon 6 sp gr = 2. 1 5, 50% crys

sp gr = 2. 22, 72% crys sp gr = 2. 25, 82% crys

297

2. 8

2. 3

4. 2

3. 1 2.0

1.8

2. 0

1.6

1. 8 1.8

250

180

380 450

800 Mallouk (1958) Teflon 6 298 3.0 360

INVESTIGATORS] (yea.) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Renfrew, Lewis (1946) ASTM D 412 -41T test procedure.

Cornell (1953) Teflon ASTM D 638 -46T test procedure. Rudner, Graeff,

Bertolct, Jr. (1954)

Teflon TF1, sp gr = 2. 14, molded under 4,000 psi, cured at 639 K and cooled at

5 6 K h" 1

Bopp, Sisman

(1955) Teflon

DuPont Co.

(1955) Teflon ASTM D 638 -49 T test procedure.

Bresee, Flanary, Goode, Watson, Watson (1956)

Teflon, sp gr = 2. 14

Kast, Meskat, Rosenberg,

van der Vegt (1956)

Teflon, sp gr = 2. 2

Thomas, Lontz,

Sperati, McPherson (1956)

Teflon 1 and 6 Red Sec

for sp

= 0. gr. 48 x 0. 16 x 2. 24 cm; rhd spd = 0. 21 cm s" 1

, ASTM D 792 test procedure

Mallouk, Thompson (1958) Teflon 6, extrusion grade, 50-82% crys, sp gr = 2.2

171
Investigator(s)

(year) Description Temperature

(K) Tensile Strength

(10 psi)

Yield Strength

(103 psi)

Elongation

(percent) Young'

Modulus

(106 psi)

Thomas (1961) Teflon, 65-68% crys 298 3. 6 390 Vincent (1962) Fluon Gl 293 1. 7 Green (1964) Teflon 297 2. 550

T3ernatskii (1965) Fluoroplast-4 297 0.312 Denis (1966) Fluoroplast-4 pressure = 2845 psi rectangular, lab round, lab rectangular, commercial

round, commercial

pressure = 9956 psi rectangular, lab round, lab rectangular, commercial

round, commercial

297

0. 353

0. 346

0. 381

0. 361

0. 374

0. 388

0. 325

Ihling (1966) Teflon, sp gr = 2. 1 85 Miniature

long. trans Standard

long.

297

3. 25 3.93

2. 84

251. 8 303. 0

Laird (1966) Teflon, sp gr = 2. 18 297 > 1. 6 > 100 0. 567 Sakurada (1966) Determined from

(0015) lattice plane 22.2 Muraca (1967) Sintered 633K, 20 min

t a 0. 012 cm, 79% crys

t = 0. 009 cm, 7S. 3%

c rys

t = 0.011 cm, 61. 8%

crys

Sintered 673K, 20 min

t = 0. 017 cm, 61. 97.

c rys Sintered 633 K, 12 min

t = 0. 012 cm, 51.8%

c rys

294

3. 55

3.48

4. 31

3. 10

4. 34

512

440

4 1 5

34 6

Nerren (1968) Unnotchcd

Notched

295

77

2. 67

7. 36 Warficld (1969) Teflon 298 0. 07

ICI America (F-l 3) Fluon, sp gr = 2. 1

molded

extruded

298

3. 0-5. 0

2. 0-2.

250-400

250-400

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS Thomas (1961) Teflon, negligible mic roporosity, 65-68% crys

t = 0. 16 cm; ASTM D 1457-56T test procedure.

Vincent (1962) Fluon Gl

Green, Levine

(1964) Teflon

Bernatskii (1965 Fluoroplast-4

Denis, Balodis, Lipovskii (1966) Fluoroplast-4, commercially prepared

and laboratory prepared.

Rectangular specimens: £ = 10. 0 cm, w = \. 5 cm, t = 1. 0 cm; round specimens: diam = 3.0 cm; measurements made at high pressures.

Ihling (1966) Teflon tube, 7. 24 cm O. D, 4. 45 cm I. D. , i = 15. 24 cm, sp gr = 2. 185 "Standard" and "miniature" tensile specimens cut from tube in trans and long, directions; av of 3-5 tests

Laird, Cimprich,

Kappler, Mason, Jr. (1966)

Teflon, sp gr = 2. 18 Red Sec £ - 5. 08 cm, w = 1.27 cm, t = 0. 64 cm as per ASTM D 638-61T; Tinius Olsen HL-400-2 tensile test machine, e = 0.0029 s" 1

; av of 2 tests.

Sakurada, Ito, Nakamae (1966) Fiber; to calculate stress, the specimen c ross -section was reduced to a reference state

(dried); s'train measured by determining lattice extension of (0015) plane by a Geiger

counter x-ray diffractometer , stress assumed homogeneous throughout specimen. Muraca (1967) Teflon TFE-30, films prepared from

aqueous dispersion, cooling rates after sintering varied to obtain values of crys

GL = 2, 54 cm, w = 0. 32 cm; Instron model TT CLM-6, xhd spd = 0. 021 cm s"1; av of

6 tests, 3 specimens cut l and II to mandrel axis.

Nerren (1968) £ = 15. 24 cm, w = 1.91 cm, unnotched samples had a Red Sec with w = 0. 64 cm, distance between notches on notched samples = 0. 64 cm; tests conducted in air or liquid N3

. Warfield, Cuevas,

Barnet (1969) Teflon £ = 7. 62 cm, diam = 0. 630 cm; modified Mats uoka- Maxwell apparatus; estimated accuracy= ± 5%.

ICI America (F-13) Fluon, unfilled, sp gr = 2. 17

172
Investigator(B

)

(year) Strength

(10'psi) Modulus(10°p«l)

Renfrew (1946) Cornell (1953)

DuPont Co. (1955)

Bresee (195b)

Thomas (1956)

Mallouk (1958)

Heydeman (1959) Gillespie (1960, part 2)

Kuritsyna (1961)

Vincent (1962)

Curry (1964)

Bragaw (1956)

Teflon, sp gr = 2. 1-2.

3

Teflon, sp gr = 2. 14 Teflon 1 sp gr = 2. 13, 50% crys sp gr = 2. 15, 56% crys

Teflon 6 sp gr = 2. 15, 50% crys sp gr = 2.22, 72% crys sp gr = 2.25, 82% crys

Teflon Tenon 1

Flooroplast-4

298

298

3. B<>>)

3.01<">

293

296

1.6< b > 2.1(e)

0. 062(d > 0. 074

0. 078<d)

0. 306( f )

D55-D70

(Duromctc D55

|Rot:l

r) 60<

60<»)

2.65<<:>

200<e) 100

>400

300

150 (Rockwe

J) D6S

(Durometer;

58 (Rockwell

R)

3.3 kg

(Brinell)

(a) Stiffness (10J psi)

(b) Shear strength

(c) Izod impact strength (ft-lb per in. of notch)

(c!) Flexural modulus

(e) Tensile impact strength (ft-lb i (f) Bulk modulus

(g) Compressive strength

INVESTIGATORS) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Renfrew, Lewis (1946) ASTM D 747-43T test procedure.

Cornell (1953) Teflon Stiffness measured by ASTM D 790-45T test procedure, hardness measured by ASTM

D 676-47 T test procedure. DuPont Co. ( 1955) Teflon Stiffness measured by ASTM D 747-48T test procedure, shear strength measured by ASTM D 732-46 test procedure. Bresee, Flanary, Goode, Watson, Watson (1956)

Teflon, sp gr = 2. 14

Thomas, Lontz,

Sperati, McPherson (1956)

Teflon 1 and 6 ASTM D 790 test procedure for flexural modulus, ASTM D 785 test procedure for hardness, ASTM D 792 test procedure for sp gr. Mallouk, Thompson

(1958) Teflon 6, extrusion grade, 50-82% crys, sp gr = 2. 2 Heydemann (1959) Teflon In the frequency range of 0. 1 Hz to 6 x 1CT Hz the bulk modulus remaining constant.

Gillespie, Saxton, Chapman (1960, part 2) Teflon 1, ram extruded av sp gr = 2. 17, 60 ± 2% crys, void content < 0. 3%, preform pressure = 2, 500 psi

ASTM D 785-51T test procedure.

Kuritsyna, Meinstev (1961) Fluoroplast-4 Measured by unrecovered indentations.

Vincent (1962) Fluon G 1 Curry (1964) Bragaw (1956)

Teflon

Teflon 1

Penetration type hardness measurement.

50% rel hum; error is standard deviation of 4 tests.

173
Invfstigator(s) Description Temperature Strength Modulus Hardness Other

(year) (K) (103 psi) (10'" psi)

Jolloy (1964) sp gr = 2.13-2. 20 296 3. 0* ' (Rockwell

R)

320(=) Koo (1965) Halon G-80 296 205 (e) Ainbinder (1966) Teflon 297 3. 84 kg

(Brinell) Denisc (1966) F 1 uo roplast-4 29 7 pressure = 28*15 psi

r ec langula r , lab (i) 0. 384 0. 1 05'J' round, lab 0. 384

c omme rci al 0. 380 0. no

round commercial 0. 398 pressure = 9956 psi rectangular, lab 0. 126

round, lab o' 134 rectangular commercial 0. 381 0. 1 18 round commercial 0. 400

Kollehcr (1968) 297 55U' Ncrron (1968) notched

827. 5*22. 5 psi, 3 Hz 295 96, 959* ' 365 ± 20 psi, 5. 5 Hz 77 297, 120 unnotched

210±22. 5 psi, 3 Hz 295 3, 218 Warfield (1969) Teflon 298 0.30(f) Wisander (1969) 293 0.08 (,) 77 20(b)

ICI Americ a Fluon, sp gr - 2. 1 7 (F-13) molded 298 50-55

(Shore D)

(a) Stiffness (10 3 psi)

(b) Shear strength

(c) I zod impact strength (ft-lb per in of notch)

(e) Tensile impact strength (ft-lb in -3

) (ft Bulk modulus

(h) Shear Modulus

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAl IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Jolley, Homsy,

Reed (1964) sp gr s 2. 13-2. 20 ASTM D 785 tost procedure for hardness, ASTM D 256 test procedure for Izod impact strength, ASTM D 792 test procedure for sp gr. Koo, Jones,

Riddell, O'Toole (1965)

Halon G-80 Type S specimens; ASTM D 1822-61T test procedure.

Ainbinder, Laka (1965)

Teflon, "as received" Rockwell type instrument modified to measure the depth of the unrecovered

indentation.

Denis, Balodis, Lipovskii (1966) Fluoroplast-4, commercially prepared

and laboratory prepared

Rectangular specimens : t = 10. 0 cm, w -1.5cm, t = 1 . 0 cm; round specimens

diam =3.0 cm; measurements made at high pressures.

Kelleher, Miner, Boyle

(1968)

Unpigmented, molded to t = 0. 157 cm w = 0. 64 cm; modified Tinius Olsen stiffness tester, ASTM D 747 test procedure.

Nerren (1968) S. = 15.24 crri, w = 1.91 cm, unnotched samples had a Red Sec with w = 0.64 cm, distance between notches on notched samples = 0. 64 cm; tests conducted in air or liquid X;-.

Warfield, Cuevas, Barnet (1969)Teflon S. =7.62 cm, diam = 0. 630 cm; modified Matsuoka-Maxw ell apparatus: estimated accuracy = - 5%.

Wisander, Johnson (1969) Compression: t = 1. 905 = 0. 003 cm, diam = 0. 635 : 0. 003 cm; max load = 200 lb, xhd spd = 0. 0021 cm s" 1

. Shear: t - 2. 54 cm, diam = 0. 318 ±0. 003 cm; xhd spd 0. 021 cm s "

l

.

ICI America

(F-13)

Fluon, unfilled, sp gr = 2. 17

(i) Poisson ratio

(j) Damping factor (Q

-1

) (k) Fatigue life in cycles

(f ) Compressive modulus

174
InveBtigator(a)

(year) Doncription Temperature

(K) Strength

(10'1 p»i) Modulus

(10" p»i) Mardnrm Other

Lane (1949) Teflon unirrad

irrad 12 h irrad 1 week

298

5. 7

0. 3

(c) Izod impact strength (ft-lb per in of notch)

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Lane, Winters (1949) Teflon Standard ASTM test specimens; irrad in reactor at 313 K.

175

INVESTIGATORS) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Gille spie , Saxton

,

Chapman (I960, pt 1)

Teflon I00X, melt extruded, av sp gr = 2. 14

l - 2 54 cm, diam = 2. 54 cm, ASTM D-1457-56T test procedure.

177
FEP32. 5 x S

'cS »3

COV)03

S-i *-i CO

if) in

LU

crh20 x I08

CO

LUa. 10 en

INVESTIGATOR(S) [year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Gillespie, Saxton, Chapman (1960, pt. 1

Thornton (1965)

Teflon 100 X, melt extruded, av sp

2. 15, molding pressure = 10 psi

Teflon FEP

I = 35. 6 cm, w = 35. 6 cm, I = 0. 32 cm; ASTM D 1457-56T test procedure, 77 K.

Instron, xhd spd = 0. 0021 cm s"

1

; all irradiation done in liquid Hz, thermally cycled specimens were held at 297 K in gaseous He for 4 days and then returned to liquid Hz,

irrad by Ground Test Reactor of the Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility of General Dynamics at Fort Worth; av curve.

178
INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Thornton (1965) Teflon FEP Instron, xhd spd = 0. 0021 cm s" ; all irradiation done in liquid H^, thermally cycled specimens were held at 297 K in gaseous He for 4 days, returned to liquid H^, and then held at 297 K in air for 4 days before testing, irrad by Ground Test Reactor of the Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility of General Dynamics at Fort Worth; av curve.

179
0 I 2 3 4 5 6 STRAIN

INVESTIGATOR! S ] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kerlin, Smith (1966)

1

Teflon For t = 0. 005 and 0. 02 5 cm specimens : Red Sec = 15. 24 x 2. 54 cm ; Ins Iron, xhd spd '= 0. 85 cm s"

1

, ASTMD882 - 61T test procedure; for t = 0. 1 03 cm specimens : xhd spd '= 0. 8 5 cm s~~, ASTM D 412-62T test procedure, Die A; unirrad and air irrad specimens tested

at 297 K, vacuum irrad specimens tested at 322K, in air; av of 4 or 5 specimens, irrad by the Ground Test Reactor at the Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility of General Dynamics at Fort Worth.

|

i

180
INVE:r!GATOR(Sj [jm

1 MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

"

1 Kerlin, Smith

(1964, Vol. I) Teflon t = 0. 025 cm specimens have Red Sec of 15. 2 x 2. 54 cm; Instron, ASTM D b82-56T

lest procedure: t = 0. 102 specimens tested according to ASTM D412-51T procedure on an Instron, Die A used, xhd spd = 0.85 cm s~~; av of 4 or 5 specimens lesled: irrad in vacuum or air by the Ground Test Reactor al the Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility

of General Dynamics at Fort Worth.

•

181
0 0 05 0 10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 COMPRESSIVE STRAIN

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year)

Curry (1964)

Gillespie, Saxton, Chapman(1960, pt. 1)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Teflon 100X, melt extruded, av sp gr

2. 14, molding pressure = 10, 000 psi

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION . EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Stacked specimens 1. 27 x 1. 27 x 0. 16 cm; conventional metallurgical test equipment

296 K.

*= 2. 54 cm, diam = 2. 54 cm; ASTM D-695-54 test procedure.

182
0 0.05 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 SHEAR STRAIN

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Gillespie, Saxton, Chapman (I960, pt. 1) Teflon 100 X, melt extruded, av

sp gr = 2. 14 £= 2. 54 cm, diam = 2. 54 cm.

183
FEPa©

E 600 a©

500

d)£ 400

Q. O

h-<o

§ 300

_1LU

200

100

0

0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE ,

INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mallouk, Thompson Teflon 1 00 X

(1958)

Anderson, Jr., Morfitt Teflon 100X t = 0. 002 cm; direction of pull noted; av of 5 tests. (1958)

Gillespie, Saxton, Teflon 100X,melt extruded, £ = 2. 54 cm, diam =2.54 cm ; AS TM D-1457-56T test procedure ; extracted from o" - e diagrams, Chapman (1960, pt. 1

av sp gr = Z. 14

184
INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mowers (1962)

Hanson, Richards,

Hickel (1965)

Hoggatt (1965)

Jolley, Homsy, Reed

(1964)

Teflon; 44-49% crys, sp gr = 2. 135-

2. 149, molded at 589K, 5 min, quick quenched; 49-55% crys, sp gr = 2. 149-

2.155, molded at 589K, 5 min, quick quenched then held at 519K for 12 h

Teflon

Teflon

Teflon

3 dies used to give Red Sec of 2. 54x0. 635 cm, 2. 54x0. 318, and 0. 51x0. 254 cm; Instron, xhd spd = 0. 042 cm s"

1 at 298K and 0. 0042 cm s"

1 otherwise.

Red Sec 20. 2x1. 27 cm, t = 0. 0254-0. 0762 cm; universal tester, self-locking film

grips, xhd spd = 0. 0021 cm s" 1.

t = 0. 0051; ASTM D-1708-597 test procedure. ASTM D-638 test procedure.

185
RADIATION

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Wattier, Newell, Morgan (1962)

Harrington (1961)

Teflon 1 00

Teflon 100X

Irrad and tested at 300 K . irrad in air; error bars indicate standard deviation.

t = 0 . 020 cm, Die C dumbbell test specimen; ASTM D 41 2 -5 1 T test procedure, Scott

tensile tester; irrad by 1.3 x 10

5 Roentgens h' 1 Co" source in air at 298K.

186
RADIATION, rod

INVESTIGATORS] (year! MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kerlin, Smith (1964,

Vol. I)

Kerlin (1963)

Teflon

Teflon 100

Samples with I = 0. 0254 cm: w = 2. 54 cm, ^ = 15. 24 cm; Insiron, ASTM D-882-56T test procedure; samples with I = 0.1016 cm: cut with Die A described in ASTM D-412-51T;

Instron, xhd spd = 0.85 cm s" ; irrad in air and vacuum and tested in air, irrad in Ground

Test Reactor at the Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility of General Dynamics, Fort Worth; error bars indicate standard deviation. w - 2.54 cm, ' - 15.24 cm, I 0. 102 cm; ASTM D-8S2 test procedure, Instron Model i 1: irrad in vacuum at 2^8 - 3k. Is in Ground Test Reactor at the .Nuclear Aerospace Research

Facility of General Dynamics, Fort Worth: error bars indicate standard deviation of

2 or 3 te sts .

1

i

187
INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kerlin, Smith (1966) Teflon Samples with I = 0. 0051 cm and t = 0. 02 54 cm: w = 2. 54 cm, ! = 15. 24 cm; Instron, ASTM

D -882-61 T test procedure, xhd spd = 0. 85 cm s"

1

; samples with t = 0. 1 016 cm : cut with Die A described in ASTM D-412-62T; Instron, xhd spd = 0. 85 cm s" :

; irrad in air and vacuum and tested in air, irrad in Ground Test reactor at the Nuclear Aerospace Research

Facility of General Dynamics, Fort Worth; error bars indicate standard deviation.

r

188
RADIATION, rod

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Thornton (1965) Teflon FEP Instron, xhd spd = 0. 0021 cm s"

1

; all samples irrad in liquid H^, most of the irrad specimens were thermally cycled once or twice to 297 K and then tested at 20 K or 297 K, the first cycle was 4 days in gaseous He and the second was 4 days in air, irrad by Ground Test Reactor at the Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility of General Dynamics

at Forth Wroth; av of 4 tests is plotted, error bars indicate standard deviation.

189

TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mowers (1962)

Hanson, Richards,

Hickel (196 5)

Gillespie, Saxton, Chapman (1960, pt. 1

)

Teflon; 44-49°i crys, sp gr = 2. 1 35- 2.149, molded at 589 K, 5 .rin, quick quenched; 49-55 ,

n crys, sp gr = 2. 149- 2.155, molded at 589 K, 5 min, quick

quenched then held at 519 K for 12 h.

Teflon

Teflon 100*, melt extruded, av sp gr = 2.14

3 dies used to give Red Sec of2.54xb.35cm, 2.54 x 0. 318 cm, and 0.51 x 0.254 cm; Instron xhd spd = 0.042 cm s" 1 at 298 K and 0.0042 cm s" 1 otherwise.

Red Sec 20.2 x 1.27 cm, t = 0.0254-0. 0762 cm; universal tester, self-locking film grips, xhd spd = 0. 0021 cm s"1

.

t = 2.54 cm, diam = 2.54 cm; ASTM D-1457-56T test procedure; extracted from ~- e diagrams

191
FEP

S 30

Cm CO

CO

00

LjJ rr

100 200 300 400

TEMPERATURE, K

500 600

INVESTIGATOR(S) (ye«i] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Jolley, Homsy, Reed

(1964)

Mallouk, Thompson

(1958)

Anderson, Jr., Morfitt

(1958)

Teflon

TeHon 1 00 X

Teflon 1 00 x

ASTM D 638 test procedure.

t = 0.002 cm; directions of pull noted; avof 5 tests.

|

i

192
RADIATION

INVESTIGATORS] [year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Wattier, Newell, Morgan (1962)

Harrington (1961)

1

1

TeRon 1 00

Teflon 100X

Irrad and tested at 300 K, irrad in air: error bars indicate standard deviation.

t 0.020 cm, Die C dumbbell test specimen; ASTM D 412-51T test procedure. Scott

tensile tester; irrad by 1.3 x 10'Roentgens h"- Co source.

193
INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kerlin, Smith (1964,

Vol. I)

Kerlin (1963)

Teflon

Teflon FEP 100

Samples with t = 0.0254 cm- w i 2.54 cm, I 15.24 cm; Instron, ASTM D-S82-5l>T test pro- cedure; samples with t 0.101.. cm: cut with Die A described in ASTM D-412-51T: Instron xhd spd r 0.85 cm s"1

; irrad in vacuum and tested in air, irrad in Ground Test Reactor

at Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility of General Dynamics, Fort Worth.

w

- 2.54 cm, I = 15.24 cm, t 0. 1 0 1 1> cm; ASTM D 882 test procedure; irrad in Ground

Test Reactor at Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility of General Dynamics, Fort Worth, damage was so severe after 1.7x10 rad that data could not be obtained.

194
RADIATION , rod

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Thornton (1965) Teflon FEP Instron, xhd spd = 0. 0021 cm s"

1

; all samples irrad in liquid H 2

, most of the irrad specimens were thermally cycled once or twice to 297 K and then tested at 20 K or 297 K, the first cycle was 4 days in gaseous He and the second was 4 days in air, irrad by Ground Test Reactor at the Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility of General Dynamics

at Fort Worth; av of 4 tests is plotted, error bars indicate standard deviation.

195
FEP

fr

0 I0

4

I0

5 I0

6 I07 10

RADIATION , Roentgens

INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Ferse (1968) 1Z mole % hexafluoropropylene t = 0. 15-0. 20 cm; ASTM D 1457-62T test procedure, xhd spd = 0. 083 cm s" 1

; irrad by

13 00 Curie Consource at 6.5 x 1 0" Roentgen h" 1, irrad in vacuum and air.

196
TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mowers (1962) TeHon; 44-49% crys, sp gr = 2. 135- 2.149, molded at 589 K, 5 min, quick

quenched; 49-55% crys , sp gr = 2. 149- 2.155, molded at 589 K, 5 min, quick

quenched then held at 519 K for 12 h.

I -Z. 54 cm, diam = 1.27 cm; Instron, ASTM D695-54 test procedure, xhd spd = 0. 0021 cm

s

1

; av of at least 3 samples, error bars indicate data spread.

197
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATOR^] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mowers (1962)

i

i

1

Teflon; 44-49 rr c rys , sp gr = 2.135-

2. 149, molded at 589 K, 5 min, quick

quenched; 49-55"*,, crys, sp gr = 2. 149- 2.155, molded at 589 K , 5 min, quick

quenched then held at 519K for 12 h.

5.07 x 0. 44(. cm, t varied but ratio of i/ 1 maintained at 1 (>; Instron. xhd spd 0. 0021 cm s" 1 ASTM D 790-495 test procedure, miniature size dies used; av of at least 3 samples,

error bar indicates data spread.

r

198
X

ro

2

Qo

3 0

2 0

FEP

200 300

TEMPERATURE

400 500 600

c

CP aC/3

, K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mowers (1962) Teflon; 44-49% crys sp gr = 2. 135-

2.149, molded at 589K, 5 min, quick

quenched; 49-55% crys, sp gr = 2. 149-

2.155, molded at 589 K, 5 min, quick

quenched then held at 519 K for 12 h.

0. 635 x 1. 27 x 6. 35 cm Izod samples with standard notch machined into 0. 635 cm face; Tinius-01s.3n tester, ASTM D 256-56 test procedure, impact vel = 335 cm s" ; error bars

indicate data spread of 5 tests.

199
TEMPERATURE ,

INVESTIGATORS (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

GUle spie , Saxton , Teflon 100 x, melt extruded, av gr r Chapman (I960, part 2) 2.14

200

mm
INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mowers (1962) Teflon; 44-49% crys, sp gr = 2. 135-

2. 149, molded at 589 K, 5 min, quick

quenched; 49-55% crys, sp gr = 2.149-

2. 155, molded at 589K, 5 min, quick

quenched then held at 519K for 12 h.

3 dies used to give Red Sec of 2. 54 x 0.635 cm, 2. 54 x 0.318 cm, and 0.51 x 0.254 cm;

Instron, xhd spd = 0.042 cm s" 1 at 298K and 0. 0042 cm s" 1 otherwise ; av of at least 3 samples, error bar indicates data spread.

201
TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Jolley, Homsy, Kezd,

(1964)

Hanson, Richards,

Hickel (1965)

Teflon

Teflon Red Sec = 20.2 x 1. 27 cm, t = 0. 0254-0. 0762 cm, overall * - 45. 6 cm; self-locking film

grips, uniaxial test.
TEMPERATURE , K

IHVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mowers (1962) Teflon; 44-49»'o crys, sp gr = 2. 135- 2.149, molded at 589K, 5 nun, quick

quenched; 49-55% crys, sp gr = 2. 149- 2.155, molded at 589 K, 5 min, quick

quenched then held at 519 K for 12 h

1 - 2. 54 cm, diam = 1 . 27 cm; Instron, ASTM D 695-54 test procedure , xhd spd = 0. 0021 cm s" 1

; av of at least 3 samples, error bar indicates data spread.

203
INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

McCrum (1959. Makromol. Chemie

5.5 triolet hexafluoropropylene, 52%

crys; 14 mole % hexafluoropropylene.

3 3 % crys.

I - 1 0 . 1 L> cm, w = 1.27 cm, L = 0.152 cm; me a sure me nls by tor si on pe nclulu m

r

204
INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mowers (1962)

Sinnott (1 958)

Teflon; 44-49% crys, sp gr = 2. 135 - 2. 149, molded at 589K, 5 min, quick

quenched; 49-55% crys, sp gr = 2. 149

-2. 155 molded at 589K, 5 min, quick

quenched then held at 519K for 12 h.

5.6 mole% hexafluoroprop;. lene, 4i7o crys

Tinius-Olsen Lester, ASTM Dl 043-51 test procedure; av of at least 3 samples, error bar

indicates data spread.

o = 7.62 cm, w = 1.27 cm, t = 0.152 em; small torsion pendulum, usual frequency = t- II/.: estimated accuracy = * 5%.

205
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE ,

INVESTIGATORS) [yean MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mowers (1962)

Jolley, Homsy, Reed,

(1964)

Teflon; 44-49'r« crys, spgr = 2.135-

2.149, molded at 589 K, 5 min, quick

quenched; 49-55^0 crys, sp gr = 2. 149- 2.155, molded at 589 K, 5 min, quick quenched then held at 519 K for 12 h.

Teflon

5. 07 x 0. 446 cm, t varied but ratio of i/t maintained at 1 6; Instron, xhdspd 0.0021 cms ASTM D 790-495 test procedure, miniature size dies used.

ASTM D 747 test procedure.

206
TEMPERATURE,

K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Sinnott (1958) Mole % of hexafluoropropylene noted i = 7. 62 cm, w = 1.27 cm, t = 0. 1 52 cm ; small torsion pendulum, usual frequency = 6 Hz ; estimated accuracy = ± 5%.

L

207
'0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

McCrum (1959, Makro- 5. 5 mole% HFP, 52% crys; 7. 5 mole % l = 10. 16 cm, w = 1. 11 cm, t = 0. 152 cm; measurements by torsion pendulum.

mol. Chemie

HFP, 50% crys; 14 mole % HFP,

33% crys.

208
2 .4 x 10

2.0

1.6

cn

to 12

LU

orH

CO

0.8

04

III

I- I III

it

1 !

!

1

• Gillespie (I960, pt 2)

ill

1

15x10

FEP

033

e

0

inCO

rrH

CO

0 5

I0

J 10 10 CYCLES TO FAILURE

10° I0

f

INVESTIGATOR^] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

r.illespie, Saxton, Teflon 100 y, melt extruded, av sp gr - 296K. Chapman (I960 pt. 2) Z. 14.

)

I .

i

209
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) s MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION., EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Curry (1964)

Gillespie, Saxton, Chapman (I960, pt. 1) Teflon 100 X, melt extruded, av sp gr

2. 14

29(i K, c = 3, 000 psi.

Z 2. 54 cm, diam 2. 54 cm.

210
ICf

2

10"' 10° I0

1 I02 I0

3

TIME.h

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Gille spie , Saxton

,

Chapman (I960, pt. 1)

Teflon 100X, melt extruded, av sp gr = 2. 14

i = 2. 54 cm, diam = 2. 54 cm.

211
I0"2 10"' 10° 10' I02

I03 TIME.h

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year)

Gillespie, Saxton, Chapman (19 60, pt . 1

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Teflon 100 X, melt extruded av sp

2. 14.

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

2.54 cm, diam = 2.54 cm.

r

212
TIME, h

INVESTIGATORS] (yea^ MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Gille spie , Saxton

,

Chapman (I960, pt. 1)

Teflon 100X, melt extruded, av sp

gr = 2. 14

t - 2. 54 cm, diam = 2. 54 cm; tested at constant c.

213
FEP

TIME, h

INVESTIGATORS] [year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Curry ( 1964) Teflon Compressed to predetermined initial stress level, 296K.

214
RADIATION , Roentgens

INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Ferse (1968) 12 mole % hexafluoropropylene TGL 20139 test procedure; irrad by 1300 Curie Co ^ source at 6. 5 x 1 0

= Roentgens h"", irrad in vacuum and air.

215
estigator(s) (year) Desc ription riperature

(K) Strength

(10 3 psi)

Yield Strength

(103 psi)

Elongation

(percent) Young'

Modulus

(10° psi)

Mallouk (1958) Larsen (1959)

Tenon 100X

Teflon 100X

slow ram

652K stock, 484K mold

677K stock, 484K mold

652K stock, 497K mold

Green (1964) Lare (1965)

677K stock,

fast ram

677K stock, 677K stock. Teflon

Teflon Type

trans

long. 45'

497K mold

484K rr 497K mold

297

297

2. 25 2.29

2. 833

3. 678

3. 265

1. 850

1 . 975 1.917

198

155

179 266

157 336

40 3 481 453

. 056

. 053

. 058

INVESTIGATOR^ (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mallouk, Teflon 100X, sp gr = 2. 1 Thompson (1958) Larsen, DeHoff, Teflon 100X, molded from stock at Todd (1959) 652 K and 677 K in molds at 484 K

and 497 K using slow and fast ram speeds Green.Levine Teflon

(1964) Lare, De Bos key, Teflon Type A, "as received" t = 0.013 cm, specimens per ASTM D412 Die C; Instron, ': = 0.0083 s"

1

, yd off = 2%; Divecha, Hahn av of 3 tests. (1965)

1

r

i:

j

j

216
Investigator(s)

(year) Description Temperature

(K) Strength

(10:'p»i) Modulus(I')' p<>i) Hardness

Mallouk (1958) Teflon 100 X 298 0. 082^'') D55

(Durometcr Larsen (1959) Teflon 1 00 X 297

slow ram

652K stock, 484K mole 0. 0845< d ) 677K stock, 484K molt 0. 0833 652K stock, 497K*mok 0. 0798 677K stock, 497K mold 0.0835

fast ram

677K stock, 484K molt 677K stock, 497K mold 0. 0815

Gillespie (1960, Teflon 100 X 29 6 25 sample

part 2) (Rockwell i , f r 1 bends (c ' R) 219 2.9 Curry (1964) 296 58(Shore D)

Jolley (1964) sp gr = 2. 14-2. 17 296 no break' c ) Wisander (1969) 29 3 0. 08"' 1020'"'

77 8(b)

(b) Shear strength (h) Impact strength (ft-lb in-3

) (c) Izod impact strength (ft-lb per in. of notch) {£) Compressive modulus

(d) Flexural modulus

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mallouk, Thompson (1958) Larson, DoHoff, Todd (1959)

Gillespie, Saxton, Chapman (I960, part 2) Curry (1964)

Jolley, Homsy,

Reed (1964) W is ander, Johnson (1969)

Teflon 100 X, sp ?r = 2. 1

Teflon 100 X, molded from stock at 652 Kand 677 K in molds at 484 K and 497 K using slow and fast ram speeds

Teflon 100 X, melt extruded, av sp gr = 2. 14 Teflon Sp g

r = 2. 14-2. 17

ASTM D 785-51 test procedure for hardness, ASTM D 256-56 test procedure for Izod impact strength. Penetration type hardness measurement. ASTM D 256 test procedure.

Compression: f = 1.905 0.003 cm, diam = 635 0. 003 cm; max load = 200 lb, xhd spd = 0. 0021 cm s~"

.

Shear: I = 2. 54 em, diam = 0. 318 0. 003 em;

xhd spd = 0. 021 cm s"1

.

1

1

217
Polytetrafluoroethylene (TFE) and Tetrafluoroethylene-Hexafluoropropylene (FEP)

Mechanical Properties References

1. Ainbinder, S. B., Laka, M. B., Hardness of polymers, Mekhanika

Polimerov, 2 No. 3, 337 (1966) ; English translation in Polymer

Mechanics 2 No. 3, 211 (1966).

2. Anderson, Jr., A. A., Morfitt, G. L., Balloon Barrier Materials, Mechanical Division of General Mills, Inc., Minneapolis, Minn.,

Final Report on Contract No. AF 19 (604) -1393, Document AFCRC-TR-58-211 (AD-152504) (1958).

3. Araki, Y., First-order and second-order transitions of polytetrafluoro- ethylene in the temperature range of 80-140 °C, measured by

several methods, J. Appl. Polymer Sci., 9, 3575 (1965).

4. Asay, J. R., Guenther, A. H., Experimental determination of ultra- sonic wave velocities in plastics as functions of temperature. IV. Shear velocities in common plastics, J. Appl. Polymer Sci. 11,

1087 (1967).

5. Atkinson, E. B., Eagling, R. F., Some applications of dynamic elastic measurements in polymer systems, The Physical Properties of Polymers, Society of Chemical Industry Monograph No. 5 (The

Macmillan Co., New York, 1959) 197.

6. Baccaredda, M., Butta, E., Transitions in polytetrafluoroethylene,

J. Polym. Sci. 31, 189 (1958). Baccaredda, M., La cristallinita degli alti polimeri e le loro pro- priety meccaniche dinamiche, Chimica e Flndustria (Milan) 44,

1383 (1962).

7. Becker, G. W., Uber das elastische Verhalten von Polytetrafluorathylen, Kolloid Z. 167, 44 (1959)

8. Belton, J. H., Godby, L. L., Taft, B. L., Materials for Use at Liquid

Hydrogen Temperature, American Society for Testing Materials

Spec. Tech. Pub. 287, 180 (1960)

9. Bernatskii, A. D., The laws of deformation of various polymers at room temperature, Fiziko-Khimiyai Mekhanika Orentirovannyk

Stekloplastikov Sbornik Rabot Dol. Konf., Moscow, 116 (1965).

10. Bernier, G. A., Kline, D. E., Saner, J. A., Effect of nuclear radiation on the mechanical relaxation behavior of polytetrafluoroethylene,

J. Macromol. Sci. (Phys) Bl (2), 335 (1967).

11. Bopp, C. D., Sisman, O., Radiation stability of plastics and elas- tomers, Nucleonics 13 No. 7, 28 (1955).

12. Bopp, C. D., Sisman, O., Stress-strain curves for reactor-irradiated

plastics, Nucleonics, 14 No. 3, 52 (1956)

13. Bragaw, C. G., Tensile-impact: A simple, meaningful impact test, Modern Plastics 33, 199 (June, 1956).

14. Brekhova, V. D., Investigation of the Poisson's ratio of certain

crystalline polymers under a constant compressive load, Mekhanika

Polimerov 1 No. 4, 43 (1965) ; English translation in Polymer

Mechanics 1 No. 4, 23 (1965).

15. Bresee, J. C., Flanary, J. R., Goode, J. H., Waston, C. D., Watson,

J. S., Damaging effects of radiation on chemical materials, Nucleonics, 14 No. 9, 75 (1956).

16. Burr, J. G., Garrison, W. M., Haeckl, F., Hochanadel, C. ]., McClinton, L. T., Penneman, R. A., Scott, R. B., Miller, A. J., Steel, G., Behavior of Certain Plastics and Elastomers under

Irradiation, Based on Work Done During the period 1942-1946,

Metallurgical Laboratory, Univ. of Chicago (AECD-3634) (1948).

17. Chatain, M., Contribution to the Study of Structural States in High

Polymers to Set Forth the Determination of Stress to the Point of Flow in Tension, Ph.D. Thesis, Univ. of Paris, (1963) ; cited by

McKannan, E. C., Gause, R. L., Effects of nuclear radiation and

cryogenic temperatures on engineering materials, 1st AIAA Annual Meeting, Paper No. 64-361 (1964) ; also J. Spacecraft 2, 558

(1965).

18. Chen, W. K. W., Estey, W. E., Super-thin bonded insulating films, Electrical Engineering 62, 84 (Aug. 1958).

19. Christiansen, A. W., Baer, E., Radcliffe, S. V., The mechanical be- haviour of polymers under high pressure, Phil. Mag. 24, 451

(1971).

20. Cornell, L. W., Polytetrafluoroethylene—its properties and uses, Mech. Eng. 75,883 (1953).

21. Curry, J. E., Status Report on Liquid Oxygen Seal Investigation, NASA Tech. Memorandum X-53, (N65-24989) (1964).

22. Denis, V. V., Balodis, A. A., Lipovskii, V. Ya., Dynamic properties

of Fluoroplast-4 obtained by different technological preparations,

Mekhanika Polimerov 6, 917 (1966)

23. Designing with Teflon: Part 3—Thermal, chemical, wear, and

electrical properties," Machine Design 29, 124 (Oct. 3, 1957).

24. Doban, R. C, Sperati, C. A., Sandt, B. W., The physical properties

of "Teflon" polytetrafluoroethylene, SPE J., 11, 17 (Nov. 1955). Ondrejcin, J. J., Wire insulated with 'Teflon' tetrafluoroethylene

resin for high temperature uses, Wire 30, 776 (1955).

25. Du Pont Co., Typical properties of Du Pont "Teflon," Materials and Methods 41, 61 (May 1955)

26. Dyment, J., Ziebland, H., The Tensile Properties of Some Plastics

at Low Temperatures, Ministry of Supply, Explosives Research

. and Development Establishment, Rept. No. 24/R/55 (England)

(1956). Dyment, J., Ziebland, H., The tensile properties of some plastics at low temperatures, J. Appl. Chem. 8, 203 (1958).

27. Ferse, A., Vergleichende Betrachtungen iiber das Verhalten einiger Polyfluorkarbone bei der Einwirkung von 60 Co-7-Strahlung,

Plaste und Kautschuk 15, 473 (1968)

28. Gillespie, L. H., Saxton, D. O., Chapman, F. M., New design data

for FEP, TFE-Part 1-Strength and deformation, Machine Design

32, 126 (Jan. 2, 1960).

Diamond, R. J., A comparison of TFE and FEP fluorocarbon resins, Plastics (London) 27, 109 (1962).

Jolley, C. E., Homsy, C. A., Reed, J. A., Thermoplastics TFE-FEP

fluorocarbons, Machine Design 36, 67 (Sept. 17, 1964).

Lovell, R. T., Holstein, Jr., W. H., Jordan, T. F., TFE-FEP fluoro- carbons, Machine Design 38, 60 (June 16, 1966)

Du Pont Co., Teflon Fluorocarbon Resins Mechanical Design Data. Du Pont Co., Teflon FEP, Technical Information Bulletin T-2C

( 1964) . 29. Gillespie, L. H., Saxton, D. O., Chapman, F. M., New design data

for FEP, TFE-Part 2-Thermal, wear, and electrical properties, Machine Design 32, 156 (Feb. 18, 1960).

30. Golden, J. H., Hazell, E. A., The Effect of High Energy Radiation on Plastics and Rubbers: Part 1: Polytetrafluoroethylene, Ministry of Aviation, Explosives Research and Development Establish- ment, Report No. 21/R/60 (1960).

31. Goodman, M. R., Nuclear Irradiation Effects on Plastic and Elasto- meric Materials and Components for Space Vehicle Applications,

Bell Aerosystems Co., Research Report No. 9123-920003 (1962).

32. Green, J., Levine, N. B., Elastomeric and Compliant Materials for Liquid Rocket Fuel and Oxidizer Application, Part I, Technical Document Report No. ML-TDR-64-107 Part I, AF Materials Laboratory, Research and Technology Division, Air Force Systems

Command Wright-Patterson Air Force Base, Ohio, Project 7340, Task 734005 (1964).

33. Giimbel, H., Liber den Einfluss des Molekulargewichts auf einige

Eigenschaften des Polytetrafluorathylens, Plaste und Kautschuk 10,391 (1963).

34. Hanson, M. P., Richards, H. T., Hickel, R. O., Preliminary Investi- gation of Filament-wound Glass-reinforced Plastics and Liners

for Cryogenic Pressure Vessels, NASA Technical Note D-2741

(1965) . 35. Harrington, R. Plastics and Elastomers for Use in Radiation Fields

I. Effects of Gamma Irradiation, Hanford Atomic Products

Operation, Richland, Washington, AEC Contract No. W-31-109

Eng-52, (HW^14092) (1956).

36. Harrington, R. Plastics for Use in Radiation Fields I. Effect of Gamma Radiation on the Physical Properties of Plastics, Hanford Atomic Products Operation, Richland, Washington, Report HW61923 (1961).

37. Harrington, R., Giberson, R., Chemical and physical changes in gamma-irradiated plastics, Modern Plastics 36, 199 (1958).

38. Harrison, V. A. W., The comparative strengths of polytetrafluoro- ethylene and polychlorotrifluoroethylene under nuclear radiation, The Radio and Electronics Engineer, 35, 54 (1968).

39. Heydemann, P., The dynamic compressibility of high polymers in the frequency range from 0.1 c/s to 60 K c/s, Acustica 9, 446

(1959).

40. Hoggatt, J. T., Cryogenic Liner Development for Filament Wound

Pressure Vessels, The Boeing Co., Contract No. EWA 69829, Document No. D2-23778-1 (1965).

41. ICI America Inc., Filled TFE: Properties and Application Design, Technical Service Note F-13.

42. Ihling, R. C, Mechanical Properties of Unfilled and Glass Powder

Filled TFE Teflon, Aerojet General, Sacramento, Calif., Report

No. 4871, Naval Fleet Missle Systems Analysis and Evaluation Group, Corona, Calif., IDEP Report No. 50I.78.90.00-A6-01, Access No. C 7256 (J966).

43. Illers, K. H., Jenckel, E., Mechanische Relaxationserscheinungen

in Polytetrafluorathylen, Kolloid Z., 160, 97 (1958).

Illers, K. H., Jenckel, E., Die Temperaturbhangigkeit des mechanischen Verlus'faktors von Polytrifluormonochlorathylen (Hostaflon) und Polytetrafluorathylen (Teflon), Kolloid Z., 165, 84

(1959).

44. Imperial Chemical Industries Ltd., Physical Properties of Polytet- rafluoroethylene, Technical Service Note F12, 2nd Edition (1968).

45. Iwayanagi, S., Nakane, H., Relaxation and phase transition in crystalline polymers, International Congress on Rheology 5th, Kyoto, Japan, 203 (1968). Nakane, H., Takahashi, Y., Iwayanagi, S., Viscoelastic behavior of polytetrafluoroethylene in the neighborhood of the crystalline transition temperature, Japan. Soc. Materials Sci. 15, 69 (1966).

46. Jolley, C. E., Homsy, C. A., Reed, J. C, Thermoplastics TFE-FEP

fluorocarbons, Machine Design 36, 67 (Sept. 17, 1964).

' 47. Jolley, C. E., Reed, J. C, The effects of space environment on

Teflon TFE and FEP insulation, 11th Annual Signal Corps Wire

and Cable Symposium, Asbury Park, N. J., (Nov. 28-30, 1962).

Jolley, C. E., Reed, J. C, Teflon resins in the space environment,

Space Aeronaut. 39, 105 (Feb. 1963).

48. Jones, E. D., Koo, G. P., O'Toole, J. L., Time-dependent compressive properties of PTFE, Modern Plastics 137 (Nov. 1967).

Jones, E. D., Koo, G. P., O'Toole, J. L., A method for measuring

compressive creep of thermoplastic materials, Materials Research & Standards 5, 241 (1966).

49. Kast, W., Meskat, W., Rosenberg, O., van der Vegt, A. K., Struktur und mechanische Eigenschaften von Faserstoffen, Die Physik der Hochpolymeren, (Ed. H. A. Stuart, Springer Verlag, Berlin, 1956) Vol. 4, 481.

218
50. Kabin, S. P., On the dynamic mechanical properties of polyethylene and polytetrafluoroethylene, Zh. Tech. Fiz. USSR 26, 2628

(1956) ; English translation in Soviet Phys-Tech. Phys 1, 2542

(1957) . 51. Kawamura, Y., Wada, Y., Anisotropy in mechanical relaxations in uniaxially oriented polymers, Japan. J. Appl. Phys. 6, 100 (1967).

52. Kelleher, P. G., Miner, R. J., Boyle, D. J., Measurement of the aging behavior of plastics by the cantilever beam test, Annual

Technical Conference SPE, 26th, 160 ( 1968)

.

53. Kerlin, E. E., Investigation of Combined Effects of Radiation and Vacuum and of Radiation and Cryotemperatures on Engineering

Materials: Vol. I. Radiation-Vacuum Tests, General Dynamics

(Fort Worth), Prepared for Marshall Space Flight Center, FZK-161-1, Contract NAS8-2450 (1963). Lucas, W. R., Effect of Vacuum and Nuclear Radiation on Engineering Materials, American Society for Testing Materials, Special Technical Publication 363, 106 (1964).

54. Kerlin, E. E., Smith, E. T'., Measured Effects of the Various Combinations of Nuclear Radiation, Vacuum, and Cryotemperatures on Engineering Materials, Annual Report, Vol. I, General Dy- namics (Fort Worth) , prepared for Marshall Space Flight Center, FZK-188-1, Contract NAS 8-2450 (1964).

55. Kerlin, E. E., Smith, E. T., Measured Effects of the Various Combinations of Nuclear Radiation Vacuum, and Cryotemperatures on Engineering Materials, Annual Report, Vol. II General Dy- namics (Fort Worth), prepared for Marshall Space Flight Center, FZK-188-2, Contract NAS 8-2450 (1964).

56. Kerlin, E. E., Smith, E. T., Measured Effects of the Various Combinations of Nuclear Radiation, Vacuum, and Cryotemperatures on Engineering Materials, Biennial Report, General Dynamics

(Fort Worth), prepared for Marshall Space Flight Center, FZK290, Contract NAS 8-2450 (N66-35963) (1966).

57. Khlopotov, O. D., Study of creep under torsion at room temperature,

Plasticheskie Massy 6, (1963) ; English translation in Soviet

Plastics 6, 60 (1964).

58. King, R. F., Tabor, D., The effect of temperature on the mechanical

properties and the friction of plastics, Proc. Phys. Soc. B66, 728

(1953).

59. Kline, D. E., Sauer, J. A., Nuclear radiation effects in polytetra- fluoroethylene, J. Polym. Sci 1A, 1621 (1963). Sauer, J. A., Kline, D. E., Dynamic mechanical properties of poly- styrene, polyethylene, and polytetrafluoroethylene at low temperatures, J. Polym. Sci. 18, 491 (1955).

Sauer, J. A., Kline, D. E., Relaxation properties of high polymers,

Proceedings 9th International Congress of Applied Mechanics,

Univ. Brussels 3, 368 (1957).

Sauer, J. A., Fuschillo, N., Deeley, C. W., Woodward, A. A., Segmental motion in polymers below 200 °K, Low Temperature

Physics and Chemistry (Proc. 5th Intern. Conf., 1957), U. Wisconsin Press, Madison, 5, 608 (1958). Sauer, J. A., Dynamic elastic behavior of high polymers at audio

frequencies, SPE Trans. 2, 57 (1962).

60. Koo, G. P., Andrews, R. D., Mechanical behavior of polytetrafluoro- ethylene, Polymer Eng. Sci. 9, 268 (1969)

.

Koo, G. P., Andrews, R. D., Mechanical Behavior of Polytetra- fluoroethylene Around the Room Temperature First Order Transition, ONR Technical Report No. 6, Project NR 356-491, Contract N 00014-68-A-0131 (AD 685617) (1969)

.

61. Koo, G. P., Jones, E. D., O'Toole, J. L., Polytetrafluoroethylene as a

material for seal applications, Ann. Nat. Conference on Fluid Power, 21st, 111. Inst. Tech., Chicago, 111. (1965).

62. Koo, G. P., Jones, E. D., Riddell, M. TV., O'Toole, J. L., Engineering

properties of a new polytetrafluoroethylene, SPE J. 21, 1100

(1965) . 63. Koo, G. P., Riddell, M. N., O'Toole, J. L., Fatigue properties of polytetrafluoroethylene and related fluoropolymers," Polymer

Eng. Sci. 7, 182 (1967).

64. Koton, M. M., Yakovlev, B. I., Rudakov, A. P., Knyazeva, T. S., Florinskii, F. S., Bessonov, M. I., Kuleva, M. M., Tolparova, G. A., Laius, L. A., Preparation and physical properties of polypyromellitimide, Zhurnal Prikladnoi Khimii 38, 2728 (1965) ; English

translation in J. Appl. Chem. USSR 38, 2663 (1965).

65. Kuritsyna, A. D., Meinstev, P. G., Study of Hardness of Plastics, Plastmassykak Antifriktsion Materially, Akad. Nauk. SSSR 5 (1961).

66. Kuritsyna, A. D., Meinstev, P. G., Investigation of Physical and

Antifriction Properties of Plastics, Plastmassy V. Podshipnikakh

Skalzheniya Doklady Soveschaniya 57 (1965).

67. Laird, W. M., Cimprich, F. J., Kappler, G., Mason, Jr., W. T., An

Experimental Investigation of the Mechanical Properties of a Selected Group of Plastic Materials," University of Pittsburgh,

NASA Grant No. NsG 631, NASA-CR-71897 (N66-23827)

(1966) . 68. Lane, J. A., Winters, C. E., Reactor Technology Progress Report

for Quarter Ending May 31, 1949, Oak Ridge National Laboratory,

ORNL267 (1949).

69. Lare, P. J., DeBoskey, W. R., Divecha, A., Hahn, H., Investigation

of the Effects of Mechanical Stress on the Permeability of Engineering Materials to Certain Cryogenic and Storable Propellants

Used in Launch Vehicles, Annual Summary Report, Contract NAS 8-11322 (N66-13088) (June 1964-June 1965).

70. Larsen, H. A., DeHoff, G. R., Todd, N. W., Injection molding FEPfluorocarbon resin, Modern Plastics 36, 89 (Aug. 1959).

71. Lee, H., Engineering potential of polyethylene, Product Engineering, 168, (July 1952)

.

72. LeFave, G. M., Gamero, R., Moore, H. H., Elastomers for use in cryogenic environments, Soc. of Aerospace Mat. & Proc, National SAMPE Symp. on Adhesivcs and Elastomers for Environmental

Extremes, 7th, Los Angeles, Calif < 1 964 J

.

73. Leininger, R. I., The Effect of Nuclear Radiation on Fluorinaied Elastomers in Different Environments, Radiation Effects Information Center Memorandum, Battelle Memorial Institute Contract No. AF 33(616)-5171, Project No. 2133, Task No. 60001 (1957).

74. Lockheed-Georgia Co., Polymeric Materials Irradiation, Data Submittal, NASA OR 67342 (N65-35361) (1965).

75. Lohr, J. J., Time-temperature-strain rate equivalence for various engineering thermoplastics, High Speed Testing 5, 55 (1965).

76. Mallouk, R. S., Thompson, W. B., Teflon resin easier to extrude: Available as film and powder, Materials in Design Engineering

47, 171 (1958).

77. McCrum, N. G., An internal friction study of polytetrafluoroethylene,

J. Polym. Sci. 34,355 (1959). McCrum, N. G., A study of internal friction in copolymers of tetrafluoroethylene and hexafluoropropylene, Makromol. Chemie. 34,50 (1959). McCrum, N. G., Torsion pendulum method for determining crystallinity and void content of tetrafluoroethylene resins, ASTM

Bull. 242,80 (1959). McCrum, N. G., The low temperature transition in polytetrafluoro- ethylene, J. Polym. Sci. 27, 555 (1958)

.

78. McKannan, E. C, Gause, R. L., Effects of nuclear radiation and

cryogenic temperatures on engineering materials, 1st AIAA

Annual Meeting, Paper No. 64-361 (1964), also in J. Spacecraft

2,558 (1965).

79. McLaren, K. G., Dynamic mechanical studies of irradiation effects in polytetrafluoroethylene, Brit. J. Appl. Phys. 16, 185 (1965).

80. Mowers, R. E., A simplified determination of crystallinity of fluoro- plastics and the prediction of their behavior at cryogenic temperatures, Advances in Cryogenic Engineering, (Ed. K. D. Timmerhaus, Plenum Press, New York, 1960) Vol. 6, 627.

81. Mowers, R. E., Mechanical and Physical Properties of Nonmetallic

Materials at Cryogenic Temperatures, Rept. R-3498, Rocketdyne,

Canoga Park, Calif., Contract AF 04 (611) -6345, Proj. 6753, Task 675304 (AD 294772) (1962). Mowers, R. E., Mechanical and physical properties of nonmetallic

materials at cryogenic temperatures, Proc. 65th Ann. Meeting

American Society for Testing Materials, N. Y., 62, 794 (1962). Du Pont Co., Properties of Teflon at cryogenic temperatures, J. of Teflon 8, (1967). Muraca, R. F., Development of Techniques to Improve Bladder

Materials and Test Methods, Stanford Research Institute, Interim Report No. 1, Jet Propulsion Contract No. 951484 under NAS

7-100, SRI Project No. ASD-6068 (N67-36115) (1967). Nagamatsu, K., Yoshitomi, T'., Takemoto, T'., On the viscoelastic properties of crystalline polymers. I. Polytetrafluoroethylene, J. Colloid Sci. 13, 257 (1958). Nagamatsu, K., On the viscoelastic properties of crystalline high

polymers, Kolloid Z. 172, 141 (1960).

84. Nakane, H., Takahashi, Y., Iwayanagi, S., Viscoelastic behavior of polytetrafluoroethylene in the neighborhood of the crystalline transition temperature, Japan. Soc. Metals 15, 331 (1966). Nakane, H., Iwayanagi, S., Grain-boundary dispersion of polytetra- fluoroethylene, Reports on Progress in Polymer Physics in Japan

9,307 (1966).

85. Nerren, B. H., "Fractography of Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE),

George C. Marshall Space Flight Center, Alabama, NASA TMX53728 (N69-13124) (1968).

86. Newell, D. M., Radiation damage to plastics, SPE J., 14 No. 7, 17 (1958).

87. Nohara, S., Nuclear magnetic resonance of high polymers II. The

second-order transition and the intrachain rotation in high

polymers, Chemistry of High Polymers, Japan 14, 318 (1957).

88. Noonan, J. W., Materials in the design of seals for extreme environ- ments, Machine Design 34, 186 (Aug. 16, 1962).

89. Ogorkiewicz, R. M. (Ed.), Engineering Properties of Thermoplastics, ( Wiley-Interscience New York, 1970) 273. Imperial Chemical Industries Ltd., Physical Properties of Polytet- rafluoroethylene, Technical Service Note F12, 2nd Edition (1968).

90. Ohzawa, Y., Wada, Y., Mechanical relaxations and transitions in polytetrafluoroethylene, Jap. J. Appl. Phys. 3, 436 (1964).

91. Pae, K. D., Mears, D. R., The effects of high pressure on mechanical

behavior and properties of polytetrafluoroethylene and polyethylene, J. Polymer Sci. B6, 269 (1968).

92. Palmer, G. L., Determination of the Tensile Properties of Polytet- rafluoroethylene (PTFE) Sheet Made from Granular Polymer.

The Effect of Temperature and Test Specimen Size, Chemical

Inspectorate, Royal Arsenal, London, S.E. 18, C.I. Memo No. 183, (AD-480261) (1965).

93. Parkinson, W. W. Kirkland, W. K., The Effect of Air on the Radiation-Induced Degradation of Polytetrafluoroethylene (Tef- lon), Oak Ridge National Laboratory (N67-25614) (1967).

94. Polyakov, L. M., Effect of uv radiation and vacuum on the strength and failure of polymer films, Mekhanika Polimerov 2 No. 3, 359

(1966) ; English translation in Polymer Mechanics 2 No. 3, 224

(1966).

95. Renfrew, M. M., Lewis, E. E., Polytetrafluoroethylene: Heat-resistant, chemically inert plastic, Indus. Eng. Chem. J. 38, 870 (1946). A new industrial resin. Modern Plastics 23, 134 (June 1946)

.

96. Riddell, M. N., Koo, G. P., O'Toole, J. L., Fatigue mechanisms of

82.

83.

219
thermoplastics, Society of Plastics Engineers, 22nd Annual Technical Conference, paper VI-2 (1966). ' 97. Riddell, M. N., Toelcke, G. A., O'Toole, J. L., Creep-resistant

PTFE, Modern Plastics 47, 140 (Oct. 1970)

98. Riley, M. W'., Selection and design of fluorocaibon plastics, Materials and Methods 129 (June 1957)

Designing with Teflon: Part 2—Strength Properties and Effects of Time, Machine Design 29, 162 (Sept. 19, 1957). Designing with Teflon: Part 3—Thermal, Chemical, Wear and

Electrical Properties, Machine Design 29, 124 (Oct. 3, 1957).

99. Ringwood, A. F., The Behaviour of Plastic Materials in the Space

Environments, General Electric, Missile and Space Division, Technical Information Series No. 63SD 243 (1963).

100. Ripperger, E. A., Stress-Strain Characteristics of Materials at High

Strain Rates, Part II, University of Texas, Sandia Contract AT(29-2)-621 (1958).

101. Rivers, J. T., Franklin, R. L., Teflon tetrafluaroethylene fiber, Textile Res. J. 26, 805 (1956).

102. Rudner, M. A., Graeff, R. F., Bertolet, Jr., E. C, Investigation of Selected Combinations of Teflon with Filler Materials for Application to Electronic Parts, Fluorocarbon Products, Inc., Div. of United States Gasket Co., Camden, New Jersey, Contract No. NOBSR 63134, Index No. NE-120704 (Sub-Task 11), Navy Dept. Bureau of Ships Electronics Div. (AD 45199) (1954).

103. Safyurada, I., Ito, T'., Nakamae, K., Elastic moduli of the crystal

lattices of polymers, J. Polymer Sci. : Part C, No. 15, 75 (1966). Sakurada, I., Nakamae, K., Kaji, K., Wadano, S., Experimental

determination of elastic moduli of the crystalline regions in oriented Polymers V. Polytetrafluoroethylene, Kobunshi Kagaku

23, 335 (1966).

Ito, T., Elastic moduli of the crystal lattices of polymers, Mem.

Faculty of Industrial Arts, Kyoto Tech. Univ. Sci. Technol 15,

43 (1966).

104. Schulz, A., Sur la relaxation mechanique des matieres plastiques,

J. Chimie Physique 53, 933 (1956).

105. Siegle, J. C, Designing with Teflon resins at low temperatures, J. of Teflon 2 No. 3, 6 (1961).

106. Sinnott, K. M., Apparatus for the measurement of shear modulus

and internal friction between 4.2 and 100 °K, J. Appl. Phys. 29,

1433 (1958).

107. Siman, O., Bopp, C. D., Physical Properties of Irradiated Plastics, U.S. Atomic Energy Commission, Oak Ridge National Laboratory,

ORNL-928, work performed under Contract No. W-7405-eng-26

(1951).

108. Smith, E. T., Investigation of Combined Effects of Radiation and Vacuum and of Radiation and Cryotemperatures on Engineering

Materials, Vol. II: Radiation-Cryotemperature Tests, General Dynamics (Fort Worth), prepared for Marshall Space Flight

Center, FZK-161-2, Contract NAS8-2450 (N63-21332) (1963).

109. Speerschneider, C. J., Li, C. H., Some observations on the structure

of polytetrafluoroethylene, J. Appl. Phys. 33 1871 (1962).

110. Speerschneider, C. J., Li, C. H., A correlation of mechanical properties and microstructure of polytetrafluoroethylene at various temperatures, J. Appl. Phys. 34, 3004 (1963).

111. Stephenson, C. U., Moses, B. C., Wilcox, W. S., Ultraviolet irradia- tion of plastics. I. Degradation of physical properties, J. Polymer

Sci. 55,451 (1961).

112. Stephenson, C. U., Wilcox, W. S., Ultraviolet irradiation of plastics. IV. Further studies of environmental effects on films and fibers,

J. Polymer Sci. 1, 2471 (1963)

113. Swenson, C. A., Mechanical properties of teflon at low temperatures, Rev. Sci. Instru. 25, 834 (1954). Swenson, C. A., Some Yield Strength Measurements At Low

Temperatures, Technical Report No. 1, Office of Ordinance

Research, Contract No. DA-19-020-ORD-1891, Ordinance Project No. TB 2-0001 (539) (1954).

114. Takayanagi, M., Viscoelastic properties of crystalline polymers,

Mem. Fac. Eng. Kyushu Univ., 23 41 (1963).

115. Tardif, H. P., Marquis, H., Some dynamic properties of plastics, Can. Aeronautics and Space J. 9, 205 (1963)

116. Thomas, P. E., How to recognize quality in fabricated Teflon, J. of Teflon 2 No. 1, 1 (1961).

117. Thomas, P. E., Lontz, J. F., Sperati, C. A., McPherson, J. L., Effect

of fabrication on the properties of Teflon resins, SPE J. 12, 89

(1956).

Riley, M. W., Selection and design of fluorocarbon plastics, Materials and Methods 129 (June 1957). Designing with Teflon: Part 1 —How processing affects properties, Machine Design 29 86 (Sept. 5, 1957).

118. Thornton, H. G., NERVA Materials Irradiation Program, Volume

3, GTR Test 17—AGC Materials Test, General Dynamics (Fort Worth) , prepared for Space Nuclear Propulsion Office, NASA,

Cleveland, Ohio, FZK-263-3, Contract No. AF 29 (601) -6643 Supplement 2 (AD 489722) (1965)

Funk, C. W., Dixon, C. E., Cryogenic radiation damage in structural polymers, Aerojet-General Corp., Sacramento, California, Paper

presented at the American Nuclear Society Annual Meeting

(1966). Sanders, R. H., Weleff, W., Final Report on GTR-17 Effects of Radiation on Organic Materials Irradiated in Liquid Hydrogen,

Aerojet-General Corp., Sacramento, Calif., Report No. RN-S-0327

to AEC-NASA Space Nuclear Propulsion Office, Contract SNP-1 (1967).

119. Timmerman, R., Greyson, W., The predominant reaction of some

fluorinated polymers to ionizing radiation, J. Appl. Polymer Sci. 6,456 (1962).

120. Trusova, K. I., Abakumova, N. M., Mikheev, S. A., Stress relaxation

in polytetrafluoroethylene in compression, Soviet Plastics 42 (Oct., 1968)

121. Vincent, P. I., Strength of plastics—4. Different types of stresses, Plastics 26, 117 (1962).

122. Warfield, R. W'., Cuevas, J. E., Barnet, F. R., Single Specimen

Determination of Young's and Bulk Moduli of Polymers, Naval Ordinance Laboratory, White Oak, Maryland, NOLTR 68-212 (AD 686388) (1969).

123. Wattier, J. B., Newell, D. M., Morgan, L. L., Effects of Reactor

Radiation on the Engineering Properties of Elastomers and

Plastics, General Dynamics (Fort Worth), Nuclear Aerospace

Research Facility, Section II, Task III, Item 6 of FZM-2386, Contract AF 33(657)^7201, Doc. No. NARF-62-5T, FZK-9-174

(AD 278818) (1962).

124. Weleff, W'., Emmons, W. F., Pellett, H., Alexander, W. G., Data

Obtained from First Irradiation Test of Structural Materials, Aerojet-General Corp (Azusa, Calif), Rept. No. 2743 to AECNASA Space Propulsion Laboratory, REON (Rocket Engine

Operations-Nuclear) , Contract SNP-1, (1963).

125. Wisander, D. W'., Johnson, R. L., Friction and Wear of Nine

Selected Polymers with Various Fillers in Liquid Hydrogen,

Lewis Research Center, Cleveland, Ohio, NASA Technical Note D-5073 (N69-19800) (1969).

126. Wolf, K., Schmieder, K., Mechanisch-Thermische Umwandlungsberreiche an partiell Kristallinen Makromolekularen und ihre Bezir- hungen zur Struktur, Ricera Scientifica (Italy) 25A, 732 (1955).

127. Woodward, A. E., Saner, J. A., Dynamic mechanical behaviour of

partially crystalline polymers, The Physical Properties of Poly- mers, Society of Chemical Industry Monograph No. 5 (The

Macmillan Co., New York, 1949), 245.

128. Yamaguchi, Y., Ota, Y., Effect of stretching upon the structure and

the properties of polytetrafluoroethylene plate, Research Reports

of the Kogakuin University 24, 60 (1968)

129. Yamaguchi, Y., Oyanagi, K., Ishida, Y., Tanaka, I., Creep and

recovery properties of polytetrafluoroethylene, Research Reports of the Kogakuin University 18, 1 (1965).

130. Zelenev, Yu. V., Novikov, A. G., Investigation of stress relaxation

in compressed polytetrafluoroethylene, Mekhanika Polimerov 2

No. 2, 234 (1966) ; English translation in Polymer Mechanics 2

No. 2, 147 (1966).

131. Ziling, N. G., Malinin, N. I., Deformations and strength of oriented

films from fluoroplast-4, Vysokomolekulyarnye Soedineniya 7 346

(1965).

220
C. Thermal Properties (TFE)

35 xlO

g

COzXUJ

UJ

-20

TFE ao

cX

CUX

UJ

200 300 400

TEMPERATURE, K

600

INVESTIGATOR^] (year)

Laquer, Head (1952)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION . EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Rods, 0. 508 cm diam and £ = 2. 54 cm; quarlz tube - dilaLomeler melhod used, temperature measured to * 0. 1 K with copper - constantan thermocouple; quoted probable accuracy

± 7. 0 x

10" L

.

I

221
TFE

INVESTIGATORS [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Gillespie, Saxton, Chapman (I960, part 2)

Teflon 1

Koo, Jones, Riddell, O'To^le (1965) Halon G-SO

Rudner, Graeff, Bertolet, Jr. (1964)

Teflon TF1, sp gr = 2. 14, molded

under 4, 000 psi, cured at 639 K and

cooled at 56 K h" 1

Diam = 0. 64 cm, 1= 5. 08 cm; dilatometer; calculated from the coefficient of thermal

expansion for 293-478 K.

Belton, Godby, Taft (1960)

Teflon 1 = 10.7 cm; fused quartz dilatometer.

222
TFE

TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATORS [year]

Designing with Teflon: Part 3 (1957)

Ggorkiewicz (1970)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Teflon, annealed, 54% crys

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Measured , and _ to direction of molding pressure.
INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Beel, Markovich (1963)

Yano (1958)

Urgendowski, Guenther, Asay (1968)

Fluoroplast-4

Teflon film

Teflon

Diam ="1.0 cm , & = 2. 5-5. 0 cm ; samples heated at 1, 5, and 10 K min -1 with very little difference.

0. 64 cm x 0. 64 cm; DuPont 940 amp Thermo mechanical analyzer; total probable error = ± 2. 5%.

224
TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kirby ( 1956)

Beecroft, Swenson

(1959)

Leksina, Novikova

(1959)

Teflon, extruded, annealed sp \i r 2. 1 62

at 298 K

Teflon, 68% crys, sp j« r 2.25

Photoplast IV

£ 7.6 cm, 1.27 cm diam; fuscd-quartz Lube and dial-indicator method used, 0.0002S cm

graduations on indicator, temp of sample measured by the rnv.t ouple in hole near center «,f sample

.

Rod, 4- - 2.43 cm; fuscd-quartz Lulje and dial -indicator method", av healing and c»*..l! rate 0.2 K h

1 with a max of 0.6 K h : arrows indicate direction of temp change.

i

j

i

225
TFE

TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Haldon, Schell, Simha

(1967)

Fel'dman, Sokolov

(1965)

Mathes (1004)

Sidorovich, Kuvskinskii (1959)

Teflon, 52% crys

Fluoroplast IV, nonorientcd and unquenched

Teflon

Teflon

Quartz tube dilatometer; quoted probable accuracy ±5"'n.

Strips, h- 10 cm, \v - 1 cm, t 0.2 cm; strips placed vertically in dynamometer operated

as a dilatometer, length of specimen measured w ithin 1 .; , rate of temperature change 1 K per 3-5 min.

Thin film; vapor deposited »old electrodes.

r

226
TFE

TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION . EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Ohzawa, Wada (1964)

Araki (1965a)

Araki (1965 b)

Araki (1965c)

Plate, t = 0. 6 cm, 68% crys, sp gr =

2. 161 at 298 K; film, t = 0. 05 cm, sp gr = 2. 167 at 298K, stretched 200% at 298 K and annealed at 453 K for several

h, then sp gr = 2. 003 at 298 K

Polyflon M-ll, molding pressure =

2, 850 psi, annealed at 633K for 2 h and

cooled slowly, sp gr = 2. 1530, 52%

crys

Teflon 5, sp gr = 2. 1758, 59% crys

Teflon 6, sp gr = 2.2088, 59% crys, and sp gr = 2. 2470, 82% crys

Differential transformer.

Diam = 1.0 cm, i = Z.O cm; dial gauge

Diam =1.5 cm, I = 4. 0 cm; unbonded type strain gauge.

Same as above

227
TFE , 0 lrt-3 3 2 x 10

3

2 8

2.4

'« 2 0

>

3

Ll_

<

orUJx

i1.6

0 8

0 4

A- 100 % crys B- 83 % crys

C- 66 % crys D- 60 % crys E-46.5% crys

F- 33 % crys

6- 16.5% crys H- 0%crys

100 200 300 400 TEMPERATURE ,

INVESTIGATOR^] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Schmidt (1961)

Cunnington, Mon(1963)

Bede, Samardakov,

Gasteva, Schchonoba

(1968)

Teflon, extruded for stock, sp gr = 2. 17

Fluoroplast 4 : sp gr = 2. 30, 100% crys;

sp gr = 2. 25, 83% crys; sp gr = 2. 20, 66% crys, sp gr = 2. 18, 60% crys;

sp gr = 2. 14, 46. 5 % crys; sp gr = 2. 10, 33% crys; sp gr = 2. 05, 16. 5% crys;

sp gr = 2. 00, 0% crys

Diam = 1. 91 cm, t = 0. 15-0. 64 cm; front face coated with 0. 003-0. 005 cm thick optically black paint, flash method; total maximum uncertainty = 12%.

228
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATOR! S] [year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kirchenko, Oleinik, Chabovich (1964)

Luikov, Vasiliev, Shashkov (1965)

Fluoropla st

Teflon

Temp wave method used.

Temp measured with copper - constantan thermocouples, measurement and control of temp

within 0.01 K; heating rate of 1-4 K min~ l

.

229
TFE 3.2 X ,0

3

100 200 300 400

TEMPERATURE , K

500 600

INVESTIGATOR! S) (year)

Hattori (1965)

Steere (1967)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Teflon

Teflon

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Solid cylinder, 1. 0 cm diam and I = 4. 0 cm, copper - constantan thermocouple 0. 02 cm diam.

Transient and location-of-max methods used; quoted probable accuracy ±3% using location- of-max method.

230
3.2 x 10 TFE

100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE, K

3

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Steere (1966) Modified transient heating method.

231
INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Shelley, Huber (1968) Teflon, 7 5% crys l = 0. 103 cm; periodic heal, wave and constant heat flux methods used, temp held lo wilhin

0. 1 K; quoted probable accuracy 2

J/o.

232
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Powell, Roncrs, Teflon, extruded, sp gr 2.2 18 Diam 2.5 cm, 20.5 cm; axiaJ heat flow through a long cylindrical sample; prooaule

Coffin (195?) accuracy =- 1 0").

.

Haskins, Hertz (1961) Teflon Sample s2O.3x20.3x 1.3 cm and 17. Kx 17.8 x 1.3 cm ; guarded plate p riiic iple used

Kline (1961) Teflon, sp gr 2. 19, c rys 65%. Diam 1.27 cm, 1 30.5 cm; steady-state method utilizing a c uneentr i c -cy 1 i nde r : acci:rac\

of voltage and Current at heater ends = 2"!,.

Eiermann, Hellwcge, Teflon Knappe (1961) Hertz, Haskins (1965) Teflon 19, 1 x 17.8 x 1.3 cm; guarded hot-plate technique, measurements conducted in Me and X .

Hsu, Kline, Tomlinson Number av molecular weight 10 /

; Heater concentric with sample; irrad by Co' at 8,4 x 10' rads h

-1

. (1965) unirrad sp gr = 2. 154, 54% crys; after 4.7 x 10' rad sp gr = 2. 198, 67% crys;

after 1.9 x 1(T rad sp gr = 2. 222, 74%

crys

233
0.15 100 200 300 400

TEMPERATURE, K

500 600

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Hattori (196.2)

Hsu, Kline, Tomlinson

(1965)

Teflon, annealed specimen held at 473 K

for 0. 5 h and slowly cooled, quenched

specimen held at 623 K for 4 h and

rapidly cooled in ice water

Number av molecular weights: 107

; as_ received sp gr = 2. 154, 54% crys; annealed sample held at 613 K for 2 weeks then very slowly cooled, sp gr = 2.235, 78% crys; quenched

sample held at 62 3 K for 18 h then quenched in liquid N2 , sp gr = 2. 132, 45% crys

Tubes 0. 508 cm inside diam, 1. 09 cm outside diam; heater concentric with sample.

234
0 35

0.30

E

>-

H->O

=>QZ

o

o

<

005

TFE

>

3

a©

200 300 400

TEMPERATURE , K

500 600

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Rawuka (1962)

Minges, Meiselman,

Broadus (1963)

Anderson, Reese, Wheatley (1963)

Reese, Tucker ( 1965)

Androulakis , Kossor

(1967)

Ozawa, Kanari( 1967)

Teflon

Teflon

Teflon, i .-inmiilv's of sp gr =2.160

± 0. 005 and sp gr =2. 155 ± 0.005

Teflon, sp gr ± 2. 160 ± 0. 005

Sintered plates: one specimen quenched from 663 K to 263 K and then skived

flat, sp gr = 2. 142, 48. 1% crys; another specimen annealed at 649K for

4 h, cooled to 592 K at 30 K h"1, cooled

to 500 K at 6 K h"1

, then cooled in air, sp gr =2. 185, 61. 8% crys

Variation of ASTM Wilkes Calorimeter Test Method, in higher temp test the copper constantar. couples were brought into contact with the sample by a pad of HT-1 cloth giving an average

precision of 4.5%, in lower temp test the thermocouples were soft-soldered to small discs

of high conductivity silver alloy foil which were cement bonded to the specimen, this gave

an average precision of 3.0%.

Diam = 1 .00 cm, I =3.05 cm; resistance thermometer, measurements made from 0. 1-0. 8 K.

Diam = 1 . 27 cm, I =10.8 and 4. 1 cm; carbon resistance thermometer; systematic errors

=• 4-10%, reproducibility =1.5%; measurements made from 1-4.5 K.

i =7.6 cm; copper-constantan thermocouples, Leeds and Northrup type K-3 potentio- meter, temp measured at 2 or 3 points in vacuum; total error estimate =5-8%

Quantitative differential thermal analysis, measurements from 288-313 K made at a constant temp other measurements made at a constant rate of heating.

235
INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Luikov, Vasiliev, Shashkov (1965)

Teflon Fods; temp measured with copper -c onstantan thermocouples, measurement and control of temp within 0. 01 K; heating rate of 1-4 K min

r

236
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Steere (1966) Teflon Modified transient heating method.

237
TFE

TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Knappe ( 1960)

Fritz, Bode ( 1965)

Bede, Samardukov,

Gasteva, Schchonoba

(1968)

Judge ( 1968)

Teflon

Teflon, spgr =2.17

Fluoroplast 4: spgr =2.30, 100% crys; spgr = 2.25, 83% crys; sp gr = 2. 20, 66%

crys; spgr = 2.18, 60% cry s ; spgr = 2. 14, 46. 5% crys; sp gr =2. 10, 33%

crys, spgr = 2.05, 16. 5% crys; spgr = 2. 00, 0% crys

Teflon

2 plate method with guard ring, stationary temp,

t =1.26 cm; one-plate apparatus with guard ring.

Measured by superconducting bolometer.

r
INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Luikov, Vasiliev, Shashkov (1965)

Furukawa, McCoskey,

King (1952)

Teflon

Teflon, powder, powder molded into 0.1b cm sheet, then annealed at 623 K for 4 h

in vacuum and cooled slowly to room

temp., sheet heated to 623 K until clear and quenched in liquid .

Rods; temp measured with copper - constantan thermocouples, measurement and control

of temp within 0. 01 K; heating rate of 1 -4 K ii-.-.n ".

Sheet cut into 0. 1 1> cm cubes; platinum resistance .nermometer and heater assembly,

electrical power input to calorimeter heater measured by Wenner potentiometer with standard resistor and volt box, Mueller-type bridge used to measure resistance thermometer; curve represents av data from powdered, molded, annealed and quenched material, continuous series of test points taken at 5 K intervals , max data spread ±0.075 Jg" 1 K ", quoted probably accuracy 0.Z\.

239-
200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATOR^) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Douglas, Harman

(1965) Marx, Dole, (1955) Karasev (1967)

Teflon TF-1, 94.8 crys, 2. 166 sp gr

Teflon Teflon

Bunsen ice calorimeter, specimen evacuated to remove traces of moisture, furnace temp

held to ±0. 01 K, temp measured by strain-free platinum resistance thermometer and

Mueller bridge.

1 J 240
<

LUI

O

o

Ld

OlCO

TFE

EC

o

100 200 300 400

TEMPERATURE, K

500 600

INVESTIGATOR^ [year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Marx (1955) Teflon, powdered and annealed Vacuum adiabatic calorimeter, automatic system for heating and cooling, automatic

recording of temp difference between jacket and calorimeter. Watt-hour meter used for measuring electrical energy input.

241
242
INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kuroda, Sakami

(1958a)

Findene.TK , Wilhelm,

Kohler (1966)

Teflon 6: sp gr = 2. 145, 49% crys;

sp gr = 2. 170, 58% crys; sp gr =

2. 245, 79% crys; sp gr = 2. 258, 83%

crys

Teflon, sp gr = 2. 207

The curve for the 83% crys sample has a peak at. 3. 5 Jg

-1 K~ but is otherwise

identical to the curve for the 79% crys sample.

Adiabatic calorimeter.

j

i

243

270 280 290 300 310 320 330 TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kuroda, Sakami

(1958b) Teflon 1 Irrad by Co

245
330

TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kuroda, Sakami (1958b)

1

Teflon 1 Irrad by Co 3

.

t

246
INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Martin, Muller, (1963) Teflon film; untreated; quenched from 623K into water at 293K; annealed

t = 0. 01 cm; max absolute error = ± 5%.

247
TFE

as 5S

09

.5 ' i i i i i i i —I i i I i i

1 i i i I M i I I M ill 270 280 290 300 310 320 330 TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATORS S] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Martin, Miller (1963) Teflon film, drawn at 297K and 0. 0083 cm s" ; quenched from 623 K into water at 293 K and then drawnt = 0. 01 cm; max absolute error = ± 5%

f

248
INVESTIGATOR(S) {year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Koo, Jones, Riddel, O'Toole (1965) Halon G-80

249

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Urzendowski, Guenther, Assay (1968)

Teflon Plug weighing 0.03 - 0.04 g; Du Pont 900 Differential Thermal Analyzer with calorimetric plug-in attachment; accuracy ~± 2%, points calculated from authors' curve fitting parameters, points at 173, 628, and 698 K gave negative values.

251
lnvestigator{ s) Material Tempe rature AL/L Thermal C„

(Year) Identification (K) Thermal

Expansion

3onductivit (Wm_1 K

_1

^ Thermal

1 Diffusivity (cm* s" 1

)

Specific Heat Ug" 1 K" 1

)

Renfrew ( 1946) Teflon, spgr=2.1-

2.3

298 0.245 1.05

Gillespie (I960, part

2) Teflon 1 297 ).24±0.04 1.05

Fritz ( 1965) Teflon

t = 1. 41 cm, sp gr = 2. 16

t =0. 19 cm, sp gr=

2.14

293 0.265

0.250

Ogorkiewicz ( 1970) Sp gr =2. 15-2.24 297 0.26 Wisander (1969) 77 -1. 5xt0~ 2

Salinger (1961) Teflon 77 -1.51 ±

0. 04 x 10"2

INVESTIGATOR^] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Renfrew, Lewis ( 1946)

Gillespie, Saxton, Chapman (1960, part I)

Fritz , Bode ( 1965)

Ogorkiewicz (1970)

Wisander, Johnson

(1969)

Salinger, Wheatley

(1961)

Teflon, sp gr =2.2-2. 3

Teflon 1

Teflon , spgr=2.14 and 2.16

Sp gr =2.15 - 2.24

Teflon

t =0.19 and 1.41 cm; one-plate apparatus with guard ring.

Z = 2. 54 cm, diam = 0. 95 cm; submerged in liquid N £ and then measured with a micrometer, measurement repeated 6-8 times until no further contraction is noted.

Diam - 2.5 cm, I = 2.5 cm.

f

252
INVESTIGATOR^) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Gillespie, Saxlon, Chapman (I960, part Z) Teflon 100 X

253
Investigator (s) (year)

Material

Identification Temperature

(K) 4L/L

Thermal

Expansion

\ Thermal

lonductivit |»m"'K'' )

( Thermal

Diffusivity (cm= s" 1

)

C,

Specific Heat

(Jg" 1 K" 1

)

Gillespie (1960, part 2)

Wisander (1969)

Teflon 100X 297

77 -0. 93xl0" 2

0. 20±0. 04 1. 17

INVESTIGATORtS) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Gillespie , Saxi on, Chapman (I960, pari Z)

Wisander, Johnson (1969)

Teflon 100 X

£ = 2. 54 cm, diam = 0. 95 cm; submerged in liquid N ? and then measured with a micrometer, measurement repeated 6-8 times until no further contraction is noted.

r

254
Polytetrafluoroethylene (TFE) and Tetrafluoroethylene-Hexafluoropropylene (FEP)

Thermal Properties References

1. Anderson, A. C, Reese, W., Wheatley, J. C, Thermal conductivity

of some amorphous dielectric solids below 1 °K, Rev. Sci. Instr. 34, 1386 (1963).

2. Androulakis, J. G., Kosson, R. L., Experimental determination of the thermal conductivity of solids between 90 and 200 °K, Proc.

of the Conference on Thermal Conductivity, NBS Special Publication 302, 337 (1967).

3. Araki, Y., Thermal expansion coefficient of polytetrafluoroethylene

in the vicinity of its glass transition at about 400 °K, J. Appl.

Polymer Sci. 9, 121 (1965a).

4. Araki, Y., First-order and second-order transitions of polytetra- fluoroethylene in the temperature range of 80-140 °C measured by

several methods, J. Appl. Polymer Sci. 9, 3575 (1965b).

5. Araki, Y., Second-order transitions of polytetrafluoroethylene at about —30 °C. Measured by several methods, J. Appl. Polymer

Sci. 9, 3585 (1965c).

6. Bede, V. C, Samardukov, E. V., Gasteva, N. Yu., Schchonoba, P. M., Effect of crystallinity on thermophysical properties of polytet- rafluoroethylene, Teplo Massoperenos 7, 452 (1968).

7. Beecroft, R. I., Swenson, C. A., Behavior of polytetrafluoroethylene

(Teflon) under high pressures, J. Appl. Phys. 30, 1793 (1959).

8. Beel, V. S., Markovich, V. Y., Effect of the mode of heating on the magnitude of the coefficient of linear expansion of plastic speci- mens, Plasticheskie Massy No. 10, 50 (1963)

.

9. Belton, J. H., Godby, L. L., Tajt, B. L., Materials for use at liquid

hydrogen temperature, American Society for Testing Materials, Special Technical Publication 287, 108 (1960).

10. Cunnington, G. R., Mon, G. R., Measurements of thermal diffusivity of solid materials at low temperatures using a flash method, Lockheed Missiles and Space Co., Research Laboratories, Palto

Alto, Calif., presented at the 18th Calorimetry Conference,

Bartlesville, Okla. (1963).

11. Designing with Teflon: Part 3—Thermal, chemical, wear, and

electrical properties, Machine Design 29, 124 (Oct. 3, 1957).

12. Douglas, T. B., Harman, A. W., Relative enthalpy of polytetra- fluoroethylene from 0 to 440 °C, J. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), 69A (Phys. and Chem.) No. 2, 149 (Mar.-Apr. 1965).

13. Eiermann, K., Hellwege, K.-H., Knappe, W., Quasistationare

Messung der Warmeleitfahigkeit von Kunststoffen im Temperaturbereich von —180 °C bis +90 °C, Kolloid Z. 174, 134 (1961). Eiermann, K., Warmleitung von Kunststoffen in Abhangigkeit von

Struktur, Temp^ratur und Vorgeschichte, Kunststoffe 51, 512

(1961). Eiermann, K., Hellwege, K.-H., Thermal conductivity of high

polymers from —180 °C to 90 °C, J. Polymer Sci. 57, 99 (1962). Eiermann, K., Thermal conductivity of high polymers, J. Polymer

Sci. PartC No. 6, 157 (1964).

14. Fel'dman, R. I., Sokolov, S. I., States of aggregation of macromolecular compounds 10. polytetrafluoroethylene, Colloid J. (USSR) 27,524 (1965).

15. Findenegg, G. H., Wilhelm, E., Kohler, F., Zum Kalorischen

Verhalten von Polytetrafluorathylen (Teflon) zwischen 16 ° und

34 °C, Monatsh. Chem. 97, 94 (1966).

16. Fritz, W., Bode, K.-H., Zur Bestimmung der Warmeleitfahigkeit

fester Stoffe, Chem. Ing. Tech. 37, 1118 (1965).

17. Furukatva, G. T., McCloskey, R. E., King, G. J., Calorimetric

properties of polytetrafluoroethylene (Teflon) From 0

° to 365 °K,

J. Research NBS 49 No. 4, 273 (1952) RP2364.

18. Gillespie, L. H., Saxton, D. O., Chapman, F. M., New design data

for FEP, TFE. Part 2. Thermal, wear, and electrical properties,

Machine Design 32, 156 (Feb. 18, 1960)

.

Siegle, J. C., Designing with Teflon resins at low temperatures, J. of Teflon, 2 No. 3,6 (1961). Diamond, R. J., A comparison of TFE and FEP fluorocarbon resins, Plastics (London) 27, 109 (1962).

Jolley, C. E., Homsy, C. A., Reed, J. C., Thermoplastics TFE-FEP

fluorocarbons, Machine Design 36, 67 (Sept. 17, 1964). Du Pont Co., Teflon FEP, Technical Information Bulletin T-2C,

(1964). Du Pont Co., Teflon Fluorocarbon Resins Mechanical Design Data.

19. Haldon, R. A., Schell, W. J., Simha, R., Transitions in glasses at low temperatures, J. Macromol. Sci.—Phys. Bl, 759 (1967).

20. Haskins, J. F., Hertz, J., Thermal Conductivity of Plastic Foams From — 423 °F to 75 °F, Convair Astronautics, Convair Division

of General Dynamics Corp. Report No. MRG242 (1961). Haskins, J. F., Hertz, J., Thermal conductivity of plastic foams

from — 423 °F to 75 °F, Advances in Cryogenic Engineering

(Ed. K. D. Timmerhaus, Plenum Press, New York, 1962) Vol. 7,353.

21. Hattori, M., Thermal conductivity of polytetrafluoroethylene and

polytrifluorochloroethylene, Kolloid Z. 185, 27 (1962).

22. Hattori, M., Thermal diffusivity of some liner polymers, Kolloid Z. 202, 11 (1965)

.

23. Hertz, ]., Haskins, J. F., Thermal conductivity of reinforced plastics at cryogenic temperatures, Advances in Cryogenic Engineering

(ed. K. D. Timmerhaus, Plenum Press, New York, 1965), Vol. 10,

163.

24. Hsu, K. L., Kline, D. E., Tomlinson, J N., Thermal conductivity of polytetrafluoroethylene, J. Appl. Polymer Sci. 9, 3567 (1965).

25. Judge, D. L., Measurement of Absolute Flux Using a Superconducting Bolometer, Dept. of Physics, Univ. of Southern California, Los

Angeles, Calif. 90007, NASA Contract NGR-05-018-007 fN68

17396) (1968).

26. Karasev, A. N., Temperature dependence of the specific heat of certain polymers, Soviet Plastics 1, 57 (1967).

27. Kirby, R. K., Thermal expansion of polytetrafluoroethylene (Tef- lon) from —190° to -f300 °C, J. Research NBS 57, 91 H956)

RP2696.

28. Kirichenko, Yu. A., Oleinik, B. N., Chabovich, T. Z., Thermophysical

characteristics of polymers, Inzh.-Fiz.-Zh, Akad. Nauk. Bezorussk SSR, 7, No. 5, 70 (1964).

29. Kline, D. E., Thermal conductivity studies of polymers, J. Polymer

Sci. 50, 441 (1961).

30. Knappe, W., Bestimmung der thermischen Kenngrossen schlecht warmeleitender Stoffe mit einer Zweiplattenapparatur ohne Schutzring, Z. Angew. Phys. 12, 508 (1960).

31. Koo, G. P., Jones, E. D., Riddell, M. N'., O'Toole, J. L., Engineering

properties of a new polytetrafluoroethylene, SPE J. 21, 1100

(1965).

32. Kuroda, T., Properties of fluorocarbon plastics (I), transition tem- perature of polytetrafluoroethylene, Nagoya Kogyo Gijutsu Shikensho Hokoku 5, 257 (1956).

33. Kuroda, J'., Sakami, H., Physical properties of fluorocarbon plastics

(II) . Relations between crystallinity and room temperature tran- sition effects in polytetrafluoroethylene, Nagoya Kogyo Gijutsu Shikensho Hokoku 7, 1 ( 1958a)

.

34. Kuroda, T., Sakami, H., Physical properties of fluorocarbon plastics

(III) . Relations between crystallinity and molecular weight, Nagoya Kogyo Gijutsu Shikensho Hokoku 7, 315 (1958b).

35. Laquer, H. L., Head, E. L., Low Temperature Thermal Expansion of

Plastics, United States Atomic Energy Commission, Los Alamos

Scientific Laboratory, AECU-2161 T.I.S. Report # LADC-1230

(rev.) (1952).

36. Leskina, I. E., Novikova, S. I., Thermal expansion of Fluoroplast

(Ftoroplast IV) between —190 and 325 °C, Solid State Physics 1, 504 (1959) ; English translation in Soviet Physics—Solid State 1, 453 (1959).

37. Luikov, A. V., Vasiliev, L. L., Shashkov, A. G., A method for the simultaneous determination of all thermal properties of poor heat conductors over the temperature range 80 to 500 °K, Advances

in Thermophysical Properties of Extreme Temperatures, Proc. 3rd Symp., Purdue University (1965).

Vasiliev, L. L., Surkov, G. A., A method of studying the thermophysical properties of poor heat conductors in the temperature

interval 80-500 K, Inzhenerno Fiz., Zh. 7, No. 6, 20 (1964).

38. Martin, H., Miiller, F. H., tiber die Veranderung in den kristallinen Bereichen bei Polymeren durch Deformation, Kolloid Z. 188, 19 (1963).

39. Marx, P. C, Thermodynamic Properties of High Polymers VI. Polycaproamide and Polytetrafluoroethylene, Ph.D. Thesis, North- western Univ. (University Microfilm 13, 111), (1955).

40. Marx, P., and Dole, M., Specific heat of synthetic high polymers V. A study of the order-disorder transition in polytetrafluoroethylene,

J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 77, 4771 (1955)

.

41. Mathes, K. N., Electrical and mechanical behaviors of polymers at cryogenic temperatures, SPE Technical Papers, 20th Annual Technical Conference (Atlantic City) 10, XX-3 (1964).

42. Minges, M. L., Meiselman, J. M., Broadus, J. G., A System for Measurement of Cryogenic Thermal Conductivity of Solids to Liquid Nitrogen Temperatures ( —320 °F), Air Force Materials Laboratory, Wright-Patterson Air Force Base, Ohio Project No.

7381, Task No. 738103, Technical Documentary Report No. ASDTR-63-756 (1963).

43. Orgorkiewicz, R. M. (Ed.), Engineering Properties of Thermoplastics, ( Wiley-Interscience, New York, 1970) , 273. Imperial Chemical Industries Ltd., Physical Properties of Polytetra- fluoroethylene, Technical Service Note F12, 2nd edition (1968).

44. Ohzawa, Y., Wada, Y., Mechanical relaxations and transitions in polytetrafluoroethylene, Jap. J. Appl. Phys., 3, 436 (1964).

45. Ozawa, T., Kanari, K., Thermal conductivity of polytetrafluoroethylene, Polymer Letters 5, 767 (1967).

46. Powell, R. L., Rogers, W. M., Coffin, D. O., An apparatus for measurement of thermal conductivity of solids at low temperatures, J. Research NBS 59, 349 (1957) RP2805.

47. Rawuka, A. C., Materials thermal properties and environmental thermal simulation supporting facilities for missiles and space

vehicles, Symposium on Effects of Space Environment on Materials, Society of Aerospace Material and Process Engineers

(1962).

48. Reese, W., Tucker, J. E., Thermal conductivity and specific heat of some polymers between 4.5

0 and 1 °K, J. Chem. Phys. 43, 105

(1965).

49. Renfrew, M. M., Lewis, E. E., Polytetrafluoroethylene: Heat-resistant, chemically inert plastic, Indus. Eng. Chem. J. 38, 870 (1946)

.

A new industrial resin, Modern Plastics 23, 134 (June 1964).

Cornell, L. W., Polytetrafluoroethylene—its properties and uses, Mech. Eng. 75,883 (1953).

255
Du Pont Co., Typical properties of Du Pont Teflon, Materials and 54. Sidorovich, A. V., Kuvshinskii, E. V., The anisotropic thermal expan- Methods 41, 61 (May 1955). sion of polytetrafluoroethylene rolled in one direction, Zhurnal Doban, R. C, Sperati, C. A., Sandt, B. W'., The physical properties Tekhnicheskoi Fiziki 29, No. 10, 1271 (1959).

of Teflon polytetrafluoroethylene, SPE J. 11, 17 (Nov. 1955). 55. Steere, R. C, Detection of polymer transitions by measurement of Ondrejcin, J. J., Wire insulated with Teflon tetrafluoroethylene resin thermal properties, J. Appl, Polymer Sci. 10, 1673 (July 1966).

for high temperature uses, Wire 30, 776 (1955). 56. Steere, R. C, Thermal diffusivity of low-conductivity materials, J. 50. Rudner, M. A., Graeff, R. F., Bertolet, Jr., E. C, Investigation of Appl. Phys. 38, 3039 (1967).

Selected Combinations of Teflon with Filler Materials for Appli- 57. Urzendowski, S. R., Guenther, A. H., Asay, J. R., The temperature

cation to Electronic Parts, Fluorocarbon Products, Inc., Div. of dependence of the Griineisen ratio of polymeric materials deter- United States Gasket Co., Camden, New Jersey, Contract No. mined by thermal and ultrasonic sound velocity measurements, NOBSR-63134 Index No. NE-120704 (Sub-Task 11), Navy Dept. Analytical Calorimetry, Proceedings of the American Chemical Bureau of Ships Electronics Div. (AD 45199) (1954). Society Symposium, San Francisco, 119 (1968).

51. Salinger, G. L., Wheatley, J. C, Magnetic susceptibility of materials Asay, J. R., Urzendowski, S. R., Guenther, A. H., Ultrasonic and commonly used in the construction of cryogenic apparatus, Rev. Thermal Studies of Selected Plastics, Laminated Materials, and

Sci. Instr. 32, 872 (1961). Metals, Air Force Weapons Laboratory, Kirtland Air Force Base,

52. Schmidt, D. L., Ablative Plastics for Re-Entry Thermal Protection, New Mexico, Technical Report No. AFWL-TR-67-91 (AD

Plastics Branch, Nonmetallic Materials Laboratory, Wright- 827596) (1968). Patterson Air Force Base, Ohio, Project No. 7340 (AD-268078) 58. Wisander, D. W., Johnson, R. L., Friction and Wear of Nine Selected (1961). Polymers with Various Fillers in Liquid Hydrogen, Lewis Re53. Shelley, D. L., Huber, S. F., Thermal diffusivity of poly(tetra- search Center, Cleveland, Ohio, NASA Technical Note D-5073

fluoroethylene) between —140 and 125 C, Thermal Conductivity (N69-19800) (1969). Proceedings of the Eighth Conference, held at Purdue University, 59. Yano, Y., Measurement of linear expansion of polymeric substances, West Lafayette, Indiana, 1067 (1968). OYO Butsuri 27, 274 (1958).

r

256
D. Electrical Properties (TFE)

TEMPERATURE ,K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Chant (1967)

DuPont (I960)

Smith, Miiller (1965)

Bobo, Perrier (1968)

Mathes (1964b)

Teflon

Teflon,

Discs 9. 5 cm diam and t = 0. 019 cm; sample clamped between two brass plales, edge effects allowed for in calculations, contraction of specimens not taken into account.

t - 0. 0025 - 0. 0200 cm; 2 . 5 - 3. 5 X 1 0^ V, i'y 10 :- Hz.

Vapor deposited Au electrodes used on film, 10" H/.; values measured at 4 K were at the lower limit of the measuring equipment.

257
TFEc

bJD C 6x10

<

COo

rr

ui

200 300 400

TEMPERATURE ,

500 600

INVESTIGATOR! S] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mathes (1967)

Doban, Speratl, Sandt

(1955)

Diamond (1962)

Mikhailov, Kabin, Smolyanski (1 955) Some material quenched from 673 K into water at 293 K

10 J Hz.

10 3 Hz.

10 3 and 10 s Hz.

t = 0.03 cm: tested In vacuum.

258
TEMPERATURE ,

K

INVESTIGATOR^ (year)

Krum, Miller (1959)

Eby, Wilson (1962)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Teflon, crystalline

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Measurements made over P-0=; max absolute error for tan : > 5 \ 10" ' is 0. 3*0, max absolute error for tan i 10~ ? is S°'o; see Eby, Sinnott (1961) for discussion of possible polar impurities in the samples used.

General Radio 1605-A impedance comparator; estimated error limits = z 1 \ 10"".

259
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year)

Krum, MUller ( 1959)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Teflon, commercial

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Measurements made over P s Os ; max absolute error is 5%; see Eby, Sinnott (1961) for discussion of possible polar impurities in the samples used.

260
8 x ICT4

UJO

z.<

CO

COo

<_> E

u

UJQ

TFE

aCDa

CO

C/3 O

100 200 300 400

TEMPERATURE ,

K

500 600

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Krum, Mdller ( 1959) Teflon, amorphous Measurements made over ~P^O=; max absolute error is 5%; see Eby, Sinnott (1961) for discussion of possible polar impurities in the samples used.

261
TFE

TEMPERATURE,

INVESTIGATOR(S) [year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Ogorkiewicz ( 1970)

| Dmitrochenko,

j Shevelev (1960)

i

1

1

1

Fluon, Gl Commercial samples from 2 manufacturers

Coaxial resonator method.

262
INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mikhailov, Lobanov,

Shevelev, Orlova(1964) Samples slow cooled, quenched, compressed, and cut from the necked area formed in stretching at room temp.

Measured at 4. 7 x 10 s Hz.

263
200 240 280 320 360 400

TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Lobanov (1958)

Araki ( 1965 a)

Araki ( 1965 b)

Kastner, Dittmer

( 1967)

Teflon 5, 53% and 56% crys; irrad

Teflon 5, 91% crys; Polyflon F-102, 65% crys.

Teflon 5, 5 3% and 56% crys, Teflon 7, 58% crys

3 x 10 3 Hz.

Diam = 8 cm, t =0.02 cm; diam guarded electrodes =5.6 cm, diam unguarded electrodes =7.0 cm, guard ring inside diam =6.0 cm, outside diam =7.0 cm, electrodes formed by conductive paint, measurement by Schering bridge, 50 Hz.

Diam = 8 cm, t =0.02 cm; diam guarded electrodes =5.6 cm, diam unguarded electrodes =

7. 0 cm, guard ring inside diam =6.0 cm, outside diam =7.0 cm, electrodes formed by

conductive paint, measurement by Schering bridge, 50 Hz.

Coaxial resonator, 4. 8 x 10",

r

!

•
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE,

K

INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Budenstein (1968)

Seuss, Neff (1963)

Teflon film formed by RF sputtering

Insulated wire, Tensolite Wire Co. "UT" Ultra-thin emulsion dipped TFE

t = 900 A; 10 3 Hz, ESI Model 250 DA impedance bridge.

' = 152.4 cm wound on coil form; measured in vacuum while submerged in Hg which served

as one electrode, central wire served as other electrode, impedance bridge, 10" Hz,

tested according to MIL STD-202B, Method 305.

265
INVESTIGATOR^) [year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Lee (1952)

Chapman, Frisco

(1954)

Meahl (1956)

1

Teflon

Teflon

Teflon

295 K, ASTM D150-47T test procedure.

t = 0. 159 cm; brass electrodes, coated with highly conducting silver paint.

Av data from measurements by several laboratories.

266
INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Beardsley ( 1953)

Rodionova ( I960)

Frisco (1962)

Edelson, Jaeger, Williams ( 1966)

Mathes (1967)

Teflon

Teflon, TFE-6 and TFE-7

Teflon

Variable length re-entrant cavity. ,

One sample dried to a constant weight, the other saturated in 98^0 rel hum at 293 K.

Stored under room conditions for at least 2 weeks before measurement.

Measurements made in S and X microwave bands with TM-010 and TE-101 cavities respectively.

298 K

267
LOG FREQUENCY, Hz

INVESTIGATOR^) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Hartshorn, Parry, Rashton 11 9531

von Hippel [19531

Johnson 11967)

Powder molded at 297 K and 2,000 psi, baked at 633 K for 1. 5 h and slow cooled

Teflon, dried over phosphorous pentoxide

Teflon molding pure, electrical grade,

sp gr = 2. 088; Halon, G-80, lots 270 and 285, sp gr = 2. 151; Polyflon, R.C. F. modified TFE, sp gr = 1. 102

2. 0-2. 5 cm diam; Schering - br idge method for frequencies to 10 4 Hz, c i rcuit- resonanc e method for 10 4 -10" Hz, cavity-resonance for 5 x 10

5

, 9 x 10 9, and 24 x 10 9 Hz bands, transmission-line method also used in 3 x 10 9 Hz region, electrodes at lower frequencies were platinum-plated, silver-plated with rhodium flash, or solid invar; arrow indicates "less than".

Field strength ~ 50 V cm" 1

; nominal accuracy ± 1%; arrows indicate "less than".

General Radio type 1615 A bridge, Boonton Radio type 260A and 190A Q meters, Central Research Dielectrometer, Hewlett-Packard type 612A or 608C signal generators, Hewlett- Packard type 5245L frequency counter, Hewlett-Packard type 41 5B standing- wave indicator, ASTM D 150 test procedure.

r
269
TFE

LOG FREQUENCY , Hz

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Doban, Sperati, Sandt

( 1955)

Teflon 296 K

Jolley, Homsy, Reed

( 1964)

Teflon 296 K

Du Pont Co. ( 1970) Teflon 298 K

Du Pont Co. 1 1960) Teflon 296K.

Chant ( 1967) Teflon Discs 9.5 cm diam and 1 - 0.011 cm; sample clamped between two brass plates, edge effects allowed for in calculations, contraction of specimens not taken into account.

270
TEMPERATURE,

K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year)

Ogorkiewicz ( 1970)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION . EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

J

271
TFE 2 6 x I0"3 S

«

S3 H

ce

<«o

2.4

2.0

LUO

z

co

c/) o

_io

rrI—o

LU

_l

UJ

RADIATION , fast neutrons cm"2

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Weeks, Binder (1959)

Weeks (1954)

Teflon insulation

Teflon

During irradiation: Teflon insulated cable, i = 11.92 ± 0.05 m; 1/4 wave-length cable extended

through the active lattice of the reactor, ~ 60% of cable irrad, ~ 4 x 10 Hz, measurements made on open ended cable during irradiation, temp varied from 318K at 10 15 fast neutrons cm" 3 to 338 K at 5 x 10 17 fast neutrons cm""* . After irradiation: Teflon insulated cable, I - 1/4 wave-length at 1 x 10

9 Hz and 3/4 wavelength at 3 x 10

s Hz; measurements made with microwave dielectrometer, coaxial resonant

cavity used at 1 and 3 x 10

3 Hz, circular resonant cavity used at 8. 5 x 10 Hz, specimens

placed in sealed Al containers and irrad by reactor, different specimen used for each

dose; irrad in Oak Ridge National Laboratory graphite reactor; estimated error = ± 0. 1 x 10" 3

.

299 ± 3 K, measurements at 1 and 3 x 1

9 Hz made in the coaxial TEM mode, measurements

at 8. 7 x 103 Hz made in the TEn mode; irrad by ORNL Graphite Reactor while sealed in an Ax capsule.

272
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Weeks, Binder (1959)

Kerlin, Smith ( 1966)

Teflon insulation

Teflon 7

Teflon insulated cable, i = 1/4 wave-length at 1 x 108 Hz and 3/4 wave-length at 3 x 10 Hz; measurements made with microwave dielectrometer, coaxial resonant cavity used at 0.8 - 3 x 10° Hz , circular resonant cavity used at 8. 5 x 10

9 Hz ; single specimen irrad by Co60

; estimated error =±0.1 x 10" 3

.

Test cells fabricated according to ASTM D 160-59T, unguarded electrode and guard ring diam =11.4 cm, guarded electrode diam = 10. 1 cm, gap between guarded electrode and

guard ring was 0.051 cm, spring loaded Al plunger in contact with guarded electrode secured specimens between electrodes, General Radio Co. Type 1610-A capacitance-measuring

assembly, tested at 60-127 K in vacuum; irrad in Ground Test Reactor at Nuclear Aerospace

Research Facility, Fort Worth.

273
RADIATION , rod

INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Frisco ( 1962) Teflon, TFE -6 and TFE-7 Circular area =1.0 cm , t = 0.05 cm; irrad by Ag x-rays in vacuum.

274
RADIATION ,rad

INVESTIGATOR S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Harrison (1964) Teflon, TFE -7 Irradiated by 50 kVp continuous duty X-ray machine, duse rate 2 X 10" rads h~ environmental pressure 5 X 10"° torr.

275
TFE

a

03

feC s

CS

E->

tZ) CO©J

<

cnO

UJ

O

1 —

—

• Miles (1965)

i

•

-

- - -

1

1L

• 4- i - 4-

r i - --

r r ; r

r r

1

- T

-j_

;

: - !

1 1 _ 1 i i i -4—

-\~ ~H

r 4 . ;.

! i t

-

--

T '

L . L ,

[

. . . ^0.1 x 10 Hz

7

'II \ . i • — '

!

! /

2 3 4 RADIATION , Roentgens

6 xlO

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year)

Miles, Newell (1965)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Teflon, TFE

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Discs 7.62 cm diam, t= 0.305 cm; electrodes coated with silver paint, diam of guarded

electrode 6.35 cm, General Radio Model 716 Schering bridge and associated guard

circuit, three electrode technique, quoted accuracy of bridge ± 0. 1 pF for capacitance

readings and ± 0.0003 or 2% whichever is greater for loss factor readings, pressure

during tests ranged from 5 v 10"" to 2 * 10" ? torr; irradiated with Co° - source.

276
INVESTIGATORS) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Matveev, Viceberg, Karnov (1970) Fluoroplaet IV Irradiated with Co90 source at rate of 2 . 5 x 10s rads s"

1

.

27
THICKNESS, cm

i 4 ml

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Budenstein ( 1968)

!

1

1

1

1

1

Teflon film formed by RF sputtering 10 3 Hz, ESI Model 250 DA impedance bridge.

!

278
TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Miklailov, Kabln, Smolyanski (1955)

DuPont (1960)

Ehrlich ( 1 953)

Chant (1967)

Seuss, Neff (1963)

Teflon

Teflon

Teflon

Insulated Wire, Tensolite Wire Co. "UT" Ultra-thin emulsion dipped TFE

t = 0.03 cm; tested in vacuum.

Discs 3. 81 cm diam and t = 0. 318 cm, faces parallel to ± 0. 0003 cm and diam constant to ± 0.005 cm; evaporated gold used for electrodes, frequency range 10 2 to 10° Hz; curve

represents an average of 2 6 tests from 298 K to 593K, max data spread approx ± 0.03.

Discs 9.5 cm diam and t = 0.019 cm; sample clamped between two brass plates, edge effects allowed for in calculations, contraction of specimens not taken into account.

t - 152.4 cm wound on coil form; measured in vacuum while submerged in Hg which served

as one electrode, central wire served as other electrode, impedance bridge, 1 0^ Hz,

tested according to MIL STD-202B, Method 305, computed as in Specification MIL-W16878D.

279
TFEe

•i—i CAS

ou

«

2 2

~ 2.0

<

I-I

19

K

r-O

UJ

_l

LlJ Q |.8

1.7

1.6

2.0xl06 and l.8xl07 Hz60 and 10 Hz

r

I I I I I II II M 1 I I • Chapman (1953) * Balanis (1966)

100 200 300 400

TEMPERATURE , K

500 600

INVESTIGATORS] (year)

Chapman, Frisco (1953)

Balanis ( 1966)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Teflon

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Modified Beechnut circuit

t = 2. 7742 cm; Fabry - Perot interferometer, 61. 24 x 109 Hz.

280
TFE

TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Doban, Sperati, Sandt

(1955)

Teflon 10

3 Hz.

Du Pont Co. (1970) Teflon Molded disc.

Diamond (1962) Teflon 10 3 and 10 5 Hz.

Saito, Tanno, Nakajima, Kashimura ( 19 58) Teflon Curve represents a series of closely spaced points.

Kerlin, Smith (1964,

Vol. I) Teflon Test cell fabricated according to ASTM D 1 50-58T, guard electrode at floating potential, General Radio Model 716-C capacitance bridge, 10 Hz, ASTM D 150-58T test procedure,

tested in vacuum.

281
INVESTIGATOR^] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Araki (1965a)

Araki (1965b)

Dmitrochenko

Shevelev (I960)

1

1

1

1

1

Teflon 5, 53% and 56% crys; irrad Teflon

5, 91% crys; Polyflon F-102, 65% crys.

Teflon 5, 53% and 56% crys: Teflon 7, 58% crys. Commercial samples from 2 manufacturers

Diam = 8 cm, t = 0.02 cm; diam guarded electrodes = 5.6 cm, diam unguarded electrodes = 7.0 cm, electrodes formed by conductive paint, measurement by Schering bridge, 50 Hz.

Diam = 8 cm, t = 0. 02 cm; diam guarded electrodes =5.6 cm, diam unguarded electrodes = 7.0 cm, electrodes formed by conductive paint, meas urement by Schering b ridge , 50 Hz.

Coaxial reasonator method.

282
INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mikhailov, Lobanov,

Shevelev, Orlova(1964)

Smith, Miiller ( 1965)

Kerlin, Smith (1966)

Kastner, Dittmer ( 1967)

Samples slow cooled, quenched compressed, and cut from necked area formed in stretching at room temp.

Teflon

Teflon 7

Measured at 4. 7 x 10* Hz

Test cells fabricated according to ASTM D 160-59T, unguarded electrode and guard ring diam = 11.4 cm, guarded electrode diam = 10. 1 cm, gap width between guarded electrode and guard ring was 0.051 cm, spring loaded Al plunger in contact with the guarded electrode secured specimens between electrodes. General Radio Co. Type 1610-A capacitancemeasuring assembly, tested in vacuum.

Coaxial resonator, 4. 8 x 10 e Hz.

283
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Koizumi, Yano,

Tsuji (1968)

Teflon 5, sp gr = 2. 161, 55% crys; Teflon 5, irrad with 3 x 10£ Roentgens,

sp gr = 2.261, 87% crys; Polyflon M-12,

sp gr = 2. 156, 52% crys

t = 0.015 - 0. 020 cm; 3 electrode system, guard electrode diam =3.7 cm, Ai electrodes evaporated onto specimen, Ando Electric Co. Type TR 10 Bridge with a guard circuit of the Wagner Type, 10 Hz to 3 x 10r Hz; accuracy better than ± 3%, curves represent a closely spaced series of test points.

284
3,0

2.8

I

i

ill

2.6

<

TTTT

If!

1 1

1

• Lee (1952) A Chapman (1951) Weeks (1954) Meahl (1956)

TFE

S3a+-» Vi

S3Ou

waZJ

a> a

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Lee (1952) Teflon 295 K, ASTM D150-47T test procedure.

Chapman, Frisco

(1954) Teflon t = 0. 159 cm; orass electrodes coated with highly conducting silver paint.

DuPont (1960) Teflon 296 K. Weeks (1954) Teflon 299 * 3 K, measurements at 1 and 3 x 109 Hz made in the coaxial TEM mode, measurements

at 8. 7 x 109 Hz made in the TEn mode; irrad by ORNL Graphite Reactor while sealed in an

Al capsule. Meahl (1956) Teflon Av data from measurements by several laboratories.

285
3 5 7 9 II 13 LOG FREQUENCY, Hz

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Beardsley (1953) Teflon Variable length re-entrant cavity.

Hartshorn, Parry

Rushton ( 1953) Powder molded at 297K and 2,000 psi at 633K for 1.5 h and slow cooled

2.0 - 2. 5 cm diam; Schering-Bridge method for frequencies to 10' Hz, circuit resonance method for 10* - 1

a Hz, cavity-resonance method for 5 x 10 ,9 x 10 9

, and 24 x 10 9 Hz

bands.transmission-llne method also used in 3 x lO^z region, electrodes at low frequencies were platinum-plated, silver-plated with rhodium flash, or solid invar.

von Hippel (1953) Teflon, dried over phosphorus pentoxide Field strength ~ 50 V cm 1

; nominal accuracy =± 2%.

Doban, Sperati, Sandt

(1955) Teflon 296 K.

Frisco ( 1962) Teflon, TFE-6 and TFE-7 Stored under room conditions for at least 2 weeks before measurement.

Edelson, Jaeger, Williams (1966)

Teflon Measurements made in S and X microwave bands with TM-010 and TE-101 cavities respectively.

Johnson (1967) Teflon, molding pure electrical grade, sp gr =2.088; Halon, G-80, lots 270 and 285, sp gr = 2. 1 51 ; Polyf Ion, R.C.F.

modified TFE, sp gr =2.102.

General Radio type 1615A bridge, Boonton Radio type 260A and 190A Q meters, Central Research Dielectrometer, Hewlett - Packard type 612A or 608C signal generators, Hewlett-Packard type 5245L frequency counter, Hewlett-Packard type 415B standing- wave indicator, measured in cyclohexane, e =2.0181 ± 0.0004.

Du Pont Co. ( 1970) Teflon, sp gr = 2. 20 Molded disc, 296 K.

286
TFE

RADIATION , fast neutrons cm"2

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Weeks, Binder ( 1959) Teflon insulation Teflon insulated cable, t = 1 1 . 92 ± 0. 05 m; 1 /4 wave-length cable extended through the active lattice of the Oak Ridge National Laboratory graphite reactor, ~ 60% of cable

irrad, ~ 4 x 10s Hz, measurements made on open ended cable during irradiation, temp

varied from 318 K at 10

ls fast neutrons cm-2

to 338K at 5 x 10

17 fast neutrons cm"' .

287
INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Frisco ( 1962) Teflon, TFE-6 and TFE-7 Circular area = 1.0 cm2

, t =0.05 cm; irrad by Ag x-rays in vacuum.

288
RADIATION, rod

INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kerlin, Smith

(1964, Vol. I)

Kerlin, Smith ( 1966)

1

1

1

1

1

Teflon

Teflon 7

Test cell fabricated according to ASTM D 1 50 -58T, guard electrode at floating potential, General Radio Model 716-C capacitance bridge, 10 3 Hz, ASTM D 150-58 T test procedure,

irrad and tested in vacuum and air; irrad in Ground Test Reactor at Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility, Fort Worth.

Test cells fabricated according to ASTM D 160-59T, unguarded electrode and guard ring diam =11.4 cm, guarded electrode diam = 10. 1 cm, gap width between guarded electrode and guard ring was 0. 051 cm, spring loaded Al plunger in contact with guarded electrodes, secured specimens between electrodes, General Radio Co. Type 1610-A capacitancemeasuring assembly, tested in vacuum and air; irrad in Ground Test Reactor at Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility, Fort Worth.

289
TFE

a

a

sO

o

*-> «

o> Q

<

t-O

o

oro

UJ

UJQ

6x10'

RADIATION , Roentgens

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year)

Miles, Newell (1965)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Diam = 7. 62 cm, t = 0. 305 cm; electrodes coated with silver paint, diam of guarded electrode

= 6. 35 cm, General Radio Model 716 Schering bridge and associated guard circuit, 3 electrode technique, tested in vacuum, measurements at 5, 10, 50, and 100 x 10 Hz

gave same result; irrad by Co .

290
TFE

RADIATION , rod

INVESTIGATOR! SI (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION . EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Matveev, Viceberg, Karnov (1970)

i

Fluoroplast IV Irradiated with Co=: source at rate of 2 . 5 x 10J rads s"

1

.

291
THICKNESS , cm

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Budenstein (1968) Teflon film formed by RF 10 3 Hz, ESI Model 250 DA impedance bridge.

f

292
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mathes (1963)

Ogorkiewicz (1970)

Fowler, Farmer (1954)

I

Teflon, extruded, aged 15 days at 296 K

and 95% rel hum

Fluon Gl

Insulated single conductor round Cu wire, nominal wire diam - 0. 0643 cm, insulation t =

0. 02883 cm; 2 thin Pb foil electrodes wound on insulated wire, w = 0. 96 cm, separation =

0. 32 cm, Pb electrodes connected together and measured against center conductor, no guarding techniques.

Measured after 10 s.

Cylinder, I = 2.5 cm; current measured with Baldwin Ionex Mk3 dc amplifier; irrad by

220 K Vp x-rays.

293
TFE

RADIATION , Roentgens

INVESTIGATORS] [year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Burr, Garrison,

Haeckl, Hochandel,

McClinton, Penneman,

Scott, Miller, Steel (1948)

White and brown, stored over CaCl2 for 48 h Diam = 1.3 cm, t = 0. 3 cm; Edelman electrometer, 298 K, rel hum £ 1%;

2 Mev electrons from Van de Graaff generator and x-ray irradiation.

294
Eu

in£o

>

I-

(S)

UJ

_lO

>o

o

RADIATION , rod

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Loy (1959) Teflon, TFE t = 0.635 cm, area of guarded electrode 45.6 cm2

, area to thickness ratio 71.7 to 4.47

X 10

3

; between 90 and 500 v dc applied across specimen for 1 min, irradiated with

cobalt - 60 source at dosage rate of 3 . 0 x 10 s rads h" 1

, resistivity values measured

immediately after removal from irradiation source.

295
RADIATION , rad

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kerlin. Smith (1966)

Loy (1959)

1

|

| Frisco ( 1962)

i

Tenon 7

Teflon

Teflon, TFE-6 and TFE-7

Test cells fabricated according to ASTM D 160-59T, unguarded electrodes and guard ring diam

= 11. 4 cm, guarded electrode diam = 10.1 cm, gap between guarded electrode and guard ring was 0. 051 cm, spring loaded Al plunger in contact with gua-ded electrode secured specimens

between electrodes, Federal Telephone and Radio Co. Model FT-H4 Te ra - Ghmmete r. tested

at 60- 127 K in vacuum; irrad in Ground Test Reactor at Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility Fort Worth.

t = 0. 635 cm; area of guarded electrode = 45. 6 cm 2

, area/t ratio = 71. 7 - 4. 47 x 10 3

, 90-500 V dc applied across specimen for 1 min irrad with Co°° at 3. 0 v 10 5 rad h~ , measured

immediately after irradiation.

Circular area =1.0 cma, t =0.05 cm; irrad by Ag x-rays in vacuum; a second sample of TFE-6 was simulataneously tested and showed a general p that was lower by a factor of 10, also tasted was a second sample of TFE-7 which indicated a somewhat higher p; arrow

indicates greater than. "

296
RADIATION RATE , Roentgen h"'

INVESTIGATOR^] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL -CONDITIONS

Yahagi ( 1963) Teflon, ~ 36% crys Diam =9 cm, t =0.05 cm; specimen coated with Ag paste, Cu electrode diam =3 cm with Cu guard ring with internal and external diam = 4 cm and 8 cm, respectively, current measured by a vibrating reed electrometer with a response time <2s , current measured

in steady state after about 10 min, applied voltage = 285 v, p calculated from induced currents reported by author; irrad by Co60

.

297
INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Frisco (1962) Teflon, TFE-6 and TFE-7 Circular area =1.0 cm^ , t = 0. 0 5 cm; p measured after a vacuum irradiation of 7. 72 x 10° rad using Ag x-rays, samples removed from vacuum after 96 h; a second sample of each

type was simultaneously tested and followed essentially the same recovery.

298
LOG RADIATION , Roentgens

\

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Bazin (196 2)

Warner, Muller, Nordlin (1954)

Fluorofilm - 4

Tefon

293 K, thin Ag electrodes; bremsstrahlung radiation from 25 Mev betatron.

Disc with electrode area to thickness ratio ~ 1 0

4 cm; guard electrodes on sample and leads

to sample, measuring voltage applied before the start of radiation and maintained all through the test; irrad in an evacuated dessicator by 1 Curie of Co50 at 100 Roentgens h" 1

.

299
TFE

RADIATION RATE, Roentgens s"

1

INVESTIGATOR^) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Adamec (1964) Commercial sheet t = 4 - fe x 1 0~ 3 cm, diam = 5.0 cm; 2.0 cm diam A', electrodes vacuum-deposited on specimens, 120 V battery used as a voltage source, current measured with a vibrating reed electrometer, 294 K, 50 ± 5% rel hum; irrad with 15-38 KeV x-rays.

!

300
INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Nordlin, Keel, Mayhew (195 3) Teflon t - O. 015 cm; same specimen tested in vacuum at 570 V before and then after 3 weeks of storage over silica gel; irrad by Co50

, irrad at 170 Roentgens h"

1 at first and then

at 11 Roentgens h" 1

.

301
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year)

Doban, Sperati, Sandt

( 1955)

Gillespie, Saxton, Chapman ( I960, part 2)

Diamond (1962)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

t =0.013 cm; electrode diam =0.42 cm.

Short-time test, ASTM D-149 -55 T test procedure.

Short-time, ASTM D-149-55 T test procedure.

302
INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Balygin, Porovskii

(1958)

Stone, McFee (1961)

Teflon

Teflon

Chrome-plated disc electrodes 2. 5 cm diam, voltage supplied from full wave rectifier, 25 uf capacitor used to smooth voltage pulsations, small ohmic resistance connected

in series with sample to protect surface of electrodes from rapid deterioration.

Sample sandwiched between two brass electrodes, each 0.63 cm diam and rounded to 0.08 cm

radius at edges, 60 Hz impressed voltage, short term tests, impressed voltage increased

at rate of approx one thousand volts every 5 s, thickness noted.

303
TFE

0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mathes (1963)

DuPont (I960)

Bobo, Perrier (1968)

Teflon, fused suspensoid and extruded

Teflon

Teflon

Insulated single conductor round Cu wire, nominal wire diam = 0. 0643 cm,

suspensoid t = 0. 0038 cm, extruded t = 0. 02883 cm; short-time test, ASTM D 149

test procedure with NEMA twisted pair test specimens, tests conducted in cryogenic

liquids or air except for vacuum tests as noted; error bars indicate data spread in

2 or 3 tests.

t = 0. 1 1 cm; tested in silicone oil, 2. 54 cm electrode with 0. 32 cm radius.

t = 0. 01 cm; electrodes were 3. 0 cm diam spheres, voltage increased at 5 x 10J V s

1

, ac and dc tests made in air and helium in gas and liquid form.

t

304
INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Chapman , Dzimianski,

Miller, Witt (1951) Teflon Discs, diam = 10.2 cm, t ; 0.16 cm; bottom electrode had 5. 1 cm diam with 0. 63 cm radius on edge, upper electrode had 1.9 cm diam and 0.32 cm radius on edge, specimen

immersed in dibutyl sebacate, RCA 25 kv rf voltmeter and Sylvania Type 134 rf voltmeter; av value of 4 tests at each frequency plotted, av deviation from mean = ± 8%, max error in measurement of rf voltage = ± 5%.

Chapman, Frisco

(1953)

Teflon

Chapman, Frisco

(1954)

Teflon t - 0. 159 cm; brass electrodes coated with highly conducting silver paint, values are RMS,

100% rel hum.

Gillespie, Saxton

,

Chapman (1 960, pt. 2) Teflon 40 s test, 0.16 cm breakdown path, 1.91 cm diam electrode with 0.32 cm edge radius,

tested in oil.

305
0 0 04 0 08 0.12 0.16 0.20 0.24 THICKNESS , cm

INVESTIGATORS) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Gillespie, Saxton, Chapman (1960, part 2)

Designing with Teflon: Part 3 (1957)

Diamond ( 1962)

Jolley, Homsy, Reed

(1964)

Loy (1959)

Teflon

Teflon, skived tape

Teflon

Teflon

Teflon

Short-time test at 60 Hz.

Short-time test, 2. 54 cm electrode, oil immersion, 0.16 cm round on electrode.

Short-time, ASTM D 149-55T test procedure.

Short-time

ASTM D-249-59T test procedure, General Electric high voltage testing machine with max

output of 5 x 104 VAC.

f

306
o

i i : . : I :

:

•

'

I

;

• •

; I i ; I : : 1 "1 | ... | ....

| ....| —-| 0 4 8 12 16 20 24xl0"

5 THICKNESS , cm

INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Budenstein (1968) Teflon film formed by RF spattering Applied voltage increased at 1 V s" 1

.

307
Investigator (s) (year) Material

Identification Tempe ratu re

(K)

P Volume

Resistivity

( ohm-cm

Tan 6 Dielectric Loss

Tangent

e Dielectric Constant

D.S.

Dielectric Strength (V mil" 1

) DuPont Co. (1955) Teflon 29? > 10 lE < 0. 0005 2.0 480

(short- time)

Cornell (1953) Teflon, sp gr = 2. 1-

2. 3

Extruded transparent

Teflon Film, t = 0. 01

298 10 1B

0. 0005 2.0

430

(step by

step)

400-500

2, 500

Self-fusing Teflon Film, sp gr = 1,4-1.5

t = 0. 013 cm

0. 005 1. 7 750

Thomas (1961 ) Teflon, no visible voids at 100X magnification

298 760

Gillespie (1960, pt.2) Teflon, 1 : 0.18 cm 298 1 . 89 X

10 19

0. 0002 2. 1 400

Blasi (1959) Teflon unirrad

irrad 298 0. 00026

< 0. 00010

2. 03

2. 03

Mallouk (1958) Teflon 6, sp gr = 2. 2 298 > 10 1S <0. 0003 2.0 500-2000

Linden (1963) Teflon

60 Hz, 10s Hz

3 c 10' Hz

298

>2. 3x10"

>2. 3x 10 i: <0. 001 <0.001

2. 10

2. 09

1

INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

DuPont Co. ( 1 955) Teflon D. S. Measured by ASTM D 149-44 test procedure, p measured by ASTM D 257-49T test procedure, e and tan 6 measured by ASTM D 150-47T test procedure from 60 Hz to 10 Hz.

Cornell ( 1 953) Teflon Short time D.S. measured by ASTM D 149-44 test procedure, p measured by ASTM D 257-46

test procedure, e and tan 6 measured by ASTM D 150-47T test procedure at 60 Hz and

10 8 Hz.

Thomas (1961 ) Teflon, no visible voids at 1 00X

magnific ation

t = 0. 16 cm; ASTM D 149-55T test procedure, immersed in A-80 transformer oil.

Gillespie, Saxton, Chapman ( 1 960, pt. 2 ) Teflon Tests for p , e , and D.S. conducted according to ASTM D 257-57T, D 1 50-54T, and D 149- 55T test procedures respectively.

Blasi, Elam (1959) Teflon Disc-shaped samples; re-entrant type cavity, approx 3. 14 X 10 Hz; irrad by 100 curie Co 60 source, tan 6 became constant after 20 h, source removed after 32 h.

Mallouk, Thompson

(1958) Teflon 6, extrusion grade, 50-82% crys, sp gr = 2. 2

Linden, Lascaro

(1963) Teflon Mtt'urements made 1 month before and after separate samples were exposed to 2.0 x 10 1" nvt from the Godiva Critical Assembly at Los Alamos and to 5. 88 x 10s Roentgens from Co50

, the results were identical.

308
Investigator (s

)

'"ear) Material

Identification Tc mpcraturc

(K)

P Volume

(..» "' i

Tan ( Dielectric

Tangent

c

Constant

D.S.

Dielectric Strength (V mil" 1

)

Designing with Teflon: Part 1 (1957)

Teflon 1 Molding

Teflon 6 Molding

298 400

620 Designing with Teflon Part 3 (1957) 298 1

0

0. 0003 2.0-2.5

Doban (1955) Teflon 296 10 ls(dry > 10 16(100 % rel hum

400-500

(t = 0. 20 cm)

1000-2000

0. 030 cm)

Renfrew (1946) Teflon, op gr = 2. 2-

2. 3 298 10 10 < 0. 0002 2.0 500

(t=0. 20 cm)

(t = 0. 01 3cm

Sisman (1951) Teflon

t = 0. 343 cm

unirrad

after 2. 3 X 1 0

1 ' nvt

t = 0. 058 cm

unirrad

after 5. 3x10" nvt

> 10'*

10 14

1100 800

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Designing with Teflon Part 1 (1957)

Designing with Teflon:

Pai-t 3 (1957)

Doban, Sperati, Sandt

(1955)

Renfrew, Lewis (194 6)

Sisman, Bopp ( 1951

)

Teflon 1 , t = 0.16 cm, preformed at

5, 000 psi for 1 } h at 633K, low and moderate crys formed by quenching

in air and cooling at 2K min" 1; Teflon 6,

t = 0.16 -0. 32 cm, preformed at 5, 000

psi for 50 min at 653K, formed low, moderately high, and very high crys by

quenching in ice water, cooling at IK min -1

, and cooling at IK min -1 then annealing at 586K for 35 days.

Teflon

Teflon

Teflon, sp gr = 2.2-2.3

Teflon

ASTM D 149 test procedure, 2.54 cm rounded electrode, PrimoliD immersion oil, short time method.

Tan 6 and £ remain constant from 60 to 10 10 Hz, no change in values after exposure to 523K for 6 months.

p at 100% rel hum measured by ASTM D 257-52T test procedure, D.S. measured by ASTM

D 149-44 test procedure.

ASTM test procedures used were; for p, D257-38; for tan 6 and e from 60 - 3 X 1

0

5 Hz, D 150-42T; for D.S where t = 0.20 cm, D 149-40T; for D.S- where t = 0.013 cm, D295-38T.

p: modified ASTM D 257-49T test procedure, reading made 1 min after applying 20 V potential; D.S. 2. 54 cm square; modified ASTM D 149-44 test procedure, max 30, 000 V, 60 Hz,

tested under insulating oil; irrad in Hole 19 of ORNL reactor at 298- 31 3 K, aged 7 days at 298 ± 1 K and 50 ± 2% rel hum before testing.

309
Investigator (s) (year) Material

Identification Temperature

(K)

P Volume

Resistivity (ohm -cm)

Tan 6 Dielectric Loss

Tangent

Dielectric Constant

D.S.

Dielectric Strength (V mil -1

)

Mathes (1963) Teflon, as received 296 0. 00075

Storti (1968) Teflon 298 2.0 5000 Dryagin (1969) 0. 00028

±0. 00002

2 . 04 ± 0. 04

Fowler (1956) Teflon, irrad at 0. 1 ] Roentgen S" 1 293 1 . 25 X10 18

Lee (1952) 297 0. 0005 2. 0

Fittipaldi (1966) Teflon 293 2. 77X10 1 '1

Amborski (1954) Teflon 298 > 1. 0X10 18

Mathes (1964 b) 296 0.0003 2.0

Bragin (1958) Teflon 297 3600 Chapman (1953) 298-358 < 0. 001

INVESTIGATORS) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mathes (1963) Teflon, extruded, as received Insulated single conductor round Cu wire, nominal wire diam = 0.0643 cm, insulation

t = 0. 02883 cm; 50% rel hum; av of 3 tests.

Storti (1968) Teflon, sp gr = 2.14 - 2.17 t = 0.0051 cm; e measured at 10 3 Hz.

Dryagin, Chukhvichev

(1969) Teflon t = 0.835 cm; Fabry Perot interferometer, 1.7x10" Hz.

Fowler (1956) Teflon 2 specimen shapes: hollow cylinder, i - 2.5 cm, internal diam = 0.6 cm, external diam

= 0. 7 cm; pairs of discs, diam = 6 cm, t = 0. 01 - 0. 05 cm, collecting electrode of very

thin sheet Al with diam = 5 cm sandwiched between discs; electrodes were colloidal graphite painted on surface and placed in contact with Al, electric field ^ 1.3 X 10 4 V cm" 1

; irrad in vacuum by 220-250 kV x-rays; probable accuracy of current readings = ±1-5%.

Lee (1952) ASTM D 150-47T test procedure, 60 Hz - 10 s Hz.

Fittipaldi, Pauciulo

(1966) Teflon, dried over phosphorous pentoxide Measured by rotation in an electric field.

Amborski, Burton

(1954) Teflon Film, 6. 35 X 6. 35 cm; 5. 08 cm diam Ag electrodes painted on both sides, General Radio megohm bridge type 544B, tested at 125 V dc after 6 min.

Mathes (1964 b) 10 3 Hz.

Bragin (1958) Teflon t = 0.18 cm; 2. 0 cm long needle and 2. 0 cm diam. disc, electrodes, 3-10 X 10 7 Hz.

Chapman ( 195 3) Modified Beechnut circuit, 60-1.8 Xl0 7 Hz.

310
Investigator (s) (year) Material

Identification Temperature

(K)

p Volume

Resistivity (ohm-cm

Tan 6 Dielectric Loss

Tangent

Dielectric Constant

D.S.

Dielectric

(V mil' 1

)

Jolley (1964) Teflon 296 > 10 l "

2. 1 500-600 Heyne (1965, pt. I) unir rad during irrad 298 2. 06 7.25 Hyene (1965, pt. 11) after irrad 298 7000. 00

(sic)

Frisco (1962) TFE-6

TFE-7

297 1600 2400

Westphal (1970) Zitex, sp gr - 0. 463 298 0. 00010 1. 194

Balanis (1966) Teflon 298 0. 00024

± 0. 00006

2. 053

± 0. 004

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Jolley, Homsy, Reed

(1964) Teflon p measured at 5(F,i rel hum using ASTM D 257 test procedure; e measured at 60 and 10 c Hz

using ASTM D 150 test procedure; D.S. measured in short term by ASTM D 149 test pro- cedure .

Heyne, Hauser

(1965, pt. I) Measurement made 10 4 after application of 6 X 10 3 V cm-1 electric field, 800 Hz; reactor

irrad by 1.15 Roentgen s ~

1 ofy's, 2.3x10° fast neutrons cm -2

s" 1

, and 2.2 X 1 0^ thermal neutrons cm -2

s

*

L

.

Heyne, Hauser

(1965, pt. II) See above; measurement made after 5x10 rad.

Frisco (1962) TFE-6 and TFE-7 t = 0. 030 cm; vacuum tested 60 Hz; av of 5-7 tests.

Westphal, Iglesias (1970)

Zitex, sp gr = 0.463. fibrous, porous 8. 52 x 10 9 Hz.

Balanis (1966) Teflon Values here are an av for several samples and several tests, t = 2. 5961 -5. 3027 cm,

surface finishes had an rms height of irregularities of 41-81 x 10~° cm; Fabry-Perot

interferometer, 60. 32-61.45 x 109 Hz, plate separation = 12. 2-16. 5 cm; errors indicate range of measurements.

311
P Tan 6 D.S.

Investigator (s) lyear) Material

Identification Temperature

(K)

Volume

Resistivity (ohm -cm)

Dielectric

Tangent

s

Constant

Dielectric Strength

(V mil" 1

) Kerlin (1966) Teflon 7 86-170 >5 X 10" < 0. 0002

Saito (1958) Teflon, 0. 3 Hz-10 6 Hz

293 0. 0002 2. 10

McKeown (1965) Extruded film 298 > 16, 000

(rms)

INVESTIGATOR^] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kerlin, Smith (1966)

Saito, Tanno, Nakaiima Kashimura ( 1958) McKeown 1 1965)

Teflon 7

, Teflon

Extruded film

Test cells fabricated according to ASTM D 160-59T, unguarded electrode and guard ring diam = 11.4 cm, guarded electrode diam =10.1 cm, gap width between guarded electrode and guard ring was 0.051 cm, spring loaded Al plunger in contact with the guarded electrode secured specimens between electrodes, General Radio Co. Type 1610-A capacitance - measuring assembly and Federal Telephone and Radio Co. Model FT-H4 Tera-Ohmmeter,

tested in vacuum.

0. 3 Hz - 10 s Hz.

t = 0. 0048; spherical electrodes embedded in thermoset resin with sample, 60 Hz, surface

treated by immersion in liquid-ammonia solution of Na; 9 samples.

r

312
Electrical Properties (FEP)

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Koizumi, Yano, Tsuji, Nakamura, Kobayashi

(1967)

Koizumi. Yano. Tsuji

(1968)

^ Eby, Wilson (1962)

1

1

1

Teflon 100, 11. 9 mole % hexafluoropropy

lene: unirrad, unannealed, sp gr = 2. 132, 35% crys; after 1 y 10 s Roentgen, anneal- ed for 16 h at 473 K. sp gr = 2. 151, 45%

crys; after 1 y 10^ Roentgen, unannealed

sp gr = 2. 136. 40% crys.

Neoflon, 15. 5 mole % hexafluoroprophylene, sp gr = 2. 154. 42% crys

10. 7 mole % hexaf luoroarop Mine

Diam = 7. 0 cm, t = 0. 015 cm; Ando Electric Co. Type TR 10 Transformer Bridge equipped

with a Wagner type guard circuit. 1 x 10 5 Hz. temp controlled to ±0. 5 K; irrad by Co80

; accuracy better than 3%.

t = 0. 015 - 0. 020 cm; Al evaporated on specimen surface in high vacuum,Ando Electric Co. Type TR 10 Transformer Bridge equipped with a Wagner type guard circuit. 10 Hz to

3 x 10 5 Hz; accuracy better than 3%.

General Radio 1605-A impedance comparator; estimated error limits = ± 1 x 10"".

313
TEMPERATURE ,

IHVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Diamond (1962) Mathes (1964a)

DuPont (1960

DuPont (1964)

Bobo, Perrier (1968)

Teflon

Teflon

Teflon

Teflon, type A and C films

Teflon

10 3 and 10 s Hz. Nominal t = 0.013 cm; electrodes were evaporated Au backed up by a coating of #4132 Du

Pont Ag paint, opposite electrodes with a diam of 2. 54 cm and 3. 18 cm; error bars indicate data spread, no corrections for edge effects or changes in specimen dimensions with temp

change, data also given for intermediate frequencies of 2 x 10", 5x10 , 2x10 and

5 x 103 Hz.

ASTM D 150-59T test procedure.

t = 0.0025 - 0.0200; 2.5 - 3.5 x 1

3 V, 5 X 102 Hz.

314
LOG FREQUENCY , Hz

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Gillespie, Saxton, Chapman (1960, part 2) Teflon 100 X ASTM D 150-54 T test procedure, 296 K.

Frisco ( 1962) Teflon, FEP-100 Stored under room conditions for at least 2 weeks before measurement.

Jolley, Homsy, Reed

(1964) Teflon 296 K.

Scott, KinarclJr. (1967 Laboratory grade stock, compression molded Measurements made without contact electrodes using air-gap technique, used discs with diam =

8. 5 cm and t = 0. 2-0. 5 cm, some discs with diam =3.8 cm prepared with 1500 A thick evaporated Au electrodes; low-voltage Schering bridge used with guard-ring micrometerelectrode cell; estimated error =± 1-3%.

Du Pont Co. (1970) Teflon 298 K.

DuPont Co. (1960) Teflon 296K.

315
FEP

1 I I i I II I ; I , I I I I i I .1 I I I : . I I . i I : : I II , i I . I i I I . 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 II 12 13

LOG FREQUENCY, Hz

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

DuPont (1964) Teflon, Type A and C film ASTM-D- 150-59T test procedure, 298K; measurements at 10 2

, 10°, and 10 4 Hz were were below 0. 0001 .

r

316
2.4x10

2 0

I 6

I 2

COco

LJ

to

toO

o

<r

i-o

w 08

LJQ

0 4

at

rr

:::

r-t-r

ffli

4=

-h-HH

4—

—-I- -+-•+-

| Hi —r—r 1- :::: -Ht r+4 •-•

iill

—

J o Key (1962)

1

a

io

J 10'

RADIATION,

I0

J

rod

FEP

B

<u

O

-J

INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Jolley, Reed (1962) Teflon 100 10 2 - 10 5 Hz, vacuum irrad. 298 K; from private conversation with John Hopkins University,

Dielectrics Lab.

317
FEP

RADIATION , Roentgens

INVESTIGATOR^ (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Miles, Newell (1965) Teflon, FEP Discs 7.62 cm diam , t = 0.305 cm; electrodes coated with s ilve r paint, diam of guarded

electrode 6.35 cm; General Radio Model 716 Schering bridge and associated guard circuit, three electrode technique, quoted accuracy of bridge ± 0. 1 pF for capacitance readings, pressure during tests ranged from 5 X 10" 7 to 2 v 10~ 6 torr; irradiated with Co80 source.

318
TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

DuPont (19o0)

DuPunt (1964)

Teflon

Teflon, type A and C films ASTM D 150-59T test procedure .

319
FEP

TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Koizumi, Yano, Tsuji, Nakamura, Kobayashi

(1967)

Koizumi, Yano, Tsuji

(1968)

Diamond (1962)

Mathes (1964a)

Teflon 100, 11.9 mole % hexafluoropropy

lene- unirrad, unannealed, sp gr = 2.132 35% crys; after 1 X 10 6 Roentgen,

annealed for 1 6 h at 473K, sp gr = 2.151 45% crys; after 1 X 10 7 Roentgen, un- annealed, sp gr = 2. 136, 40% crys.

Neoflon, 15.5 mole % hexafluoropropylene, sp gr - 2.154, 42% crys.

Teflon

Teflon

• Diam - 7.0 cm, t = 0.015 cm; Ando Electric Co. Type TR 10 Transformer Bridge equipped

with a Wagner -type guard circuit, 1 x 10 s Hz, temp controlled to ± 0. 5 K; accuracy better than 3%.

t = 0. 01 5 - 0. 020 cm; Al evaporated on specimen surface in high vacuum, Ando Electric Co. Type TR 10 Transformer Bridge equipped with a Wagner-type guard circuit, 10 Hz to

3 x 10 s Hz; accuracy better than 3%.

10 3 and 10 s Hz.

Nominal t = 0.013 cm; electrodes were evaporated Au backed up by a coating of #4132 DuPont Ag paint, opposite electrodes with a diam of 2. 54 cm and 3. 18 cm; av of 3 specimens,

error bars indicate data spread, no corrections for edge effects or changes in specimen

dimensions with temp change, nearly identical results were obtained at 10 2

, 10 3

, and 1 0

4 Hz.

320
2.30

2.25

— 2.20

<

2.15 2O

o

o

or

i-o

_lO 2.10

205

2.00

5 7 9 LOG FREQUENCY, Hz

FEP

3

</> c

o

o

o5

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Frisco (1962)

DuPont Co. (1970)

DuPont (1960)

, DuPont (1 964)

i

i

i

i

i

i

i

Tenon, FEP- 100

Teflon

Teflon

Teflon, type A and C films

Stored under room conditions for at least 2 weeks before measurement.

Molded disc; 296K.

ASTM D150-59T test procedure, 298 K.

321
INVESTIGATORS) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Jolley, Reed (1962) Teflon 100 \0 2 - 10 5 Hz. vacuum irrad, 298 K; from private conversation with John Hopkins University, Dielectrics Lab.

322
INVESTIGATOR^] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Miles, Newell (1965) Teflon Diam = 7. 62 cm, t = 0. 305 cm; electrodes coated with silver paint, diam of guarded electrode

= 6. 35 cm, General Radio Model 716 Schering bridge and associated guard circuit, 3 electrode technique, tested in vacuum, measurements at 0.5, 1, 5, 10, 50, and

500 x 103 Hz gave same result; irrad by Co60

.

323
0 0.01 002 0.03 0.04 0.05 006

THICKNESS, cm

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

DuPunt (1964) Teflon, FEP, type A and C films ASTM D 150-59T; measurements at 1

2

, 1

3 and 10* Hz were below 1.0 X 10" 4

.

I 324
RADIATION, rod

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Frisco ( 1962) Teflon, FEP-lOO Circular area =1.0 cms

, t =0.05 cm; irrad by Ag x-rays in vacuum; arrow indicates "greater than".

325
FEP

to OS

to

cn

(r

o

RECOVERY TIME, h

INVESTIGATORS] (year)

Frisco ( 1962)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Teflon, FEP-100

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Circular area =1.0 cm2

, t =0.05 cm; p measured after a vacuum irradiation of 3.08 x 10 rad using Ag x-rays, sample remained in vacuum.

326
TEMPERATURE,

K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Diamond (1962)

Bobo, Perrier (1968)

Teflon

Teflon

Short-time, ASTM D 149-55T test procedure

t = O.Ol cm; electrodes were 3.0 cm diam spheres, voltage increased at 5 x lO^Y s~~, ac and dc tests made in air and helium in gas and liquid form.

327
THICKNESS , cm

INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Diamond ( 1962)

Jolley, Homsy, Reed

(1964)

Teflon

Teflon

Short -time, ASTM D 149-55 T test procedure.

Short-time.

328
THICKNESS, cm

INVESTIGATORS (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

DuPont (1964) Teflon, FEP ASTM-D-149-61 test procedure .

329
Investigator {s) (year) Material

Identification

9

Temperature

(K)

P Volume

Resistivity

Tan 6 Dielectric Loss

e Dielectric

D.S.

Dielectric Strength

Mallouk (1958) TeHon 100X 298 > 10 ls < 0. 0003 2. 1 2000-4000

Gillespie (1960,

pt. 2) Teflon 100X 298 > 10 19

2. 1

Jolley (1964) Teflon 296 > 10 1B

2. 1 500-600

Frisco (1962) FEP-100 297 2200

(E5SD

INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mallouk, Thompson

(1958)

Gillespie, Saxton, Chapman (1960, pt. 2)

Jolley, Homsy, Reed

(1964)

Frisco (1962)

Teflon 100X, sp gr = 2.1

Teflon 100X

Teflon

FEP-100

6 measured at 60 - 6 x 10 7 Hz and 3 x 10 ? Hz.

p measured at 50% rel hum using ASTM D 257 test procedure; e measured at 60 and

10° Hz using ASTM Dl 50 test procedure; D. S. measured in short term by ASTM D 149

test procedure.

t = 0. 030 cm; vacuum tested, 60 Hz; 1 test.

330
Polytetrafluoroethylene (TFE) and Tetrafluoroethylene-Hexafluoropropylene (FEP)

Electrical Properties References

1. Adamec, V., Dielectric loss factor of polytetrafluoroethylene under

irradiation, Nature 200, 1196 (1963)

.

2. Adamec, V'., The volume resistivity of electrical insulating organic

materials under irradiation, International J. Appl. Radiation and

Isotopes 15,477 (1964).

3. Amborski, L. E., Burton, R. L., High temperature resistivity of polyester dielectric film, Elec. Mfg. 53, 124 (March 1954).

4. Arafci, Y., First-order and second-order transitions of polytetrafluoro- ethylene in the temperature range of 80-140 °C measured by

several methods, J. Appl. Polymer Sci. 9, 3575 (1965a)

.

5. Araki, Y., Second-order transitions of polytetrafluoroethylene at about —30 °C measured by several methods, J. Appl. Polymer

Sci. 9, 3585 (1965b).

6. Balanis, C. A., Investigation of a Proposed Technique for Measure- ments of Dielectric Constants and Losses at V-Band Using the Fabry-Perot Principle, M.S. Thesis, School of Engineering and

Applied Science, Univ. of Virginia (N66-32299) (1966).

7. Balygin, I. E., Porovskii, K. S., On the temperature dependence of the dielectric strength of Fluoroplast, Soviet Phys.-Tech. Phys.

3, 1549 (1958).

8. Bazin, A. P., Effect of the bremsstrahlung radiation from a 25-MeV

betatron and of 14-MeV neutrons on the electrical conductivity of polymeric dielectrics, Fizika Tverdogo Tela 4, 2885 (1962) ; English Translation in Sov. Phys.-Solid State 4, 2113 (1963)

.

9. Beardsley, J. H., A variable length re-entrant cavity for dielectric measurements from 100 to 400 MC, Rev. Sci. Instr. 24, 180

(1953). :

10. Blasi, E. A., Elam, J. M., Dielectrics Under Nuclear Environment, Lockheed Missiles and Space Co., Sunnyvale, California, Contract AF 04(647) -97 (1959).

11. Bobo, J., Perrier, M., Proprietes des isolants solides aux temperatures cryogeniques, Revue Generale des L'electricite, 605 (1968).

12. Bragin, S. M., Electric strength of polyethylene at high frequencies,

Izvestiya Akademii Nauk SSSR, Seriya Fizicheskaya 22, No. 4, 389 (1958).

13. Budenstein, P. F., Breakdown Conduction in Thin Films of SiO,

MgF3, CaF2 , CeF3, Ce02 and Teflon, Physics Dept., Auburn Univ., NASA Grant NCR-01-003-011 (N68-17300) (1968).

14. Burr, J. G., Garrison, W. M., Haeckl, F., Hochanadel, C. J., McClinton, L. T., Penneman, R. A., Scott, R. B., Miller, A. J., Steel, G., Behavior of Certain Plastics and Elastomers under Irradiation. Based on work done during the period 1942-1946, Metallurgical

Laboratory, Univ. of Chicago (AECD-3634) (1948).

15. Chant, M. J., Dielectric properties of some insulating materials over

the temperature range 4.2-300 °K, Cryogenics 7, 351 (Dec, 1967).

16. Chapman, J. J., Dzimianski, J. W., Miller, C. F., Witt, R. K., Behavior of insulating materials at radio frequencies, Elec Mfg. 48,

lOJJJuly, 1951K_

17. Chapman, J. J., Frisco, L. J., Moisture Resistance and Dielectric Breakdown of Electrical Insulating Materials, Fourth Quarterly Progress Report, Feb. 15, 1953 to May 15, 1953, Dielectrics Laboratory, Johns Hopkins University, Institute for Cooperative Research, Baltimore, Md., Contract No. DA-36-039-SC^12478

(1953).

18. Chapman, J. J., Frisco, L. J., Dielectric strength of solid insulation, Elec. Mfg. 53, 136 (May, 1954)

.

19. Cornell, L W., Polytetrafluoroethylene—its properties and uses, Mech. Eng. 75, 883 (1953)

.

20. Designing with Teflon: Part 1—How processing affects properties,

Machine Design 29, 86 (Sept. 5, 1957)

.

21. Designing with Teflon: Part 3—Thermal, chemical, wear and electrical properties, Machine Design 29, 124 (Oct. 3, 1957).

22. Diamond, R. J., A comparison of TFE and FEP fluorocarbon resins, Plastics (London) 27, 109 (1962).

23. Dmitrochenko, D. A., Shevelev, V. A., Application of coaxial reso- nance for measuring the dielectric loss and permeability of polymers in dependence of temperature, Vsesoiuznaia konferentsiia po fizikedielektrokov, Trudy, 2nd Moscow, 132 (1960).

24. Doban, R. C, Sperati, C. A.. Sandt, B. W'., The physical properties

of Teflon polytetrafluoroethylene, SPE J. 11, 17 (Nov., 1955). Ondrejcin, J. J., Wire insulated with Teflon tetrafluoroethylene

resin for high temperature uses, Wire 30, 776 (1955).

25. Dryagin, Y. A., Chukhvichev, A. N., Study of parameters of solid dielectrics in the short part of the millimeter range using the resonance method, Izv. Vyssh. Ucheb. Zaved., Radiofiz. 12, 1245

(1969).

26. Du Pont Co., Typical Properties of Du Pont "Teflon," Materials and Methods 41, 61 (May, 1955)

.

27. Du Pont Co., New Coaxial Cable Designs Rely on "Teflon," J. of Teflon 1, 1 (June, 1960).

28. Du Pont Co., Technical Information Bulletin T-^C, (1964).

29. Du Pont Co., Electrical/Electronic Design Data for Teflon Fluoro- carbon Resins, (1970).

30. Eby, R. K., Wilson, F. C, Relaxations in copolymers of tetrafluoro- ethylene and hexafluoropropylene, J. Appl. Phys. 33, 2951 (1962)

.

31. Edelson, D., Jaeger, R. E., Williams, J. C, Transient Effect of Nuclear Radiation on the Dielectric Properties of Ceramics and

Plastics at Microwave Frequencies, NAS-NRC Publ No. 1356,16

(1966).

32. Ehrlich, P., Dielectric properties of Teflon from room temperature

to 314 °C and from Frequencies of 102 to 10s c/s, J. Research 51

NBS51, 185 (Oct., 1953) RP2449.

33. Fittipaldi, F., Pauciulo, L., Electrical conductivity measurements for good insulators," J. Appl. Phys. 37, 4292 (1966).

34. Fowler, J. F., X-ray induced conductivity in insulating materials, Proc. Roy. Soc. (London) A236, 464 (1956).

35. Fowler, J. F., Farmer, F. T., Conductivity induced in polytetrafluoro- ethylene by x-rays, Nature 174, 136 (July, 1954).

36. Frisco, L. J., Dielectrics for Satellites and Space Vehicles, Johns Hopkins Univ., U.S. Army Research and Development Laboratory, Contract DA-36-039-SC-78321 (N62-13294) (AD 276867)

(1962).

37. Gillespie, L. H., Saxton, D. O., Chapman, F. M., New design data for FEP, TFE: Part 2—Thermal, wear, and electrical properties, Machine Design 32, 156 (Feb. 18, 1960)

.

38. Harrison, S. E., Szymkowiak, E. A., Radiation-induced electrical property changes in polymeric solids, Second Symposium on

Protection Against Radiation in Space, (NASA SP-71, Gatlin- burg, Tennessee, 1964), 131.

39. Hartshorn, L., Parry, J. V. L., Rushton, E., The dielectric losses in some representative insulating materials, J. IE7. 100, Part 2A,

„ No. 3, 23 (1953).

40. Heyne, L., Hauser, O., Anderung der elektrischen Polarisation von Hochpolymeren durch Einwirkung ionisierender Strahlung. Teil I: Zeitweilige Veranderungen wahrend der Bestrahlung, Kolloid Z. 205,39 (1965).

41. Heyne, L., Hauser, O., Anderung der elektrischen Polarisation von Hochpolymeren durch Einwirkung ionisierender Strahlung. Teil

II: Permanente Veranderungen, Kolloid Z. 206, 20 (1965).

42. von Hippel, A., Tables of Dielectric Materials, Volume IV, Laboratory for Insulation Research, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, O.N.R. Contracts N5ori-07801, and N5ori-07858

(1953).

43. Johnson, G. R., Dielectric Properties of Polytetrafluoroethylene, National Academy of Science, National Research Council, Publication No. 1484, 78 (1967).

44. Jolley, C. E., Homsy, C. A., Reed, J. C, Thermoplastics. TFE-FEP

fluorocarbons, Machine Design 36, 67 (Sept. 17, 1964).

Lovell, R. T., Holstein, Jr., W. H., Jordan, T. F., TFE-FEP fluoro- carbons, Machine Design 38, 60 (June 16, 1966). Du Pont Co., Teflon Fluorocarbon Resins Mechanical Design Data.

45. Jolley, C. E., Reed, J. C, The effects of space environments on

Teflon TFE and FEP insulation, 11th Annual Signal Corps. Wire

and Cable Symposium, Asbury Park, N. J., (1962).

Jolley, C. E., Reed, J. C, Teflon resins in the space environment,

Space Aeronaut. 39, 105 (Feb., 1963).

46. Kastner, S., Dittmer, M., Eine Messanordnung zur Bestimmung der

dielektrischen Eigenschaften von Polymeren in Dezimeterwellengebeit bei Temperaturen, Exp. Tech. Phys. 15, 110 (1967)

.

47. Kerlin, E. E., Smith, E. T., Measured Effects of the Various Combinations of Nuclear Radiation, Vacuum, and cryotemperatures on

Engineering Materials, Annual Report, Vol. I, General Dynamics

(Fort Worth), prepared for Marshall Space Flight Center, FZK188-1, Contract NAS8-2450 (1964)

.

Gause, R. L., McKannan, E. C, Effects of Nuclear Radiation, Cryogenic Temperature and Vacuum on the Electrical Properties of Dielectric Materials, George C. Marshall Space Flight Center,

Huntsville, Alabama, Technical Memorandum X-53230 (N65-

22353) (1965).

48. Kerlin, E. E., Smith, E. T., Measured Effects of the Various Combinations of Nuclear Radiation, Vacuum, and Cryotemperatures on Engineering Materials, Biennial Report, General Dynamics

(Fort Worth), prepared for Marshall Space Flight Center, FZK290, Contract NAS8-2450 (N66-35963) (1966).

49. Koizumi, N., Yano, S., Tsuji, F., Nakamura, N., Kobayashi, S., Dielectric properties of gamma-irradiated tetrafluoroethylene- hexafluoropropylene copolymers, Bull. Inst. Chem. Res. 45, 97

(1967).

50. Koizumi, N., Yano, S., Tsuji, F., Dielectric properties of polytetra- fluoroethylene and tetrafluoroethylene-hexafluoropropylene copoly- mers, J. Polymer Sci. 23, 499 (1968)

.

51. Krum, F., Miiller, F. H., Vorbehandlung und dielektrisches Vernalten Hochpolymerer, Kolloid Z. 164, 81 (1959)

.

Krum, F., Einige neuere dielektrische Messungen an Polycarbonat,

Hostaflon und Teflon und ein Zeiteffekt, Kolloid Z. 165, 77

(1959).

52. Lee, H., Engineering potential of polyethylene, Product Engineering

168 (July, 1952).

53. Linden, E. G., Lascaro, C. P., Neutron and Gamma Radiation Effects on Dielectrics, U.S. Army Electronics Research and Develop- ment Laboratory, Fort Monmouth, N.J., Technical Report 2323 (AD 409681) (1963).

54. Lobanov, A. M., On measuring the tangent of the angle of loss and

dielectric permeability of polymers at wavelengths of 3 and 10 cm

and their dependence on temperature, Fizika Dielektrikov, Trudy

Vsesoyoznoi Konferentsii Po Fisike Dielektrikov, Dnepropetrovsk,

August 1956, 146 (Akad. Nauk, USSR, Moscow 1958).

331
Mikhailov, G. P., Lobanov, A. M., A study of the temperature de- pendence of dielectric losses and permeability of polymers in the centimeter wavelength range (\ = 3.3 and 10 cm). II. Polyethylene, polytetrafluoroethylene, polystyrene, polymethylmethacrylate,

polycaprolactam, and ebonite, Soviet Phys. 3, 249 (1958).

55. Loy, Jr., W. E., Effects of gamma radiation on some electrical properties of TFE-fluorocarbon plastics, ASTM Special Technical

Publication 276, Third Pacific Area Meeting Papers 68, (1959).

56. Mallouk, R. S., Thompson, W. B., Teflon resin easier to extrude;

available as film and powder, Materials in Design Engineering

47, 171 (1958).

57. Mathes, K. N., Development of Low Temperature Dielectric Coat- ings for Electrical Conductors, General Electric Co., Missile and

Space Vehicle Dept., Philadelphia, Pa., NASA Contract NAS8-

2442, Control No. TP85-198 (CPB-02-1096-61) , W/O No. 8500-

0-0224-000-8500-11-431 (N63-21312) (1963).

58. Mathes, K. TV., Development of Low Temperature Dielectric Coat- ings for Electrical Conductors, General Electric Co., Missile and

Space Vehicle Dept., Philadelphia, Pa., NASA Contract NAS8-

2442, Control No. TP85-498 (CPB-02-1096-61), W/O No. 8500- 0-0224-000-8500-11-431 (N64- 28958) (1964a).

59. Mathes, K. N., Electrical and mechanical behaviors of polymers at cryogenic temperatures, SPE Technical Papers, 20th Annual

Technical Conference (Atlantic City) 10, XX-3 (1964b); also

in SPE J. 20, 634 (1964b).

60. Mathes, K. N., Electrical Properties of Insulating Materials, General

Electric Research and Development Center, Schnectady, New

York, Report No. 67-C-255 (N68-23804) (1967).

61. Matveev, V. K., Viceberg, S. E., Karnov, V. L., Dielectric properties

of polytetrafluoroethylene under irradiation with 7-Quanta Co00 and fast electrons, Polymer Sci. (USSR) 12, 31 (1970).

62. McKeown, J. J., Intrinsic electric strengths of organic polymeric

materials, Proc. IEE 112, 824 (1965).

63. Meahl, H. R., Dissipation factor and dielectric constant versus frequency for four popular insulating materials, Proc. ASTM 56,

312 (1956).

64. Mikhailov, G. P., Kabin, S. P., Smolyanski., A. L., On the dielectric

loss in polytetrafluoroethylene, Zhur. Tekh. Fiz. 25 No. 12, 2179

(1955).

65. Mikhailov, G. P., Lobanov, A. M., Shevelev, V. A., Orlova, T. P., Temperature dependence of e' and tan 5 of Polytetrafluoroethylene

at 47 X 10s cps, Vysokomolekulyarnye Soedineniya 6, 868 (1964)

English translation in Polymer Sci. USSR 6, 955 ( 1964)

66. Miles, J. K., Newell, D. M., Effects of 7-irradiation on the loss properties of dielectrics in vacuum, J. Appl. Polymer Sci. 9, 483

(1965).

67. Nordlen, H. G., Keel, D. K., Mayhew, C. H., Ionization-Chamber

Insulating Material, Federal Telecommunications Laboratories, Nutley, N. J., Contract DA 36-039-SC-5424 (AD 20666) (1953).

68. Ogorkiewicz, R. M. (Ed.). Engineering Properties of Thermoplastics, (Wiley-Interscience, New York, 1970) 273. Imperial Chemical Industries Ltd., Physical Properties of Polytetra- fluoroethylene, Technical Service Note F12, 2nd Edition (1968).

69. Renfrew, M. M., Lewis, E. E., Polytetrafluoroethylene: Heatresistant, chemically inert plastic, Indus. Eng. Chem. J. 38, 870

(1946). A new industrial resin, Modern Plastics 23, 134 (June, 1946).

70. Rodionova, N. A., Effect of absorbed water on the electrical properties of organic dielectrics, Proceedings of the 2nd All Union

Conference, Nov., 1958 (Lebedev Institute of Physics, Academy of Science USSR, Moscow, 1960) 194.

71. Saito, S., Tanno, H., Nakajima, T., Kashimura, T'., Research group

of thermal characteristics of insulating materials report II. Ther- mal characteristics on Teflon I, volume expansion and dielectric properties of Teflon, Bull. Electrotech. Lab., Japan 22, 654

(1958).

Saito, S., Study of Molecular Motions in Solid Polymers by the

Dielectric Measurement, Researches of the Electrotechnical Laboratory, Tokyo, No. 648 (1964).

72. Scott, A. H., Kinard, J. R., Jr., Polymeric materials for dielectric reference specimens, J. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), 71C (Eng. and Instr.), No. 2, 119 (Apr.-June 1967).

73. Seuss, R. H., Neff, G. R., Evaluation of Insulated Wire for Space

Environment, Ardel Corp., Los Angeles, Report No. 05132-4 (N64-19613) (1963).

74. Sisman, O., Bopp, C. D., Physical Properties of Irradiated Plastics, U.S. Atomic Energy Commission, Oak Ridge National Laboratory,

ORNL-928, Work performed under Contract No. W-7405-eng-26

(1951).

75. Smith, G. C, Muller, F. H., Messungen in Mikrowellengebiet an

Polymeren, Kolloid Z. 206, 137 (1965)

76. Stone, F. T., McFee, R., Dielectric strength of some common electrical insulators in liquid helium and nitrogen, Rev. Sci. Inst. 32,

1400 (1961).

77. Storti, G. M., Experimental Investigation and Analysis of Dielectric Breakdowns Induced by Electron Irradiation in Polymers Films,

NASA TN D-4810, Langley Research Center, Langley Station, Hampton, Virginia (1968).

78. Thomas, P. E., How to recognize quality in fabricated Teflon, J. of Teflon, 2 No. 1, 1 (1961).

79. Warner, A. J., Muller, F. A., Nordlin, H. G., Electrical conductivity induced by ionizing radiation in some polymeric materials, J. Appl. Phys. 25, 131 (1954).

80. Weeks, R. A., Dielectric Constant and Loss Tangent of Irradiated

Plastics at Microwave Frequencies, in Solid State Division Semi- annual Progress Report, Oak Ridge National Laboratory (ORNL1677) 77 (1954).

81. Weeks, R. A., Binder, D., Effects of neutron and gamma-ray irradia- tion on the dielectric constant and loss tangent of some plastic materials, AIEE Trans. Ill 78, 88 ( 1959)

82. Westphal, W. B., Iglesias, J., Dielectric Measurements on HighTemperature Materials, Air Force Materials Laboratory, WrightPatterson Air Force Base, Ohio, Technical Report AFML-TR70-138 (1970).

83. Yahagi, K., Gamma-ray induced conductivity in polyethylene and

Teflon under irradiation, Waseda University Bulletin of Science and Engineering Research Laboratory 23, 9 (1963).

r

332
Polytetrafluoroethylene and Tetrafluoroethylene- Hexafluoropropylene

E. Related References

1. Adamec, V., Nature of anomalous conductivity of polymeric insulat- ing materials, Proc. IEE 112, 405 (1965)

.

2. Adamec, V., The anomalous and steady state conductivity of poly- tetrafluoroethylene under irradiation, Dielectrics 1, 159 (Aug.

1963)

.

3. Adamec, V., Temporary changes in electrical properties of polymer

dielectrics due to ionizing radiation, J. Polymer Sci. Part A-2 6, 1241 (1968).

4. Araki, Y., Stress relaxation of polytetrafluoroethylene in the vicinity of its glass transition temperature at about 130 °C, J. Appl. Poly.

Sci. 9, 1515 (1965).

5. Arnold, N. D., and Guenther, A. H., Experimental determination of ultrasonic wave velocities in plastics as functions of temperature.

I. Common plastics and selected nose-cone materials, J. Appl.

Polymer Sci. 10, 731 (1966).

6. Baranov, A. G,, Babrovskii, G. A., Kozlov, V. F., Pavlov, Ya. F., Effect of gamma radiation of the physical-mechanical properties

of various non-metallic materials useful in ball bearings, Mater. Nauk. Prakt. Kong. Ispol. Ioniz. Izluch., p. 11 (1967).

7. Beecroft, R. I., Swenson, C. A., Behavior of polytetrafluoroethylene

(Teflon) under high pressures, J. Appl. Phys. 30, 1793 (1959).

8. Bigelow, J. E., Tests of Temperature-Resistance Relations for In- sulating Materials, General Electric Report DF-49GL151 (1949).

9. Bobo, J., Perrier, M., Fallou, B., Garland, J., Dielectric strength of polymers at cryogenic temperatures under vacuum, Vacuum 18,

397 (1968).

10. Hammant, B L.., Roberts, J., Comparative Stress Relaxation Tests

for Two Grades of Polytetrafluoroethylene, Ministry of Technology, Explosives Research and Development Establishment, Wal- tham Abbey, Essex, England, Tech. Memorandum 8/M/68 (AD

676943) (1968).

11. Harrison, S. E., Gamma-Ray Photoconductivity Decay in Organic

Dielectric Materials, Sandia Corporation, SCR-671 (N64-18008)

(1963).

12. Hirakawa, S., Takemura, T., Pressure dependence of transitions and

relaxations in polytetrafluoroethylene, Jap. J. Appl. Phys. 7, 814

(1968).

13. Iida, S., Dielectric breakdown of polytetrafluoroethylene (IV), Nagoya Kogyo Gijutsu Shikensho Hokoku 7, 15 (1958)

.

14. Kolesov, S. N., Aging of poly (tetrafluoroethylene) by electric dis- charge, Akad. Nauk. Uzbek. SSR 20, 21 (1963).

15. Laha, M. G., Denis, A. A., Effect of hydrostatic pressure on the strength properties of polymer materials during stretching, Mekhanika Polimerov, No. 6, 1043 (1967).

16. Licht, W. R., Kline, D. E., Effect of gamma radiation on the specific volume of polytetrafluoroethylene from —80 °C to +40 °C,

J. Polymer Sci.: Part A 2, 4673 (1964)

.

17. Licht, W. R., Kline, D. E., Specific volume studies of 7-irradiated polytetrafluoroethylene from 40 to 150 °C, J. Polymer Sci.: Part A-2 4, 313 (1966).

18. Lilly Jr., A. C., McDowell, J. R., High field conduction in films of mylar and teflon, J. Appl. Phys. 39, 141 (1968).

19. Lovett. R. S., Stabler, R. E., Wire insulation of Teflon FEP-fiuoro- carbon resin-properties and fabrication, Wire and Wire Products 33, 1192 (1958).

20. Matsumae, K., Watanabe, M., Nishioka, A., Ichimiya, T., Viscosity and elasticity of gamma-irradiated polytetrafluoroethylene above

the melting point, J. Polymer Sci. 28, 653 (1958).

21. McCall, D. W„ Relaxation in Solid Polymers, Nat. Bur. Stand.

(U.S.), Spec. Publ. 301, p. 475, 571 pages (June 1969).

22. Melnikov, M., Study of the breakdown of various polymers and of mica under impulse loading, Fiz. Dielektrikov, 256 (1960)

.

23. Meyer, L., Grannamann, W. W., Gamma Radiation Effects on Dielectric Materials, in Research, Laboratory Testing and Theoretical Studies Supporting AFWL Trees Program, Air Force Weapons

Laboratory, WL TR-64-123 (AD 610759) (1965).

24. Meyer, R. A., Bouquet, F. L., Alger, R. S., Radiation induced conductivity in polyethylene and Teflon, J. Appl. Phys. 27, 1012

(1956).

25. Potter, R. D., A Study of the Compression of Polytetrafluoroethylene

(Teflon) at Ultra-high Pressures, General Dynamics, Fort Worth,

Texas, ERR-FW-143 (AD 417526) (1963).

26. Quinn, Jr., F. A., Roberts, D. E., Work, R. N., Volume-temperature

relationships for the room temperature transition in Teflon, J. Appl. Phys. 22, 1085 (1951).

27. Robinson, C. N., Graham, P. H., Methods of characterization of polymeric materials by high speed testing techniques, J. Appl.

Polymer Sci. 5, 261 (1965).

28. Thomas, D. A., Uniaxial compressive creep of polytetrafluoroethylene, Polymer Eng. Sci. 9, 415 (1969)

.

29. Weir, C. E., Compressibility of natural and synthetic high polymers

at high pressures, J. Research, NBS 46, 207 (1951) RP2192.

30. Weir, C. E., Transitions and phases of polytetrafluoroethylene (Tef- lon), J. Research, NBS 50, 95 (1953).

31. Weir, C. E., Temperature dependence of compression of linear high

polymers at high pressures, J. Research, NBS 53, 245 (1954).

32. Yasuda, Y., Araki, Y., Effect of pressure on the room temperature

transition of polytetrafluoroethylene and its heat of transition.

J. Appl. Polymer Sci. 5, 331 (1961)

.

333

7. Polychlorotrifluoroethylene (CTFE)

A. Summary

Polychlorotrifluoroethylene is second only to TFE and FEP for its high temperature strength, chemical inertness, inability

to absorb moisture, and low coefficient of friction. The addition of the one chlorine bond is sufficient to lower its melt viscosity to permit extrusion and molding. Other than slight degradation of the mechanical properties, this one bond makes the molecule significantly more polar and the high frequency electrical properties are degraded. Quenching or slow cooling allows a large varia- tion in crystallinity and a wide range of mechanical and optical properties. Common uses of CTFE are for insulation, tubing,

gaskets, seals, coatings, and laminates.

CTFE

Chemical Formula

Chemical Structure

Significant Properties

:

Density (295 K)

Crystalline melting point

Molecular weight

Crystallinity

Approximate transition regions

Chemical resistance Tensile strength (295 K)

Thermal expansion coefficient (295 K)

Dielectric constant (105 Hz) , (295 K)

Dielectric loss tangent (105 Hz) , (295 K)

(CFS CFC1)„

F CI F CI F CI

-C -C -C -C -C -CF F F F F F

2.1 gm cm 3 491 K

1-4 XlO6 Variable

230-280 K, 315-400 K, 400-485 K

Highly resistant 5,000 psi

10-4 K"1 2.5 0.02 Trade names occurring in the references compiled:

Fluorofilm-3, Fluorolube, Fluoroplast-3, Fluorothene, Hastaflon, Kel-F, and Trithene.

335
o. Mechanical Froperties and Keterences (CTUli)

0 01 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6

STRAIN

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Sisman, Bopp (1951

Fluorothene Red Sec t - 5.72 cm, w = 1.27 cm; modified ASTM D 638-49T test procedure, Baldwin Southwark testing machine, xhd spd = 0.0021 cm s

- 1 to a strain of 0.02 and then xhd spd =

0. 0085 cm s1

; irrad in Hole 19 of ORNL reactor at 298- 31 3 K, and in air, aged 7 days at 298 ± 1 K and 50 ± 2 r0 rel hum before testing.

336

CTFE W•S ?

0 0.4 08 1.2 1.6 2.0 24

STRAIN

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Smith (1963) Kel-F-81 GL = 5. 08 cm; extensometer used at room temp, calculated extensometer values used at cryogenic temp, testing performed in liquid nitrogen or hydrogen.

f

338
STRAIN

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Smith ( 1963) Kel-F-81 GL = 5. 08 cm; extensometer used at room temp, calculated extensometer values used

at cryogenic temp, cryogenic irradiation and testing performed in liquid nitrogen or hydrogen; irrad by Ground Test Reactor at Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility of General Dynamics, Fort Worth.

339
STRAIN

INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Christiansen, Baer

Radcliffe (1971) Kel-F-81, Grade III, semi-crystalline,

1 . 3 cm diam rod Machined to diam = 0. 38 cm, I - 1. 52 cm; measurements made while the samples were

under a hydrostatic pressure transmitted through castor oil, xhd spd = 0. 00025 cm s" , 300 K, pressure noted,

r

340
0 0.04 0.08 0.12 0.16 0.20 Q24

COMPRESSIVE STRAIN

INVESTIGATOR! S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Carry (1964) Kel-F, "L,ok Grade" Stacked specimens 1. Zl x 1. 27 x 0. 16 cm; conventional metallurgical test equipment.

341
INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Bringer (1962)

3 M Co. (1961)

Smith (1963)

Kel-F moderately crystalline

(sp gr = 2. 13) and amorphous

(sp gr = 2.11)

Kel-F 81, KF-6050, Grade 2, crystalline sp gr = 2. 1312, amorphous

sp gr= 2. 1047

Kel-F-81

ASTM D638-56T test procedure; arrows indicate "greater than".

GL = 5.08 cm; extensometer used at room temp, calculated extensometer values used at cryogenic temp, testing performed in liquid nitrogen or hydrogen; extracted from °- «

342
INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mowers (1962) Kel-F unfilled; 40% crys: sp gr = 2. 10, molded at 547 K for 5 min then quickquenched; 55% crys: sp gr = 2. 12, as received + 4h at 422 K, slow cool; 70%

crys: sp gr = 2. 14, as received + 24 h

at 475 K, slow cool.

CL = 0. 508 cm, w = 0. 254 cm; Instron, 0. 042 cm s"

1 xhd spd at 298 K, 0. 0042 cm s" 1 xhd spd at 194 K, 144 K. 77 K, and 20 K; error bars indicate spread of data for several

tests.

343
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Cierniak, Lieb, Mowers (1968)

Dyment, Ziebland

(1956)

PCTFE, grade 6067, initially 40% crys, heat-treated at 450 K for 4 h and slow- cooled to produce 55% crys.

Hastaflon cut from 1. 27 cm thick sheet

t = 0. 152 cm, high speed router used to fabricate ASTM 1708 microtensile specimens; low speed tests on Instron, high speed tests on PlastechLn Model 581 High-Speed Universal Test Machine with an oscilloscope recording system equipped with a Polaroid camera;

analysis of variance presented, data also presented for xhd spd of 0 . 0 0 85 , 0 . 0 8 5 . 0 . 85, and 423 cm s " . Red Sec t = 1. 14 cm, diam = 0. 32 cm; K-type Hounsfield tensometer, xhd spd = 0. 003 cm s" .

r

344
RADIATION , nvt

INVESTIGATOR) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Sisman, Bopp ( 1951

)

Fluorothene Red Sec I = 5.72 cm, w = 1.27 cm; modified ASTM D 638-49T test procedure, Baldwin Southwark testing machine, xhd spd = 0. 0021 cm s

- 1 to a strain of 0. 02 and then xhd spd = 0.0085 cm s - 1

; irrad in Hole 19 of ORNL reactor at 298- 31 3 K and in air, aged 7 days at 298 ± IK and 50 ± 2% rel hum before testing.

345
0 I05

I06

I07

I08I09

RADIATION, rod

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

smith ( 1963)

Lockheed Missies and Space Co. (1964)

Kel-F-81

Kel-F

GL = 5. 08 cm; calculated extensometer values used at cryogenic temp, cryogenic

irradiation and testing performed in liquid nitrogen or hydrogen; irrad by Ground

Test Reactor at Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility of General Dynamics, Fort

Worth.

t = 0. 0051 cm, ASTM D-412-51T Type C die; Tinius Olsen Universal Test Machine, Model RM-2, xhd spd = 0 0042 cm s _1

, 77K; exposed to 2x10' rad gammas and

lxlO 15 nvt neutrons from Radiation .Effects Reactor at Dawsonville, Georgia operated

at 10° watts, errors are standard deviation of 4-6 tests.

r

346
RADIATION, rod

INVESTIGATOR^] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Harrison (1968)

Smith ( 1963)

Bresee, Flanary, Poode, Watson, Watson

( 1956)

Kerlin (1963)

1

Held at 373 K and lO"

1' Torr for 24 h then sealed in separate thin-walled

glass ampoules.

Kel-F-81

Kel-F

Kel-F-81

Small dumbbell shaped samples; xhd spd = 0. 021 cm s" 1

, 308 K; irrad by 4 Mev

electron beam accelerator, stored at 3 08 K for 24 h before test.

GL = 5. 08 cm; extensometer used at room temp-, irrad by Ground Test Reactor at Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility of General Dynamics, Fort Worth.

Irrad by Co. 60

ASTM D 638-57T test procedure, Instron Model TT; irrad by Ground Test Reactor at Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility of General Dynamics, Fort Worth.

34-7
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATOR^) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Waldron, Molander

(1953)

Troester (1960)

Dyment, Ziebland

(1956)

Smith (1963)

Kel-F, Grade 300, Unplasticized, Type A

Kel-F grades 270-300, unplasticized

Hastaflon cut from 1. 27 cm thick sheet

Kel-F -81

w = 1.27 cm; "bolted plate" type fixture used to grip specimens, dial indicator used between upper and lower xhd; error bars indicate spread of data from 2 or 3 tests; data

for several other film thicknesses presented. ASTM D638-46T test procedures.

Red Sec 1= 1. 14 cm, diam = 0. 32 cm; K-type Hounsfield tensometer, xhd spd = 0. 003 cm s .

GL = 5.08 cm; extensometer used at room temp, calculated extensometer values used at cryogenic temp, testing performed in liquid nitrogen or hydrogen; extracted from °- e diagrams,

r

348
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mowers (1962)

Doban, Sperati.Sandt

(1955)

Kel-F unfilled; 40% crys: sp gr = 2. 10, molded at 547K for 5 min then quickquenched; 55% crys: sp gr = 2.12, as received + 4h at 422K, slow cool; 70%

crys : sp gr = 2. 14, as received + 24h

at 475K,slow cool.

GL = 0. 508 cm, w = 0. 254 cm; Instron, 0. 042 cm s"

1 xhd spd at 298K, 0. 0042 cm s"

1 xhd spd at 194K, 144K, 77K, and 20 K; error bars indicate spread of data for several tests.

349
CTFE 32xl03

bX) a

t-> CO — 200 x 10'

200 300 400

TEMPERATURE, K

500 600

INVESTIGATOR^] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mowers (1962)

Riley (1957)

Kel-F unfilled; 40% crys: sp gr = 2.10, molded at 547K for 5 min then quickquenched; 55% crys: sp gr = 2.12, as received + 4h at 422K, slow cool; 70% crys: sp gr = 2.14, as received

+ 24 h at 47 5K, slow cool.

GL = 0. 508 cm, w = 0. 254 cm; Instron, 0. 042 cm s" 1 xhd spd at 298K, 0. 0042 cm s"

1 xhd spd at 194K, 144K, 77 K, and 20K; error bars indicate spread of data for several tests.

350
INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Bringer (1962)

3 M Co. (1961)

Kel-F, moderately crystalline

(sp gr = 2. 13) and amorphous

(sp gr = 2. 11)

Kel-F 81, KF-6050, Grade 2, crystalline

SP gr = 2.1312, amorphous sp gr = 2.1047 ASTM D638-56T test procedure. 0. 2% yd off.

351
TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATORS] (year)

Cierniak, Lieb, Mowers (1968)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

PCTFE, grade 6067, initially 40% crys, heat-treated at 450K for 4h and slowcooled to produce 55% crys.

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

= 0.152 cm, high speed router used to fabricate ASTM 1708 microtensile specimens; Plastechon Model 581 High-Speed Universal Test Machine with an oscilloscope recording system equipped with a Polaroid camera; analysis

of variance presented.

352
CROSSHEAD SPEED, cm s"

INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Cierniak, Lieb, Mowers (1968) PCTFE, grade 6067, initially 40% crys, heat treated at 450 K for 4 h and slowcooled to produce 55% crys.

t = 0. 152 cm, high speed router used to fabricate ASTM 1708 microtensile specimens;

Instron, temp - 297 K; analysis of variance presented.

353
RADIATION , nvt

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Sisman, Bopp(1951) Fluorothene Red Sec 4 = 5. 72 cm, w = 1.27 cm; modified ASTM D 638-49T test procedure, Baldwin Southwark testing machine, xhd spd = 0. 0021 cm s

- 1

; to a strain of 0.02 and then xhd spd =

0. 0085 cm s

- 1

; irrad in Hole 19 of ORNL reactor at 298-313K and in air, aged 7 days at 298

± IK and 50 ± 2% rel hum before testing.

354
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Boyd (1954)

Adler (1953)

Kel-F

Fluorothene

t

- 0. 08 cm, w = 1.91 cm; Tinius Olsen Universal testing machine with a 200 lb Baldwin Tate-Emery load cell, 0. 009 cm s" 1 xhd spd; load readings accurate to ±0. 5 lb, error

bars indicate spread of 2 measurements, not all samples oriented the same with respect

to the rolling direction.

•t = 3.81 cm, w = 1.91 cm, 0. 64 cm center hole, xsec area = 0. 04 cm"; Baldwin 600, 000 pound testing machine, xhd spd = 0. 0008 cm s"

1

; irrad by Ta 1

.

355
RADIATION, rod

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Harrison (1968) Held at 373K and 10" 5 Torr for 24 h then sealed in separate thin -walled

glass ampoules.

Small dumbbell shaped samples; xhd spd = 0. 021 cm s~\ 308 K; irrad by 4 Mev electron beam accelerator, stored at 308 K for 24 h before test.

Lockheed Missies and

Space Co. (1964) Kel-F t = 0. 0051 cm, ASTM D-412-51T Type C die; Tinius Olsen Universal Test Machine, Model RM-2, xhd spd = 0. 0042 cm s -1

, 77K; exposed to 2xl07 rad gammas and

IxlO15 nvt neutrons from Radiation Effects Reactor at Dawsonville, Georgia operated

at 10s watts; errors are standard deviation of 4-6 tests.

Smith ( 1963) Kel-F-81 GL = 5 08 C m; cryogenic irradiation and testing performed in liquid nitrogen or hydrogen; irrad by Ground Test Reactor at Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility of General Dynamics, Fort Worth.

Bresee, Flanary, noode, Watson, Watson

(1956)

Kel-F Irrad by Co. 60 f

Kerlin (1963) Kel-F-81 ASTM D 638-57T test procedure, Instron Model TT ; irrad by Ground Test Reactor at Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility of General Dynamics, fort Worth.

356
16 xlO

a. x"H

trH

CO<

UJX

CO

CTFE

bjj a

I00xl07 £

80

60 fECD

:ocr<

Uix

40 w

20

200 300 400

TEMPERATURE, K

500 600

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

King, Tabor (1953) Kel-F, "as received" Cylindrical specimen sheared between 2 metal blocks, force read on a spring

balance; error 7-10%.

357
INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Sisman, Bopp (1951 ) Fluorothene 4=7. 62, w = 2. 54 cm, t = 0. 16-0. 64 cm; test procedure was a modification of Federal

Specification 1041, L-P-406a, p. 12, Johnson type shear tool with self-aligning compression plate, xhd spd = 0.0008 cm s" 1

; irrad in Hole 19 of ORNL reactor at 298-313 K

and in air, aged 7 days at 298 ± IK and 50± 2% rel hum before testing.

358
INVESTIGATOR^ (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mowers (1962) Kel- F unfilled ASTM D256-56 notched Izod sample except t = 0. 635 cm instead of 1. 27 cm; ASTM D256-56

test procedures, modified Tinius-Olsen Change-O-Matic Impact tester: error bars indicate spread of data for several tests.

359
CTFE

B 2.4

x

i-o

<Q_Q

O

IN)

2.0

0.8

0.4

10 10 10

RADIATION, nvt

10 10

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Sisman, Bopp ( 1951

Fluorothene Izod impact specimen; modified ASTM D 256-47T test procedure, Baldwin pendulum

cantilever beam impact testing machine; irrad in Hole 19 of ORNL reactor at 298-313 K

and in air, aged 7 days at 298 ± IK and 50 ± 2% rel hum before testing.

360
INVESTIGATOR^) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Bringer (1962)

3 M Co. (1961)

Kel-F, moderately crystalline (sp gr =

2. 13) and amorphous (sp gr = 2. 11)

Kel-F 81, KF-6050, Grade 2, crystalline sp gr = 2. 1312, amorphous sp gr = 2. 1047.

ASTM D638-56T test procedure.

361
362
o r

'

' 1 J

' :

'

I

' ' '

'

I

'

'

' 1

' I

' I

•

;

• . 0 100 200 300 400

TEMPERATURE , K

J 1 I 10 500 600

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Waldron, Molander

(1953)

Mowers (1962)

Dyment, Ziebland

(1956)

Kel-F, Grade 300, Unplasticized, Type A

Kel-F unfilled; 40% crys: sp gr = 2. 10, molded at 547K for 5 min then quickquenched; 55% crys: sp gr = 2.12, as received +4h at 422K, slow cool; 7 0%

crys: sp gr = 2. 14 as received + 24 h at 475K, slow cool.

Hastaflon cut from 1. 27 cm thick sheet

w = 1. 27 cm; "bolted plate" type fixture used to grip specimens, dial indicator used between upper and lower xhd; error bars indicate spread of data from 2 or 3 tests; data for several other film thicknesses presented. GL = 0. 508 cm, w = 0. 254 cm; Instron, 0. 042 cm s"

1 xhd spd at 298K, 0. 0042 cm s"

1 xhd spd at 194K, 144K, 77Kt and 20 K; error bars indicate spread of data for several

tests.

Red Sec £ = 1.14 cm, diam = 0.32 cm; K-type Hounsfield tensometer, xhd spd = 0. 003 cm s"

1

.

363
INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Nagamatsu, Yoshitomi

(1959)

Schmieder, Wolf

(1953)

Sohulz (1956)

Kel-F 4=6 cm, t = w = 0. 14 cm; max strain < 0. 005, before each measurement the specimen was kept at constant temp > 18 h in an unstrained state; temp fluctuation

^ 0. 1 K , time noted is the interval between loading and measurement.

Torsion pendulum , damping.

0. 2-1 Hz

364
TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATOR^] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kono (1961)

McCrum (1962

Kel-F, annealed at 373K for 1 h.

Fluorothene; one sample quenched from melt, sp gr = 2. 102, 27% crys; one sample cooled from melt at intermediate

rate , sp gr = 2. 119, 42% crys; one sample slow cooled and then annealed

close to melting point, sp gr > 2.136, > 57% crys, probable sp gr ~2. 16, ~ 82% crys.

t = 0. 05-0. 5 cm; modulus calculated from density, long, and trans wave velocity, and long, and trans wave attenuation, 2 . 5 x 10

6 Hz.

Torsion pendulum.

365
INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mowers (1962)

1

Kel-F unfilled; 40% crys: spgr = 2. 10 molded at 547 K for 5 min then quick-quenched; 55% crys: spgr = 2. 12, as received +4 h at 422 K, slow cool; 70% crys: spgr = 2. 14, as received !-24 h at 475 K, slow coolASTM DIO 43-51 test procedures, Tinius-Olsen torsional stiffness tester slightly modified; error bars indicate spread of data for several tests.

366
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kono (1961) Kel-F, annealed at 373 K for 1 h t = 0. 05 - 0. 5 cm; modulus calculated from density, long, and trans wave velocity, and

long, and trans wave attenuation, 2. 5 x 10 s Hz.

367
INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Crissman, PassaglLa

(1966) Molecular weight = 1 50, 000, one sample formed by quenching in dry ice and acetone, sp gr - 2. 1 I 76, 39. 6%

crys; after high temp tests sp gr in- creased to 2. 1314. 53. 3% crys, then designated A and re-tested; during re- run sp gr increased to 2. 1346, 62. 9%

crys, then designated B and again retested; one sample crystallized at 463 K

for 4 days, sp gr = 2. 1496, 69. 1% crys.

Torsion pendulum, nominal frequency of I Hz.

368
0.325 xlO6

0 30

r> >i i i

1

1

1

ii

0 25

0 20

3

(J)

O>-

0 15

0 10

005

TTTT

r

4 if

s.

• Sisman(l95l)

-Ttl -1-r

-H--r

CTFE

a

o

2.0 x I0'°S

_JQ

O

o _<o

O

>-

05

I0 1 ' I0

I! 10" 10* RADIATION , nvt

INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Sisman, Bopp (1951) Fluorothene Red Sec I = 5.72 cm, w = 1.27 cm; modified ASTM D 638-49T test procedure, Baldwin Southwark testing machine, xhd spd = 0.0021 cm s

- 1 to a strain of 0.02 and then xhd spd =

0. 0085 cm s" 1; irrad in Hole 19 of ORNL reactor at 298-313 K and in air, aged 7 days at 298 ± IK and 50 ± 2% rel hum before testing.

369
INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Baccaredda, Butta

(1960)

Illers, Jenckel (1959)

Spgr - 2. 13, 51% crys

HostafIon

Rod diam = 0. 8 cm, t = 4. 5 cm; dynamic electrostatic method, 4-16 x 10 3 Hz.

Tor sional pendulum, 1 Hz,

370
INVESTIGATOR^) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Crissman, Passaglia

(1966)

Scliulz (1955)

Molecular weight _

150, 000, one sample formed by quenching in dry ice and

acetone, sp gr = 2. 1176, 39. 6% crys;

after high temp tests sp gr increased

to 2.1314, 53. 3% crys, then designated A and re-tested; during re-run sp gr increased to 2. 1346, 62. 9% crys, then designated B and again re-tested; one sample crystallized at 463 K for 4 days,

sp gr = 2. 1496, 69. 1% crys.

Torsion pendulum, nominal frequency of 1 Hz.

0. 2-1 Hz

371
o r t ;

-

! I i : : : I : ;—H ; :

• •

I

•

: ; : 1

• • : : I : : :• I ;• • • t• •

:

• \ : r ; r ri : ; : tTTN

0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

McCrum (1962)

Schmieder, Wolf

(1953)

Fluorothene; one sample quenched from melt, sp gr = 2. 102, 27% crys; one sample cooled from melt at intermediate rate, sp gr = 2. 119, 42%

crys; one sample slow cooled and then annealed close to melting point, sp gr >

2. 136, > 57% crys, probable sp gr ~2. 16, ~82% crys.

Torsion pendulum.

Torsion pendulum, damping.

372
I03

I04I05I0 6

I07I0

1

CYCLES TO FAILURE

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Koo, Riddell, O'Toole

(1967)

Sonntag Model SF 2U test machine, 30 Hz, ASTM D 671-63T, Method B test procedure.

373
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Findley (1954) Kel-F, grade 300, unplasticized, molded under 250 - 300 psi at 522 - 533 K, water quenched to produce

amorphous sample, mold platens watercooled to produce intermediate crys,

for crystalline form mold cooled to 505 K with steam and then cooled to room temp in 6 - 8 h.

t = 0. 3175 cm.

374
CTFE

10' 10' 10°

TIME, h

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Curry (1964)

Richard, Diedrich

(1955)

Kel-F, "Lox Grade" Compressed to predetermined initial stress level, 296 K.

Tested in air at 293 K.

375
INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Sisman, Bopp (1951

Fluorothene Modified ASTM D 785-48T test procedure, Rockwell long stroke machine; irrad in Hole 19

of ORNL reactor at 298-31 3K and in air, aged 7 days at 298 ± IK and 50 ± 2% rel hum before

testing.

376
Investigator( s

(Year)

Description Tenaile

Strength

(10

3p 8 i)

Elongation

(percent)

Impact

Strength, Izod

(ft-lb In")

Bickel (1967)

Bringer (1962)

Conroy (1955)

Postelnek (1957)

Troester (1960)

Johnson (1958)

Warfield (1969)

Curry (1964)

Lockheed (1964)

Kel-F 5500 Kel-F 3700

amorphous

moderately crystalline

raw gum

peroxide cured

oriented film and fiber

xhd spd = 0. 085cm s Die C

Die D

Micro Die xhd spd = 0. 042 cm s" Die C

Die D

Micro Die

long.

1.415

2. 105

0. 530

2. 405

5. 662

5. 266

5. 38

5. 53

5. 52

5. 40

5. 53

5. 50

475 350

800

405

45. 6

67. 2

1. 78

1. 49

S80

S85

(Rockwell)

(Shore A

)

49

55 (Shore A)

111-115 RockwellR)

76

(Shore D)

3.64<»

0. 226(1> 1

2. 6±0. 3''

0. 099 ±

0. 0l(*>>

2. 9±0. 2

(i o.om

0.016 (I

Footnotes:

jj^Yield Strength, 0. 2% offset (10

3 psi) Young's Modulus (10 psi)(c)'Bulk Modulus (lOpsi)

Poisson's Ratio

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Bickel, Stotz (1967) Kel-F 5500 and 2700 Federal Test Method Standard 601, methods 4111 and 4121. Bringer (1962) Kel-F moderately crystalline (sp gr =

2. 13) and amorphous (sp gr = 2. 11) Conroy, Honn, Robb, Wolf (1955) Kel-F, unfilled, Stock No. Q-28

Postelnek (1957) Kel-F elastomer 214, raw gum and peroxide cured No. av molecular weight

590, 000 Troester (I960) Kel-F grade 270-300, unplasticized ASTM test procedures: D638-46T for Y S and E, D638-52T for elongation, D256-47T for impact strength, and D785-48T for Rockwell hardness; tensile strength is for oriented

film and fiber. Johnson, Sicilio (1958) Kel-F, unplasticized, sp gr = 2.12 before irradiation, sp gr = 2. 11 after 'rradiation

Flat, dumbbell shaped specimens for strength and elongation, for impact strength a 45° notch was milled 0. 025 cm deep in specimens, 6. 35 cm, t = w = 1. 27 cm; irrad in Ground Test Reactor at Convair-Fort Worth, av integrated fast neutron flux of 6 x lO

14

nvt, thermal-neutron flux of 6 x 10

13 nvt, and gamma flux of 5 x 10

16 gammas-cm -2

.

Warfield, Cuevas, Barnet (1969) Kel-F, sp gr = 2. 148, crys =" 90% 1= 7. 62 cm, diam = 0. 630 cm; modified Matsuoka -Maxwell apparatus; estimated accuracy ± 5%. Curry (1964) Kel-F, "Lox Grade" Penetration type hardness measurement, 296K

Lieb, Mowers (1961)

Lockheed Missies and Space Co. (1964)

Kel-F, quick quenched from 561K

Kel-F

t = 0. 157 cm , dies C and D as in ASTM D442, Red Sec = 2. 54 x 0. 64 cm and 2. 54 x 0. 32 cm

respectively, micro die Red Sec 0. 508 x 0. 254 cm.

t = 0. 0051 cm, ASTM D-412-51T Type C die; Tinius Olsen Universal Test Machine, Model RM-2, xhd spd = 0. 0042 cm s~

l

; errors are standard deviation of 4-6 tests.

377
Inveatigator(s)

( Year)

Description Tensile

Strength

(10 psi)

Elongation

(percent) Impact

Strength

Izod

(ft-lb in"1

)

Hardness Other

Green (1964) Kel-F 81 5.775

Riley (1957) Unplasticized,

sp gr = 2. 1

4. 5 - 6. 0 125 - 175 3. 6-4.

77-80

(Shore D)

4.2<a|

Kelleher (1968) 0..18

(b>

Wisander (1969) 293 K

77 K » 24!2

24

(d>

Anagnostou (1965) Trithene A

unirrad

irrad

7

3 550

2

(a) Yield Strength (I0 3 psi) (c) Compressive Modulus (10e psi)

(b) Stiffness (10e psi) (d) Shear Strength (103 psi)

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Green, Levine (1964)

Biley (1957)

Kelleher, Miner, Boyle

(1968)

Wisander, Johnson

(1969)

Anagnostou (1965)

Kel-F 81

Unplasticized, sp gr = 2. 1

Unpigmented, molded to t = 0. 157 cm

Trithene A

Tensile tested according to ASTM D638-52T method, xhd spd = 0. 042 cm s" 1

. w = 0. 64 cm; modified Tinius Olsen stiffness tester, ASTM D 747 test procedure.

Compression: t = 1. 905 ±0. 003 cm, diam = 0. 635 ±0. 003 cm; max load = 200 lb, xhd spd =

0. 0021 cm s"1

.

t = 0.003 cm, w = 0.6 - 1.3 cm, I = 2.5 - 5.1 cm, GL = 1.3 cm; Instron Model TT-C,

rubber faced jaws, xhd spd = 0. 004 - 0. 021 cm s" 1

, specimens randomly cut from film; irrad in vacuum at 321 K by ultraviolet from Hanovia 100 watt, type SH, high pressure

quartz Hg vapor lamp located 24.4 cm from specimen for 1003 h, also irrad by 2 Mev

electrons for a dose of 5 V 1 0

16 electrons cm-2

.

378
Polychlorotrifluoroethylene

Mechanical Properties References

1. Adler, K. L., Stability of Fluorothene Under Exposure to Gamma

Radiation, AEC Report HW-29007 (1953).

2. Anagnostou, E., Effect of Ultraviolet Irradiation on Selected Plastic Films in Vacuum, NASA-TM-X-1124, Lewis Research Center, Cleveland, Ohio (N65-28628) (1965).

3. Baccaredda, M., Bulla, E., Isophasic transitions in polytrifluoro- chloroethylene, J. Polymer Sci. 44, 421 (1960)

.

4. Bickel, F. If., Stotz, M. W., Screening and Evaluation of LowTemperature Fuel-Resistant Elastomers, Douglas Report DAC

60620, Douglas Aircraft Co., Inc., Santa Monica, Calif. (AD 812

675) (1967).

5. Bopp, C. D., Sisman, O., Stress-strain curves for reactor-irradiated

plastics, Nucleonics 14, No. 3, 52 (1956)

.

6. Boyd, C. L., Examination of Radiation Exposed Kel-F Plastic Coupons, General Electric, Hanford Atomic Products Operation Document HW-33029 (Del.) (1954).

7. Bresee, J. C, Fternary, J. R., Goode, J. H., Watson, C. D., Watson,

J. S., Damaging effects of radiation on chemical materials, Nucleonics 14, No. 9, 75 (1956)

.

8. Bringer, R. P., CTFE fluorocarbons, Machine Design 34, No. 22, 84 (1962).

Bringer, R. P., CTFE fluorocarbons, Machine Design 36, No. 22, 73 (1964).

Bringer, R. P., CTFE fluorocarbons, Machine Design 38, No. 22, 65 (1966).

Bringer, R. P., CTFE resins, Machine Design 43, 23 (Feb. 11, 1971).

9. Christiansen, A. W., Baer, E., Radcliffe, S. V., The mechanical

behaviour of polymers under high pressure, Phil. Mag. 24, 437

(1971).

10. Cierniak, R. E., Lieb, J. H., Mowers, R. E., Effects of strain rate, temperature, crystallinity and surface smoothness on tensile properties of PCTFE plastic, Advances in Cryogenic Engineering (Ed. K. D. Timmerhaus, Plenum Press, New York, 1968), Vol. 13, 259. Cierniak, R. E., Lieb, J. H., Mowers, R. E., Effects of Strain Rate, Temperature, Crystallinity and Surface Smoothness on Tensile

Properties of PCTFE Plastic, Technical Support Package for Tech. Brief 68-10523, Office of Technology Utilization, NASA,

Wash., D. C. (PB 182 441).

11. Conroy, M. E., Honn, F. J., Robb, L E., Wolf, D. R., Kel-F elas- tomer properties, compounding, vulcanization and fabrication, Rubber Age 76, No. 4, 543 (1955).

12. Crissman, J. M., Passaglia, E., Mechanical relaxation in poly- chlorotrifluoroethylene), J. Polymer Sci.: Part C 237, 45

(1966).

13. Curry, J. E., Status Report on Liquid Oxygen Seal Investigation,

NASA Tech. Memorandum, NASA TM X-53183 (N65-24989)

(1964).

14. Doban, R. C, Sperati, C. A., Sandt, B. W., The physical properties

of "Teflon" polytetrafluoroethylene, SPE J. 11, 17 (Nov. 1955). Ondrejcin, J. J., Wire insulated with "Teflon" tetrafluoroethylene

resin for high temperature uses, Wire 30, 776 (1955).

15. Dyment, J., Ziebland, H., The Tensile Properties of some Plastics at Low Temperatures, Ministry of Supply, Explosives Research and

Development Establishment, Rept. No. 24/R/55 (England)

(1956). Dyment, J., Ziebland, H., The tensile properties of some plastics at low temperatures, J. Appl. Chem. 8, 203 ( 1958)

.

16. Findley, W. N., Effect of crystallinity and crazing, aging, and re- sidual stress on creep of monochlorotrifluoroethylene, canvas

laminate, and polyvinyl chloride, respectively, Proc. ASTM 54,

1307 (1954).

Findley, W. N., Creep properties of three plastics, Modern Plastics 32, 150 (Nov. 1954).

Findley, W. N., Khosla, G., Application of the superposition prin- ciple and theories of mechanical equation of state strain and

time hardening to creep of plastics under changing loads, J. Appl.

Phys. 26,821 (1955).

17. Green, J., Levine, N. B., Elastomeric and Compliant Materials for Liquid Rocket Fuel and Oxidizer Application, Part I, Technical Document Report No. ML-TDR-64-107 Part I, AF Materials

Laboratory, Research and Technology Division, Air Force Systems

Command, Wright-Patterson Air Force Base, Ohio, Project 7340, Task 734005 (1964).

18. Harrison, V. A. W., The comparative strengths of polytetrafluoro- ethylene and polychlorotrifluoroethylene under nuclear radiation, The Radio and Electronics Engineer 35, 54 (1968).

19. Illers, K. H., Jenckel, E., Die Temperaturabhangigkeit des Mechanischen Verlustfactors von Polytrifluormonochlorathylene

(Hostaflon) und Polytetrafluorathylene (Teflon), Kolloid Z. 165,

84 (1959). | 20. Ives, G. C, Mead, J. A., The measurement of the mechanical prop- , erties of plastics at very low temperatures, The Physical Properties of Polymers, (The Macmillan Co., New York, 1959) 80.

21. Johnson, R. E., Sicilio, F'., Radiation Damage to Plastics and

Coated Fabrics-I, Convair, General Dynamics Corp., Contract AF

33(600)32054, ANP Doc. No. NARF-58-5T, MR-N-175 H958).

22. Kelleher, P. G., Miner, R. J., Boyle, D. J., Measurement of the aging behavior of plastics by the cantilever beam test, Annual

Technical Conference SPE, 26th, p. 160 (1968).

23. Kcrlin, E. E., Investigation of Combined Effects of Radiation and Vacuum and of Radiation and Cryotemperatures on Engineering

Materials: Vol. I. Radiation-Vacuum Tests, General Dynamics

(Fort Worth), Prepared for Marshall Space Flight Center, FZK161-1, Contract NAS 8-2450 (1963)

.

24. King, R. F., Tabor, D., The effect of temperature on the mechanical

properties and the friction of plastics, Proc. Phys. Soc. B66, 728

(1953).

25. Kono, R., The dynamic bulk and shear viscosity of high polymers,

1, J. Phys. Soc. Japan 16, 1580 (1961).

26. Koo, G. P., Riddell, M. N., O'Toole, J. L., Fatigue properties of polytetrafluoroethylene and related fluoropolymers, Polymer Eng.

Sci. 7, 182 (1967).

27. Lockheed Missiles and Space Co., RIFT Radiation Effects Program

:

Irradiations No. 4 and 6, Cryogenic Materials, NSP-64-29, Contract No. NAS 8-5600 (1964)

.

28. Lieb, J. H., Mowers, R., Problems in evaluating and testing plastics, Material Design Eng. 53, 115 (July 1961).

29. McCrum, N. G., The variation of internal friction in polychlorotrifluoroethylene with density and temperature, J. Polym. Sci. 60, S3 (1962).

30. Mowers, R. E., Mechanical and Physical Properties of Non-metallic

Materials at Cryogenic Temperatures, Rept. R-3498, Rocketdyne,

Canoga Park, Calif., Contract AF 04 (611) -6354, Proj. 6753, Task 675304 (AD 294772) (1962). Mowers, R. E., Mechanical and physical properties of non-metallic

materials at cryogenic temperatures, Proc. 65th Annual Meeting

ASTM, New York, N. Y. 62, 794 (1962).

31. Nagamatsu, K., Yoshitomi, T., On the viscoelastic properties of

crystalline polymers, J. Colloid Sci. 14, 377 (1959). Nagamatsu, K., On the viscoelastic properties of crystalline high

polymers, Kolloid Z. 172, 141 (1960)

.

32. Perepichenko, E. E., Bodrova, L. A., Anomolous viscoelastic properties of polychlorotrifluoroethylene in the low temperature region,

Vysokomolekulyarnye Soedineniya 10, No. 3, 148 (1968).

33. Postelnek, W., Air Force development program, Rubber World 136,

No. 4,543 (1957).

34. Richard, K., Diedrich, G., Standfestigkeitseigenschaften von einigen

Hochpolymeren, Kunststoffe 45, 429 (1955)

.

Richard, K., Diedrich, G., Standfestigkeitseigenschaften von einigen

Hochpolymeren, Dechema Monograph 28, 328 (1956).

35. Riley, M. W., Selection and design of fluorocarbon plastics, Materials and Methods 138, 129 (1957).

36. Schmieder, K., Wolf, K., Mechanische Relaxationsersch einungen an Hochpolymeren, Kolloid Z. 134, 149 (1953)

.

Wolf, K., Schmieder, K., Mechanisch-Thermische Umwandlungsbereiche an partiell Kristallinen Makromolekularen und ihre Be- ziehungen zur Struktur, Ricera Scientifica (Italy) 25A, 732

(1955).

37. Schulz, A. K., Sur la relaxation mechanique des matieres plastiques,

J. Chimie Physique 53, 933 (1956)

.

38. Sisman, O., Bopp, C. D., Physical Properties of Irradiated Plastics, U.S. Atomic Energy Commission, Oak Ridge National Laboratory,

ORNL-928, Work performed under Contract No. W-7405-eng-26

(1951).

39. Smith, E. T., Investigation of Combined Effects of Radiation and Vacuum and of Radiation and Cryotemperatures on Engineering

Materials, Vol. II: Radiation-Cryotemperature Tests, FZK-161-2,

Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility, General Dynamics, Fort Worth, Texas (1963). McKannan, E. C, Gause, R. L., Effects of nuclear radiation and

cryogenic temperatures on engineering materials, 1st AIAA Annual Meeting, Paper No. 64-361 (1964), also in J. Spacecraft 2, 558 (1965).

40. 3M Co., Kel-F 81 Brand Plastic (Aug. 1, 1961).

41. Troester, F. W., Some physical properties of the trifluorochloroethyl- ene polymers, Corrosion 16, No. 6, 14 (1960)

.

42. Waldron, C. R., Molander, B. L., Sub-zero Stress-Strain Data for Kel-F, Grade 300, Unplasticized Type A Material, North American Aviation Report MRR 53-112 (Mar. 18, 1953).

43. Warfield, R. W., Cuevas, J. E., Barnet, F. R., Single Specimen Determination of Young's and Bulk Moduli of Polymers, Naval Ordinance Laboratory, White Oak, Maryland, NOLTR 68-212 (AD 686 388) (1969).

44. Wisander, D. W., Johnson, R. L., Friction and Wear of Nine Selected Polymers with Various Fillers in Liquid Hydrogen, Lewis Research Center, Cleveland, Ohio, NASA Technical Note D-5073

(N69-19800) (1969).

379

C. Thermal Properties and References (CTFE)

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Belton, Godby, Taft (I960)

Laquer, Head (1952)

Yano (1958)

Kel-F 300 and 500

Fluorothene rod, 12. 7 cm diam, probably annealed or slowly cooled, milky appearance; Kel-F sheet, t = 0.16 cm, probably quenched, transparent

Daiflon film

t - 10. 7 cm; fused quartz dilatometer,

t = 2. 54 cm, rod specimen of 0. 508 cm diam cut i to original rod, rectangular cross -section specimen cut from sheet; quartz tube -dilatometer method used, temperature measured to ± 0. 1 K with copper -constantan thermocouple; quoted probable accuracy = ± 7. OXIO"5

, only

a.vg of Z samples reported since they gave very similar expansions.

381
INVESTIGATORS] (year)

3M Co. (1961)

Curry (1964)

Tipton, Trepus, Roper, Weitzel, Robbins (I960)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Kel-F 81

L-ox Grade Kel-F

Kel-F Elastomer

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Calculated from av coefficients of contraction over the temp ranges 77-173K

and 173-296K.

Cylinder. 5.08 cm, diam = 1.27 cm; dilatometer, measurements at room

temp and 7 6.K.

r

382
INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Troester (1960)

Hertz (1966)

Unplasticized grades 270-300,

sp gr = 2. 1

Kel-F (270/300 NST), as received

ASTM D696-44 test procedure; calculated from av coefficients of contraction over the temp ranges 193-293Kand 293-423K.

t = 1.27 cm; tested J- to length and thickness, J- to thickness specimens prepared by

slicing initial specimens into 1.27 cm wide strips which were rotated 90° and bonded

with an epoxy-polyamide adhesive, the surfaces were then ground flat and h .

383
CTFE

OS s

u

a.

6.5

6.0

5.0

01 4.0 h

X

o

Ll

0-

Hoffman (1952)

!

200 300 400

TEMPERATURE, K

600

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year)

Hoffman (1952)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Kel-F, melting point = 483-485K, pressed at 523K into 0. 1 cm thick sheets and quenched by cooling in air at room

temp , after experimental runs to 373K

with air-quenching and then to 523K the material was cooled to room temp at 9K min" 1

, after another run to 523K the material was cooled at 5K min" 1

, 35%

crys after air-quenching, 82% crys after slow cooling.

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Differential calorimeter calibrated between 273K and 523K with diphenyl ether and

sapphire; results of first 2 runs very similar and listed as "air-quenched", last 2 runs almost identical and listed as "slow cooled".

f

384
TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATORS) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Reese, Tucker (1965) Kel-F, sp gr = 2. 114 ± 0. 005 Diam = 1.27 cm, &= 8.2cm; carbon resistance thermometer; error bars indicate statistical error s

385
CTFE

0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Hertz (1966)

Anderson, Reese, Wheatley ( 1963)

Reese, Tucker ( 1965)

Eiermann, Hellwege

(1962)

Hattori (1962)

Kel-F {270/300 NST) , as received.

Kel-F, sp gr = 2. 134 ± 0. 005

Kel-F, sp gr = 2. 114 ± 0. 005

Original sample held at 473K for one half

h and quenched in ice water giving sp gr

- 2.116, 28 . 6 rr, c rys ; sample then heated

at 463K for one half h and quenched in ice water giving sp gr -2.140, 71. 6%

crys; sample then heated at 463K for 4

h and slowly cooled to room temp giving sp gr = 2. 147, 84. W crys; finally sampl

heated at 493K for one half h and at 443K

for 4 h cooling slowly to room temp

after each heat giving sp gr = 2.151,

91. 3 rr, crys.

t = 1. 27 cm; modified guarded hot-plate technique, tested in helium and nitrogen gas at

1 atmosphere pressure.

Diam = 1. 00 cm, * = 3. 05 cm ; resistance thermometer; measurements made from 0. 2-0. 8 K,

Diam = 1.27, &= 8.2 cm; carbon resistance thermometer; systematic errors 4 - 10%,

reproducibility = 1. 5%; measurements made from 1-4. 5K. Maximum absolute error 4%, relative error < 1%.

Measured under steady heat flow by absolute method.

386
0.8x10"

0.7

0.6

0.5

>-

I-

=>

U. 0.4 Q

hiF 0.3

0.2

0 1

CTFE

V33

100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATOR! S] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Berlot (1966) t = 0. 5 cm, diam = 10 cm; thermocouple measurements made in 6 directions, specimen

re -tested.

387
Investigator(s) (Year) Material

Identification Temperature

(K) Thermal

Expansion

X Thermal

Conductivity (Wm"^" 1

)

Thermal

Diffusivity (cm 2 s" 1

)

C,

Specific Heat

Jg" 1 K

_1

) Troester (I960)

Wisander (1969)

Unplasticized grades

270-300, sp gr = 2. 1 298

77 -0. 53X 10"=

0.i58 0. 902

INVESTIGATOR^ (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Troester (1960)

Wisander, Johnson

(1969)

Unplasticized grades 270-300,

sp gr = 2. 1

£ = 2. 54 cm, diam = 0. 95 cm; submerged in Liquid Na and then measured with a micrometer, measurement repeated 6-8 times until no further contraction is noted.

388
Polychlorotrifluoroethylene

Thermal Properties References

1. Anderson, A. C, Reese, W., Wheatley, J. C, Thermal conductivity

of some amorphous dielectric solids below 1 °K, Rev. Sci. Instr. 34, 1386 (1963)

2. Belton, J. H., Godby, L. L., Taft, B. L., Materials for Use at Liquid

Hydrogen Temperature, American Society for Testing Materials, Special Technical Publication 287, 108 (1960).

3. Berlot, R., Mesure de la Diffusivite et de la Conductivite Thermique

des Polymeres: Variation en Fonction de Leur Etat Structural et de la Temperature, Publications Scientifiques et Techniques du

Ministere de l'Air (France), No. 154 (1966).

Berlot, R., Determination directe de la diffusivite thermique des

polymeres, Plastiques Mod. Elastomeres (Paris) 18, 231 (1966).

4. Curry, J. E., Status Report on Liquid Oxygen Seal Investigation,

NASA Tech. Memorandum X-53183, (N65-24989) (1964).

5. Eiermann, K., Hellwege, K.-H., Quasistationare Messung der Warmeleitfahigkeit von Kunststoffen im Temperaturbereich von — 180 °C bis +90 °C, Kolloid Z. 174, 134 (1961). Eiermann, K., Hellwege, K.-H., Thermal conductivity of high poly- mers from — 180 °C to 90 °C, J. Polymer Sci. 57, 99 (1962).

6. Hattori, M., Thermal conductivity of polytetrafluoroethylene and

polytrifluorochloroethylene, Kolloid Z. 185, 27 (1962).

7. Hertz, J., Investigation of potential low temperature insulators, Advances in Cryogenic Engineering, (Ed. K. D. Timmerhaus, Plenum

Press, New York, 1966), Vol. 11, 287.

8. Hoffman, J. D., The specific heat and degree of crystallinity of polychlorotrifluoroethylene, Amer. Chem. Soc. J. 74, 1696 (1952).

9. Laquer, H. L., Head, E. L., Low Temperature Thermal Expansion

of Plastics, United States Atomic Energy Commission, Los Alamos

Scientific Laboratory, AECU-2161 T.I.S. Report # LADC-1230

(rev.) (1952).

10. Reese, W'., Tucker, J. E., Thermal conductivity and specific heat of some polymers between 4.5 ° and 1 °K, J. Chem. Phys. 43, 105

(1965) . 11. 3M Co., Kel-F 81 Brand Plastic, (Aug. 1, 1961).

Bringer, R. P., CTFE fluorocarbons, Machine Design 34, No. 22, 84

(1962).

Bringer, R. P., CTFE fluorocarbons, Machine Design 36, No. 22, 73

(1964).

Bringer, R. P., CTFE fluorocarbons, Machine Design 38, No. 22, 65

(1966) . 12. Tipton, F. W., Trepus, G. E., Roper, R. S., Weitzel, D. H., Robbins,

R. F., Elastomers for cryogenic sealing, Proceedings Joint ArmyNavy-Air Force Conference on Elastomer Research and Develop- ment, Sixth, Boston, Massachusetts (Oct. 2, 1960).

13. Troester, F. W., Some physical properties of the trifluorochlorethyl- ene polymers, Corrosion 16, No. 6, 14 (1960).

14. Wisander, D. W., Johnson, R. L., Friction and Wear of Nine

Selected Polymers with Various Fillers in Liquid Hydrogen,

Lewis Research Center, Cleveland, Ohio, NASA Technical Note D-5073 (N69-19800) (1969).

15. Yano, Y., Measurement of linear expansion of polymeric substances, 6Y6 Butsuri 27, 274 (1958).

389

D. Electrical Properties and References (CTFE)

0 100 200 300 400 500 TEMPERATURE,

K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITION

Reynolds, Thomas,

Sharbaugh, Fuoss

(1951)

Fluorolu.be standard collected over the range 373-473 K at 0.1 cm, refractive index at 293 K = 1, 394, sp gr = 1. 93 at 298 K; Fluorolube fraction obtained from

standard by redistillation, collected over

the range of 463 K at 1 cm to 503 K at 0. 2 cm, crystallites appear sharply at 295 K, number av molecular weight = 980, F-113, sheet of unknown but high molecular weight, same formula as other material.

F-113 specimen diam = 5 cm. t ="0. 2 cm; Fluorolube measured in a guarded platinum cell, F-113 measured in a guarded copper cell with platinum electrode faces, General Electric Schering bridge modified to accomodate a guard circuit temp regulated to 0. 2 K.

391
CTFE

100 200 300 400 TEMPERATURE ,K

500 600

INVESTIGATORS) [year]

von Hippel (1953)

Krum, M'uller (1959)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Kel-F Grade 300

Hostaflon, as received, heated from

306 K to 462 K in 1 h

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Field strength ~ 50 V cm -1

; nominal accuracy ± 1%.

Measurements made over P2

Ot; ; max absolute error for tan 5 > 5K10"3 is 0. 3%, max

absolute error for tan 6 < 10 "3 is 5%.

392
TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATOR(S) [year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Westphal, Dunn, Fergus, McCarty

(1954)

Kel-F, grade 300 samples dried over phosphorus pentoxide

Quoted probable accuracy ± 2%.

393
TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Nakajima, Saito (1958)

Eidel'nant, Kreitser, Sazhin (1969)

Doban, Sperati, Sandt

(1955)

Mikhailov, Sazhin, Presniakova (1958)

Kel-F, 110, 000 molecular weight

cooled slowly from melting temp,

48. 9% crys

Bars prepared by extrusion from the melt at 573K and quenched in water at 288K, sp gr = 2. 085

F-3 heat treated to obtain: sp gr =

2. 0886, 29% crys; sp gr = 2. 1200,

43. 5% crys; sp gr = 2. 1465, 55% crys;

sp gr = 2. 1645, 64% crys

t = 0. 2 cm, 8. 0 cm diam; three electrode arrangement, guarded electrode 4. 0 cm diam,

silver conductive paint, 10 Hz.

103 Hz, R-570 bridge, relation between electric field and orientation axis noted; data points

not plotted here, 3% measurement error.

103 Hz

t = I. 8X 10"3 or 10. OX lO"3 cm; 8X 10" Hz.

394
INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mikhailov, Sazhin

(1956)

Mikhailov, Sazhin

(1959)

Fluoroplast-3, slowly cooled from the melt

Fluoroplast- 3

Arrows indicate direction of temp change.

395
CTFE

8x10 S

a>C

a

wo

i-3

Mikhoilov (1956)

(chill cooled)

6

TEMPERATURE , K

INVESriGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONOITIfi"*

Mikhailov, Sazhin

(1956)

Fluoroplast-3, chill cooled from the melt Arrows indicate direction of temp change.

396
TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPFRlMf NTAL COMIT!!*"

Krum (1958)

Scott, Scheiber,

Curtis, Lauritzen, Jr. , Hoffman (1962)

Softening temp = 483

Kel-F grade 300, av molecular weight

= 415, 000, melting point = 497 ± 1 K, 12% crys at start of measurement and amorphous

1 0

s Hz.

t = 0, 015 cm, diam = 5. 08 cm for 12% crys specimen, t = 0, 2 cm, diam = 5. 4 cm for amorphous specimen; evaporated gold electrodes applied in vacuum to 12% specimen, for amorphous specimen no surface electrodes were used and a guard ring prevented flow, modified General Radio type 716-C Schering bridge and modified Boonton Radio Corp.

type 160-A Q-meter; uncertainty = ± 0. 5%, measurements also made at several other frequencies.

397
CTFE 65x10' S

heC

ei

COo

200 300 400

TEMPERATURE, K

600

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Krum, Muller (1959) Hostaflon; annealed at 465 K for 20 min

and cooled at 0. 5 K min -1

; annealed at 468 K for 20 min and quenched to room

temp within 3 s

Measurements made over Ps Os ; max absolute error for tan 6 > 5X10"3 is 0. 3%, max

absolute error for tan 6 < 10 " 3 is 5%.

398
TEMPERATURE ,

K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Krum, Muller (1959) Hostaflon, melted at 538 K for 10 min, quenched to room temp within 3 s, transparent, fully amorphousMeasurements made over P2 Os ; max absolute error for tan 5 > 5 X 10 " 3 is 0. 3%, max

absolute error for tan 6 < 10

3 is 5%.

399
CTFE

200 300 400 TEMPERATURE ,

500 600

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Krum, Muller (1959) Hostaflon, melted at 538 K for 10 min,

cooled at 0. 67 K min"1

, dull-white, fully crystalline

Measurements made over P3 Os ; max absolute error for tan 6 > 5X10"3 is 0. 3%, max

absolute error for tan 5 < 10"3 is 5%.

400
TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Krum, Millie r (1959) Hostaflon, stretched 100% and then left unrestrained Measurements made over Ps Os ; max absolute error for tan 6 > 5X10"3 is 0. 3%, max

absolute error for tan 6 < 10"3 is 5%.

401
o r t ; ;

I : : ; I ; ;1 ;

:

I

-

: I : , I

• 1 ;

•

i

•

'

;

' I ; ; ; ; I ;

•

; ; I ; ;TM

0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAl CONOIW

Vodop'yanov,

Borozhtoov, Lavrov, Nesmelova, Potakhova

(1960)

Kel-F Discs, t = 0. 1-0, 2 cm; 10 Hz; irraa by gamma rays from a betatron with 15 Mev particles.

402
8x10

<

CO

COo

o

orH

O

CTFE

200 300 400

TEMPERATURE , K

500 600

c

<u

Oil C

a

c»

CO

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONWIO^

31.1 Co. U961) K(J.-F 81, amorphous

403
404
3

INVESTIGATOR(S) [year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Scott, Scheiber,

Curtis, i-auritzen, Jr. , Hoffman (1962)

Kel-F grade 3 00, av molecular weight =415, 000, melting point = 497± IK, 80%

crys at start of measurement

t = 0. 23 cm, diam = 4. 24 cm, then machined to diam = 2. 54 cm; evaporated gold electrodes

applied in vacuum, modified General Radio type 716-C Schering bridge and modified Boonton Radio Corp. type 160-A Q-meter; uncertainty = ± 0. 5%, measurements also made

at several other frequencies.

405
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Scott, Scheibei, Curtis Lauritzen, Jr. . Hoffman (1962)

Kel-F grade 300, av molecular weight

=> 415, 000, melting point = 497 ± IK, 73% crys at start of measurement

t = 0.18 cm, diam = 2.54 cm; evaporated gold electrodes applied in vacuum, modified General Radio type 7! 6-C Schering bridge and modified Boonton Radio Corp. type 160-A

Q-meter; uncertainty = ± 0.- ro, measurements also made at several other frequencies.

f

406
0 100 200 . 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATORS (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Scott, Scheiber,

Curtis, Lauritzen, Jr. , Hoffman (1962)

Kel-F grade 3 00, av molecular weight

=- 415, 000, melting point = 497 ± IK, 44% crys at start of measurement

t = 0. 18 cm, diam = 4.40 cm, then machined to diam = 2. 54 cm; evaporated gold electrodes

applied in vacuum, modified General Radio type 716-C Schering bridge and modified Boonton

Radio Corp. type 160-A Q-meter; uncertainty = ± 0. 5%, measurements also made at several

other frequencies.

407
INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Knizhnik, Mamchich

(1969) Commercial sheet, 50-58% crys Diam = 3. 8 cm, t =- 0. 2 cm; measured at 400 Hz, 3-electrode cell, TR-9701 bridge, GZ-33

generator, and F510 indicator; irrad in cooled air in a VVR-M reactor, temp did not exceed

323 K; error = 7%.

408
-2-1 0 I 23456789 10

LOG FREQUENCY , Hz

INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Nakajima, Saito (1958)

Lee (1952)

Kel-F, 110, 000 molecular weight, cooled slowly from melting temp, 48.9%

crys

t = 0, 2 cm, 8. 0 cm diam; three electrode arrangement, guarded electrode 4. 0 cm diam,

silver conductive paint, inductive-ratio-arm bridge used above 30 Hz and resistive- ratio-arm bridge for below 10 Hz, both with conductance shifter. ASTM D 150-47T test procedure, 298 K.

409
CTFE

LOG FREQUENCY , Hz

INVESTIGATOR^) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Hartshorn, Parry, Rushton (1953)

von Hippel (1953)

Kel-F, molded from powder at 523 K anc

750 psi pressure

Kel-F and Kel-F Grade 300

Diam < 5. 3 cm; Schering -bridge method for frequencies to 10 4 Hz, circuit -re sonance method for 10 4 -10s Hz, cavity -re sonance for 5X109

, 9X 10 9

, and 24X 109 Hz bands, transmission-line method also used in 3X109 Hz region, electrodes at lower frequencies were platinum -plated, silver-plated with rhodium flash, or solid invar.

Field strength — 50 V cm -1

, 298 K; nominal accuracy ± 1%.

410
LOG FREQUENCY , Hz

INVESTIGATORS] [year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Conroy, Honn, Robb, Wolf (1955)

Doban, Sperati, Sandt

(1955)

Hoffman, Scott (1956)

Kel-F, peroxide cured, stock number

122, original stock and conditioned for

1 week at 95% rel hum and 298 K

Quenched material melted and dropped

directly into an ice bath; crystalline material cooled from 503 K to 423 K in

5 days, crys S 95%.

298 K

296K

411
o m r ! I : : : : I :

- I : : :

: 1 ; : ;

• I : ; I- ;• I ;

• • h'Trr ! I *..\

I ' i : t~H4l-

"2 0.2 4 6 8 10

LOG FREQUENCY, Hz

INVESIIGATORIS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Nakajima, Saito (1958) Kel-F, 110, 000 molecular weight, cooled slowly from melting temp, 48. 9%

crys

t = 0. 2 cm, 8. 0 cm diam; three electrode arrangement, guarded electrode 4. 0 cm diam,

silver conductive paint, inductive-ratio-arm bridge used above 30 Hz and resistive- ratio-arm bridge for below 10 Hz, both with conductance shifter.

r

412
LOG FREQUENCY , Hz

INVESTIGATORS] [year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Nakajima, Saito (1958)

Mikhailov, Sazhin

(1959)

Kel-F, 110, 000 molecular weight, quenched to 243 K (32.8% crys), quenched to room temp (45. 2% crys), cooled slowly from melting temp

(48. 9 % crys).

Fluoroplast3

t = 0. 2 cm, 8. 0 cm diam; three electrode arrangement, guarded electrode 4. 0 cm diam,

silver conductive paint; inductive-ratio-arm bridge used above 30 Hz and resistive-ratio- arm bridge for below 19 Hz, both with conductive shifter.

291 K.

413
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Rodionova (1960)

Frisco (1962) Commercial KF-6050, ASTM 1430-58T Grade II, pelletized, injection molding and extrusion resin; commercial

KF-6060, ASTM 1430 -58T Grade III, unpelletized, compression molding resin

Results virtually identical for specimen dried and saturated in 98% rel hum at 293 K.

Stored under room conditions for at least 2 weeks before measurement.

f

414
'012 3 4 5 6 LOG FREQUENCY , Hz

INVESTIGATOR) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Olshanskaya, Vososchev

(1962)

Fluoroplast-3 Irrad by x-rays at 5. 8 x 1 O"

6 rad min' 1

, Y irradiation by Co at 1 -2 x 1 O

3 rad min"1 in vacuum.

415
LOG FREQUENCY, Hz

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Knizhnik, Mamchich

(1969)

i

Commercial sheet, 50-58% crys Diam = 3. 8 cm, t

=- 0. 2 cm; measured at 296 K, 3-electrode cell, TR-9701 bridge, GZ-33

generator, and F510 indicator; irrad in cooled air in a VVR-M reactor, temp did not exceed

323 K; error = 7%.

r

416
60xl63

CTFE c

bJJ

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Frisco (1962)

Adamec (1964)

Commercial KF -6050, ASTM 1430-58T Grade II, pelletized, injection molding and extrusion resin; commercial

KF-6060, ASTM 1430-58T Grade III, unpelletized, compression molding resin

Circular area =1.0 cm5

, t = 0. 05 cm; irrad by Ag x-rays in vacuum.

50 Hz, 296 K; reactor irrad.

417
TEMPERATURE,

INVISTIGATOR(S) (year]

Reynolds, Thomas,

Sharbaugh, Fuoss

(1951)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Fluorolube standard collected over the range 373-473 K at 0. 1 cm, refractive index at 293K = 1. 394, spgr = 1.93at

298K; Flourolube fraction obtained from

standard by redistillation, collected over

I the range of 463K at 1 cm to 503K at 0.2 cm, crystallites appear sharply at 295K, number av molecular weight =

| 980; high-boiling Fluorolube fraction

i collected between 478K at 0. 5 cm and

503 K at 0. 2 cm obtained from previous

: fraction; F-1113, sheet of unknown but high molecular weight, same formula

! as other material.

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

F-1113 specimen diam = 5 cm, t

=- 0. 2 cm; Fluorolube measured in a guarded platinum

cell, F-1113 measured in a guarded copper cell with platinum electrode faces. General

Electric Schering bridge modified to accomodate a guard circuit, temp regulated to

0. 2 K.

418
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Scott, Scheiber,

Curtis, Lauritzen, Jr. , Hoffman (1962)

von Hippel (1953)

i

i

Kel-F grade 3 00, av molecular weight

=*415, 000, melting point = 497 ± IK, 12% crys at start of measurement and amorphous

Kel-F Grade 300

t = 0. 015 cm, diam = 5. 08 cm for 12% crys specimen, t = 0. 2 cm, diam = 5. 4 cm for amorphous specimen; evaporated gold electrodes applied in vacuum to 12% specimen, for amorphous specimen no surface electrodes were used and a guard ring prevented flow, modified General Radio type 716-C Schering bridge and modified Boonton Radio Corp.

type 160-A Q-meter; uncertainty = ± 0.5%, measurements also made at several other frequencies

.

Field strength ~ 50 V cm"1

; nominal accuracy ± 2%.

419
TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Weatphal, Dunn, Fergus, McCarty,

(1954)

Kel-F, grade 300, samples dried over phosphorous pentoxide

Quoted probable accuracy ± 2%

420
CTFE

0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

3M Co. (1961)

Doban, Sperati

Sandt (1955)

KeF-F81, amorphous

10 3 Hz

421
422
INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

3M Co. (1961

)

Hoffman, Scott (1956)

Kel-F 81, crystalline

Quenched material melted and dropped

directly into an ice bath; crystalline material cooled from 503K to 423K

in 5 days, crys a 95%.

Static dielectric constant.

423
INVESTIGATOR! S] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Scott, Scheiber, Curtis, Lauritzen, Jr . , Hoffman (1962)

Kel-F grade 300, av molecular weight = 415,000, melting point = 497 ± 1 K, 80% crys at start of measurementt = 0.23 cm, diam = 4.24 cm, then machined to diam = 2.54 cm; evaporated gold electrodes

applied in vacuum, modified General Radio type 716-C Schering bridge and modified Boonton Radio Corp. type 160-A Q-meter; uncertainty = ± 0.5%, measurements also made

at several other frequencies.

r

424
CTFE

0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Scott, Scheiber, Curtis, Lauritzen, Jr . , Hoffman (19 62)

Kel-F grade 300, av molecular weight

=• 415,000, melting point = 497 ± 1 K, 73% crys at start of measurement

t = 0.18 cm, diam = 2.54 cm; evaporated gold electrodes applied in vacuum, modified General Radio type 716-C Schering bridge and modified Boonton Radio Corp. type 160-

A

^ Q-meter; uncertainty = ± 0.5%, measurements also made at several other frequencies.

425
CTFE

S3 *j

S3Ou

•I—u

6- *Ju

03

ea

200 300 400 500

TEMPERATURE, K

600

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Scott, Scheiber, Curtis, Lauritzen, Jr, , Hoffman (1962)

Kel-F grade 300, av molecular weight

=- 415, 000, melting point = 497 ± 1 K, 44% crys at start of measurement

t = 0.18 cm, diam = 4. 40 cm, then machined to diam = 2.54 cm; evaporated gold electrodes

applied in vacuum, modified General Radio type 716-C Schering bridge and modified Boonton

Radio Corp. type 1 60-A Q-meter; uncertainty = ± 0.5%, measurements also made at several

other frequencies.

426
"2 0 2 4 6 8 10 LOG FREQUENCY , Hz

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Nakajima, Saito (1958)

Doban, Sperati, Sandt

(1955)

Hoffman, Scott (1956)

Lee (1952)

Kel-F, 110, 000 molecular weight, cooled slowly from melting temp,

48. 9% crys

Quenched material melted and dropped

directly into an ice bath; crystalline material cooled from 503 K to 423 K in 5 days, crys ^ 95%

t = 0. 2 cm, 8. 0 cm diam; three electrode arrangement, guarded electrode 4. 0 cm diam,

silver conductive paint, inductive-ratio-arm bridge used above 30 Hz and resistive-ratio- arm bridge for below 10 Hz, both with conductance shifter. 296K

ASTM D 150-47T test procedure, 298 K.

427
-2 0 2 A 6 8 10 LOG FREQUENCY, Hz

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL

Conroy, Honn, Robb, Wolf (1955) Kel-F, peroxide cured, stock number

122, original stock and conditioned for

1 week at 95% rel hum and 298 K

298 K

L

428
INVESTIGATOR^ (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Nakajima, Saito (1958)

Frisco (1962)

Kel-F, 110, 000 molecular weight, cooled slowly from melting temp,

48. 9% crys

Commercial KF-6050, ASTM 1430-58T Grade II, pelatized, injection molding

and extrusion resin; commercial KF6060, ASTM 1430-58T Grade IV, unpelletized, compression molding resin

t = 0. 2 cm, 8. 0 cm diam; three electrode arrangement, guarded electrode 4. 0 cm diam,

silver conductive paint, inductive-ratio-arm bridge used above 30 Hz and resistive-ratio- arm bridge for below 10 Hz, both with conductance shifter.

Stored under room conditions for at least 2 weeks before measurement.
LOG FREQUENCY, Hz

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Hartshorn, Parry, Rushton (1953)

von Hippel (1953)

Kel-F, molded from powder at 523 K and

750 psi pressure

Kel-F and Kel-F Grade 300

Diam < 5. 3 cm; Schering -bridge method for frequencies to 10* Hz, circuit -resonance method for 10* -105 Hz, cavity-resonance for 5X108

, 9X109

, and 24X 109 Hz bands transmission-line method also used in 3X109 Hz region, electrodes at lower frequencies were

platinum -plated, silver-plated with rhodium flash, or solid invar.

Field strength ~ 50 V cm"1

, 298 K; nominal accuracy ± 2%.

r

430
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Adamec (1964) 50 Hz, 296 K; reactor irrad.

431
INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Sazhin, Stafeeva (I960)

Mikhailov, Sazhin

(1956)

Sazhin, Filippovich

(1963)

Saito, Sasabe, Nakajima, Yada (1968)

Fluoroplast-3, pressed at 2100 psi and

523 K for 5 min, slowly cooled to room

temp

Fluoroplast-3, slowly cooled from the melt

Fluoroplast-3

Compression molded, desiccated

Disc, t = 0. 1 cm, diam = 5. 0 cm; silver electrodes vapor deposited in vacuum,

diam = 3. 0 cm, 650V potential, current measured after 100 s.

Time between application of voltage and measurement indicated.

Max t = 0. 5 cm and 7. 0 cm diam; dc applied, pressure = 1 atm, guarded electrode method.

432
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Bazin (1962)

1

Fluorofilm-3 293 K; thin silver electrodes; bremsstrahlung radiation from 25 meV betatron, irrad in vacuum.

433
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year)

Bazin (1962)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Fluorofilm-3

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

293K, thin silver electrodes: bremsstrahlung radiation from betatron (25 meV).

434
INVESTIGATOR! S] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Frisco (1962)

Knizhnik, Mamchich

(1969)

Commercial KF -60 50, ASTM 1430-58T Grade II, pelletized, injection molding and extrusion resin; commercial

KF-6060, ASTM 1430-58T Grade III, unpelletized, compression molding resin

Commercial sheet, 50-58% crys

Circular area =1.0 cm3

, t = 0. 05 cm; irrad by Ag x-rays in vacuum; a second sample of each type was tested and both showed a somewhat lower p; arrow indicates "greater than".

Diam = 3. 8 cm, t =- 0. 2 cm; measured at 296 K and after voltage had been applied for 103

s, 3-electrode cell, UI-2 electromagnetic amplifier; irrad in cooled air in a VVR-M

reactor, temp did not exceed 323 K, aged as noted before measurements; error = 8%.

435
CTFE

-t-i \>

<x>

Eu

Eo

>->

H

CO

to

o

>

O

200 300 400

TEMPERATURE, K

500 600

INVESTIGATOR^) (year)

Sazhin, Podosenova

(1964a)

Sazhin, Podosenova

(1964b)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Fluoroplast- 3, 2 purities industrial grade, prepared by compressionmolding: sp gr measured at 303 K; sp gr =2.106, 8% crys; sp gr = 2. 1 1 6, 12% crys; sp gr = 2. 122, 15% crys; sp gr = 2. 128, 18% crys; sp gr = 2. 129, 19% crys; sp gr = 2. 131, 20% crys;

sp gr = 2. 135, 21% crys; sp gr = 2. 138, 23% crys; sp gr = 2. 148, 28% crys

Fluoroplast- 3: sp gr = 2. 142, 34% crys

sp gr = 2. 144, 34. 5% crys; sp gr =

2. 151 40% crys; sp gr = 2 . 1 5 6, 4 1%

crys; sp gr = 2. 159, 45% crys

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Disc, t = 0. 1 cm, diam =1.5 cm; aluminum foil electrodes, t = 0.0055 cm, pressed onto impure specimens, electrodes deposited on pure specimens by hot vacuum spraying; error in determining resistivity not more than 15%, data spread not more than 5%.

436
13

12 r~ ' ; i

•

• • • i

• • •

•

i

• • •

•

i :

•

;

; i r •

•

i

' i ;:

' i

•

;

i : ; i : , , i 0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Sazhin, Shurikhina

(1967)

|

1

I

i

Prepared from powder or pellets by

molding in the form of films, sp gr =

2. 13

t = 0. 005-0. 01 cm; electrodes formed by sputtering with aluminum in vacuum, dried in vacuum and stored over Ca Cl 2, electrically purified just prior to measurement by

applying 3-4 x 1 0

3 V at 393-403K for 3-6h, measurements made on EK6-7 tetraohm- meter 1-2 h after voltage applied, electic field strength noted; error in measurement

was 10-20%.

437
CTFE

I0"

2

10"' I 10 I0

2 I0

3 TIME, h

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Nordlin, Keel. Mayhew

(1953)

Warner, Mailer, Nordlin (1954)

Sample 1 is Trithene A made of Kel-F

resin, large flattened tubing with

0. 013 cm wall; sample 2 is the same as sample 1 but heated between sheets of glass at 491 K for 2 h, cooled to 466 K in

4. 5 h, cooled to 425 K in 24 h, then cooled to room temp, highly crys; sample 3 is laboratory molded film from

granulated Fluorothene CF-3-15

Kel-F

Same specimen of each sample material tested in vacuum at 570 V, tested without radiation, then at low radiation rate, then at high radiation rate; irrad ly Co

Disc with electrode area to thickness ratio—lO4 cm; guard electrode on sample and leads

to sample, measuring voltage applied before the start of radiation and maintained all through the test; irrad in an evacuated desiccator by 1 Curie of Co60 at 100 Roentgens h~ .

438
Investigators

)

(year)

Description Temperature

(K)

p Volume

Resistivity (Ocm)

Tan 6 Dielectric

1 o -. 'i Tangent

e Dielectric Constant

D.S.

Dielectric Strength

(V mil"')

Kallweit (1963) Hostaflon 298 3. 1x10"

Conroy (1955) conditioned 1.21x10"

613

642 3M Co. (1961

)

Kel-F 81 cr y s ta Uine amorphous

298

4 x 1 0

ie 495

502 Coleman (1953) e irrad for 30 min 295 5 x 1010

Olshanskaya (1962) unirradcrya = 19. 8%

cryfl = 27%

during y irradiation crya =19. 8%

crys = 27%

293 3. 27xl0u

4. 00x1

0

W

1. 61x10"

Sisman (1951) Fluorothene

unirrad and after

3 x lo"nvt,

t = 0. 32 cm

unirrad and after 5x1 0

17 nvt

t = 0. 076 cm

298 >io"

900

Heyne (1965, pt. I) during irrad 298 2. 38

3. 50 Heyne (1965, pt. II) after irrad 298 3. 80

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kallweit (1963) Hostaflon t = 0. 5 cm; resistivity constant from 120 - 800 V.

Conroy, Honn, Robb, Wold (1955) Kel-F, peroxide cured stock number

122, original stock and conditioned for

1 week at 95% rel hum and 298 K. 3M Co. (1961) Kel-F, moderately crystalline and amorphous

D. S. measured with 5. 08 cm electrodes.

Coleman, Bohm (1953) Irrad with 25 mc Sr90 3 -source deposited on one electrode, other electrode collected the P-particles that penetrated insulator, 1500V battery and electrometer connected between

electrodes, value noted is minimum induced resistivity.

Olshanskaya, Vosochev (1962) Fluoropla st-3 Irrad by Co60 at 1 -2 X 103 rad min"1 in vacuum.

Sisman, Bopp (1951) Fluorothene P: modified ASTM D 257-49T test procedure, reading made 1 min after applying 20 V

potential; D. S. : 2. 54 cm square; modified ASTM D 149-44 test procedure, max 30, 000 V,

60 Hz, tested under insulating oil; irrad in Hole 19 of ORNL reactor at 298-313 K, aged

7 days at 298 ± 1 K and 50 ± 2% rel hum before testing.

Heyne, Hauser

(1965, pt. I) Measurement made lO 4 s after application of 6X103 V cm -1 electric field, 800 Hz;

reactor irrad by 1. 15 Roentgen s J ofV's, 2. 3X 10 s fast neutrons cm

s

_1

, and 2. 2X108 thermal neutrons cm -3 s"1

.

Heyne, Hauser

(1965, pt. II) See above; measurement made after 5X107 rad.

439
Investigator( s) (year) Description Temperature

(K) VolumeResistivity

(0 cm)

Tan 6 Dielectric Loss

Tangent

z Dielectric Con stant

D. S. Dielectric Strength

(V mil -1

)

Sazhin (1963) As received, sp gr = 2. 106 Annealed at 403 K for 25 h, sp gr = 2. 116 Annealed at 42 3 K for 25 h, sp gr = 2. 122 Annealed at 443 K tor 20 h, sp gr - 2/128 Quenched from melt

into ice water,

sp gr = 2. 129 Annealed at 40 3 K for 24 h, sp gr = 2. 1 31 Annealed at 42 3 K for 20 h, sp gr = 2. 135 Annealed at 443 K for 24 h. sp gr = 2. 138 Annealed at 47 3 K for 24 h, sp gr = 2. 148

373 2. 5X1018

1.0X101 8

1. 0X101B

2. 0 X 101 9

2. 0X1015

2. 5X10IS

4. 0X1015

5. 0X1015

2. OX 101 s

McKeown (1965) Extruded film 298 10, 600 (rms)

INVESTIGATOR! S] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Sazhin, Podosenova

(1963) McKeown (1965) Extruded film

Each thermal treatment indicates a sequential step performed on a single specimen.

t - 0. 0051 cm; spherical electrodes embedded in thermoset resin with samples, 60 Hz, surface treated by immersion in liquid - ammonia solution of Na; standard deviation of

8 samples = 22%.

440
Investigator(s) (year) Description Temperature

(K) Volume

Resistivity cm)

Tan t Dielectric Loss

Tangent

Dielectric Constant

D.S.

Dielectric Strength (V mil" 1

)

Sazhin (1965) As received, ap gr - 2.106 Annealed at 403 K for 25 h, sp gr = 2.116 Annealed at 423 K for 25 h. Bp gr = 2.122 Annealed at 443 K for 20 h, sp gr = 2.128 Quenched from melt

ice water, ap gr = 2.129 Annealed at 403 K for 24 h, ap gr = 2.131 Annealed at 423 K for 20 h, sp gr 2.135 Annealed at 443 K for 24 h, sp gr = 2.138 Annealed at 473 K for 24 h, sp gr = 2.148

298 2.5x10"

1.0X101 "

1.0 xio1 "

2. OX 101 "

2.0 Xio'°

2.5X 10

16

4.0X1016

5.0 X1018

2.0X101 "

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Sazhin (1965) Each thermal treatment indicates a sequential step performed on a single specimen.

441
Polychlorotrifluoroethylene

Electrical Properties References

1. Adamec, F., Effect of ionizing radiation on the electrical properties

of certain insulating materials, Elektrichestvo 4, 76 (1964).

2. Bazin, A. P., Effect of the bremsstrahlung radiation from a 25-MeV

betatron and of 14-MeV neutrons on the electrical conductivity

of polymeric dielectrics, Fizika Tverdogo Tela 4, 2885 (1962) ; English translation in Sov. Phys.-Solid State 4, 2113 (1963).

3. Coleman, ]. H., Bohm, D., A method for increasing electrical resistivity of insulators under ionizing radiation, J. Appl. Phys. 24,

497 (1953).

4. Convoy, M. E., Honn, F. J., Robb, L. E., Wolf, D. R., Kel-F elas- tomer properties, compounding, vulcanization and fabrication, Rubber Age 76, No. 4, 543 (1955)

5. Doban, R. C, Sperati, C. A., Sandt, B. W., The physical properties

of 'Teflon' polytetrafluoroethylene, SPE J. 11, 17 (Nov. 1955). Ondrejcin, J. J., Wire insulated with 'Teflon' tetrafluoroethylene

resin for high temperature uses, Wire 30, 776 (1955)

6. Eideliiant, M. P., Kreitser, T. V., Sazhin, B. I., Structure and

dielectric behaviour of extruded polytrifluorochloroethylene films, Vysokomolekulyarnye Soedineniya All, No. 10, 2288 (1969);

English translation in Polymer Sci. U.S.S.R. All, 2604 (1969).

7. Frisco, L. J., Dielectrics for Satellites and Space Vehicles, Johns Hopkins Univ., U.S. Army Research and Development Laboratory, Contract DA-36-039 SC-78321 (N62-13294) (AD 276867) (1962).

8. Hartshorn, L., Parry, J. V. L., Rushton, E., The dielectric losses in some representative insulating materials, J. IEE 100, Part 2A, No. 3, p. 23 (1953).

9. Heyne, L., Hauser, O., Anderung der elektrischen Polarisation von Hochpolymeren durch Einwirkung ionisierender Strahlung. Teil I

Zeitweilige Veranderungen wahrend der Bestrahling, Kolloid Z. 205,39(1965).

10. Heyne, L., Hauser, O., Anderung der elecktrischen Polarisation von Hochpolymeren durch Einwirkung ionisierender Strahlung. Teil

II: Permanete Veranderungen, Kolloid Z. 206, 20 (1965).

11. von Hippel, A., Tables of Dielectric Materials, Vol. IV, Laboratory

for Insulation Research, Massachusetts Institute of Technology,

Cambridge, O.N.R. Contracts N5ori-07801 and N5ori-07858

(1953).

12. Hoffman, J. £>., Scott, A. H., The Effect of Crystallinity on the Dielectric Properties of Polychlorotrifluoroethylene, 1956 Annual

Report of the Conference on Electrical Insulation, National Acad- emy of Sciences, Washington, D.C., p. 10.

13. Kallweit, J. H., Zur Elektrischen Leitfahagkeit von Hochpolymeren,

Kolloid Z. 188,97 (1963).

14. Knizhnik, Ye, I., Mamchick, S. D., The effect of irradiation on

dielectric relaxation and electrical conductivity in polytrifluoro- chloroethylene, Vysokmolekulyarnye Soedineniya All, 1665

(1969) ; English translation in Polymer Sci. USSR 11, 1887

(1969).

15. Krum, F., Veranderung der Relaxationsspektren Hochpolymerer mit

der Vorbehandlung, Kolloid Gesellschaft Verhandlungs Kerichte Darmstadt, 18, 183 (1958).

16. Krum, F., Miiller, F. H., Vorbehandlung und dielektrisches Verhalten Hochpolymerer, Kolloid Z. 164, 81 (1959). Krum, F., Einige neuere dielektrische Messungen an Polycarbonat,

Hostaflon und Teflon und ein Zeiteffekt, Kolloid Z. 165, 77

(1959).

17. Lee, H., Engineering potential of polyethylene, Product Engineering,

168, (1952).

18. McKeown, J. J., Intrinsic electric strengths of organic polymeric

materials, Proc. IEE 112, 824 (1965).

19. Mikhailov, G. P., Sazhin, B. I., A study of the electrical polarization and loss in polytrifluorochloroethylene, Zhurnal Technicheskol

Fiziki 26, 1723 (1956).

20. Mikhailov, G. P., Sazhin, B. I., Presniakova, V. S., Effect of the

density of polytrifluorochloroethylene on dielectric loss, Kolloid Zhurnal 20, 461 (1958); English translation in Colloid J. (U.S.S.R.) 20,433 (1958). _

21. Mikhailov, G. P., Sazhin, B. /., A study oflhe dielectric losses and

dielectric constants of crystallizing polymers, Vysokomolekulyarnye Soedineniya 1, 9 (1959). Mikhailov, G. P., Sazhin, B. I., A study of the effect of polymer

crystallization on the dielectric losses, Vysokomolekulyarnye

Soedineniya 1,29 (1959).

22. Nakajima, T., Saito S., Dielectric properties of polymonochlorotrifluoroethylene, J. Polymer Sci. 31, 423 (1958).

Saito, S., Study of Molecular Motions in Solid Polymers by the

Dielectric Measurements, Researches of the Electrotechnical Laboratory, Tokyo, No. 648 (1964)

23. Nordlin, H. G., Keel, D. K., Mayhew, C. H., Ionization-Chamber

Insulating Material, Federal Telecommunications Laboratories, Nutley, N. J., Contract DA 36-039-SC-5424 (AD 20666) (1953).

24. Olshanskaya, N. I., Vososchev, B. I., The change in dielectric loss in crystallizing polymers under the action of ionizing radiation,

Izvestiia Vysshikh Uchebnykh Zavedenii Fizika Tomsk No. 5

p. 150 (1962).

25. Reynolds, S. I., Thomas, V. G., Sharbaugh, A. H., Fuoss, R. M.,

Electrical properties of solids. XVI. Polytrifluoromonochloroethyl- ene as a polyphase dielectric, J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 73, 3714

(1951).

26. Rodionova, N. A., Effects of absorbed water on the electrical properties of organic dielectrics, Proceedings of the 2nd All Union

Conference, Nov. 1958 (Lebedev Institute of Physics, Academy

of Science USSR, Moscow, 1960), p. 194.

27. Saito, S., Sasabe, H., Nakajima, T'., Yada, K., Dielectric relaxation and electrical conduction of polymers as a function of pressure and temperature, J. Polymer Sci. 6, 1297 (1968).

28. Sazhin, B. I., Filippovich, D. S., Electroconductivity of polymers.

VI. Calculations of specific conductivities in the region of dipole- radical polarization, Vysokmolekulyarnye Soedineniya 5, 1207

(1963) . 29. Sazhin, B. I., Podosenova, N. G., On the compensation effect for

electrically carried out crystallization of polymer dielectrics, Doklady Akad. Nauk. SSSR 148, 627 ( 1963 )

30. Sazhin, B. I., Podosenova, N. G., Electrical conductivity of polymers,

VII. Effect of crystallization, Vysokomolekulyarnye Soedineniya

6, No. 1, 137 (1964a), English translation in Polymer Sci. U.S.S.R. 6, 162 (1964).

31. Sazhin, B. I., Podosenova, N. G., Effect of crystallization on the

electrical conductivity of polymer dielectrics, Fizika Tverdogo

Tela 6, 2215 (1964b), English translation in Soviet Physics

Solid State 6, 1755 (1965).

32. Sazhin, B. I., Shurikhina, V. S., Dependence of the electrical conductivity of polymers on the field strength, Plasticheskie Massy

9, 49 (1966) ; English translation in Soviet Plastics 9, 51 (1967).

33. Sazhin, B. I., Stafeeva, N. P., Investigation of the electroconductivity

of polymers, II. Polytrifluorochloroethylene, Vysokomolekulyarnye

Soedineniya 2, No. 10, 1541 (1960).

34. Scott, A. H., Scheiber, D. ]., Curtis, A. ]., Lauritzen, Jr., J. I., Hoffman, J. D., Dielectric properties of semicrystalline poly- chlorotrifluoroethylene, J. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), 66A

(Phys. and Chem.), No. 4, 269 (July-Aug. 1962).

35. Sisman, O., Bopp, C. D., Physical Properties of Irradiated Plastics, U.S. Atomic Energy Commission, Oak Ridge National Laboratory,

ORNL-928, Work performed under Contract No. W-7405-eng-26

(1951).

36. 3M Co., Kel-F 81 Brand Plastic, (Aug. 1, 1961). Bringer R. P., CTFE fluorocarbons, Machine Design 34, No. 22, 84

(1962).

Bringer, R. P., CTFE fluorocarbons, Machine Design 36, No. 22, 73

(1964) . Bringer, R. P., CTFE fluorocarbons, Machine Design 38, No. 22, 65

(1966). Bringer R. P., CTFE resins, Machine Design 43, 23 (Feb. 11, 1971).

37. Vodopyanov, K. A., Borozhtsov, B. I., Lavrov, M. D., Nesmelova,

E. S., Potakhova, G. I., Effect of radioactive radiation on the

dielectric properties of electrical insulators, Atomnaya Energiya

9, No. 6, 498 (1960).

38. Warner, A. J., Muller, F. A., Nordlin, H. G., Electrical conductivity induced by ionizing radiation in some polymeric materials, J. Appl. Phvs. 25, 131 (1954).

39. Westphal, W. B., Dunn, H. M., Fergus, P. A., McCarty, E., Dielectric Materials and Applications (Ed. A. R. von Hippel, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, 1954) , 300, 415.

442
Polychlorotrifluoroethylene

E. Related References

1. Bigelow, J. E., Tests of Temperature-Resistance Relations for In- sulating Materials, General Electric Report DF-49GL51 (1949).

2. Hara, T., Dielectric properties of low molecular weight polychlorotrifluoroethylene, Jap. J. Appl. Phys. 6, 135 (1967)

.

3. Harrison, S. E., Gamma-Ray Photoconductivity Decay in Organic

Dielectric Materials, Sandia Corporation, SCR-671 (N64-18008)

• (1963).

4. Hoffman, J. 0., Dielectric study of multiple loss peaks in polychlorotrifluoroethylene, Amer. Chem. Soc, Polymer Preprints 6, 581

(1965).

5. Mandelkern, L., Martin, G. M., Quinn Jr., F. A., Glassy state transi- tions of poly-(chlorotrifluoroethylene) , poly-(vinylidene fluoride), and their copolymers, J. Research, NBS 58, 137 (1957) RP2745.

6. McCall, D. W., Relaxation in Solid Polymers, Nat. Bur. Stand.

(U.S.), Spec. Publ. 301, p. 475, 571 pages (June 1969).

7. Scheiber, D. J., Dielectric Study of the Effect of Crystallization upon the Glass Transition of Polychlorotrifluoroethylene, Annual

Report, Conference on Electrical Insulation, National Academy of Sciences, National Research Council, pub. 973 (1961).

8. Tobohky, A. V., McLoughlin, J. R., Viscoelastic properties of

crystalline polymers: Polychlorotrifluoroethylene, J. Phys. Chem.

59,989 (1955).

9. Weir, C. E., Compressibility of natural and synthetic high polymers

at high pressures, J. Research, NBS 46, 207 (1951) RP2192.

10. Weir, C. E., Temperature dependence of compression of linear high

polymers at high pressures, J. Research, NBS 53, 245 (1954) RP2540.

443

8. Polyethylene terephthalate (PET)

A. Summary

Polyethylene terephthalate is a high molecular weight polyester with relatively high melting point and glass transition temperatures for the retention of good mechanical properties up to 425 K-450 K. The polymer chain is stiff with a high modulus

and the interchain bonds are unaffected by moisture resulting in excellent fiber and film properties. PET is melt spun or drawn

into fiber or film, quenching the molten polymer to below its glass transition. The fibers are frequently stretched to obtain vary- ing degrees of crystallinity and preferred orientation which give a considerable range in the mechanical properties. The fibers are commonly used for clothing and the films, the toughest known, are frequently used for insulation and magnetic tapes.

PET

Chemical Formula

Chemical Structure

0

II CSignificant Properties

:

Density (295 K)

Crystalline melting point

Molecular weight

Crystallinity

Approximate transition regions

Chemical resistance Tensile strength (295 K)

Thermal expansion coefficient (295 K)

Dielectric constant (105 Hz) , 295 K)

Dielectric Loss Tangent (105 Hz) , (295 K)

Trade names occurring in the references compiled

:

Dacron, Hostaphan, Lavsan, Melinex, Mylar, and Terylene

(C10 H8 O4 ) rt 0 H H

-0- -C—C—0—

H H

1.38 gm cm 3 538 K

1300-1600

Amorphous

200-290 K, 340-430 K, 515-540 K

Good

20,000 psi (film)

100,000 psi (fiber)

SxlO^K"1 3.05

0.01

445
B. Mechanical Properties and References (PET)

0 01 0.2 0.3 04 0.5 0.6 07 0.8 0.9 1.0 STRAIN

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Dillon (1952)

Farrow (1956)

Dacron, 3 denier

Dacron, 3.2 and 70 denier; Terylene,

2. 0 and medium tenacity 44. 5 denier

GL = 2. 54 cm; Instron, 0. 021 cm s _1 xhd spd; 10 samples and averaged.

Cambridge Textile Extensometer used, varied both specimen length and rate of loading;

test media in parentheses; pretreated specimens immersed in water (368 K) for 1 min,

dried at room temp.

446
0 0.1 0 2 0.3 0.4 0 5 0.6 0.7 0 8 0 9 1.0 STRAIN

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Farrow (1956) Dacron, 3.2 and 70 denier; Terylene,

2. 0 and medium tenacity 44. 5 denier Cambridge Textile Extensometer used, varied both specimen length and rate of loading;

test media in parentheses; pre-treated specimens immersed in water (368 K) for 1 min,

dried at room temp.

417
PETs

'S3 GO

CO

C0

80x10

75

70

65

60

55

50

45

COCL

CO ^u

UJ

tr

co 35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

i i i i i i i i i i i i Hudson (191=13)

—\ 4—

-I drawn uninxinllv. Innn .. uncrvstnl Ii7f>d —

i— —

-- - - --

_ —

1

. —

-

- -- - - !

I - -

i

- —- -1 - - - j -h

—f

-

-• - —,_ - 1 — \. - \- L- -drawn uniaxiallv lona.. crystallized - t 4- -- -

: .1 —

1 -1 4-

1 —

-

i

1 1

!

i

1 t

-_ m±

T ti — 1 +- 4-r- -

i j_ -

"f

- _

., -

-j- redrawn biaxio v. cn/sta lized

-—

4-

_ - - iI

-

. -

1

-

;

1 , -drawn biaxial ly, uncrystallized

drawn uniaxial ly, trans, uncrysta -rn-tr-rrrmrrmi minilized t

irn+

55 x I0

8

50

45

40

35

CM"Eo

30 &

CO 25 ujcc

h-CO

20

15

10

0 0.5 1.0 1.5 STRAIN

2.0 25 3.0

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Hudson (1953) Terylene film 293 K

r

448
0 0 1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 STRAIN

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Coplan (1953) Dacron 5100; 70 denier, 34 filament, 3/4 Z GL = 25. 4 cm; Instron or F. R. L. Tester, xhd spd = 0. 127 cm s"1

, 294 K test was at 65% rel hum; max load error = 2%, max elongation error = 5%, 12 specimens tested.

449
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 STRAIN

INVESTIGATOR^) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Coplan (19 53)

Kawaguchi (1961)

Dacron 5100; filament yarns: 70 denier, 34 filament, 3/4 Z: 210 denier, 34

filament, 1 Z

GL = 25. 4 cm; Instron or F. R. L,. Tester, xhd spd = 0. 127 cm s J

, exposed to conditions noted and then tested at 294 K and 65% rel hum; exposure at 372 K was at both 2% and 95%

rel hum with practically no difference in results, max load error = 2%, max elongation error

= 5%, 12 specimens tested.

Filament; data for intermediate temps also presented,

f

450
INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Thompson (1959) melt spun, amorphous, molecular

weight = 15, 000

Fiber, diam =- .01 cm; immersed in silicone oil, tests at several strain rates.

451
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 STRAIN

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Thompson (1959) melt spun, amorphous, molecular

weight = 15, 000

Fiber, diam =* . 01 cm; immersed in silicone oil, tests at several strain rates.

452
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 STRAIN

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Thompson (1959) melt spun, amorphous, molecular

weight = 15, 000 Fiber, diam ^ . 01 cm; immersed in silicone oil, tests at several strain rates.

453
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 STRAIN

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Thompson (1959) melt span, amorphous, molecular

weight = 15, 000

Fiber, diam =-.01 cm; immersed in silicone oil, tests at several strain rates.

r

454
INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Yamaguchi (1959) Terylene F 5 denier, single filament; 6 cm between holding points, £ = 0. 0005 s"

1

, 293K .

455
0 0.04 0.08 0.12 0.16 0.20 0.24 STRAIN

INVESTIGATOR^] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Yamaguchi (1959) Terylene F 5 denier, single filament; 6 cm between holding points, & = 0. 0005 s \ rel hum = 65%.

456
0 12 3 4 5 6 STRAIN

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kozlov, Kabanov, Frolova (1959)

Kuriyama, Shirakashi

(1964)

Amorphous film, crystallized by

annealing at 388 K for 30 min

Undrawn

Xhd spd = 0. 0017 cm s"1

; data at intermediate temps also presented.

Fiber, I - 2. 0 cm; e = 0. 0042 s"1

, tested in air; data also given for samples in hot water.

45 i
INVESTIGATORS) [year)

Haynes, Hsiao (1960)

Hsiao, Chow (I960)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Mylar, biaxially oriented

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Specimens cut || to a biaxial direction, f = 10. 1 cm, Red Sec 1. 3 x 0. 65 x . 0270 cm;

0. 0033 s"1 nominal e .

34 fibers, 0.0029 cm fiber diam; 0. 033 s"1 nominal e.

458
STRAIN

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Ward (1961) Amorphous fiber 370 K.

459
STRAIN

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Slonimskii, Dikareva

(1964)

Anisotropic film Specimens cut with various angles between the primary orientation and the stretch, 293 K.

460
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Toth, Barber (1964)

Becker (1965)

Mylar A

Mylar A sheet

t = O. 00125-0. 00180 cm.

Overall dimension 2. 5 x 15.0 cm, t= 0.0019, 0.0025, 0.0075, 0. 013, 0. 020, 0. 025 cm, GL = 6.63 cm; pneumatic machine; strain measured using micrometer microscope.

461
TRUE STRAIN

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mitsuishi, Tonami

(1964)

Poliakov (1966)

Annealed for 1 h without tension Fiber, 2. 1 -2. 6 denier, t = 2, 0 cm; e = 0. 017 s"1

; results also presented for intermediate temps, results also presented for samples held at fixed length during anneal, the Young's modulus was somewhat higher and the elongation lower.

t - 2. 0 cm, w = 0, 6 cm, t = 0. 001 cm; 293 K; irrad in air and vacuum by ultraviolet light from a mercury-quartz lamp, 2400-3700 A, intensity » 28 W m"3

, lamp to specimen

distance » 40 cm.

462
INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Hall (1964)

Hall (1968)

Terylene microdull high tenacity, 24

filaments; Terylene dull medium

tenacity, 48 filaments

Terylene dull medium tenacity, 48 filaments

GL = 5 cm; 295 K, 65 ± 4% rel hum; end correction used at high e .

GL = 2. 5-10 cm; 294 ± 1 K, 65 ± 4% rel hum; av of several tests, correction for slip applied

to GL.

463
INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kerlin, Smith (1966)

Kerlin, Smith (1966)

Brown (1955a)

Mylar C

Mylar C

Dacron

Overall dimension 15, 24 x 2. 54 x 0. 0025 cm; low-force tester, 1. 27 cm min 1 xhd spd; curve represents av of 3 specimens, samples did not fracture.

Overall dimension 15. 24 x 2. 54 x 0. 0025 cm; ASTM D882-61T test procedure, Instron, 50.8 cm min 1 xhd spd.

464
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 STRAIN

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kerlin, Smith (1966) Mylar 100 C

Overall dimension 15. 24 x 2. 54 x 0. 0025 cm; ASTM D-882-61T test procedure, Instron, 50.8 cm min-1 xhd spd; curve represents av of 9 specimens.

465
0 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 2.0 24

STRAIN

INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kerlin, Smith (1966)

Kalinnikov (1966)

Mylar 100 C Overall dimension 15.24 x 2. 54 x 0.0025 cm; low-force tester, 1.27 cm min xhd spd; curve represents av of 3 specimens, sample (5. 3 x 107 rad) did not fracture; irrad by Ground Test Reactor at the Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility of the Fort Worth

Division of General Dynamics.

Irrad with Co60

.

f

466
STRAIN

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Armeniades, Kuriyama,

Roe, Baer (1967) Mylar, amorphous Red Sec 6. 35 x 1. 27 x 0. 013 cm; Instron, 3. 06 cm s _1 xhd spd.

467
STRAIN

INVESTIGATOR^) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Armeniades, Kuriyama,

Roe, Baer (1967) Mylar A, biaxially oriented Red Sec 6. 35 x 1. 27 x 0.013 cm; Instron, 3. 06 cm s"

1 xhd spd.

468
INVESTIGATOR^] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

DuPont (1967) Mylar

469
PET 65 x I03

STRAIN

INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Brown, Ward (1968) Mylar, isotropic and anistropic Overall dimension 0. 15 x 0. 15 x 0. 20 cm block; direction of shear parallel to direction of draw.

470
0 0.1 02 0.3 04 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 STRAIN

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Brown, Ward (1968) Mylar, oriented and isotropic Isotropic specimen - Red Sec 2. 5 x 0. 4 x 0. l cm; oriented specimen - Red Sec 2.5 x 0.4 x

0. 02 cm; type E tensometer, e < < 10 1 min .

471
PET l30xl03 &

'S3 33 120

Cm CO

100

80

10Q.

if) inUJ

orH

C/J

40

20

0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 STRAIN

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Du Pont (1969) Dacron Types 55, 56, 57, 62 are filament yarn taken directly from shipping package, all others are

staple and tow obtained by using 100 den bundles of dried and crimped samples, all samples twisted to 0.8 turns cm 1

j conditioned at 294K, 65% rel hum,

Instron, GL = 25. 4 cm, « =0. 01 s"\

r

472
STRAIN

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Skelton, Freeston Jr. , Ford (1969)

Reed, Durcholz, Arvidson (1971)

Skelton, Freeston Jr. , Schoppe (1970)

Dacron 1100-250-0, Type 52, 1060 denier

Dacron, type 52, 220 denier

Dacron 1100-250-0, Type 52, 1060 denier

GL = 5.1 - 61.0 cm; Instron used e = 0.0167 s"

1

, FRL high-speed piston tester used for

e = 30. 0 s-1

, specimens conditioned at 294 K and 65% rel hum for 24 hr before test; 5 specimens tested for each configuration.

0. 000178 cm2 xsec area, 44 continuous fibers, GL = 10. 16 cm; Instron, 0. 0061 to 0. 00085 cm s"1 xhd spd.

For e = 0.0167 s"1

; GL = 12.7 cm; Instron. For e = 30.0 s"1

; GL = 55.9 cm; FRL high-speed piston tester.

473
0 0.1 02 03 04 0.5 0.6 SHEAR STRAIN

IIVESTIGATOR(S) (year} MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Rabinowitz, Ward,

Parry (1970)

Arnite type A 150, crystalline Hollow specimen; e = 0. 0004 s

_1

, measurements made while samples were under a hydrostatic pressure transmitted through a mixture of equal parts of castor oil and

hydraulic brake fluid, pressure noted.

474
STRAIN

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Reed, Durcholz, Arvidson (1970)

Amborski, Flierl

(1953)

Mylar A

Mylar

Red Sec 2. 54 x 0. 51 x 0. 0025 cm; Instron, 0. 00021 cm s" 1 xhd spd.

t = 0. 0025 cm; Instron, 0. 042 cm s

1 xhd spd.

475
PET 65 x I03

VI

V>

s- CO

a. 40

CO

CO

trH

CO

4x10'

to

CO

a:

0.4 0.5 0.6 STRAIN

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year)

Reed, Durcholz, Arvidson ( 1970)

Kalinnikov (1967)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Mylar A

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Red Sec 2. 54 x 0. 51 x 0. 025 cm; Instron, 0. 0127 cm min-1 xhd spd.

Film; irrad by 2500-5800 fl light in air and vacuum.

476
0 0.1 0.2 03 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 08 0.9 10 STRAIN

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Reed, Durcholz, Arvidson (1970) Mylar A Red Sec 2. 54 x 0. 51 x 0. 0051 cm; Instron, 0. 0127 cm min"1 xhd spd.

477
STRAIN

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Christiansen, Baer,

Radcliffe (1971) Commercial sheet t = 0. 24 cm; measurements made while the samples were under a hydrostatic pressure

transmitted through castor oil, xhd spd = 0. 00025 cm s

_l

, 300 K, pressure noted,

r

478
INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Coplan (1953)

Anderson, Jr. , Morfitt

(1958)

Amborski, Mecca (1960)

Kuchinka (1962)

Skelton, Freeston, Jr. , Ford (1969)

Skelton, Freeston, Jr. , Schoppe (1970)

Dacron 5100; filament yarn: 70 denier, 34 filament, 3/4 Z; 210 denier, 34 filament, 1 Z

Mylar

Mylar C

Dacron 1100-250-0, Type 52, 1060 denier

Dacron 1100-250-0, Type 52, 1060

denier

GL = 25. 4 cm, Instron or F. R. L. Tester, xhd spd = 0. 127 cm s"1

; max error = 5%, 12 specimens tested.

t = 0. 0013 cm, cut in long, direction; xhd spd = 0. 84 cm s"1

; irrad by ultraviolet at 298 K and

305 K; av of 5 tests.

Long, specimens; Instron.

Fiber. GL = 5. 1 -61. 0 cm; Instron used for e = 0. 167 s

-1

, FRL high-speed piston tester used for higher e, specimens conditioned at 294 K and 65% rel hum for 24 h before test; 5 specimens

tested for each configuration.

For e = 0. 0167 s"1: GL = 12. 7 cm; Instron. For e = 30. 0 s~l

: GL = 55. 9 cm; FRL highspeed piston tester.

479
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATOR^] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Anderson, Morfitt

(1958) Mylar t = 0. 00127 cm: tested in long, direction, 0. 84 cm s \

480
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Anderson, Jr. , Morfitt

(1958)

Hoggatt (1965)

Weatherable Mylar

Mylar A, D, and T

Av of 5 tests

Mylar A: t = 0. 0025, 0. 0051, and 0. 0191 cm, Mylar D and T: t = 0. 0076 cm; ASTM

D1708-597 test procedure.

481
PETs

o

0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE ,K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Skelton, Freeston, Jr., Ford (1969)

Anderson, Morfitt

(1958)

Dacron, type 52

Mylar

GL = 5.08 cm, 1060 denier; Instron, 6 = 0.0167 to 0. 167 s _1

, GL = 17. 7 to 61. 0 cm;

high-speed piston tester, e = 4. 0 to 14. 0 s"1

.

t = 0.00127 cm; tested in long, direction, 0.84 cm s" 1 xhd spd.

482
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE ,

K

INVESTIGATORS] (year)

Mowers

(1962)

Reed, Mikesell

(1958)

Reed, Mikesell

(1958)

Hanson, Richards,

Hickel (1965)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Mylar D, 15 and 55% crys

Mylar

Dacron

Mylar A

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Red Sec 2. 54 x 0. 63 x 0. 051 cm, 2. 54 x 3. 2 x 0. 051 cm and 0. 025 x 0. 51 x 0. 051 cm;

Instron, 0. 0042 cm s"

1 xhd spd used at cryogenic temperatures; GL unknown.

Six twisted sheets woven into one strand, GL = 10. 6 cm, xsec area = 0. 122 cm ; € = 0. 00017 s" 1

, elongation taken during test.

Braided continuous filaments, xsec area = 0. 00615 cm2

, 4= 11. 7 cm; Instron, c = 0. 00017

s -1

; GL unknown.

Red Sec 5.08 x 1. 27 x 0. 32 cm; e = 0.0002 - 0. 0005 s~\

483
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE,

INVESTIGATORS) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Yamaguchi (1959)

Haynes, Hsiao (I960)

Armeniades, Kuriyama

Roe, Baer (1967)

Du Pont (1967)

Terylene F

Mylar, biaxially oriented

Mylar, amorphous and biaxially oriented

Mylar

5 denier, single filament, 6 cm between holding points; e = 0.0005 s , rel hum = 65%;

extracted from ° - e diagrams.

Specimens cut || to a biaxial direction, £ = 10.1 cm, Red Sec = 1.3 X0.65 * 0.0270 cm;

i = 0.0033 s

1 nominal; extracted from c - e diagrams.

Red Sec = 6.35 x 1.27 x 0.013 cm; Instron, 3.06 cm s

1 xhd spd; extracted from o - e diagrams.

Extracted from o" -e diagrams.

r

484
INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Podall, Oser, Elisson, Augl (1965) Mylar, type C and T

485
PET 160 co

esb£S

S 140 Ed

120

100

O 80

I-<z

3

LU 60

40

20

_ J

1

1 -J -

.... —

, Eckert(l967)

O Toth(l964)

i 1 a Caren(l965) !

1

!

1 —4—

i , —

. . . i i. ,. ...j :

_ _ j 1 L4-

I T" ;

——

i

1

i h

i

k ^A, 42-43 %crys —

Is \ I T T n r

i

1 -

... — i , B,43-45%crys

1—

r

i—i

-_—-

i —i

1—|

..._]—i—:

f— \~ h

1 —!

1

i :

,

'

1 ' 7T —j

—

/

i- // — 1—

p

— I— —i

1 100 200 300 400

TEMPERATURE,

500 600

INVESTIGATORS) (year]

Caren, Coston, Holmes, Dubus (1965)

Toth, Barber (1964)

Eckert, Serafini (1967)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

"plain" Mylar film

Mylar A film

Mylar, extruded amorphous sheet; av molecular weight = 19, 500, t = 0.015 cm, processed (A) by stretching at 358 K, heat setting at 463 K for 15, 120 sec (42-43% crystallinity); or (B) stretching at 368 K, heat setting at 463 K for 15, 120 sec (43-45% crystallinity), biaxial stretch at 1000% per min to 3X

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

t = 0.0254 cm. Red Sec 7. 62 cm long, 1. 27 cm wide; strain gage extensometer.

t = 0.0508 cm, 5 specimens per temp, GL determined by time-lapse photography.

2.54 cm wide specimens, cut trans to film extrusion direction, GL = 10. 16 cm; e = 0. 0083

486
TEMPERATURE ,K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Reed, Durcholz, Arvidson (1970) Mylar A Red Sec = 2.54 x 0.51 cm; Instron, xhd spd = 0.00021 cm s ; error bars indicate range of value from several tests.

487
iNVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Reed, Durcholz, Arvidson (1970)

Reed, Durcholz, Arvidson ( 1971 )

Mylar A

Dacron, type 52, 220 denier, 44 fibers

Red Sec 2. 54 x 0. 51 x 0. 0051 cm, GL = 2. 54 cm, Instron; 0. 00021 cm s"

1 xhd spd; error bars indicate range of values from several tests.

1 =- 20 cm; Instron, 0. 00085 and 0. 00021 cm s" 1 xhd spd; error bars indicate range of values from several tests.
PET

TEMPERATURE,

K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Baer, Hiltner, Kastelic (1971)

Kastelic, Baer (1971)

Mylar 100A, biaxially oriented

Amorphous

t = 0. 0025 cm; e = 0. 00017 s" 1

.

t = 0.013 cm, ASTM Die C modified by narrowing grip ends to 1. 57 cm; Instron, xhd spd = 0.0083 cm s" 1

, e = 0.00017 s" 1

.

489
10 100 I03 I0 4

I05I0 6

I07 I08

I0! RADIATION

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

LeClair, Cobbs Jr. (1958)

Kalinnikov (1966)

Mylar film, type A and C

Film

e = 0.0167 s-1, Instron tensile machine; electron irradiation from a 2 Mev Van de Graaff

accelerator; 5 samples tested, 95% confidence limits = ± 25%.

Y irrad by Co60

.

f

490
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Yasui (1963)

Lockheed (1965)

Mylar

Mylar

t = O. 00254, GL = 5. 08 cm, 0. 635 cm wide; 0. 021 cm s" 1 xhd spd, ASTM-D412-51T

procedures, Type C die, Tinius-Olsen; radiation source: Radiation

Effects Reactor, Lockheed, Dawsonville, Ga. , at ambient temp.

ASTM D638-61T procedures, 9-13 specimens per irrad group; irradiation source: Radiation Effects Reactor, Lockheed, Dawsonville, Ga. , temp rise in specimens during

irradiation <10K, in vacuum.

491
PET 250

S

o

'3

S3bDC

o

w

Air irradiated , Instron i Vacuum irradiated , Instron Vacuum irradiated , low force tester

Irradiated at 320K

Irradiated at 373 K Harrington ( 1958)

Kerlin

( 1966)

Price (1968 b)

RADIATION , rad

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year)

Harrington, Giberson

(1958)

Kerlin, Smith

(1966)

Price (1968b)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Mylar A, sp gr = 1 . 39

Mylar 100C film

Mylar, sp gr = 1. 395

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

t = 0.008 cm, Die C dumbbell specimen; ASTM-D -4 1 2 -5 1 T test procedure. Scott tensile; irrad in air at 298 K by a 3 x 10* curie Co60 source at 1.3 x 10s Roentgen h

_1

; 95%

confidence limits are approx = 10%.

t = 0. 00254 cm, Red Sec 2. 54 x 15. 24 cm; ASTM-D-882-61T procedures, except for

testing of some specimens in "Low-Force Tester" at xhd spd of 10.021 cm s , other specimens tested in Instron at xhd spd 0. 845 cm s_1

; irrad at Ground Test

Reactor, NARF, G. D. , Ft. Worth, Texas.

7. 6 x 1. 27 x 0. 0025 cm, GL = 7. 6 cm, degassed 3 days in pyrex tubes at 320 K and

10"6 Torr, 0. 085 cm s"1 xhd spd, e = 0.011 s"\ irrad with Co60 at rate of 1 . 6 x 10 12

rad h

_1 at 320 K.

492
RADIATION, rod

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Bopp, Sisman (1954) Mylar film Irrad in ORNL Graphite Reactor.

Kerlin (1963) Mylar, t = 0. 025 cm; Mylar A, t = 0. 008 cm; Mylar C, t = 0. 003 cm

1 = 15. 2 cm, w = 2. 5 cm; ASTM D882-56T test procedure, Instron Model TT, 298-321 K; vacuum irrad by Ground Test Reactor at Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility of General Dynamics, Fort Worth; av of 2-4 tests, error bars indicate standard deviation.

Smith (1963) Mylar C GL = 10. 2 cm, w = 2. 5 cm, t = 0. 003 cm; Instron used at room temp, xhd spd = 0. 021 cm s"1

; irrad in air and liquid Hs and N2 by Ground Test Reactor at Nuclear Aerospace Research

Facility of General Dynamics, Fort Worth; av of several tests.

Lockheed Missies and

Spaces Co. (1964) Mylar t = 0. 005 cm, ASTM D412-51T Type C die; Tinius Olsen Universal Test Machine Model RM-2,

xhd spd = 0. 0042 cm s

_1

, 77 K; irrad in Radiation Effects Reactor at Dawsonville, Georgia

operated at 10s watts; results nearly identical for trans and long, specimens, av of 4-6 tests.

493
RADIATION, rod

INVESTIGATORS) (year)

Kerlin, Smith (1964)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Mylar A and C

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS w = 2. 54 cm, t = 15. 24 cm; ASTM D882-56T test procedure, xhd spd = 0. 85 cm s"1

; irrad

in vacuum and air by Ground Test Reactor at Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility of General Dynamics, Fort Worth, temp o£ irradiation noted.

494
PET co

o

0 I0

5 I06 I0

7 I08 I0

9 RADIATION , rad

IHVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Morgan, Sheldon,

Stapleton (1966) Specimens 10. 2 cm x 1. 3 cm cut from both machine and trans directions of roll, film as supplied approximately 40% crys; irrad at 303K with spend fuel element assembly at A. E. R. E. Harwell, tested at 296K with an Instron,

495
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Stephenson, Moses

Wilcox (1961)

Stephenson, Wilcox

(1963)

Mylar C

Mylar film, Dacron fibers (4.4 denier)

t = O. 000635 cm; ASTM-D-882-49T procedures, Instron;ultraviolet radiation sources : General Electric G30T8 H6 vapor lamp, emitting 90% of radiation

at 2537A; General Electric A-H6 Hg vapor lamp, high P, 1000 Watts, broad spectrum

of radiation with intensity peaks at 2440, 3140, and 3690A, monochromator (Bausch

and Lomb) slits (132A wide) used to select radiation, irrad in vacuum.

Diam (Dacron) = 0. 00254 cm; ASTM-D-882-49T procedures, Instron ; ultraviolet /adiation sources: General Electric G30T8 Hg vapor lamp, emitting 90% of radiation at 2537A; General Electric A-H6 Hg vapor lamp, high P^, 1000 watts, broad spectrum of radiation with intensity pulse at 2440, 3140, and 3690A, monochromator

(Bausch and Lomb) slits (132Awide) used to select radiation, irrad at 10" Torr.

496
INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Stephenson, Moses

Wilcox (1961)

Stephenson, Wilcox

(1963)

Mylar C

Mylar film

t = 0. 000635 cm, ASTM D882-49T procedures, Instron ; ultraviolet radiation source : General Electric G30T8 lamp emitting 90% of radiation at 2537A, samples placed in quartz tubes and evacuated or flushed with nitrogen.

t = 0. 000635 cm; ASTM D882-49T procedures, Instron I ultraviolet radiation source ; General Electric G30T8 lamp emitting 90% of radiation at 2537A, irrad under both vacuum and oxygen, vacuums of 5 x 10" 2 Torr and 1 x 10" 6 Torr used.

497
PET 650

INVESTIGATORS] (year]

Holder. (1959)

Amborski, Mecca (1960)

Hall (1964)

Hall (1968)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Terylene, 3 filament yarn

Amorphous film and Mylar C

Terylene microdull high tenacity, 24

filaments; Terylene dull medium tenacity 48 filaments

Terylene dull medium tenacity, 48 filaments

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Dried over silica gel at 29 3 K for 24 h then allowed to reach equilibrium at 293 K and 65% rel hum; low e on Instron, 10 tests; high € on impact device, 16 tests.

Long, specimens; 296. 5 K, 50% rel hum. GL = 5 cm; 295 K, 65 ± 4% rel hum; end correction used at high e .

GL = 2. 5-10 cm; 294 ± 1 K, 65 ± 4% rel hum; av of several tests, correction for slip applied to GL.

498
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Caren, Coston, Holmes,

Dubus (1965)

Toth, Barber (1964)

McClintock, Gibbons

(1960)

Podall, Oser, Eli s son, Augl (1965)

Amborski, Flierl(1953)

"plain" Mylar film

Mylar A

Mylar

Mylar, type C and T

Mylar

t = 0. 0254 cm. Red Sec 7. 62 x 1, 27 cm; strain gage extensometer.

t = 0.0508 cm, 5 specimens tested per temp, GL determined by time-lapse photography.

"NBS unpublished data."

t = 0.00254 cm; constant rate of elongation (100% min -1), Instron.

499
TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Coplan (1953)

Kuchinka (1962)

Dacron 5100; filament yarn: 70 denier,

34 filament, 3/4 Z; 210 denier, 34

filament, 1 Z

GL = 25. 4 cm, Instron or F. R. L. Tester, xhd spd = 0. 127 cm s"1

; max load error = 2%,

12 specimens tested.

Fiber.

500
INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Anderson, Morfitt

(1958) Mylar t = 0. 00127 cm; A: Mylar tested along long.direction, B: creased Mylar, crease 180° with respect to test direction, C: 45° creased Mylar, samples creased for 6 months

under 5 psi, 0. 088 cm s"

1 and 5. 1 cm s

1 xhd spd; yd off unknown.

501
TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Caren, Coston, Holmes, Dubus (1965)

Hanson, Richards,

Hickel (1965)

Reed, Mikesell ( 1958)

Haynes, Hsiao (I960)

Mylar A

Mylar A

Mylar

Mylar, biaxially oriented

Overall dimension 7.62 x 1.27 cm and t = 1.27 to 1.78 cm; hydraulic tester; max deviation from av, 21%(295K), 8%(76K), 6.7% (20K), 3 te sts at each temp.

t = 5. 08 to 7. 62 x 10~3 cm, cylindrical specimens with lapped seam, pressure in vessel

loaded and unloaded cyclically until failure, e = 12.7 x 10

3 cm min .

Specimens composed of 6 twisted sheets woven into 1 strand, GL = 10.6 cm,

xsec area = 0.00122 cm

2

; hydraulic test machine, spools of 1.27 cm diam for gripping strands,

e = 0.0017 s"

1

.

1 = 10.1 cm. Red Sec 1.3 x 0.65 x 0.27 cm, specimens cut II to biaxial directions;

12.0 s

1 nominal

502
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Reed, Mikesell (1958)

Reed, Durcholz, Arvidson (1971)

Skelton, Freeston, Jr., Ford (1969)

Skelton, Freeston, Jr., Schoppe (1970)

Dacron

Dacron, type 52

Dacron 1100 - 250-0, Type 52, 1060

denier

Dacron 1100 - 250-0, Type 52, 1060

denier

Braided continuous filaments, xsec area = 6.15 x 10"3 cm2

, 11.7 cm long; Instron, E= 0. 00017 sec" 1

; 0. 2% yd off.

44 continuous fibers, xsec area = 17. 56 x 10" 5 cm2

, GL = 10. 16 cm; Instron, 0. 00021-0. 00085 cm s"

1 xhd spd; 0.2% yd off; error bars indicate spread of several tests. GL - 5.1-61.0 cm; Instron used for s = 0. 167 s" \ FRL high-speed piston tester used for higher 6, specimens conditioned at 294 K and 65% rel hum for 24 h before test; 5 specimens

tested for each configuration.

For e = 0.0167 s" 1

: GL = 12.7 cm; Instron. Fore :30.0s" 1

: GL = 55 . 9 cm; FRL high-speed piston tester

.

503
PET 65 x 10

200 300 400

TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATORS) (year)

Anderson, Jr. , Morfitt

(1958)

Amborski, Mecca (I960)

Jackson, Jr. , Caldwell

(1963)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Weatherable Mylar

Mylar C

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

t = 0. 0025 cm.

Long. Specimens; Instron.

Film; Instron, ASTM D882-61T, Method A test procedure.

504
0 100 200 300 4 00 500 600

TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATOR! S ) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Podall, Oser, Elisson, Mylar, type C and T 0. 2% yd off. Augl (1965)

Anderson Jr. , Mylar t = 0.013 cm, cut in long, direction; xhd spd = 0. 84 cm s-1

; irrad by ultraviolet at 298 K

Morfitt (1958) and 305 K; av of 5 tests, results almost identical after no irradiation and 9 x 10s rads.

505
PET 65xl03

bl) s

<_ 60

oa

50

40

CO

co

LU

rr 30

20

4444-

4_.lt

1 I -l

1 1

- Lj \\\\ II 1 1 Ml ! 1

i

i

.'

! -r

• Anderson uyoe

A Boer (1971) Kastelic ( 1958)

Tensile

Yield —

_

— • •

: i .._ 4-

:::.:t . i ... 1 .-44- - . ——4

i _L

- —— i —

r

-

--

\

- —\

__44

^Non-irradiated

b

^ i L +- +- +

i

V Non-irradiated 8 Irradiated

1, \, »m6 rnr() 1 , \ .. . . ._6

\ /irraaiatea ty.uxiu raai

\ / \

i / u#

44 \ \ / 4-. 4- +

\ —

j- • \

j-

: ! 1

i ' r

• ^ -» : —j..:

fcv 444

• ~i- / —V 1 \ -h

_ \i 4 r i 4

-)- t-

...j - -S 4.

ft —-—

1L

t-f-r-l 1 1 J_ ; : j. . 77,„I '6

irraaiaiea irouxiu iuui

6 . "T 11 f f

i ±4 - j — t —

i1 iffit i 1 --ftf-- _|_.

4TTT 1 1 1

i ;

i

1 _i_

— 2

4x10"

100 200 300 400

TEMPERATURE,

500 600

CO

CO

LUrr

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year)

Anderson, j r . , Morfitt

(1958)

Baer, Hiltner, Kastelic (1971)

Kastelic, Baer (1971)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Mylar

Mylar 100A, biaxially oriented

Amorphous

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

t = 0.00127 cm; tested along long direction, 0.838 cm sec" xhd spd, utraviolet irradiated, yd off unknown.

t = 0. 0025 cm; e = 0.00017 s~

1

, 2% yd off.

t = 0. 013 cm, ASTM Die C modified by narrowing grip ends to 1. 57 cm; Instron, xhd spd = 0. 00083 cm s"1

, e = 0. 00017 s"1

.

506
PET

TEMPERATURE ,

K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Yamaguchi (1959)

Haynes, Hsiao (I960)

Armeniades, Kuriyama

Roe, Baer (1967)

Du Pont (1967)

Terylene F

Mylar, biaxially oriented

Mylar, amorphous and biaxially oriented

Mylar

5 denier, single filament, 6 cm between holding points; e = 0.0005 s t rel hum = 65% ; extracted from 0" - e diagrams.

Specimens cut II to a biaxial direction, * = 10.1 cm. Red Sec = 1. 3 x 0.65 X 0.027 0 cm;

£ = 0.0033 s

1 nominal; extracted from o _ c diagrams.

Red Sec = 6.35 X 1.27 X 0.013 cm; Instron, 3.06 cm s~

l xhd spd; extracted from <?- e diagrams.

Extracted from o - e diagrams.

507
INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

DuPont ( 1967) Mowers (1962)

Mylar

Mylar D, two crystallinities 15% (1.35

sp gr) and 55% ( 1. 39 sp gr)

Continuous curve, yd off unknown.

Bed Sec 2. 54 x 0.63 x 0.051 cm, 2. 54 x 3.2 x 0.051 cm and 0.25 x 0.51 x 0.051 cm; Instron, 0.042 cm a" 1 xhd spd at 76 and 295K, 0.0042 cm 6-1 at 20 K.

508
INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Le Fave Gamero, Moore (1964)

Hoggatt (1965)

Mylar

Mylar A, D, and T Mylar A: t = 0. 0025, 0. 0051, and 0. 0191 cm, Mylar D and T: t = 0. 0076 cm; ASTM D

1708-597 test procedure.

I 509
PET 33x I03

s

CD

Cm

•4-9 30

VI 25

20

co

co

ijj

co 15

/A , Proportional Limit, 43-45% crys

;B , Proportional Limit y 42-43% crys

10

• Eckert(l967) A Allison (1967) , Dixon (1968) Yield

• vi scosity = 0.86 45 % crys -viscosity = 0.68

41 % crys

. viscosity = 0.62 44% crys

2.0x10

— 1.5

COCO

UJ

1.0 £

CO

• vi scosi ty = 3% crys

i viscosity = 3% crys

viscosity = 2% crys

0.86

0.68

0.62

0.5

100 200 300 400

TEMPERATURE ,K

500 600

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Dixon, Jackson ( 1968)

Allison, Ward (1967)

Eckert, Serafini ( 1967)

Mylar sheet, cold injection molding

(1500 kg/cm3 injection pressure, 150 kg/cm2 clamping pressure, 15 sec

injection time) producing molecular

weights of 29, 000, 22, 000 and 19, 500. Molecular weights correspond to intrinsic viscosities of J. 86, 0.68 and 0.62

respectively. Sometimes 0. 5 wt %

talc added. Crystallinities of 40-44%

produced by annealing 456 K 26 min.

Unoriented fiber

Mylar, extruded amorphous sheet, av molecular weight = 19, 500, t = 0.015 cm; processed (A) by stretching at 358 K, heat setting at 463 K for 15, 120 sec (42-43% crystallinity); or (B) stretching at 368 K, heat setting at 463 K for 15 and 20 sec (43-45% crystallinity), biaxial stretch at 1000% per min to 3X.

1/2 size "BS 2782" specimens, GL =2.5 cm; test method "301E", Hounsfield type E

tensometer, e = 160% min"1

, higher temperatures controlled to ± 1 K, strain extensometer,

i - 10 cm; Instron.

2.54 cm wide specimens, cut transverse to film extrusion direction, GL = 10. 16 cm; xhd

spd = 5.08 cm min l

; proportional limit.

r

510
TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATORS) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Reed, Durcholz, Arvidson (1970) Mylar A Red Sec 2. 54 x 0. 51 cm, t = 0. 0025, 0. 0051 and 0. 025 cm, Instron, 0. 0127 cm min"1 xhd

spd; 0.2% yd off; error bars indicate spread of data from 2-4 samples.

511
RADIATION, rod

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Bopp, Sisman (1954)

Kerlin (1963)

Smith (1963)

Lockheed Missies and

Space Co. (1964)

Mylar film

Mylar, t = 0. 025 cm; Mylar A, t = 0. 008 cm; Mylar C, t = 0. 003 cm

Mylar C

Mylar

Irrad in ORNL Graphite Reactor.

t = 15.2 cm, w = 2. 5 cm; ASTM D882-56T test procedure, Instron Model TT, 298-321 K; vacuum irrad by Ground Test Reactor at Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility of General Dynamics, Fort Worth; av of 2-4 tests, error bars indicate standard deviation. GL = 10. 2 cm, w = 2. 5 cm, t = 0. 003 cm; Instron used at room temp, xhd spd = 0. 021 cm s"1

; irrad in air and liquid H2 and N2 by Ground Test Reactor at Nuclear Aerospace Research

Facility of General Dynamics, Fort Worth; av of several tests.

t = 0. 005 cm, ASTM D412-51T Type C die; Tinius Olsen Universal Test Machine Model RM-2,

xhd spd = 0. 0042 cm s"1

, 77 K; irrad in Radiation Effects Reactor at Dawsonville, Georgia

operated at 10s watts; errors are standard deviation of 3-6 tests.

512
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Harrington, Giberson

(1958)

Kerlin, Smith (1966)

Koehler, Measday , MorriU (1965)

Mylar A, 1. 39 sp. gr.

Mylar 100C film

Mylar

t = O. 00762 cm; ASTM-D-412-51T procedures, Die C type dumbbell specimens, Scott tensile machine ; irradiation in air at 298K, Co 60 source, dose rate of 1. 3 x 10

s rad-h _1

.

t = 0. 00254 cm, ltd Sec 2. 54 x 15. 24 cm; ASTM-D-882-61T procedures except for testing some specimens in "Low Force Tester" at xhd spd of 0. 021 cm s"\ other specimens

tested in Instron at xhd spd 0. 845 cm s"

1

; irrad at Ground Test Reactor, NARF, G. D. , Ft. Worth, Texas.

t = 0. 00254 cm, GL = 0. 635 cm; Instron, i = 0. 00423 s" 1

; radiation source: proton beam of Harvard (Cambridge, Mass. ) synchrocyclotron , max-dose quoted, considerable variation of dose along specimen length (factor of 3), central 0. 3175 cm

uniform dose.

513
RADIATION, rad

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kerlin, Smith (1964) Mylar A and C w = 2. 54 cm, t = 15. 24 cm; ASTM D882-56T test procedure, xhd spd = 0. 85 cm s

_1

; irrad in vacuum and air by Ground Test Reactor at Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility of General Dynamics, Fort Worth, temp of irradiation noted.

514
INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Haynes, Hsiao (1960) Mylar, biaxially oriented Specimens cut II to a biaxial direction, I = 10. 1 cm, Red Sec = 1. 3 x 0. 65 xO. 027 cm; e =

0. 0033 s"1; sealed in At containers and irrad in the Material Testing Reactor.

515
PET 25 x I03

b£C

CO

20

- 15

10CL

co

co

co

10

>neutrons

>neutrons

'neutrons

Hennessy ( 1966)

(proportional limit, protons)

• Longitudinal

j ( O Transverse A Lockheed (1965), 5xl05 rod Te n s 1 1

Yield

I0 12 10' 10' 10' RADIATION , particles-cm"2

16x10

CO 8 f£

I—CO

10"

tNVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Hennessy, More (1966)

Yasui (1963)

Lockheed (1965)

Mylar D

Myla r

Mylar

t = 0. 025 cm; 0. 0085 cm s"

1 xhd spd

t = 0. 00254,GL = 5. 08 cm, w = 0. 635 cm; 0. 021 cm s"

1 xhd spd, ASTM-D412-51T

procedures, Type C die, Tinius-Olsen; radiation source: Radiation

Effects Reactor, Lockheed, Dawsonville, Ga. , at ambiant temp. ASTM D638-61T procedures, 9-13 specimens per irradgroup; irradiation source:

Radiation Effects Reactor, Lockheed, Dawsonville, Ga. , temp rise in specimens < 10K

during irradiation, in vacuum.

516
RAD I AT ION, rad

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Morgan , Sheldon, Stapleton (1966) Specimens 10. 2 x 1. 3 cm cut from both machine and trans directions of roll, film as

supplied, approximately 40% crys; irrad at 303K in air with spent fuel element assembly

at A.E.R.E, Harwell, tested at 296K with an Instron.

517
INVESTIGATORS] [year]

Morgan, Sheldon,

Stapleton (1966)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Specimens 10. 2 cm x 1. 3 cm cut from both machine and trans directions of roll, film as supplied approximately 40% crys; irrad at 303K with spend fuel element assembly at A. E. R. E. Harwell, tested at 296K with an Instron .

f

518
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Price (1968b) Mylar, sp gr = 1. 395 7. 6 x 1. 27 x 0. 0025 cm Red Sec, GL = 7. 6 cm; degassed 3 days in pyrex tubes at 320 K

and 10" 6 Torr; 0. 0085 cm s" 1 xhd spd, e = 0. 011 s"\ 0. 2% yd off; irrad with Co60 at rate of 1. 6 x 10

s rad h

_1 and 320K.

519
0 I 2 3 4 5 6x10

INCIDENT ENERGY, rod

INVESTIGATOR^) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Stephenson, Moses

Wilcox (1961)

Stephenson, Wilcox

(1963)

Mylar C

Dacron fiber (44 denier)

t = 0. 000635 cm; ASTM D882-49T procedures, Instron; ultraviolet radiation sources: General Electric G30T8 lamp emitting 90% of radiation at 2537A, samples placed in quartz tubes and flushed with nitrogen. ASTM D882-491 procedures, Instron: ultraviolet ratiation source: General Electric G30T81amp emitting 90% of radiation at 2537A; General Electric A-H6 Hg vapor lamp, high

P, 1000 watts, broad spectrum of radiation with intensity pulse at 2440, 3140, and

3690f, monochromator (Bausch and Lomb) slits (132A wide) used to select radiation, irrad in nitrogen.

520
65 x I03

40x10

PET

£33a

—

CO

UJ

cr

80 120 160 RADIATION TIME , h

INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Stephenson, Moses,

Wilcox (1961)

Stephenson, Wilcox

(1963)

MyLa r C

Mylar film.Dacron fibers

(4. 4 denier)

t = 0. 00635 cm; ASTM-D-882-49T procedures, Instron.; ultraviolet radiation sources = General Electric G30T8 Hg vapor lamp emitting 90% of radiation at 2537A, General Electric A-H6 Hg vapor lamp, high P, 1000 watts, broad spectrum of radiation with intensity peaks at 2440, 3140, and 3690A, monochromator (Bausch and Lomb)

slits (132 Awide) used to select radiation, irrad in vacuum.

t (Mylar) = 0. 000635 cm, diam. (Dacron) = 0. 00254 cm; ASTM-D-882-49T procedures,

Instron , ultraviolet radiation sources: General Electric G30T8 Hg vapor

lamp, emitting 90% of radiation at 2537A, General Electric A-H6 Hg vapor lamp, high P,

1000 watts, broad spectrum of radiation with intensity peaks at 2440, 3140, and 3690A, monochromator (Bausch and Lomb) slits (132Awide) used to select radiation, irrad at 10" 6 Torr.

521
,8

LOG STRAIN RATE, s"

1

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Holden (1959)

Amborski, Mecca (1960)

Hall (1964)

Terylene, 3 filament yarn

Amorphous film and Mylar C

Terylene microdull high tenacity, 24

filaments; Terylene dull medium

tenacity, 48 filaments

Dried over silica gel at 293 K for 24 h then allowed to reach equilibrium at 293 K and 65% rel hum; low e on Instron, 10 tests; high e on impact device, 16 tests.

Long, specimens; 296. 5 K, 50% rel hum. GL = 5 cm; 295 K, 65 ± 4% rel hum; end correction used at high e.

522
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE ,K

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Reed, Mikesell (1958)

Reed, Mikesell (1958)

Amborski, Flierl

(1953)

Mylar

Dacron, braided continuous filaments

Mylar

xsec area = 0. 0122 cm2

, I = 10. 7 cm; standard pendulum test, stress rates of 6. 8 kg used, hammer dropped from 1,2 m with velocity of 4,9 m s \

xsec area = 0. 00585 cm3

, 4 = 11.8 cm; standard pendulum te st, stre ss rates of 6, 8 kg used, hammer dropped from 1.2 m with velocity of 4. 9 m s" 1

.

523
PET

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

LeClair, Cobbs (1958) Mylar film, type A and C Test conducted using falling ball, dropped through film, charge in kinetic energy

of ball assumed = to energy absorbed during impact; electron irradiation from 2 Mev

Van de Graaff accelerator.

I 524
8xl06

r>

_iQ

O

IT) b

ZDO

PET

100 200 300 400

TEMPERATURE , K

500 600

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Caren, Coston, Holmes, Dubus(1965)"plain" Mylar film 0.0254 cm thick. Red Sec 7.62 cm long x 1.27 cm wide; strain gage extensometer. Assume

data presented is in error by a factor of 10 (too high).

Dixon, Jackson ( 1968) Mylar sheet, cold injection molding

(1500 kg/cm3 injection pressure, 150 kg/cm** damping pressure, 15 sec

injection time) producing molecular

weights of 29, 000, 22, 000 and 19, 500. Sometimes 0.5 wt % talc added. Crystallinities of 40-44% produced by

annealing 456 K, 26 min.

1/2 size "BS 2782" specimens, GL =2.5 cm, test method "301E", Hounsfield type E

tensometer, e = 160% min~L

, higher temperatures controlled to ± 1 K, strain extensometer.

Allison, Ward (1967) Unoriented fiber 1 = 10 cm; Instron.

Amborski, Flierl

(1953) Mylar 0.00254 cm thick, constant rate of elongation {100% min 1 ), Instron.

Eckert, Serafini ( 1967) Extruded amorphous sheet, av molecular weight = 19, 500; 0. 015 cm thick; processed by (A) stretching at 358 K, heat setting at 463 K or 48 3 K for 15 sec (42-46% crystallinity); (B) stretching at 358 K, heat setting at 463 K or 483 K for 120 sec (43-47% crystallinity). Biaxial stretch at 1000% min"1 to 3X.

525
PET

TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATORS) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Brown (1955b)

Amborski, Mecca (1960) Ward (1961)

Jackson, Jr. , Caldwell

(1963)

Pinnock, Ward (1966)

Dacron as received; fiber annealed to complete crystallization; fiber quenched from melt

Mylar C

Heat -crystallized, isotropic

Melt-spun fibers, heat-crystallized to 33%

GL = 5. 1 cm; Instron, xhd spd = 0. 0085 cm s"1

, extended 1.2-1. 3%.

Long, specimens; Instron.

Rod-shaped specimens in cantilever, frequency range = 103 Hz.

Film; Instron, ASTM D882-61T, Method A test procedure.

i = 10 cm; sinusoidal stain of ± 0. 25% at 0. 1 Hz.

526
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Thompson, Woods

(1956)

Kawaguchi (1958)

Chips with molecular weight = 15,000, melted at 558 K, fibers extruded

Untreated, birefringence = 0. 005, 1.8%

crys; annealed in N2 for 30 min at 373 K,

11. 6% crys; annealed in N2 for 30 min at 423 K, 41. 2% crys; annealed in N5 for

30 min at 473 K, 50. 4% crys; draw ratio

= 3, birefringence = 0.023, 8. 2% crys; draw ratio = 5, birefringence = 0. 105,

24. 9% crys; draw ratio = 7, 29. 2% crys;

all specimens dried in vacuum over PjOs at 298 K for 1 week

l - 50 cm; results also presented for frequencies from 10"3

- 104 Hz.

Monofilament, diam =- 0. 04 cm; cantilever vibration method, 100-200 Hz.

527
INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Meredith, Hsu (1962)

Ross (1965)

Haynes, Hsiao (1960)

Terylene, sp gr = 1. 38, heated at 443 K

for 10 min under 0. 04 psi tension

Dacron, 1 40 -68 -0 type 55

Mylar, biaxially oriented

Single fiber, denier 150 (72); electrostatic method of exciting lateral vibrations.

Static tests performed at e = 1% and e = 0. 002 s"1 on an Instron, dynamic tests performed

using sonic techniques with the Pulse Propagation Meter.

i - 10. 1 cm, Red Sec 1 . 3 x 0. 65 x 0. 27 cm, specimens cut || to biaxial directions; 12.0 s_1 nominal k.

528
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kawaguchi (1961)

Kline, Sauer (1961)

Kuchinka (1962)

Baer, Hiltner, Kastelic

(1971)

Injection molded rod, sp gr = 1. 386, 52% crys, molecular weight = 25,000

Mylar 100A, biaxially oriented

Filament.

Turned to t = 11,18 cm, diam = 0. 864 cm; dynamic measurements; irrad in nuclear reactor,

results also presented for intermediate doses.

Fiber.

t = 0. 0025 cm; e = 0.00017 s~\

529
PET 8*10*

co3

a

•oo

S

5x10"

'E

to

_jQO

2

CO

"to zo>-

200 300 400 TEMPERATURE ,K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Reed, Durcholz, Arvidson ( 1970) Mowe r s (1962)

Skelton, Freeston, Jr., Ford (1969)

Skelton, Freeston, Jr., Schoppe (1970)

Mylar A

Mylar D, 15 and 55% crys

nacron 1 100 - 250-0, Type 52, 1060

denier

Dacron 1100-250-0, Type 52, 1 060

denier

Red Sec 2. 54 x 0. 508 cm, t = 0. 00254 to 0. 0254 cm; Instron, 6. 1 x 104 cm s" 1 xhd

spd.

Red Sec 2. 54 x 0. 63 x 0. 051 cm, 3. 2 x 2. 54 x 0. 051 cm and 0. 25 x 0. 51 x 0. 051 cm; Instron,

0. 0042 cm s"

1 xhd spd used at cryogenic temp. GL = 5.1 - 61.0 cm; Instron used for e = 0. 1 67 a1

, FRL high-speed piston tester used

for higher e specimens conditioned at 294K and 65% rel hum for 24h before test; 5 specimens tested for each configuration.

For e = 0.0167 s" 1: GL = 12.7 cm; Instron. For e = 30.0 s -1

: GL = 59.9 cm; FRL high-speed piston tester.

530
TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATOR^) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Takayanagi (1963)

Dumbleton, Murayama

(1967)

Murayama, Dumbleton,

Williams (1968)

Commercial sample from Teijin Co, , Ltd. , formed by hot -press into film and quenched to 273 K: annealed at 353 K for 10 h, sp gr = 1. 341, 5% crys; annealed at 373 K for 24 h, sp gr =

1. 379, 38% crys; annealed at 403 K for 24 h, sp gr = 1. 386, 45% crys

TJnoriented spun fibers of 2-3% crys, annealed in N2 for 6 h

Yarn, 560 denier, 110 filaments, drawn

over a hot pin at 363 K with a draw ratio

of 5, annealed at 473 K for 6 h under no

tension, 48% crys, birefringence =

0. 193 ffi

£ = 2-6 cm, w = 0. 2-0. 3 cm, t = 0. 02-0. 03 cm; sinusoidal tensile strain applied at one end

and stress/strain ratio measured at other end, 138 Hz,

Vibron, 11 Hz, heated at 1 K min"1 in Na ; results also presented for intermediate annealing

temp and crys.

Si =" 5 cm; Vibron, 0% rel hum, frequency of measurement indicated.

531
INVESTIGATOR^ (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Caren, Coston, Holmes, Dubus (1965)

Hanson, Richards,

Hickel (1965)

DuPont (1967)

DuPont (1967)

Mylar A

Mylar A

Mylar

Dacron

Overall dimension 7. 62 x 1. 27 cm, t = 0.0254 cm, hydraulic tester, max deviation from av

for 3 temperatures tested: 3.8% (295 K), 4. 1% (76 K), and 12% (20 K).

t = 0.0051 to 0.00762 cm, cylindrical specimens with lapped seam; pressure in vessel

loaded and unloaded cyclically until failure, e = 2. 1 x 10" 4 cm s" .

Continuous curve given.

Instron, e = 0. 0 1 s

" l

.

532
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Armeniades , Kuriyama,

Roe, Baer (1967)

Reed, Durcholz, Arvidson (1971)

Amorphous Mylar and Mylar A film

Dacron, type 52

Red Sec 1.25 x 7.6 x 0.0127 cm; 0.051 cm miri* 1 xhd spd, values measured from

stress-strain curve.

44 continuous fibers, 17. 56 x 1 0" 5 cm xsec area, GL = 10. 16 cm; Instron, 0. 00021-0. 00085 cm s~

1 xhd spd; error bars indicate spread of several tests.

533
GAMMA RADIATION , rod

INVESTIGATORS) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Teszler, Rutherford

(1956) Dacron, specially prepared

by Du Pont, melting point = 528K.

Continuous filament; exposed to mostly thermal neutrons in a reactor water-cooled exposure port (facility W-52 at Brookhaven National Laboratory) where prevailing temperature was approx. 313 K, samples exposed for 1, 10, 100, and 1000 min to obtain doses of 10

1

, 10

15

, 10

16

, and 10

1? n. v. t. ; gamma irradiated by Co60 source

(facility 21-N).

534
0 I0 14 I0 15 I0 16 I0 17 I0 18 RADIATION , particles-cm-2

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Teszler, Rutherford

(1956)

Hennessy, Moore

(1966)

Dacron, specially prepared

by Du Pont, melting point = 528K.

Mylar D

Continuous filament; exposed to mostly thermal neutrons in a reactor water-cooled exposure port (facility W-52 at Brookhaven National Laboratory) where prevailing temperature was approx. 313K, samples exposed for 1, 10, 100, and lOOOmin to obtain doses of 10 14

, 10

15

, 1016

, and 101 ' n. v. t. ; gamma irrad by Co33 source

(facility 21-N).

t = 0. 025 cm; 0. 0085 cm s"" xhd spd; Instron; Brookhaven

Cosmotron, 10

16 protons for 16. 3 h , vacuum chamber.

535
RADIATION

INVESTIGATORS] (year)

Haynes, Hsiao (1960)

Lockheed Missies and

Space Co. (1964)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Mylar, biaxially oriented

Mylar

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Specimens cut II to a biaxial direction, I = 10. 1 cm, Red Sec = 1. 3 x 0. 65 X 0. 027 cm;

e = 0. 0033 s J ; sealed in At containers and irrad in the Material Testing Reactor.

t = 0. 005 cm, ASTM D412-51T Type C die; Tinius Olsen Universal Test Machine Model RM-2,

xhd spd = 0. 0042 cm s J , 77 K; irrad in Radiation Effects Reactor at Dawsonville, Georgia

operated at 105 watts; errors are standard deviation of 4-6 tests.
0 10" I0 12 I0 13 I0 14 I0 15 RADIATION .particles -cm-2

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Yasui (1963)

Lockheed (1965)

Mylar

Mylar

t = 0. 00254 cm, GL = 5. 08 cm, 0. 635 cm wide; 0. 021 cm s" 1 xhd spd, ASTM-D412-51T procedures, Type C die, Tinius-Olser? radiation source: Radiation Effects Reactor, Lockheed, Dawsonville, Ga.

at ambient temp. ASTM D638-61T procedures, 9-13 specimens per irrad group; irradiation source: Radiation Effects Reactor, Lockheed, Dawsonville, Ga. , temp rise in specimens

<10 K during irradiation, in vacuum.

537
RADIATION , rod

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Morgan, Sheldon,

Stapleton (1966) Specimens 10. 2 cm x 1. 3 cm, cut from both machine and trans directions of roll, film as supplied, approx. 40% crys; irrad at 303°K in air with spent fuel element assembly at A. E. R. E. Harwell, tested at 296K with an Instron .

r

538
6.5 x I06

V) 4

z>

_JQ

O

COCDo

>-

PET

0 irrad at 320 K A irrad at 373 K

Price (1968 b) —r

\ 1

i

1 —1 1

tt

1 -

-f 4

._

ir - —

o

>—

— -i-

• —

~- -t-

-IVL ;

3

•ao

4.0xlo" S

30

2.0

COD

_l

CjO

a

z

o

I 0

I0

3 I0b 10' RADIATION, rad

I0B

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Price (1968b) Mylar, sp gr = 1. 395 7. 6 x 1. 3 x 0. 0025 cm Red Sec; degassed 3 days at 320 K and 10"s Torr, xhd spd = 0. 085 cms"1

, e= 0.011s"1

, tested at 298 K; irrad by Co60 at 1. 6 x 10s rad h"1

, samples

irrad at 320 K and at 373 K.

539
DRAW RATIO

INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Ward (1966) Terylene fiber

540
-6 "5 "4 -3 "2 "I 0 LOG STRAIN RATE, s"

1

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Amborski, Mecca (1960) Amorphous film and Mylar C Long, specimens; 296. 5 K, 50% rel hum.

541
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE,

INVESTIGATOR S] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mowers

(1962)

Yoshino, Takayanagi

(1959)

Mylar D, 15 and 55% crys

Oriented fiber annealed at 453 K for

0. 5 h

Red Sec 2. 54 x 0. 63 x 0. 051 cm, 2. 54 x 3. 2 x 0. 051 cm and 0. 025 x 0. 51 x 0. 051 cm;

Instron, 0. 0042 cm s"

1 xhd spd at cryogenic temp.

Mechanical tan 6 meter of direct reading type, 100 Hz, heating rate = 1 K min" 1

.

r

542
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Illers (1963)

Frosini, Woodward

(1969)

Commercial plate, annealed and dried

at 343 K for 7 days in vacuum, speci- mens isothermally crystallized in vacuum until there was no increase of crystallinity with time: sample 3: 353 K

for 7 days, 0% crys; sample 5: 363 K

for 5 days, 16% crys; sample 7: 447 K

for 1 day, 33% crys; sample 8: 503 K

for 1 day, 40% crys; sample 9: 518 K

for 2 days, 46% crys

Undried film; number -av molecular

weight = 23, 000 for amorphous specimen

and specimen uniaxially oriented by

stretching to a draw ratio of 3 at 348 K; number -av molecular weight = 16, 000

for specimens biaxially oriented 3-fold above Tg and then heat set at 49 3-498 K

I - 5. 0 cm, w = 0. 8 cm, t = 0. 1 cm; torsion pendulum, 1 Hz; data also presented for sample

with intermediate heat treatments and crystallinities.

Biaxially oriented specimens tested II to an orientation direction and at 45° to the orientation

directions; torsion pendulum, 0. 4-2 Hz.

543
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATORS) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Armeniades, Kuriyama,

Roe, Baer (1967)

Golik, Lopan, Genina

(1968)

Number -av molecular weight =15, 000

with 1% low molecular weight (xylene

extractable) species: amorphous mylar

film, as received; compression molded

from mylar, crystallized from melt by

slow cooling, 56% crys; biaxially drawn

and heat -set mylar A, 54% crys, as received

Monofiber, formed in water from melt

at 553 K: unstretched, sp gr = 1. 337 at 301. 5 K, 2. 17% crys, birefringence =

0. 0002, heated at 360 K for 15 min;

stretched at 360 K to 0. 202 of the

original cross -sectional area, sp gr =

1. 348 at 301. 5 K, 10. 8% crys, birefringence = 0. 129

l

- 6. 0 cm, w = 0. 5 cm, t = 0. 02 cm; free oscillating torsion pendulum at a frequency range

of 1 Hz; intermediate results given for other crystallinities and drawing conditions.

1 - 2. 0 cm, original diam = 0. 097 cm; inverted torsion pendulum, frequency = 0. 06-0. 23 Hz.

544
,6x I06

1.0

3

0.8

0.6

04

02

- 4- 4- —1

I + iii: TH- — — — —

- • 44- + - U rr+

—j— 4^ - —4- H-

-

-t- -j- T

- !

i -

—J +—i ' —— - -t- - - —L -4- —i— + 4- - - -H- -H- - - -—i—

-ij-j- —— -pi

- --

-i-

'I :, - r- —i-

i , 44-

-

-t-1 -H—- -

i

.... - .... i ...

.

!

- .... i ...

.

- .........

-

:

-

- -

-

i

Charch (1959)

==/

t 1

PET

-0.8

3

3

•a

1.0x10" S

0 6

0 4

CO3

_Ja

o

02

20 40 60 80

RELATIVE HUMIDITY, percent

100 120

INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Charch, Moseley, Jr. (1959) Dacron (2GT), unoriented Fiber

545
TEMPERATURE,

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Armeniades, Kuriyama,

Roe, Baer (1967) Amorphous Mylar and Mylar A Toughness calculated using area under stress-strain curve.

546
INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Sakaoku (1961)

Kline, Sauer (1961)

Crystalline Mylar

Injection molded rod, sp gr = 1. 386, 52% crys, molecular weight = 25, 000

Torsion free vibration; irrad by Co .

Turned to t = 11.18 cm, diam = 0. 864 cm; results also presented for samples irrad to 3. 7 x 109 rads in a nuclear reactor but the results were very similar.

547
INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Thompson, Woods

(1956)

Pinnock, Ward (1963)

Chips with molecular weight = 15,000 melted at 558 K, fibers extruded, amorphous

Melt -spun fiber

t = 50 cm; frequency of measurement noted.

t = 10 cm; 1 -100 Hz.

548
PET c

oo

c

200 300 400

TEMPERATURE, K

600

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Thompson, Woods

(1956)

Pinnock, Ward (1963)

Chips with molecular weight = 15,000, melted at 558 K, fibers extruded,

partially crystalline, oriented

Fiber: melt-spun, oriented and

crystallized by stretching over a hot

point, crystallized only by heat treat- ment without tension; film: uniaxially stretched to a draw ratio of 5

t - 50 cm; frequency of measurement noted.

Fiber: I = 10 cm; 1-100 Hz.

549
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATOR! S] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Thompson, Woods

(1956)

Lohr (1965)

Chips with molecular weight =15, 000 melted at 558 K, fibers extruded,

partially crystalline, unoriented

Mylar sheet, partially crystalline

l> - 50 cm; frequency of measurement noted,

t = 0. 025 cm; torsion pendulum.

550
TEMPERATURE ,K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kawaguchi (1958)

Ward (1961)

Untreated, birefringence = 0. 005, 1. 8%

crys; annealed in Ns for 30 min at 373 K,

11. 6% crys; annealed in Ns for 30 min

at 423 K, 41. 2% crys; annealed in Ns for 30 min at 473 K, 50. 4% crys; all speci- mens dried over Ps Os at 298 K for 1 week

Heat -crystallized, isotropic

Monofilament, diam =" 0. 04 cm; cantilever vibration method, 100-200 Hz.

Rod-shaped specimens in cantilever, frequency range = 103 Hz.

551
INVESTIGATOR^) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kawaguchi (19 58)

Meredith, Hsu (1962)

Pinnock, Ward (1966)

Draw ratio = 3, birefringence = 0. 023,

8, 2% crys; draw ratio = 5, birefringence

= 0. 105, 24. 9% crys; draw ratio = 7, 29- 2% crys; all specimens dried in vacuum over P3 Os at 298 K for 1 week

Terylene, sp gr = i. 38, heated at 443 K

for 10 min under 0. 04 psi tension

Melt-spun fibers, heat-crystallized

to 33%

Monofilament, diam = 0. 04 cm; cantilever vibration method, 100-200 Hz.

Single fiber, denier 150 (72); electrostatic method of exciting lateral vibrations.

1 = 10 cm; sinusoidal strain of ± 0. 25% at 0. 1 Hz.

552
pi j • j i i . , i .... i ; i .i.ii : i ; ; , ri r

• —

i

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 TEMPERATURE,

K

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Yoshino, Takayanagi

(1959)

Murayama, Dumblet on

,

Williams (1968)

Oriented fiber, annealed at 373 K for 30 h, also annealed at 453 K for 0. 5 h

Yarn, 560 denier, 110 filaments, drawn

over a hot pin at 363 K with a draw ratio

of 5, annealed at 473 K for 6 h under no

tension, 48% crys, birefringence = 0. 193

Mechanical tan 6 meter of direct reading type, 100 Hz, heating rate = 1 K min _1; specimen

annealed at 273 K tested between 210 K and 340 K, specimen annealed at 453 K tested betweer

295 K and 440 K.

t =- 5 cm; Vibron, 0% rel hum, frequency of measurement indicated.

553
INVESTIGATOR^) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mit suishi, T onami

(1964) Annealed for 1 h without tension Fiber, 2. 1-2. 6 denier; results also presented for 453 K anneal and for samples held at fixed length during anneal, the peak values generally occurred a few degrees lower in temp.

f

554
TEMPERATURE ,

K

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kuriyama, Baer(1966)

Armeniades, Kuriyama,

Roe, Baer (1967)

Amorphous, unoriented film

Number -av molecular weight = 15,000

with 1% low molecular weight (xylene

extractable) species: amorphous Mylar

film, as received; compression molded from Mylar, crystallized from melt by slow cooling, 56% cry si biaxially drawn

and heat -set mylar A, 54% crys, as received

Torsion pendulum, 1. 32 Hz.

1 - 6. 0 cm, w = 0. 5 cm, t = 0. 02 cm; free oscillating torsion pendulum at a frequency range

of 1 Hz; intermediate results given for other crystallinities and drawing conditions.

555
PET

©

CS-i

LJ

QT

<_> UJQ

or<o

6.0

5.0-

4.0-

3.01-

2.0-

I 0

tip

!" r 4+4 i ttr

i.i

i Ml

: t

T I

i i t

lit

Dumbleton (1967)

: i" ."'!:::

358 K , amorphous

373 K, 11.5% crys

-374 K ,18.5% crys

~~. r~ i ~l ft. -383 K ,31 07oCrys

.i i

'

:

: i

' . :

-473 K,49.77oCrys —

-518 K,482%crys

100 200 300 400 TEMPERATURE , K500 600

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Dumbleton, Myrayama

(1967)

Unoriented spun fibers of 2-3% crys, annealed in Ns for 6 h Vibron, 11 Hz, heated at 1 K min"1 in N2

.

556
'o 100 200 300 400 500 600 TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATOR^) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Frank, Stuart (1968)

Roe (1970)

Commercial sheet

Av molecular weight = 15, 000 with 1%

low molecular weight {xylene extractable) species; amorphous melt cast and

rapidly cooled; oriented Mylar A

biaxially drawn and heat set

t = 6. 0 cm, w = 1. 0 cm, t = 0. 02 cm; torsion pendulum.

t - 6. 0 cm, w = 0. 6 cm, t = 0. 03 cm; inverted torsion pendulum, pendulum system evacuated

to 10"2 Torr for 24 h, oscillation measured at 1 -4 K intervals as temp increased at 15-20 K

h"1

.

557
TEMPERATURE ,

INVESTIBATOR(S) (year)

Frosini, Woodward

(1969)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Undried film; number -av molecular

weight = 23, 000 for amorphous speci- men and specimen uniaxially oriented by

stretching to a draw ratio of 3 at 348 K; number -av molecular weight = 16, 000

for specimens biaxially oriented 3-fold above Tg and then heat set at 493-498 K

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTA1 CONDITIONS

Biaxially oriented specimens tested II to an orientation direction and at 45

directions; torsion pendulum, 0. 4-2 Hz,

° to the orientation

558
io

1 io

2 io3

io4

I0

5 io

6

CYCLES TO FAILURE

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Prevorsek, Lyons

(1964) Dacron, types SZ and 420 l = 12. 7 cm; constant displacement fatigue, 294 K, 4. 17 Hz.

559
PET

03

600

500

400

LUCLIDH

<

Or

LU

Q- 300

200

100

A Lyons ( 1965) , constant

strain ( 5.9%) per cycle

I03 CYCLES TO FAILURE

INVESTIGATORS] (year)

Lyons, Ribnick, Way

(1965)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Dacron, type 52

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Single fibers, 4 denier; 4.17 Hz, 5.9% elongation per cycle, 21-37 specimens

per temp , within dry oven.

560
INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

McConnell, Daney,

Kirgis (197 0)

Amborski, Flierl

(1953)

Landzberg (1966)

Kalinnikov (1965)

Mylar A film

Mylar

Mylar, type A, film

1= 17. 7 cm, 0. 00254, 0. 0051, 0. 0254 cm widths; ends epoxied to Cu top and nylon bottom disc, "slight" prestrain, measurements within quartz tube dilatometer

with dial gauge sensitivity of 5 x 10" 3 cm , est error of ±3%, constant load applied after cool-down.

Constant load.

t = 0. 00381 cm, specimens 1. 27 x 15. 24 cm, GL = 12. 7 cm; sensitivity of 0. 000254 cm

through optical lever, slight preload,

I = 4. 0 cm, w = 0. 5 cm, t = 0. 0025 cm; 293 K, 50% rel hum.

561
TIME, s

INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

McConnell, Daney,

Kirgis (1970)

Dacron, type 52, multi-fiber yarn, 220 denier

jt = 17.7 cm, av yarn x sec area = 0. 0001777 cm 2

, 44 continuous fibers; ends

epoxied to Cu top and nylon bottom disc, "slight" prestrain, measurements with quartz tube dilatometer with dial gauge sensitivity of 5 x 10" 3 cm , est error of ±3% content load applied after cool-down.

r

562
Investigatorfs

)

Description Temperature Tensile Yield Elongation YoungS

(year) (K) Strength Strength (percent) Modulus

(10° psi) (10'' psi) 110" p«l)

Beste (1950) Yarn 297 57 Hamburger (1952) Dacron type 5100, 297 109. 5 8.9 210 denie r

Amborski (1953) Mylar 297 23. 5 70 0. 5 Coplan (1953) Dacron Yarn 294 Exposure Conditions 226 K 1 07 8. 1 294 K 1 1 1 30. 0 8. 5 2. 12 372 K, 24 h 1 1

1

21.2 14. 5 1.41 450 K , 24 h 97 21.2 34. 1 1.06 Hudson (1953) Terylene Film 295 25 14 50 sp gr = 1.39 (breaking

strength)

Guthrie (1954) Dacron 297

continuous filament 1 .81 Terylene

continuous filament 1 .95

staple 1 . 05 w a K e 1 1 n 1 1 ^33 ) Draw Ratio = 1 297 0. 31

0. 41 1.15

4 1 . 78

5 1.85

6 1.99 Farrow (1956) Terylene 45/24, 297 medium tenacity, loading rate = 1233 psi s" 1

1 5 2. 12 Terylene 45/24, dull, loading rate - 1233 psi s _1

16 1 . 77 Terylene 125/72, high

tenacity, loading

rate = 1233 psi s" 1 7 2, 65 Terylene staple 2 denier, loading rate

= 2090 psi s" 1 37 1 . 77 Dacron 70/ 34, loading rate = 392 psis" 1 15 3.53 Dacron, staple, 3.2 denier, loading

rate = 500 psi s~

1 50 0. 49 Kast (1956) Continuous filament 297 70. 5-122.

0

8-30 Yarn 53. 0-83. 0 25-60

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Beste, Hoffman (1950) Yarn e = 0. 0017 s" 1

.

Hamburger, Piatt, Morgan (1952) Dacron type 5100, 210 denier, 34 filaments 2.54 twists cm" 1

.

Amborski, Flierl (1953) Mylar t = 0.025 cm; Instron, rel hum = 35%.

Coplan (1953) Dacron 5100; filament yarns: 70 denier,

34 filament, 3/4 Z; 210 denier, 34 filament, 1Z

GL = 25. 4 cm; Instron or F. R. L. Tester, xhd spd = 0. 127 cm s -1

, exposed to conditions

noted, tested at 65% rel hum; values here are an av of the 2 yarns which gave almost the same results, max load error = 2%, max elongation error = 5%, 12 specimens tested.

Hudson (1953) Terylene film, sp gr = 1 . 39

Guthrie, Morton,

Oliver (1954) Dacron and Terylene, continuous filament of 2.2 denier or staple

Cliff tester, loading rate = 0. 74 x 1 O

3 psi s~

1

, rel hum = 65 ± 2%.

Wakelin, Voong, Montgomery,

Dusenbury (1955)

Dacron t - Z. 5 cm; Instron, g = 0. 0083 s -1

; av of 4 measurements

.

Farrow (1956) Terylene and Dacron t varied; Cambridge Textile Extensometer operated at constant loading rate; several tests made to obtain reliable load- extension curve.

Kast, Meskat, Rosenberg,

van der Vegt (1956)

Dacron, sp gr = 1.38; continuous

filament: 1 . 2 - 5 . 0 denier ; yarn: 1.5-6.0 denier

563
Investigator(s ) Description Temperature Xens ile Yield Elongation Young'

(year) (K) Strength Strength (percent) Modulus

(103 psi) (103 psi) (106 psi)

Charch (1959) Dacron 2GT 298 0. 37

il 296

t ~ 0 02 5 c m 25.8 1 58

t = 0. 001 3 cm 21.2 99. 4 Yarn 121 11. 6 Haskins (19o2) long. 297 17. 6 171 0. 71 trans 20. 1 133 0. 82

Miller (1962) long. 76 44. 0 5. 1 trans 45. 6 5.4 Sakurada (1962) 297 10.8 Alexandrov (1963) e ore aging 293 Hostaphan

t - 0. 004 cm

long. 33. 4 26. 9 trans 21. 6 43

t = 0. 005 cm

long. 29. 8 1 09 Melinex

t - 0. 0035 cm

long. 23.8 62 27.0 49

t = 0 005 c

long. 28. 7 89

30. 4 56. 6

t = 0. 012 cm

long. 20. 2 110 Melinex C

t - u. UU4 cm

long. 24. 7 trans 27. 1 68 After aging 20 days at 42 3 K

Hostaphan

t - 0. 004 cm

long. 25. 1 26. 4

15. 3 11.6

t = 0. 005 cm

long. 19.2 35 Melinex

0. 0035 cm

long. 1 7. 7 65 21.9 52. 8

t = 0 005 c

long

1 7. 0 67. 6 24. 6 45. 6

t = 0. 012 cm

long. 14. 9 50

INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Charch, Moseley, Jr. (1959) Dacron 2GT Constant from 3-100% rel hum, calculated from velocity of sound measurements.

McMahon, Birdsall, Johnson, Camilli (1959) Mylar film, Dacron yarn Instron Model TT-C, 50% rel hum.

Haskins, Hertz, Campbell (1962) Mylar sheet t = 22. 9 cm, w - 1 . 27 cm, t = 0. 0035 cm; Instron, xhd spd = 0. 085 cm s" 1

.

Miller, Bailey, Freeman, Beall, Coxe

(1962)

Mylar A 1 - 6. 25 cm, w = 0.63 cm, t = 0. 0076 cm; Instron.

Sakurada (1962) Fiber, specimen cross section reduced to a reference state (dried) for stress calculation; strain measured by determining lattice extension of ( 1 05 ) plane by a Geiger counter x-ray diffractometer, stress assumed homogeneous throughout specimen.

Alexandrov, Trubashev (1963) Hostaphan, Melinex, Melinex C

564
Investigator(s) Description Temperature Tensile Yield Elongation Young's

(year) (K) Strength Strength (percent) Modulus

(19 ps i

)

( 1 Cr ps i

)

OCT psi)

Pinnock (1963) Unstabilized fiber 297

(crys /birefringence) 0%/0 0. 29 31%/0. 142 1.42 30%/ 0. 159 1. 65 29%/0. 190 2.27

Heat stabilized fiber (crys /birefringence) 33%/0 0. 32 40%/ 0. 161 0.97 43%/0. 166 1.13 41%/0. 177 1. 33 Uniaxially drawn fiber (birefringence)

0. 104 1.15

0. 142 1.50

0. 159 1.81 Uniaxially drawn film birefringence = 0.104

long. 1.14

trans 0.25

45' 0.29

birefringence = 0.122

long. 1. 50 trans 0. 22 45' 0. 28 birefringence = 0.152

trans 0. 21 45 •

Green (1964) Mylar 297 17.0

Hall (1964) Terylene 295

high tenacity

i = 8. 3 x 10" 3 s _1

2. 54

i = 330 s" 1 3. 83 rnedium tenacity

i = 8. 3 x 10" 3 s" '

1 . 77

e = 330 s" 1

3. 73 •

Lockheed (1964) Film 295

long. 19. 0±0. 8 14. (tel.

7

19. 5±2.

1

D.980±0.380

trans 22. 5±2. 3 14.210.8 50. 0±4.

0

X590±0.025

Mitsuishi (1964) Fiber 298 unannealed 93.9 36. 3 1.465

annealing temp

353 91.6 33. 1 1.310

373 90. 5 39. 1 1. 510

393 96. 2 37. 9 1. 181 413 91.3 43. 4 1. 152 433 92. 2 45. 8 1. 125 453 87. 0 48. 8 1. 129 473 82. 0 44. 9 1 . 125

• 493 64. 3 56. 8 1 . 024

513 41. 5 25. 0 1 . 053

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Pinnock, Ward (1963)

Green, Levine (1964)

Hall (1964)

Lockheed Missies and Space Co. (1964)

Mitsuishi, Tonami

(1964)

Fibers from conventional 2 stage process, stabilized by heat at least 40 K above transition temp; film

initially extended to draw ratio of 5

Mylar

Terylene microdull high tenacity, 24 filaments; Terylene dull medium

tenacity, 48 filaments

Mylar

Annealed for 1 h without tension

Fixed alternating strain of 0. 005 at 0. 01-100 Hz for fibers, film tested on Instron.

GL = 5 cm; 295 K, 64 ± 4% rel hum; end correction used at high e .

t = 0. 005 cm, ASTM D 412-51T Type C die; Tinius Olsen Universal Test Machine Model RM-2, xhd spd = 0. 0042 cm s~

1

; errors are standard deviation of 2-6 tests.

Fiber, 2.1-2.6 denier, K =2.0 cm; k - 0.017s-1

; results also presented for samples held

at fixed length during anneal, the tensile strength and Young's modulus were somewhat

higher while the elongation was lower.

565
Investigato r( s

Desc ription Temperature Tensile Yield Elongation Young's

(year) (K) Strength Strength (Percent) Modulus

(103 psi) (103 psi) (106 psi)

rope ( 1 y OH ) long. 297 24. 7 15.5 53 trans 25. 7 15. 5 148 Anagnostou (1965) unirrad 32

1 3 69 irrad 10 3 Becker (1965) t = 0. 001 5 cm 297 0. 57

0. 0025 cm 0. 75

0. 0038 cm 0. 80

0. 0076 cm 0. 79

0. 01 32 cm 0. 79

0 , 02 15 cm 0. 74 0.254 cm 0. 67 Cumberbirch (1965) 200 denier 297

(birefringence/ draw ratio) 0/1 0. 35

0. 007/1 . 22 0. 35

0. 01 3/1. 54 0. 38

0. 029/2. 03 0. 50

0. 086/2. 90 0. 84

0. 105/3. 37 0. 98

0. 157/3.9 3 1.7

0. 178/4.25 2. 0 Hadley (1965) Monofilament 297

long. 1 . 31 trans 0. 165 Film

long. 1. 60

trans 0.218

INVESTIGATOR^) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Pope, Isakson (1964)

Anagnostou (1965)

Becker (1965)

Cumberbirch, Owen

(1965)

Hadley, Ward, Ward

(1965)

Mylar C sheet

Mylar film

Mylar A sheet, 22 x 28 cm

Terylene, initially undrawn, 200 denier, drawn over 343-348 K hot plate

Film and melt-spun monofilament

t = 0. 0025 cm; Instron, xhd spd = 0. 085 cm s" 1

, ASTM D 882-56T test procedure; 3 specimens tested in each orientation.

1 = 2.5-5.1 cm, w = 0. 6 - 1 . 3 cm, t = 0. 003 cm, GL = 1.3 cm; Instron Model TT-C, rubber

faced jaws, xhd spd = 0. 004-0. 021 cm s~

1

, specimens randomly cut from film; irrad in vacuum at 321 K by ultraviolet from Hanovia 100 watt type SH high pressure quartz Hg

vapor lamp located 24.4 cm from specimen for 1003 h, also irrad by 2 MeV electrons for

a dose of 5 x 1 0

1 6 electrons cm-2

.

t = 15.2 cm, w - 2.54 cm, GL = 6.63 cm long, dimension cut II to 22 cm sheet dimension;

strain readings taken at constant load; 2 specimens of each thickness tested.

Instron, 65% rel hum.

Filament t =4.0 cm; long, values at 0.5% strain.

566
Investigator (s

)

Description Temperature Tensile Yle Id Elongation Young 1 .

( year

)

(K) Strength Strength (Percent) Modulu.

( 1 0

1 ps i

)

f 1 0 / 1 0** pel

)

HeffeLfinger (1965) Uniaxiall y h -d draw ratio ~ 2. 0 long. 1 6. 9 214 0. 46

tranS

. 6. 5 497 0. 33 raw ra 10 - . long. 26. 0 92 0. 88

trans 6. 5 490 0. 30 raw ra 10 - 3.5

long. 31.8 68 1.02

trans 7. 1 400 0.26 draw ratio =4.0

long. 40. 8 48 1 . 28

trans 6. 5 474 0. 25 raw ratio 4 . 5 long. 47. 3 1 . 55

d ranB 7. 4 0. 30 raw ra 10 . long. 57. 7 19 1. 77

7. 3 492 0. 33 BiaxiaM stret h d draw ratio" 2 5x2 5 long. 19. 5 128 0. 62

2 3.2 140 0. 70 drav^ratio 3 0 3 0 long. 26. 5 I I 4 0. 65

22. 4 1 35 0. 64 draw"ratio 3 5x3 5 long

.

30.5 78 0. 76

24, 3 100 0. 67 Post^sTretched draw ratio

G

1 3 long. 37. 0 40 0. 92 21.0 1 50 0. 56 drav^rato 1 long. 38. 2 52 0.99 trans 1 7. 0 2 50 0. 46 draw ratio = ) . 68

long. 42. 1 27 1 . 05

18. 3 I 33 0.5 3 Lare (1965) Mylar A 297

t - 0.013 cm

rans 22. 8-23. 5 1 2

.

4 -12 - 85-100 0. 36-0. 4( long. 22.5-24.

C

6 -12 A 1 05-122 0. 35-0. 4t 45 6 25. 8-26.9 12. 2 -12 90-100 0. 35-0. 3?

t = 0. 005 cm

trans 22. 1-25. 12. 2 -12. • 60-80 0. 38-0. A

c

. long

.

22. 1-22.

6

12. 8 -13. 80-100 0. 35-0. 3f 45 0 16. 0-16. 14. 3 -14. 145-150 0. 35-0. 3E

t = 0. 001 cm

trans 19.0-19. 1 1 . 2 -12. 60-70 0. 37-0. 39 long. 17. 5-19. y 12. 0 -12. - 50-65 0. 34-0. 4C 45° 14.4-15. . 13. 1 -13. 40-50 0. 51-0. 3^

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Heffelfinger , Schmidt

(1965)

Lare, DeBoskey,

Divecha, Hahn (1965)

Mylar, uniaxially stretched specimens

extended in long, direction, biaxially stretched specimens extended in long, then in trans directions, post- stretched specimens extended in long, then trans then long, directions

Mylar A, as received

t = 0. 0025 cm; Instron, xhd spd = 0. 042 cm s" 1

.

ASTM D-412 Type C die; Instron, c - 0. 008 s" 1

; 3 samples in each orientation measured,

0. 2% yd off.

567
Investigato r ( s ) Description Temperature Tensile Yield Elongation Young'

( year

(K

{ perc ent

Modulus

(103 psi) (l(f psi) (10° psi)

Podall (1965) Mylar A 297

long. 23. 5 14. 5 96 0. 43

trans 22. 2 14. 2 112 0. 41 Mylar C

long. 20. 3 15.0 92 0. 40

trans 23. 3 14. 3 90 0. 45 Mylar T

trans 20.2 12.7 84 0. 31 Prevorsek (1965) Dacron 52 294

fatigue cycles

1 1.17

375 2.24

2500 2. 40 Dacron 420

fatigue cycles

1 1.46

375 2 . 35 2500 2. 40 Weingarten (1965) Mylar 297 0. 74 Elder (1966) 1 . 85±0.23 filament

Ishai (1966) t

'- 0. 035 cm 297 17. 8±2. 5 13. 6±0.

0. 62±0. 10

t = 0. 02 I. cm 0. 73±0. 1

t = 0. 01 3 cm 31. 3±6.

14. 6±0.

0. 78±0. 08 Levantovskaya Aged in air at 426 K 297

(1966) 0 h 16. 5 10 h 11.4

20 h

30 h 1. 42 Morbitzer (1966) Draw ratio 1.1 297 0. 30

1.15 0. 31 1.2 0. 36

1 . 3 0.91

1 . 4 1.49

1 . 5 2. 02

1 . 6 2. 02 After heating to 448 K for 10 min Draw ratio =1.3 1. 10

1 . 4 1.42

1 . 5

1 . 69

1 . 6 1.83 Pinnock (1966) trans 297

birefringence = 0. 001 0. 33±0. 02 long. birefringence - 0. 153 1. 32±0. 13

0. 187 2. 10±0. 12

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Podall, Oser, Eliason, Augl (1965) Prevorsek, Lyons

(1965)

Mylar A, C, and T sheet

Dacron 52 and 420

0. 2% yd off.

t =" 12. 7 cm; constant displacement fatigue, 4. 17 Hz.

Weingarten, Seide

(1965) Mylar Cones and cylinders, t = 0. 0075-0. 025 cm; data spread = 0. 66-0. 80 x 1 0

s psi.

Elder (1966) Terylene, monofilament 1 = 0.25 -40 cm; Instron, rel hum = 65%.

Ishai, Weller, Singer

(1966) Mylar A CL = 4-10 cm; Instron, i = 1 . 67 x 1 0~ 4 s~

1

; 5- 6 specimens taken from each of 4 different directions, errors indicate av material direction variations. Levantovskaya,

Kovarskaya,

Novoselova,

Berlin, Bass, Klapovskaya, Grecheva, Andrianova (1966)

Unstabilized film

Morbitzer, Hentze, Bonart (1966) Fiber e = 0.09 s~

1

, dynamic measurement.

Pinnock, Ward, Wolfe

(1966) Monofilaments from melt- spinning and drawing

Axial extension measured by microscope; stated errors are 95% confidence limits on the mean.

568
Investigatorfs )

{ year

)

Description Temperature

(K) Tensile

Strength

(10' psi)

Vield Strength

(10" psi)

Elongation

(percent) Young's Modulus

(10" psi) Sagalaev (1966) Film 298 . 40 Ward (1966a) Terylcne A oriented 297

long

.

trans 0. 1 6 Terylcne B oriented

long. 2. 3 trans 0. 09 Terylene unoricnted . 33 Eckert (1967) Formed at 358 K

heat-set time = 15 s 1.Z5

120 s 15 and 120 s 1 35 Formed at 368 K

heat-set time = 15 g 1.21 120 s 0.87

15 and 120 s

. 00 Sagalaev (1967) Formed at 353 K 297

i = 13. 3 s" 1 draw ratio = 2.25 13.5 13.2< a > 0 2.6 19.2 13. 7 0. 62

i = 100 s _1 draw ratio = 3.2 29.2 16.4 0. 82

3. 0 25, 6 1 6. 1 2. 7 20.9 12. 1 0 65 Formed at 363 K

i = 53. 3 s" 1 draw ratio = 2.2 10. 7 11.1 0. 51 2.8 19.

9

11.7 0. 64 3.25 27.0

3.25 28. 4 15.6 0.85

i = 26. 7 s" 1 draw ratio =3.5 23. 6 16. 5 0. 92

e = 13.3 draw ratio = 2.5 14. 2 13.7

3. 2 23.6 14.2 Formed at 373 K

e = 26. 7 a -1 draw ratio = 2.5 11.4 11.4 0. 47

3. 0 18. 5 14.2

3. 5 23. 5. 15.1 0. 80

c =53.3 s _1 draw ratio = 4.2 32. 7 18.5 1 14

£ = 31.7 s" 1 draw ratio = 3. 5 29.0 17. 1 0.80 Amorphous, unoriented 8. 5 6. 4 0. 28 Zolg (1967) ong. 297 33. 0 15.7 50 0 4? rans 19.0 13.4 100 o". ?ft 45- 23.0 0. 35 After heating at 510 K

for 30 min

long. 21.6 40

trans 11.5 1

(a) Referred to as proportional limit by authors.

INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Sagalaev, Andrianova,

Vlasov, Gracheva

(1966) Ward (1966a)

Eckert, Serafini (1967)

Sagalaev, Andrianova, Gracheva, Livin (1967) Zolg (1967)

Terylene fiber

Unoriented film, number av molecular

weight = 19,000, simultaneous 3x stretch

Films simultaneously oriented in 2 directions, thermally fixed. Mylar

Film; data also presented for film biaxially drawn at several temperatures and rates.

Diam = 0. 025 cm.

t = 0. 002 cm, w = 2. 54 cm, GL =10 cm, I L to extrusion direction; xhd spd = 0. 085 cm s~

!

.

t = 0.013 cm; 50% rel hum.

569
Investigator(s) Description Temperature Tensile Yield Elongation Young's

(year) (K) Strength Strength (percent) Modulus

(103 psi) ilO3 psi) (10* psi)

Zuerev (1967) Fiber 29 3 Stretched at 318 K

as stretched Draw ratio - 4. 0 54. 9 44. 20 0. 284

4. 5 61. 9 0.316

4. 8 66.9 0. 344 Annealed 3 h at 383 K Draw ratio =4.0 60. 1 37. 66 0. 307

4. 5 65. 7 0. 320

4. 8 68. 9 23. 50 0. 362 Annealed 30 min at 413 K

Draw ratio - 4. 8 29. 70 0. 404 Annealed 20 min at 443 K Draw ratio =4.8 69 3 27. 30 0. 41 3 Stretched at 383 K to draw ratio =4.8

as stretched 76. 8 0. 386 Annealed 3 h at 383 K 2

* 0. 420 Annealed 30 min at 413 K 73.2 25. 0 0. 441 Bridle (1968) Draw ratio = 2.5 297

long. 14 0 trans 8. 0 45"

9 . 4 0. 34 Draw ratio =3.5

long. 22. 0

6. 8 0. 28 Draw ratio -4.25

long. 34. 0 trans 8. 2

* ^ 0. 26

45° 10. 0 Draw ratio = 5.0

long. 51.0 2 04 trans 8.4 0. 33 45° 10. 7

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Zuer ev, Polovikina

(1967)

Bridle, Buckley, Scanlan (1968)

Fiber, stretched at 318 K and 383 K

Mylar, initially amorphous , drawn by

passing the extruded film through 2 sets

of rollers going at different speeds

K - 2. 54 cm, w = 0. 5 cm; Instron with CTM load cell, nominal e = 0. 0066 s" 1 used for draw ratio of 4.25, all other tests were dead weight measurements.

570
Jnvestigator(s

)

Description Tempe rature Tensile yield kl'.r.,' ion Young's

(year) (K) Strength Strength (percent) Modulus

{ 1 0

1 psi) (1 psi) ' P'l)

DuPont (1968) Filament yarns 296

(den. -ti\, -twist-type) 40-8- R02 -55 74 31 40-26-RO2-62 dull 48 29

40-2 7- R02 - 5 6 83 34 40-2 7- R02 - 5

7

76 31 40-27-RO2-62 aemi

dull 51 32 40-2 7- R02 - 92 58 30 70- 14 - R02 - 5 5 76 28

7 0 - 3 4 - R02 - 2 6 semi

dull 74 29

70- 34- R02 -56 88 31 70- 34- R02 - 57 76 31 70-34-RO2-62 semi

dull 53 34 70-34-RJ0-56 99 24

70- 34 - RIO - 92 71 30 70-44-RO2-26 dull 76 31 70-44-RO2-62 dull 48 29

1 00- 34 - R02 - 56 85 29

1 5 0 - 3 4 - R02 - 5 6 83 33 150-34-RI0-56 87 33

1 50- 34- RIO - 62 semi

dull 60 33 200-54-RI0-56 88 32

2 5 0 - 5 0 - R02 - 5 5 95 19 Staple and tow

(den. - filament type) 1.5-34 (staple only) 69 21

1> 5-89 (staple only) 57 12 1.5-106 (staple only) 1 06 19

2. 25-59 (staple only) 79 48

?" 74 41 53 34

3 0 65 41 30

3. 0-809 78 32

12. 0-114 (staple only) 64 35 12.0-115 (staple only) 39 28 Kazakevich (1968) Commercial, 298 28

c rystalline

Price (1968a) S 297 ^ithirTrim''"

^

24. 6 10.6 1 38 0. 54 11.0 1 50 0.55

45° 24. 6 10. 8 157 0. 52

67. 5* 32. 6 11.0 112 0. 63

trans 34. 0 11.6 92 0. 69

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Du Pont (1968)

Kazakevich, Kozlov, Pisarenko (1968)

Price (1968a)

Dacron

Commercial, crystalline

Biaxially oriented film, sp gr = 1. 395

GL = 25.4 cm; conditioned at 296 K and 65% rel hum, Instron, e = 0.01 s" 1; data are av

values from current production. •

t = 10. 0 cm, w = 3. 0 cm, t = 0. 008 cm; dynamometer.

GL = 7. 62 cm, w = 1.27 cm, t = 0. 002 5 cm; xhd spd = 0. 085 cm s" 1

; av of 25 measurements

,

max data spread: TS = ± 3 x 103 psi, YS = ± 1 x 1

0

3 psi, elongation ~ ± 64%, E = ± 0.06 x lCr* psi.

571
Investigatorfs

Description Tempe rature Tensile Id Elongation Young's

(year) (K) Strength Strength (percent) Modulus

(103 psi) (103 psi) (10s psi)

D umbl et on (1969) Draw ratio - 3 293 Annealing temp =

0. 61 42 3 K 0. 48 448 K 0.46

0. 30 498 K 0. 19 Draw ratio - 5 Annealing temp

373 K 1.17 0.85

448 K 0. 62 473 K 0.48

498 K 0. 21 51 3 K 0.25

Hadl e y (19 69) (orientation/bire- 294 fringence/draw

long . / 0/ 1 .

0. 29

long. / u. U£U/ 1 . 5 0. 36

long. / 0.040/2.0 0. 44

long. / u. u^3/£. i> 0. 44

long. / u. uou/ i, u 0. 73

long. / 0, 105/ 3.

1.16

long ./0. 125/4.0 1. 60

trans/ /4.25 0. 15 long./O. 145/4.5 1. 74

long . / 0. 1 80/ 5 .

2. 10

trans/ / 3 . 1

0. 07 long . / 0. 19 0/5.

2.25

long./O. 195/6.0 2. 39 long./O. 200/6. 5 2. 47

long. /0. 205/7. 0 2. 61 long. /0. 210/7. 5 2. 68

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Dumbleton (1969)

Hadley, Pinnock, Ward (1969)

Monofilaments, < 2% crys, birefringence = 0. 002, drawn at 353 K then annealed in silicone oil at 493 K, quenched to 295 K in C CU

with no crystallization

Terylene, monofilaments from conventional 2 stage melt spinning and drawing process, very low degree of orientation, subsequently stretched

in a heated zone between 2 sets of rollers moving at different speeds

Instron, 65% rel hum.

Diam = 0. 01 - 0. 03 cm; cycled to max load several times before measurement.

f

572
Investigators(s) Description Temperature Built Shear pre.slve

(year) (K) Modulus Modulus Modulus Other

(10* psi) (10" psi) (Iff psi)

Amboraki (1953) Mylar 297 K 0.6s'*> Wakclin (1955) Draw Ratio = 1 297 0. 1 3 2 0. 09

3 0. 10

4 0. 12

5 0. 1 0

6 0. 12 Helwege (196Z) Preaaurc = 1 4. 2 pai 293

sp gr - 1 . 34 0. 71

1. 37 0. 77 1.42 0.83 Pressure - 7, 100 pai sp gr = 1. 34 0. 77

1. 37 0.91 1.42 1.00 Pressure - 14,200 psi ap gr - 1.34 0. 83

1. 37 0. 91 1.42 1.11 Pressure - 28, 400 pai sp gr - 1 . 34 0.91 1.37 1.11 1.42 1.25 Pascale (1963) 296 8

,lb)

Pinnock (1963) Unstabitizcd fiber 297

(crys /birefringence) 0%/0 0. 1 1 31%/0. 142 0. 12 30%/0. 159 0. 09 29%/0. 190 0. 1

1

Heat stabilized fiber

(c rys /birefringence)

3 3%/0 0. 13 40%/0. 161 0. 09

43»l/0. 166 0. 06 41%/0. 177 0. 09

(a) Impact Energy (ft-lb)

(b) Shore D Hardness

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Amborski, Flierl (1953)

Wakelin, Voong, Montgomery,

Dusenbury (1955)

Hellwege , K nappe

,

Lang (1962)

Pascale , Hermann,

Miner (1963)

Pinnock, Ward (1963)

Mylar

Dacron

Weather stabilized

Fibers from conventional 2 stage process, stabilized by heat at least 40 K above transition temp

t = 0. 025 cm; rel hum - 35%.

L - 7-10 cm; vibrascope; av of 4 measurements.

Piezometer, measured while under pressure in a Hg medium,

t = 0. 01 3 cm; rel hum = 50 ± 5%.

Electrostatic vibroscope, 1-100 Hz.

573
Investigatorsfs

ComDes c ription Temperature Bulk Shear pressive

(year) (K) Modulus Modulus Modulus Other

(10s psi) (10s

psi) (10s psi)

Cumberbirch (1965) 2 00 denier 297

(birefringence/ draw

ratio

0/ 1 0. 13

0. 007/ 1 . 22 0. 10

0. 013/1. 54 0. 11

0. 029/2. 03 0. 1 3 0. 086/2. 90 0. 12

0. 105/3. 37 0. 1 1 0. 157/3. 93 0. 12

0. 178/4.25 0. 09 Hadley (1965) Monofilament 297 1% extensional strair U . DUtu, UD 2% extensional strair 0. 55±0. 03 Elder (1966) Terylene, single 297 1 . 84±0.27

filament

Ishai (1966) 297 15. 8±as' d l Pinnock (1966) bir ef ringence = 0. 001 297

0. 61 0.134*0.002 0.38±0.12 (c> birefringence =0. 153

long. 0. 1 6 0.107±a004 0.43*0.06 trans 0.44±0.09

bi r ef ring enc e = 0. 187

long. 0. 07 0. 1 07±0.002 n a a j- r\ c\ 7 l* tit U, U 1 trans

0.37*0.06 Ward ( 1 966) Terylene A oriented 297

long. 0. 10 0. 43< c > trans

0. 44 Terylene B oriented

long. 0. 10 0. 44 trans

0. 37 Terylene unoriented 0. 1 3 Hadley ( 1 969) (birefringence/ draw 294

ratio) 0/1.0 0. 13

0. 040/ 2.

0. 14

0. 080/ 3. 0 0. 12

0. 125/4. 0 0. 10

0. 1 80/ 5 .

0. 12

0. 195/6. 0 0. 12 0.205/7. 0 0. 11

(c) Poisson's Ratio

(d) Shear Strength ( 1 0

3 psi)

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Cumberbirch, Owen

(1965) Terylene, initially undrawn, 200

denier, drawn over 343-348 K hot plate

£ = 1 . 535 cm; scaled down Searle's double and single pendulum with an oscillation period

of 0. 5 - 10 s, 65% rel hum.

Hadley, Ward, Ward

(1965) Melt-spun monofilament Av of 35 measurements with standard errors on the mean.

Elder (1966) Terylene, monofilament 1 = 0.2 - 0.5 cm; Instron, rel hum = 65%.

Ishai, Weller, Singer

(1966) Mylar A t = 0.035 cm, circular specimen; shear pin puncture, Instron; 5-6 specimens taken from

each of 4 different directions, errors indicate av material direction variations.

Pinnock, Ward, Wolfe

(1966) Monofilaments from melt-spinning and drawing

Axial extension measured by microscope, torsion pendulum for shear modulus, compressed

between glass plates to measure bulk modulus; stated errors are 95% confidence limits on the mean. Ward (1966) Terylene fiber Diam = 0. 025 cm.

Hadley, Pinnock, Ward

(1969) Terylene, monofilaments from

conventional 2 stage melt spinning and drawing process, very low degree

of orientation, subsequently stretched

in a heated zone between 2 sets of rollers moving at different speeds

Diam = 0.01 - .0. 03 cm; free vibration torsion pendulum.

574
Polyethylene Terephthalate

Mechanical References

1. Alexandrov, N. V'., Trubashev, S. G., Electrical and mechanical

properties of polyethylene terephthalate films, Vestnik Elektro- promysklennosti, No. 8, 41 (1963).

2. Allison, S. W., Ward, 1. M., The cold drawing of polyethylene

terephthalate, Brit. J. Appl. Phys. 18, 1151 (1967). Ward, I. M., The mechanical behavior of poly ( ethylene terephthalate), Cryogenic Properties of Polymers, (Eds. T. T. Serafini,

J. L. Koenig, M. Decker, Inc., N.Y., 1968) , 45.

3. Amborski, L. E., Flierl, D. W., Physical properties of polyethylene

terephthalate films, Ind. Engr. Chem. 45, 2290 (1953).

4. Amborski, L. E., Mecca, T. D., A study of polymer film brittleness,

J. Appl. Polymer Sci., 332 (1960).

5. Anagnostou, E., Effect of Ultraviolet Irradiation on Selected Plastic Films in Vacuum, NASA-TM-X-1124 Lewis Research Center, Cleveland, Ohio (N65-28628) (1965).

6. Anderson, Jr., A. A., Morfitt, G. L., Balloon Barrier Materials, Mechanical Division of General Mills, Inc., Minneapolis, Minnesota, Contract AF19( 604) -1393 (AD 152504) (1958).

7. Armeniades, C. D., Kuriyama, I., Roe, J. M., Baer, E., Mechanical

behavior of poly (ethylene terephthalate) at cryogenic temperatures, J. Macromol. Sci.-Phys. Bl, 777 (1967). Armeniades, C. D., Kuriyama, I., Roe, J. M., Baer, E., Part II. Mechanical Behavior of Polyethylene Terephthalate at Cryogenic

Temperatures, Final Report NASA Grant NGR-36-003-054 (N67-

35896) (1967). Koenig, J. L., Mele, M. D., Geil, P. H., Baer, E., Armeniades, C. D., Mechanical Properties of Polyethylene Terephthalate under Se- lected Conditions and Methods of Preparation, Case Western

Reserve Univ., NASA Grant NGR-36-003-054 (N68-25367)

(1967). Armeniades, C. D., Kuriyama, I., Roe, J. M., Baer, E., Mechanical

behavior of poly (ethylene terephthalate) at cryogenic temperatures, Cryogenic Properties of Polymers ( Eds. T. T. Serafini, J. L. Koenig, M. Dekker, Inc., N. Y., 1968) , 155. Baer, E., Studies of Physical and Mechanical Properties of Polymers,

Quarterly Report (July 1-Oct 1, 1970) of Case Western Reserve

Univ. on Lawrence Radiation Laboratory Subcontract 9932507. Roe, J. M., Mechanical Behavior of Polymers at Cryogenic Temperatures, M.S. Thesis, Case Western Reserve Univ. (1970).

Hiltner, A., Baer, E., A Comparison of Dynamic Mechanical Relaxation Processes at Cryogenic Temperatures in Polyesters, Case Western Reserve Univ., prepared for Lawrence Radiation Laboratory, UCRL-13502 (1971). Roe, J. M., Baer, E., Correlation of tensile properties of tough

amorphous polymers with internal friction, in Studies of Physical and Mechanical Properties of Polymers, E. Baer, A. Hiltner. Case Western Reserve Univ., UCRL-13469-6 (1971).

8. Baer, E., Hiltner, A., Kastelic, J., Cryogenic fracture of Mylar A,

in Studies of Physical and Mechanical Properties of Polymers, Case Western Reserve Univ., Cleveland, Quarterly Report to Lawrence Radiation Laboratory on Subcontract 5008509 (July 1- Oct 1, 1971).

9. Becker, H., Elastic modulus of Mylar sheet, J. Appl. Polymer Sci. 9, 911 (1965).

10. Beste, L. F., Hoffman, R. M., A quantitative study of resilience, Textile Res J. 20, 441 (1950)

.

11. Bopp, C. D., Sisman, 0., ORNL-1373 (1954) quoted in Collins, C. G., Calkins, V. P., Radiation Damage to Elastomers, Plastics and Organic Liquids, General Electric Co., Atomic Products Division, Cincinnati, Ohio, APEX 261 (1956).

12. Bridle, C., Buckley, J., Scanlan, J., Mechanical anisotropyof oriented polymers, Part I, J. Mat. Sci. 3, 622 (1968).

13. Brown, A., The mechanical properties of fibers, Textile Res J. 25,

617 (1955a).

14. Brown, A., Second-order transition temperature and fiber properties, Textile Res. J. 25, 891 (1955b).

15. Brown, N., Ward, I. M., Load drop at the upper vield point of a polymer, J. Polymer Sci.. Part A-2 6, 607 (1968)

.'

16. Caren, R. P., Coston, R. M., Holmes, A. M. C., Dubus, F., Low

temperature tensile, thermal contraction, and gaseous hydrogen

permeability data on hydrogen-vapor barrier materials, Advances

in Cryogenic Engineering (Ed. K. D. Timmerhaus, Plenum Press, New York, 1965) Vol. 10, 171.

17. Charch, W. H., Moseley, Jr., W. W'., Structure-property relation- ships in synthetic fibers, Textile Res. J. 29, 525 (1959).

18. Christiansen, A. W., Baer, E., Radcliffe, S. V., The mechanical

behavior of polymers under high pressure, Phil. Mag. 24, 451

(1971).

19. Coplan, M. J., A Studv of the Effect of Temperature on Textile

Materials, Wright Air Development Center, WADC-TR-53-21

(AD-14002) (1953).

20. Cumberbirch, R. J. E., Owen, J. D.. The mechanical properties and

birefringence of various monofils, J. Textile Inst. 56, T389

(1965).

21. Dillon, J. H., Tensile properties of newer fibers, Ind. Engr. Chem.

44, 2115 (1952).

22. Dixon, E. R., Jackson, J. B., The inter-relation of some mechanical

properties with molecular weight and crystallinity in poly (ethy- lene terephthalate) , J. Mat. Sci. 3, 464 (1968)

.

23. Dumbelton, J. H., Murayama, 7

'., Temperature dependence of the dynamic mechanical behavior of poly (ethylene terephthalate)

fibers. Kolloid Z. 220, 41 (1967)

.

24. Dumbleton, J. H., Chain folding in oriented poly (ethylene terephthalate), J. Polymer Sci. Part A-2 7, 667 (1969).

25. DuPont Co., Dacron Technical Bulletin X-219, (1967).

26. DuPont Co., Mylar Bulletin M-2 D, (1967).

27. DuPont Co., The Tenacity and Elongation of Dacron, Bulletin D212, (1968).

28. DuPont Co., The Stress-Strain Behavior of Dacron, Bulletin D-230,

(1969).

29. Eckert, R. E., Serafini, T. T., Effect of film processing on cryogenic

properties of poly (ethylene terephthalate), J. Macromol. Sci. Phys. Bl, 695 (1967).

Eckert, R. E., Serafini, T. T., Effect of film processing on cryogenic- properties of poly (ethylene terephthalate), NASA TM X-52351

(N67-37255) (1967).

'

Eckert, R. E., Serafini, T. J'., Effect of film processing on cryogenic

properties of poly (ethylene terephthalate), Cryogenic Properties

of Polymers (Eds. T. T. Serafini, J. L. Koenig, M. Dekker, Inc., N.Y., 1968) 73. Eckert, R. E., Serafini, T. T., Effect of film processing on cryogenic- properties of poly (ethylene terephthalate), NASA TN D^1762

(N68-33034) (1968).

30. Elder, H. M., The tensile, compressive, and bending moduli of some

monofilament materials, J. Textile Inst. 57, T8 (1966).

31. Farrow, B., Extensometric and elastic properties of textile fibers.

J. Textile Institute 47, 58 (1956).

32. Frank, W'., Stuart, H. A., Umwandlungserscheinungen in amorphen

Hochpolymeren beim Tempern unterhalb der Glastemperatur.

Kollid Z. u. Z. Poly mere 225, 1 (1968).

33. Frosini, V., Woodward, A. E., Dynamic mechanical behavior of poly (ethylene terephthalate) from 4.2 to 300 K. J. Macromol. Sci. Phys. B3(l), 91 (1969).

34. Golik, A. Z., Lopan, A. F., Genina, M. A., Effect of orientation on

the viscoelastic properties of polyethylene terephthalate monofibers, Ukrainskii Fizicheskii Zhurnal 13, 1609 (1968); English

translation in Ukrainian Phys. J. 13, 1146 (1969).

35. Green, J., Levine, N. B.. Elastomeric and Compliant Materials for Liquid Rocket Fuel and Oxidizer Application. Part I. Technical Document Report No. ML-TDR-64-107 Part I, AF Materials Laboratory, Research and Technology Division. Air Force Systems

Command, Wright-Patterson Air Force Base. Ohio, Project 7340. Task 734005 (1964).

36. Guthrie, J. C., Morton, D. H., Oliver, P. H., An investigation into bending and torsional rigidities of some fibres, J. Textile Inst 45,

1912 (1954).

37. Hadley, D. W'., Ward, I. M., Ward, J., The transverse compression

of anisotropic fibre monofilaments. Rov. Soc. of London (Proc.) A285, 275 (1965).

38. Hadley, D. W., Pinnock, P. R., Ward, I. M., Anisotropy in oriented

fibres from synthetic polymers, J. Mat. Sci. 4, 152 (1969).

39. Hall, I. H., The tensile properties of textile yarns at very high

strain rates, J. Appl. Polymer Sci. 8, 237 (1964).

40. Hall, I. H., The effect of strain rate on the stress-strain curve of oriented polymers. I. Presentation of experimental results. J. Appl.

Polymer Sci. 12, 731 (1968).

41. Hamburger, W. J., Piatt, M. M., Morgan, H. M., Mechanics of

elastic performance of textile materials. Part X: Some aspects of

elastic behavior at low strains. Textile Res. J. 22, 695 (1952).

42. Hanson, M. P., Richards, H. T., Hickel, R. O., Preliminary- Investigation of Filament-Wound Glass-Reinforced Plastics and Liners for Cryogenic Pressure Vessels, NASA-TN-D-2741 (1965).

43. Harrington, R„ Giberson, R., Chemical and physical changes in gamma-irradiated plastic. Modern Plastics 36, 199 (Nov.. 1958 i. 44. Haskins, J. F'., Hertz, J., Campbell, M. D., The Determination of Thermophysical Properties of Plastic Materials and Composites

at Cryogenic Temperatures, Wright-Patterson Air Force Base. Ohio, AF 33 (657) -9160 (1962).

45. Haynes, A., Hsiao, C. C, Effect of temperature and reactor irradia- tion on the strength of biaxiallv oriented polvethvlene terephthalate, J. Appl. Phys., 31, 1871 (I960).

46. Heffelfinger, C. J., Schmidt, P. G., Structure and properties of oriented polv (ethylene terephthalate) films, J. Appl. Polymer Sci.. 9, 2661 (1965).

47. Hellwege, K. H., Knappe, W'., Lehmann, P , Die isotherme Kompressibilitat einiger amorpher and teil Kristalliner Hochpolymerer

im Temperaturbereich von 20-250 °C und bei Drucken bis zu 2000 kp./cnr, Kolloid Z. 183, 110 (1962).

48. Hennessy, J. J., Moore, W. H., Radiation damage in Mylar exposed

to minimum ionizing protons. Rev. Sci. Instr. 37, 55 (1966 i . 49. Hoggatt, J. T., Cryogenic Liner Development for Filament Wound

rressure Vessels, The Boeing Co., Contract No. EWA 69829. Document No. D2-23778-1 (1965).

50. Holden, G., Tensile properties of textile fibres at very high rates of extension, J. Textile Inst.. 50, 41 (1959).

51. Hsiao, C. C, Choic, S. T., Effect of reactor irradiation on the

tensile strength of uniaxiallv oriented polvethvlene terephthalate.

J. Appl. Phys. 31, 1869 (I960).

575
52. Hudson, R. A., Production, properties and applications of the new

British polyethylene terephthalate film, British Plastics 26, 6

(Jan., 1953).

53. liters. K. H., Breuer, H., Molecular motions in polyethylene terephthalate, J. Coll. Sci. 18, 1 (1963).

54. Ishai, 0., Weller, T., Singer, J., Mechanical properties of Mylar

polyester and the buckling of Mylar conical shells, in Experi- mental and Theoretical Studies on Buckling of Conical and Cylindrical Shells under Combined Loading. J. Singer, A. Berkovits.

T. Weller, 0. Ishai, M. Baruch, 0. Harai, Technion, Israel Insti- tute of Technology, Dept. of Aeronautical Engineering, Haifa.

Israel, Report AF EOAR 63-58 (AD 641971) (1966).

Ishai, 0., Weller, T., Singer, J., Anistropy of Mylar A sheets, J. Mat.

3, 337 (1968) . 55. Jackson, Jr., W. J., Caldwell, J. R., Polycarbonates from three- dimensional polycyclic bisphenols, Indus, and Eng. Chem. Prod. R and D 2, 246 (1963).

56. Kalinnikov, A. E., Creep and aftereffect of polyethyleneterephthalate

films under conditions of uniaxial stress. Mechanika Polimerov 1, 59 (1965); English translation in Polymer Mechanics 1, 46

( 1965 ) . 57. Kalinnikov, A. E., Effect of 7-radiation on the mechanical properties

cf polyethylene terephthalate films, Mekhanika Polimerov 3, 461

( 1966 ) . 58. Kalinnikov, A. E., UV-influence on the polyethyleneterephthalate film strength, Geliotekhnika Tashkend. Akademiia Nauk Uzbekskoi SSR. No. 2, 23 (1967).

59. Kast, W., Meskat, W., Rosenberg. 0., van der Vegt, A. K., Struktur und mechanische Eigenschaften von Faserstoffen, Die Physik der Hochpolymeren (Ed. H. A. Stuart, Springer-Verlag. Berlin, 19561

Vol. 4. 60. Kastelic, J., Baer, E., Fracture of polymers at cryogenic temperatures, in Studies of Physical and Mechanical Properties of Polymers, Case Western Reserve Univ., Cleveland, Quarterly

Report to Lawrence Radiation Laboratory on Subcontract 5008509

(Oct 1-Dec 31, 1971).

61. Kawaguchi, T., Dynamic mechanical properties of polyethylene

terephthalate, J. Polymer Sci. 32, 417 ( 1958)

62. Kawaguchi, T., Dependence of the tensile properties of crystalline polymer on strain rate and temperature I, Kobunshi Kagaku 18,

411 (1961).

63. Kazakevich, S. A., Kozlov, P. V., Pisarenko, A. P., Effect of certain working media on spontaneous orientation of polymer films, Fiziko-Khimicheskaya Mekhanika Materialov 4, 247 (1968);

English translation in Soviet Materials Sci. 4, 181 (1968).

64. Kerlin, E. E., Investigation of Combined Effects of Radiation and Vacuum and of Radiation and Cryotemperatures on Engineering

Materials: Vol. I. Radiation-Vacuum Tests, General Dynamics

(Fort Worth), Prepared for Marshall Space Flight Center, FZK161-1, Contract NAS8-2450 ( 1963)

65. Kerlin, E. E., Smith, E. T'., Measured Effects of the Various Combinations of Nuclear Radiation. Vacuum, and Cryotemperatures on Engineering Materials. Annual Report, Vol. I, General Dy- namics (Fort Worth), prepared for Marshall Space Flight Center, FZK-188-1, Contract NAS8-2405 (1964).

66. Kerlin, E. E., Smith, E. T., Measured Effects of the Various Combinations of Nuclear Radiation, Vacuum and Cryotemperatures on Engineering Materials, Biennial Report, General Dynamics,

(Fort Worth), prepared for Marshall Space Flight Center, FZK290, Contract NAS8-2450 (N66-35963) (1966).

67. Kline, D. E., Sauer, J. A., Effect of radiation and moisture on the dynamic mechanical properties of polyethylene terephthalate. Polymer 2, 401 (1961).

68. Koehler, A. M., Measday. D. F., Morrill, D. H., Radiation damage

of Mylar and H-film, Nuclear Instr. Methods 33, 341 (1965).

69. Kozlov, P. V., Kabanov, V. A., Fro/ova, A. A., Certain correlations

in the development of uniaxial deformation in crystalline and

vitreous films from polyethyleneterephthalate, Vysokmolekulyarnye

Soedineniya 1, 324 (1959).

70. Kuchinka, M. Y., Dependence of certain mechanical characteristics

of synthetic polymer fibres on the temperature, Ukrainskii

Fizickeskii Zhurnal 7, 1318 (1962).

71. Kuriyama, I., Baer, E., Fundamental Studies for the Development

of Polyethylene Terephthalate as a Cryogenic Liner Material. Part I. Mechanical Relexation Behavior of PET from 4.2 to 280 °K, Case Institute of Technology, NASA-CR-80922 (N67-

16088) (1966).

72. Kuriyama, I., Shirakaski, K., Studies on the thermal properties of the hot drawn PET fibers. (1) Effects of drawing temperature on the fine structure in PET fibers, Kobunshi Kagaku 20, 356

(1964).

73. Landzberg, A. H., Creep behavior of polymer films, Mat. Res. Stds. 6, 232 (1966).

74. hare, P. J., DeBoskey, W. R., Divecha, A., Hahn, H., Investigation

of the Effects of Mechanical Stress on the Permeability of Engineering Materials to Certain Cryogenic and Storable Propellants

Used in Launch Vehicles, Annual Summary Report, Contract NAS8-11322, NASA-CR-68411 (N66-13088) (1965).

75. LeClair, H. G., Cobbs, Jr., H. W., Effects of radiation on plastic- packaging films, Ind. Engr. Chem. 50, 323 (1958).

76. LeFave, G. M., Gamero, R., Moore, H. H., Elastomers for use in cryogenic environments, Soc. of Aerospace Mat. and Proc. Eng., National SAMPE Symp. on Adhesives and Elastomers for Environ- mental Extremes, 7th, Los Angeles, Calif. (1964)

77. Lockheed Missiles and Space Co., RIFT Radiation Effects Program:

Irradiations No. 4 and 6, Cryogenic Materials, NSP-64-29, Contract No. NAS 8-5600 (1964).

78. Lockheed Missiles and Aircraft Co., Polymeric Materials Irradiation Data Submittal, NASA (N65-35361), Georgia Nuclear Lab., Lockheed Georgia Co. (1965).

79. Lohr, J. J., Yield stress master curves for various polymers below

their glass transition temperatures, Trans. Soc. of Rheology 9, 65 (1965).

80. Levantovskaya, I. I., Kovarskaya, B. M., Novoseliova, I. A., Berlin, A. A., Bass, S. I., Klapovskaya, O. A., Gracheva, B. S., Andrianova, N. V. Stabilization of polyethylene terephthalate, Soviet Plastics 2, 17 '( 1966).

81. Lyons, W. J.. Ribnick, A., Way, P. K.. Terminal creep rates of fatigued polyester fibers as functions of temperature, Textile Res.

J. 35, 1126 (1965).

82. McClintock. R. M., Gibbons, H. P., Mechanical properties of Structural Materials at Low Temperatures, Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), Monogr. 13. 190 pages (June 1960).

83. McConnell, P. M., Daney, D. E., Kirgis, J. B., Thermoelastic expansion and creep of polyethylene terephthalate and polypyromelitimide film and polyethylene terephthalate fibers from 20 to 295 K,

Presented to Symp. on Thermal Exp. of Solids, Santa Fe, N. Mex.

(1970). Cryogenics Division. NBS, Boulder, Colo., also Interim

Rept. 275.05-70-1, U. Calif., Lawrence Rad. Lab., Livermore,

Calif. (1970).

84. McMahon. W., Birdsall. H. A.. Johnson, G. R., Camilli, C. 7'., Physical properties evaluation of compounds and materials. Part II. Degradation studies of polyethylene terephthalate, J. Chem. Eng. Data 4, 57 (1959).

85. Meridith, R., Hsu, B., Dynamic bending properties of fibers: Effect

of temperature on Nylon 66, Terylene, Orion, and viscose rayon,

J. Polymer Sci. 61, 271 (1962).

86. Miller, R. N.. Bailey. C. D.. Freeman, S. M., Beall, R. 7

'., Coxe,

E. F., Properties of foams, adhesives, and plastic films at cryogenic

temperatures, Ind. Engr. Chem. Prod. Res. and Dev. 1, 257

(1962).

87. Mitsuishi, Y., Tonami, H., Changes in structure and properties of polyethylene terephthalate fibers by heat treatment, Sen-i Gakkaishi 20, 140 (1964).

88. Morbitzer, V. L., Hentze, G., Bonart, R., Zur Dehnungskalorimetrie

einseitig verstreckter Polyathylenterephthalai-Folien, Kolloid Z. 2 1 6 / 2 1 7, 137 (1966).

89. Morgan, J. T., Shelton, R., Stapleton, G. B., The Effect of Radiation on the Mechanical Properties of Polyethylene Terephthalate

Films, Rutherford Lab. Report (RHEL R139) (1966).

90. Mowers, R. E., Mechanical and Physical Properties of Nonmetallic

Materials at Cryogenic Temperatures, Rept. R-3498, Rocketdyne,

Canoga Park, Calif., Contract AF 04 (611) -6354, Proj. 6753, Task

675304 (AD 294772) (1962). Mowers, R. E., Mechanical and physical properties of nonmetallic

materials at cryogenic temperatures, Proc. 65th Annual Meeting

American Society for Testing Materials, N. Y., 62, 794 (1962).

91. Murayama, T., Dumbleton, J. H., Williams, M. L., Viscoelasticity

of oriented poly (ethylene terephthalate), J. Polymer Sci. 6, 787

(1968) . 92. Pascale, J. F., Herrmann, D. B., Miner, R. J., High energy electron radiation resistance of plastics, Modern Plastics 41, 239 (1963).

93. Pinnock, P. R., Ward, I. M., Dynamic mechanical measurements

of polyethylene terephthalate, Proc. Phys. Soc. 81, 260 (1963).

94. Pinnock, P. R., Ward, I. M., The temperature dependence of viscoelastic behavior in polyethylene terephthalate, Polymer 7, 255

(1966).

95. Pinnock, P. R., Ward, I. M., Wolfe, J. M., The compression of anisotropic fibre monofilaments. II., Proc. Roy. Soc. (London)

291, 267 (1966).

96. Podall, H. E., Oser, Z., Eliason, L. K., Augl, J. M., Development of Improved Polymeric Materials for Cryogenic Propellant Tank

Liners and Positive Expulsion Bladders, NASA Contract NAS

3-4183, Melpar, Inc., Falls Church, Va. (N65-35071) (1965).

97. Poliakov, L. M., Effect of uv radiation in vacuum on the strength and fracture of polvmer films, Mekhanika Polimerov 3, 359

(1966).

98. Pope, D. H., Isakson, V. E., Positive Expulsion of Cryogenic Liquids, Beech Engineering Rept. 14252 (1964).

99. Prevorsek, D. C., Lyons, W. J., Fatigue in textile fibers, Part IV:

Fatiguing by cyclic tension, effects of stroke on the statistics of

lifetimes, Textile Res. J. 34, 881 (1964)

100. Prevorsek, D. C., Lyons, W. J., Fatigue in textile fibers, Part VII: Fatiguing by cyclic tension, considerations of creep and force

data, Textile Res. J. 35, 110 (1965).

101. Price, H. L., Molecular orientation and mechanical anistropy in polymer films, SPE J. 24, 54 (1968a), also in NASA TN D-5380

(1969) . 102. Price, H. L., Effect of gamma radiation in vacuum on the tensile properties of polymer films, Am. Soc. of Mech. Engineers, 68- WA/RP-6 (1968b).

103. Rabinowitz, S., Ward, I. M., Parry, J. S. C., The effect of hydrostatic pressure on the shear yield behavior of polymers, J. Materials Sci. 5, 29 (1970).

104. Reed, R. P., Mikesell, R. P., Some mechanical properties of Mylar and Dacron polyester strands at low temperatures, Rev. Sci. Intr. 29, 734 (1958).

576
105. Reed, R. P., Durcholz, R. L., Arvidson, J. M., Low Temperature

Tensile Properties of Mylar and Kapton Film, Dacron Yarn, and

Polystyrene Foam, Unpublished Data (March 1970).

106. Reed, R. P., Durcholz, R. L., Arvidson, J. M., Low temperature tensile properties of polyethylene terephthalate multifiber yarn and

polystyrene foam, Advances in Cryogenic Engineering ( Ed. K.

D. Timmerhaus, Plenum Press, New York, 1971) Vol. 16, p. 37. 107. Roe, J. M., Mechanical Behavior of Polymers at Cryogenic Temperatures, M. S. Thesis, Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, Ohio (1970).

108. Ross, S. E., Modulus-temperature relationships of various fibers, Textile Res. J. 35, 958 (1965).

109. Sagalaev, G. V., Andrianova, N. V., V/asov, S. V., Gracheva, B. S., Estimation of the amount of orientation in polyethyleneterephthalate films, Plasticheskie Massy 9, 36 (1966).

110. Sagalaev, G. V., Andrianova, N. V., Vlasov, S. V ., Gracheva, B. S., Livin, L. S., Dependence of certain mechanical properties of polyethylene terephthalate films on the stress and elastic modulus,

Soviet Plastics 2, 52 (1967).

111. Sakaoku, K., Effects of Co"0 gamma-ray on the visco-elastic dispersion of some textile material, Sen-i Gakkaishi 17, 590 (1961).

112. Sakurada, I., Ito, T., Experimental determination of elastic moduli

of the crystalline regions in oriented polymers. III. Polyethylene

terephthalate, polyvinylidene chloride and cellulose, Kobunshi

Kogaku 19, 300 (1962). Sakurada, I., Ito, T., Nakamae, K,, Elastic moduli of crystal

lattices of polymers, Bull. Inst. Chem. Res. Kyoto Univ., 42, 77 (1964). Sakurada, I., Ito, T., Nakamae, K., Elastic moduli of crystal lattices of polymers, J. Polymer Sci, Part C, No. 15, 75 (1966).

Ito, 7

'., Elastic moduli of the crystal lattices of polymers, Mem.

Fac. Indus. Arts, Kyoto Tech. Univ. Sci. Technol. 15, 43 (1966).

113. Skelton, J., Freeston, Jr., W. D., Ford, H. K., The tensile behavior

of fibrous materials at high rates of strain and subambient

temperatures, Appl. Polymer Symposia, No. 12, 111 (1969).

Skelton, J., The tensile behavior of fibrous materials at high rates of

strain and subambient temperatures, Materials Research and

Standards 10, 20 (June 1970).

114. Skelton, J., Freeston, Jr., W. D., Schoppe, M. M., The effect of internal temperature rise on the tensile behavior of polymeric

materials at subambient temperatures, J. Appl. Polymer Sci. 14, 2197 (1970).

Skelton, J., Freeston, Jr., W. D., Ford, H. K., The tensile behavior

of fibrous materials at high rates of strain and subambient temperatures, Appl. Polymer Symposia, No. 12, 111 (1969).

115. Slonimskii, G. L., Dikareva, T. A., Anisotropy of the mechanical

properties of uniaxially oriented polymer films, Vysokomolekulyarnye Soedineniya 6, 153 (1964).

116. Smith, E. T., Investigation of Combined Effects of Radiation and Vacuum and of Radiation and Cryo-Temperatures of Engineering

Materials: Vol. VII. Radiation-Cryotemperature Tests, General Dynamics (Fort Worth). Prepared for Marshall Space Flight Center, FZK-161-Z, Contract NAS 8-2450 (1963). McKannan, E. C., Gause, R. L., Effect of nuclear radiation and

cryogenic temperatures on engineering materials, 1st AIAA

Annual Meeting Paper No. 64-361 (1964), also in J. Spacecraft

2, 558 (1965).

117. Stephenson, C. V., Moses, B. C., Wilcox, W. S., Ultraviolet irradia- tion of plastics. I. Degradation of physical properties, J. Polymer

Sci. 55,451 (1961).

Wilcox, W. S., Stephenson, C. V., I.acey, Jr., J. C., Moses, B. C., Peterioration of Textile Materials by Ultraviolet Light, Southern Research Institute, WADD Technical Report 60-150 Q960)

(AD 249 237).

118. Stephenson, G. V., Wilcox, W. S., Ultraviolet irradiation of plastics. IV. Further studies of environmental effects on films and fibers,

J. Polymer Sci. 1, 2471 (1963).

119. Takayanagi, M., Viseoelastie properties of crystalline polymers, Mem. Fac. Eng. Kyushu Univ. 23, 41 1 1963 I 120. Teszler, O., Rutherjord, H, A., The effect of nuclear radiation on

fibrous materials Part I: Dacron Polyester Fiber, Textile Res. J. 26, 796 (195f,i. 121. Thompson, A. B., Woods, I). W., The transitions of polyethylene

terephthlalate. Trans. Faraday Soc. 52, 1383 (1956). Woods, I). W., Effects of crystallization of the glass-rubber transi- tion in polyethylene terephthalate filaments. Nature 174, 753

(1954).

122. Thompson, A. B., Strain-induced crystallization in polyethylene

terephthalate. J. Polymer Sci. 34, 741 (1959).

123. Toth, J. M., Barber, J. R., Structural properties of glass-fiber filament-wound cryogenic pressure vessels. Cryogenic Engineering

Conf., Univ. of Penn.. Phila.. Penn. ( 1964). Toth, J. M., Barber, J. R., Structural Properties of Class-Fiber Filament-Wound Cryogenic Pressure Vessels, Douglas Aircraft

Co., Santa Monica, Calif., and NASA-Lewis Research Center, Cleveland, Ohio (NAS 3 2562) (1965).

124. Wakelin, J. H., Voong, E. T. L., Montgomery, D. J., Dusenbury,

J. H., Vibroscope measurements of the elastic moduli of Nylon

66 and Dacron filaments of various draw ratios. J. Appl. Phys.

26, 786 (1955).

125. Ward, I. M., The molecular structure and mechanical properties

of polyethylene terephthalate fibers, Textile Res. J. 31, 650

(1961). Ward, I. M., The mechanical behavior of po|\ ( elh\ lene terephthalate), Cryogenic Properties of Polymers (Eds. T. T. Serafini and

J. L. Koenig, M. Decker, Inc., N. Y., 1968) p. 45.

126. Ward, I. M., Mechanical anisotropy in oriented synthetic fibers.

1 and II, Appl. Materials Res. 5, 224 (1966).

Aliison, S. W., Ward, I. M., The cold drawing of polyethylene

terephthalate, Rrit. J. Appl. Phys. 18, 1151 (1967). Ward, I. M., The mechanical behavior of poly ( ethylene terephthalate), Cryogenic Properties of Polymers (Eds. T. T. Serafini. J. L. Koenig, M. Dekker, Inc., N.Y., 1968) p. 45. 127. Weingarten, V. I., Seide, P., Elastic stability of thin-walled cylin- drical and conical shells under combined external pressure and

axial compression, AIAA J. 3, 913 (1965)

.

128. Yamaguchi, S., Mechanical properties of terylene fibers under

various temperatures and humidities, J. Textile Mach. Soc. Jap. 5, 14 (1959).

129. Yasui, G., Rift Radiation Effects Program Irradiations No. 1 and

2 Cryogenic Insulation Materials, NASA X64-12462, contr. NAS8-5600, Lockheed Missiles and Space Co.. Sunnyvale. Calif. (1963).

130. Yoshino, M., Takayanagi, M., Mechanical tan 5 meter of direct reading type, Jap. Soc. Testing Materials J. 10, 56 (1959).

131. Zolg, R. W'., The relationship of birefringence to the anisotropic

physical characteristics of polyethylene terephthalate film. Polymer Engr. Sci. 7, 194 (1967).

132. Zuerev, M. P., Polovikina, L. A., Effect of anneal temperature on mechanical properties of filaments of polyethylene terephthalate. Mekhanika Polimerov 3, 503 (1967).

577
C. Thermal Properties and References (PET)

PET 4xl0

-3 s

_o

'c»s

a.

2

_j<o

CO<

0

Q_X

Ul

_l<

-2

-3

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 TEMPERATURE ,

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Bailey (1962)

Caren, Coston, Holmes, Dubus (1965)

Thompson, Woods

(1956)

Mylar

Mylar

Terylene filament yarn

Diam = 0, 95 cm, t - 10. 16 cm; quartz tube dilatiometer ; total error < 5%.

t = 0. 003 cm, rolled into tight cylinders approx 0. 63 in diam and 5. 08 cm long;thermocouple£

attached by drilling small hole near center; fused-quartz tube and dial-indicator used, data taken on warm-up; three samples tested, 5% max data scatter.

Thermal expansion measurements made by observing change of length of specimen sus- pended by its own weight inside insulated metal jacket, birefringence decay observed

using hot-stage microscope fitted with Babinet compensator.

r

578
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATOR^ (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Haldon, Schell, Simha (1967)

Thompson, Woods

(1956)

Haskins, Campbell,

Hertz, Percy (1964)

Mylar

Terylene filament yarn

Mylar

Quartz tube dilatometer; quoted accuracy ± 5%.

Thermal expansion measurements made by observing change of length of specimen

suspended by its own weight inside insulated metal jacket, birefringence decay observed

using hot-stage microscope fitted with Babinet compensator.

Leitz dilatometer.

579
TEMPERATURE,

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Yano (1958)

Miller (19 68)

Mylar, film was heat -stretched and

then heated from 29 3 K to 498 K

Mylar t = 0. 32 cm; flat -tipped quartz probe on a DuPont 940 Thermomechanical Analyzer, monitored by thermocouple, heating rate = 5 K min -1 starting at 77 K.

r

580
INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Steere (1966b)

Steere (1966a)

Mylar

Mylar A

Transient heating method used; curve represents closely spaced series of points.

Typical dimensions: t = 6. 25 cm, w = 3. 5 cm, film stacked to 1. 25 cm; transient heating method used, temp differential measured by Sanborn 350-1500 preamplifier and 299 recorder system; accuracy =* 2%.

581
TEMPERATURE ,K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Steere (1966a)

Smith, Dole (1956)

Roinishvili, Tavkeledze, Akropyan (1967)

Mylar A

Dacron

Typical dimensions: I = 6. 25 cm, w = 3, 5 cm, film stacked to 1. 25 cm; transient heating method used, temp differential measured by Sanborn 350-1500 preamplifier and 299 recorder system; accuracy = 3%, curve represents closely spaced series of points.

Dashed lines indicate trend only (no data points beyond solid line).

r

582
PET

u

CDn.

100 200 300 400

TEMPERATURE ,K

500 600

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year]

Smith, Dole (1956)

Campbell, Hertz, O'Barr, Haskins (1965)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Dacron: annealed by cooling molten sample from 559 K to room temp in 3 days, also by cooling commercially

drawn fibers from 483 K in 2 days; commercially drawn by pulling over a hot point slightly above the glass

transition temp to a draw ratio of 3. 5; cold drawn by pulling slowly near the glass transition temp, this method

produced less crys than commercial

procedure

Mylar

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Results for the 2 annealing methods were nearly identical; dashed lines indicate trend only

(no data points beyond solid line).

2. 54 x 2. 54 x 0. 035 cm; measurements made using cooling curve method.

583
TEMPERATURE ,

INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kuriyama, Tomiita, Shirakashi (1964) Melted in vacuum, slow cooled and

quenched in ice water Curves also given for an unheated and undrawn filament and for a sample quenched in a dry ice-methanol mixture, these data were similar to that for the sample quenched in ice water.

584
TEMPERATURE ,

K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Eiermann (1961)

Haskins, Campbell,

Hertz, Percy (1964)

Steere (1966b)

Peterson, Anderson

(1972)

Mylar: sp gr = 1. 409, 50% crys;

sp gr = 1. 337, amorphous

Mylar

Mylar

Mylar

Curve represents closely spaced series of test points.

t = 0. 036 cm; thermocouples bonded directly to each side by a 0. 001 cm layer of adhesive.

Modified transient heating method used.

t = 0.0206 and 0.00254 cm; measured difference in thermal impedances of 2 thicknesses x

to plane of sheet; accuracy =* 5 %.

585
Investigator(s)

(year) Description Temperature

(K) Thermal

X Thermal

Conductivit (W m"1 K

-1

a Thermal

Diffusivity (cm s )

C„

Specific Heat

(J g^K"1

)

McMaster (1964) Dacron, sp gr = 1 . 39 298 0.16

Podall (1965) Mylar T 298-78

long. -5.23x10"

trans -4. 24 x I0

-<

Mylar C

long. -4.27x 10- trans -4.47x 10"

Mylar A

long. -4. 02 x 10-

trans -4. 17x 10-

Engel'ne (1966) Lavs an 298 0. 109 0. 076 Du Pont (1968) Mylar A 300 1.17

INVESTIGATOR^] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

McMaster (1964)

Podall, Oser,

Eliason, Augl (1965)

Engel'ne, Krasha

(1966)

Du Pont (1968)

Dacron, sp gr = 1. 39

Mylar A, C, and T sheet

Lavsan, granular, fibrous

Mylar A

Diam = 23(1, av 1 = 0. 204 cm in a fiber bed; circular guarded hot plate apparatus.

Quartz dilatometer.

t = 0.025 cm; modified ASTM D 696-44 test procedure.

r

586
Polyethylene Terephthalate

Thermal References

1. Bailey, C. D., Linear Thermal Expansion of Organic Materials at Cryogenic Temperature, Lockheed Aircraft Corp., Rept. No. ER-5682 (1962).

2. Campbell, M. D., Hertz, J., O'Barr, G. L., Haskins, J. F., Thermophysical Properties of Materials and Composites to Liquid Hydrogen Temperature ( — 423 °F), General Dynamics/Astronautics, San Diego, Calif., ML-TDR-64-33, Part II, Contract No. AF

33(6571-9160 (1965).

3. Caren, R. P., Coston, R. M., Holmes, A. M. C, Dubus, F., Low

temperature tensile, thermal contraction and gaseous hydrogen

permeability data on hydrogen-vapor barrier materials, Advances

in Cryogenic Engineering, Ed. K. D. Timmerhaus (Plenum Press, New York, 1965) Vol. 10, 171.

4. Du Pont Co., Mylar Bulletin M-1G (1968)

.

5. Eiermann, K., Warmeletung von Kunststoffen im Abhangigkeit von

Struktur, Temperatur und Vorgeschichte, Kunststoffe 51, 512

(1961). Eiermann, K., Hellwege, K.-H., Knappe, W., Quasistationare Messung der Warmeleitfahigkeit von Kunststoffen im Temperaturbereich von — 180 °C bis + 90 °C. Kolloid Z. 174, 134 (1961). Eiermann, K., Helhvege, K.-H., Thermal Conductivity of High

Polymers from — 180 °C to 90 °C. J. Polymer Sci. 57, 99 (1962). Eiermann, K., Thermal conductivity of high polymers, J. Polymer

Sci. C6, 157 (1964). Eiermann, K., Warmeleitfahigkeit von Kunststoffen in festem und

geschmolzenem Zustand, Kunstoffe 55, 335 (1965)

.

6. Engel'ne, M. V., Krasha, V. B., Thermophysical characteristics of granule layer of fiber-forming polymers studied in a bicalorimeter, Karbotsepnye Volokna, 282 ( 1966 )

.

7. Haldon, R. A., Schell, W. J., Simha, R., Transitions in glasses at low temperatures, J. Macromol. Sci. Bl, 759 (1967).

8. Haskins. J. F., Campbell, M. D„ Hertz, J., Percy, J. L., Thermophysical Properties of Plastic Materials and Composites to Liquid

Hydrogen Temperature ( — 423 °F). General Dynamics/Astronautics, San Diego, Calif., ML-TDR-64-33, Part I., Contract No. AF 33 (657) -9160, (AD-601337) (1964).

9. Kuriyama, I., Tomiita, K., Shirakashi, K., The anomalous thermal expansion of polyethylene terephthalate, Kobunshi Kagaku 21,

584 (1964).

10. McMusler, D. C, Thermal conductivity of compressible porous

materials. TAPPI 47, 796 (1964).

11. Miller, G. W., Thermal analyses of polymers. I. Polycarbonate and

polyethylene terephthalate, Analytical Calorimetry, Proceedings

of the American Chemical Society Symposium on Analytical

Calorimetry, San Francisco, Eds. R. S. Porter, J. F. Johnson (Plenum Press, New York, 1968), 71.

12. Peterson, R. E., Anderson, A. C, Thermal Conductivity of Mylar

between 0.05 and 0.5 K. Rev. Sci. Instrum. 43, 834 (1972).

13. Podall, H. E., Oser, Z., Eliason, L. K., Augl, J. M., Development

of Improved Polymeric Materials for Cryogenic Propellant Tank

Liners and Positive Expulsion Bladders, NASA Contract NAS

3-1183. Melpar Inc.. Falls Church. Va. (N65-35071) (1965).

14. Roinishvili, E. Yu., Tavkeledze, N. N., Akropyan, V. B., Specific heat of amorphous and crystalline polyethylene terephthalate at low temperatures, Vysokomolekulyarnye Soedineniva B9, 254

(1967).

15. Smith, C. W., Dole, M., Specific heat of synthetic high polymers.

VII. Polyethylene terephthalate, J. Polymer Sci. 20, 37 (1956). Smith, C. W., Thermodynamic Properties of High Polymers VIII. Polyethylene Terephthalate. Ph.D. Thesis, Northwestern Univ.

(1955).

16. Steere, R. C, Thermal properties of thin-film polymers by transient heating, J. Appl. Phys. 37, 3338 (1966a)

.

17. Steere, R. C, Detection of polvmer transitions by measurement of thermal properties. J. Appl. Polymer Sci. 10, 1673 (1966b).

18. Thompson, A. B., Woods, D. W., The transitions of polyethylene

terephthalate, Trans. Faraday Soc. 52, 1383 (1956).

19. Yano, Y'., Measurement of linear expansion of polymeric substances, OYO Butsuri 27, 274 (1958)

.

587

D. Electrical Properties and References (PET)

INVESTIGATOR^] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Reddish (1950) Terylene, molded, crystalline 5. 3 cm diam, t = 0. 05 cm; tin foil electrodes stuck to discs with trace of vaseline, measured

in audio frequency range of I02 to 3. 0 x 104 Hz by Schering type audio frequency bridge, radio frequency range 10s to 107 Hz was covered by use of resonance substitution method;

these curves derived from a loss tangent contour map.

589
TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Huff, Muller (1957) Terylene, amorphous, quenched to 293 K from the melt, colorless with good flexibility

Capacitance bridge technique, max of 5 x 10* V, 0. 0008 cm foil electrodes.

590
TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Huff, Miiller (1957) Terylene, uniaxially drawn Capacitance bridge technique, mas of 5 x 104 V, 0. 0008 cm foil electrodes.

591
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year)

Huff, Millie r (1957)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Terylene, biaxially drawn

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Capacitance bridge technique, max of 5 x 104 V, 10 3 Hz, 0. 0008 cm foil electrodes.

592
INVESTIGATOR! S] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Huff, Mliller (1957) Terylene, crystalline, cooled from

melt at 0. 5 K min -1 opaque white, very

brittle

Capacitance bridge technique, max of 5 x 10* V, 0. 0008 cm foil electrodes.

593
PET

TEMPERATURE ,

INVESTIGATORS (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Michailov, Sazhin

(1959) Fainshtein, Igonin

(1969)

Extruded amorphous

6 X 10" Hz.

t = 0. 02 - 0. 04 cm, diam = 3.6 cm; MLE - 1 dielectric loss bridge, 1 0

3 Hz, temp increased

at IK min" \ pressure applied to sample during measurement as noted; error = 2%, curves

for intermediate pressures also presented.

594
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Berestneva, Burshtein, Kozlov (1960)

Fainshtein, Igonin

(1969)

Amorphous, unoriented film

Crystalline sample produced by annealing amorphous material at 453 K for 2 h.

10 3 Hz, vapor-deposited Ag electrodes, arrow indicates direction of temp change.

t = 0.02 - 0.04 cm, diam =3.6 cm; MLE - 1 dielectric loss bridge, 10 3 Hz, temp increased

at IK min" 1

, pressure applied to sample during measurement as noted; error = 2%.

595
PETa

«

'at C

CS H

CO

COo

<

COo

o

Ld

0.12

0.10

r cos

006

004

0.02

200 300 400

TEMPERATURE , K

600

INVESTIGATORS) (year]

Berestneva, Burshtein, Kozlov (1960)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Film oriented by stretching at 353 K; film oriented and then heated to 44 3 K for

1 0 min.

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

10 3 Hz, vapor-deposited Ag electrodes , arrow indicates direction of temp change, one specimen heated at a faster rate than the others.

596
INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Hellwege, Langbein

(1960) Hostaphan Film; 10 Hz, length of anneal noted.

597
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 TEMPERATURE ,K

IHVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Watson (1961)

Allan, Kuffel (1968)

Commercial, electrical -grade

Plane -oriented and crystallized

ASTM D150-54T test procedure.

t = 0. 013 cm; capacitance bridge accurate to ± 0. 01%, applied voltage = 20-50 Vrms; data

for intermediate frequencies also presented.

598
INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Chant (1967)

DuPont (1968)

Antonov, Feinstein, Andrianova (1963)

Koton, Yakovlev, Rudakov, Knyazeva,

Florinskii, Bessonov,

Kuleva, Tolparova,

Laius (1965)

Mylar, t = 0. 025 cm; Melinex,

t = 0. 013 cm

Mylar

Film

Diam =9.5 cm; vacuum evaporated 2000 « Al electrodes; accuracy = ± 0. 2%, same results reported for both samples.

t = 0. 0025 cm; ASTM D150-65T test procedure.

10 3 Hz.

MLE bridge at 10 3 Hz, electrodes applied by vacuum deposition of Ag

.

599
PET

0.016 C

0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mathes (1964)

Sacher (1968)

Du Pont (1968)

Mylar S

Mylar C

Biaxially oriented, heat set with density-determined crys of 48%; frequency of measurement:

10

s Hz.

t = 0. 0025 cm, ASTM D150-65T test procedure.

600
INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Bagirov, Klimova,

Malin (1966) Film t = 0.002 cm; 400 Hz, aged at 303K with potential applied for 5 h.

1

601
PETc

«

S3a

c«o

LjJ

UJQ

0.16

0.14

0.12

0 10

008

0 06

004

0 02

200 300 400 TEMPERATURE,

500 600

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kiessling, Rehwagen (1967)

Kies sling, Mundorfer

Joppich (1968)

t = 0. 1 -2.5 cm; capacitance technique.

Coaxial condensor method.

602
INVESTIGATOR^] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Bobo, Perrier (1968)

Du Pont (1968)

Mylar

Mylar C

t = O. 0025 to 0. 020 cm; 2. 5 - 3. 5 x 10 3 V.

t = 0. 0013 av; ASTM D150-65T test procedure.

603
12 3 4 5 6

LOG FREQUENCY, Hz

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Amborski, Flierl(1953)

Olshanskaya, Vososchev

1962)

Mylar

Lavs an

ASTM Method D150 test procedure.

Irrad by Co**" at 1-2x10 rad min" 1 in vacuum.

r

604
LOG FREQUENCY, Hz

INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Nakajima, Saito (1957) Mylar Data also presented for several intermediate temperatures.

605
LOG FREQUENCY , Hz

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Frisco (1962)

Antonov, Feins te in, Andrianova (1963)

Pas c ale, Herrmann,

Miner (1963)

Du Pont (1968)

Mylar 1 30-100 C and Mylar 130- 100 T

highly oriented and tensilized

Film

Weather stabilized

Mylar

t = 0. 003; tested in air.

293 K

t = 0.013 cm; rel hum = 50 ± 5'ro, 298 K; irrad by Van de Graaf accelerator,

t = 0.0025 cm; ASTM D 150-65 T test procedure.

f

606
INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Chant (1967) Mylar, t = 0. 025 cm and t = 0. 005 cm;

Melinex, t = 0. 013 cm

Diam = 9. 5 cm; vacuum evaporated 2000 A A-t, electrodes; accuracy = ± 0. 2%.

607
RADIATION , rad

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Brancato, Allard

(1958)

Frisco (1962)

Mylar A

Mylar 1 30 - 100C and Mylar 1 30 - 1 00 T

highly oriented and tensilized.

i = 15.2 cm, w = 10.2 cm, t = 0. 005 cm; General Radio Capacitance Bridge Type 71 6- C,

2. 5 and 3. 5 cm diam electrodes of Pb foil with t * 0. 0009 cm, 299 ± 1 K, 50% rel hum, measurements taken after 24 h; irrad with 2 Mev electrons from Van de Graaf accelerator; av of 10 specimens.

t - 0. 003 cm; tested and irrad by Ag x-rays in vacuum.

608
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

LeClair, Cobbs, Jr. (1958) Mylar A Capacitance bridge, 10 3 Hz, 443K; electron radiation from 2 Mev Van de Graff accelerator;

2 samples tested, 95% confidence limits = ± 3%.

609
PETs

a>bDS

03

CO

COo

0.016

0.014

0.012

COc

o

0 010

UJ

to

COO

_Jo

cchUJ

_1

UJo

0 008^

0 006

0 004

0 002

10 15 20 THICKNESS, cm

25 30x10

'

INVESTIGATORS) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Conklin (1965) Mylar TE° mode waveguide method, 296 K.

610
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Reddish (1950)

Chant (1967)

Terylene, molded, crystalline

Mylar, t = 0. 005 cm; Melinex, t = 0. 013 cm

5. 3 cm diam, t = 0. 05 cm; tin foil electrodes adhered to discs with trace of vaseline, measured in audio frequency range 102 to 3. 0 x 10 4 Hz by Schering type audio frequency

bridge, radio frequency range 10s to 107 Hz covered by use of resonance substitution method; these curves derived from a dielectric constant contour map.

Diam = 9. 5 cm; vacuum evaporated 2000 A A-t electrodes; accuracy ^ ± 5%.

611
TEMPERATURE ,

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Michailov, Sazhin

(1959)

Hellwege, Langbein

(I960) Hostaphan

6x10" Hz.

Film; 10 6 Hz, length of anneal noted, arrows indicate direction of temp change.

*

612
INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Watson (1961)

Allan, Kuffel (1968)

DuPont (1968)

Commercial, electrical-grade

Plane -oriented and crystallized

Mylar C

ASTM D150-54T test procedure.

t = 0. 013 cm; capacitance bridge accurate to ± 0. 01%, applied voltage = 20-50 Vrms; data

for intermediate frequencies also presented. ASTM D150-65T test procedure.

613
TEMPERATURE ,K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kiessling, Rehwagen

(1967)

Kiessling, Miindorfer, Joppich (1968)

Koton, Yakovlev, Rudakov, Knyazeva,

Florinskii, Bessonov,

Kuleva, Tolparova,

Laias (1965)

Fainshtein, Igonin

(1969)

Crystalline sample produced by annealing amorphous material at 453K for 2 h.

t = 0. 1 - 2.5 cm; capacitance technique.

Coaxial condensor method.

MLE bridge at 10 3 Hz, electrodes applied by vacuum deposition of Ag.

t = 0. 02 - 0, 04 cm, diam = 3.6 cm; MLE - 1 dielectric loss bridge, 1 0

3 Hz, temp increased

at 1 K min -1

, pressure applied to sample during measurement as noted.

614
INVESTIGATOR^) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Amborski, Flierl(1953) Mylar ASTM Method D150 test procedure.

615
LOG FREQUENCY , Hz

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Ruby ( 1955)

Nakajima, Saito (1957) Frisco (1962)

Mylar C

Mylar

Mylar 130-100C and Mylar 1 30-1 00 T

highly oriented and tensilized.

2.5 cm diam painted Ag electrodes, ASTM D150 test procedure.

Data also presented for several intermediate temperatures,

t = 0.003 cm; tested in air.

616
2 4 6 8 10 12 LOG FREQUENCY, Hz

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Pascale, Herrmann,

Miner (1963) Du Pont (1968)

Weather Stabilized

Mylar C

t = 0. 01 3 cm; rel hum = 50 ± 5%, 298 K; irrad by Van de Graaf accelerator.

ASTM D150-65T test procedure.

617
RADIATION, rad

INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Brancato. Allard

(1958)

Frisco (1962)

Mylar A

Mylar 1 30 - 100C and Mylar 1 30-100T

highly oriented and tensilized.

l = 15.2 cm, w = 10.2 cm, t = 0.005 cm, General Radio Capacitance Bridge Type 716-C,

2. 5 and 3. 5 cm diam electrodes of Pb foil with t = 0. 0009 cm, 299 ± 1 K, 50% rel hum, measurements taken after 24 h; irrad with 2 Mev electrons from Van de Graaf accelerator; av of 10 specimens.

t = 0. 003 cm; tested and irrad by Ag x-rays in vacuum.

618
INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Reddish (1950)

Fowler, Farmer (1955)

Smith, Scott (1966)

Terylene, molded, partially crystalline

Melinex

Granular form dried at 453 K for several h in vacuum, melted and

forced into preheated cell at 563 K

which was then cooled at about

0. 5 K min -1

, highly crystalline, av molecular weight 15, 000

5. 3 cm diam, t = 0. 05 cm.

t = 0. 003 cm, measurements made using dc amplifier technique; irrad by x-rays.

Stainless steel and duralumin electrodes used, measurements made using Wayne Kerr

bridge type B521, 50 Hz; curves represent a closely spaced series of experimental points.

619
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Amborski, Flierl

(1953)

Amborski, Burton

(1954)

Amborski (1962)

Saito, Sasabe, Nakajima, Yada (1968)

Mylar C

Mylar A

Mylar , amorphic , crystallized, also oriented and crystallized.

Compression molded, desiccated, amorphous

ASTM Method D257-49T test procedure using General Radio Type 544-B megohm bridge, applied potential = 100 V, painted Ag electrodes; dashed part of curve shows authors'

extrapolation.

t = 0. 0025 cm, single sheets 6. 35 x 6. 35 cm; 5. 08 cm diam Ag electrodes painted on both

sides, resistance measured with General Radio megohm bridge {type 544B), samples

controlled to ± 1/2 K, readings taken after 6 min charge.

8. 9 x 8. 9 cm sheet, t = 0. 0025 to 0. 0076 cm, Ames gage used to measure film thickness;

silver electrodes sprayed on both sides of test film, ASTM D257-49T test procedure,

resistance measured with General Radio megohm bridge type 544B, 125V dc. Max of 0. 5 cm thick and 7. 0 cm diam; dc current applied, pressure = 1 atm, guarded

electrode method.

620
TEMPERATURE ,

K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Amborski, Burton

(1954)

Sazhin, Podosenova

(1964a)

Sazhin, Podosenova

(1964b)

Du Pont (1968)

Mylar A

Industrial grade: sp gr measured at 303 K; sp gr = 1. 345, 11% crys; sp gr

= 1. 37 5, 34% crys; sp gr = 1. 377, 35%

crys; sp gr = 1. 383, 40% crys; sp gr =

1. 393, 47% crys

Sp gr = 1. 407, 57% crys; sp gr = 1. 409, 58% crys; sp gr = 1. 416, 63% crys;

sp gr = 1. 419, 65%crys; sp gr = 1. 423, 68% crys

Mylar A, C

t = 0. 0006 to 0. 0125 cm, single sheets 6. 35 x 6. 35 cm; 5. 08 cm diam, silver electrodes

painted on both sides, resistance measured with General Radio megohm bridge (type 544B), samples controlled to ± 1/2 K, 125V dc, readings taken after 6 min charge.

t = 0. 1 cm, diam =1.5 cm; aluminum foil electrodes, 0. 0055 cm thick pressed onto specimen;

error in determining resistivity not more than 15%, data spread not more than 5 r .

Voltage applied 2-10 h.

t = 0. 0025 cm; tested ASTM D257-61 test procedure using 90 to 100 volts dc, 3 min

electrification time, sprayed Ag electrodes of 2. 5 cm diam.

621
PET

>>

]>

*j

.22

<x> as

CO

LJ

tr

o

>

C3O

100 200 300 400

TEMPERATURE ,K

500 600

INVESTIGATORS] (year)

Ruby (1955)

Antonov, Fein stein, Andrianova (1963)

Sazhin, Filippovich

(1963) Koton, Yakovlev, Rudakov, Knyazeva,

Florinskii, Bessonov

Kuleva, Tolparova,

Laius (1965)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Mylar

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

5. 1 cm diam painted Ag electrodes, 125 V dc.

Time between application of voltage and measurement indicated.

String electrometer, electrodes applied by vacuum deposition of Ag.

622
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Sazhin, Eidelnant

(1962) Quenched in liquid Nj from melt, annealed at 473 K for 24 h. 0.2 - 2 X 10 3 V cm -1

, time between application of electric field and measurement indicated.

623
PET

RADIATION

INVESTIGATORS] (year]

Bopp, Sisman (1954)

Ballard (1969)

Campbell (1964)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Mylar Film

Mylar

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Irrad in ORNL Graphite Reactor Amorphous sample: t = 0. 025 cm; Al electrodes with t = 830 A and area = 3. 88 cm 2

, 1000 V; irrad at 1 . 9 X 1 0

s radh" 1

. 50% crys sample: t = 0. 0025 cm; Ag electrodes with t = 300 A and area = 3. 88 cm 2

, 100 V; irrad at 3.8 X 10* rad h" l

. Irrad in N s by Co 60

; o cal- culated from the author's measured values of current, no correction for edge effects.

Diam = 4.45 cm; electrodes of DuPont No. 4922 conductive Ag paint, diam = 3.81 cm, t

=" 0.0013 cm, electrodes air dried and then baked on for 1 h at 373 K, 3-terminal circuit, direct coupled Keithley Model 410 micromicroammeter, measured at 90 Vdc; irrad in stainless steel containers by a 7000 Curie Co 60 source at 1.77 X 10 s Roentgens h" 1

.

624
INVESTIGATOR^] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Bazin (1962)

Frisco (1962)

Lavs an

Mylar 1 3 0-1 00C and Mylar 1 30 - 100 T

highly oriented and tensilized.

293K, thin Ag electrodes; irrad in vacuum by bremsstrahlung radiation from 25 Mev

betatron and with 14 Mev neutrons from the reaction H

3

(d, n) He 4.

t = 0. 003 cm; dc , tested and irrad by Ag x-rays in vacuum.

625
I l_, I . , _l , L U , 1 , , , I , , , , I . I . , I I -4 -2 0 2 4 6 8 LOG RADIATION RATE , Roentgens s"

INVESTIGATORS) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Adamec (1964)

Meyer , Grannemann

(1965)

Commercial sheet

Mylar

t = 0. 004 - 0. 006 cm, diam =5.0 cm; 120 V battery used as voltage source, current measured with a vibrating reed electrometer, measurements made during irradiation and

2 min after switching radiation off; irrad with 15-38 keV x-rays.

t = 0.020 cm, area = 150 cm2

; parallel plate capacitor, electrodes were evaporated indium

or painted silver; irrad by Ce 137 or 250 kV, 15 ma dc x-ray machine.

626
RADIATION ,rep

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

LeClair, Cobbs, Jr. (1958) Mylar A and C dc , standard megohm bridge, 443 K; electron radiation from 2 Mev Van de Graff accelerator;

3 samples tested, 95% confidence limits = ± 10%.

627
I 2 3 4 5 6 LOG TIME.S

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Adamec (1968) Mylar t = O. 005 cm; 100 V battery used as voltage source, Vibron ( E. I. L. ) electrometer, readings taken after 10 s; irrad with W x-rays.

628
TIME , h

INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Nordlin, Keel, Mayhew (19 5 3) Mylar film, t = 0.0013 cm Specimen formed by 5 square pieces of film; At electrodes, same specimen tested in vacuum at 570 V, tested without radiation, then at high radiation rate, after 48 h recovery

tested at low radiation rate; irrad by Co80

.

629
PET

>5 26

24

22

£

o 20

(?) 18

UJ

o

>

Q

O Saito ( 1968 )

500 1000 1500 2000

PRESSURE, arm

2500 3000

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Saito, Sasabe, Nakajima, Yada (1968) Compression molded, desiccated, amorphous Max of t = 0. 5 cm and 7. 0 cm diam; dc current applied, guarded electrode method.

630
INVESTIGATOR^ [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Ruby (1955) Mylar C 5. 1 cm diam painted Ag electrodes.

631
PET i6 x io3

bi) c

o>

•1—o

s-O

as 5

E>

I-e>

LU

Ct

r-coo

tr

1-o

LU

_lUJQ

Amborski 1 (1953) • Stone (1961) * Bobo (1968)

200 300 400

TEMPERATURE ,

600

INVESTIGATORS) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Amborski, Flierl

(1953)

Stone, McFee (1961)

Bobo, Perrier (1968)

DuPont (1968)

Mylar

Mylar

Mylar

Mylar

t = 0. 005 cm; 5. 1 cm diam electrodes, ASTM D149-44 short time test procedure.

t = 0. 0025 cm; 60 Hz, 0. 62 cm diam brass electrodes, voltage rise =" 200 V s

_1

.

t = 0. 01 cm; electrodes were 3. 0 cm diam spheres, voltage increased at 5 x 103 V s

_1

, ac and dc tests made in air and helium in gas and liquid form, 50 Hz.

D2305-67 test procedure, brass electrodes, 60 Hz, voltage increased at rate of 500 V s

_1

.

632
TEMPERATURE ,

K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Alexandrov, Trubashev (1963)

Antonov, Feinstein, Andrianova (1963)

Artbauer, Griav(1965)

Hostaphan

Film

Sp gr = 1. 339, 3% crys and sp gr =

1. 397, 52% crys Av t = 0. 0075-0. 0177 cm; Ag paint electrodes; values given are medians of 6-13 tests.

633

I
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Ruby (1955) Mylar C 2. 5 cm diam painted Ag electrodes, 298 K.

r
INVESTIGATOR^) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Alexandrov, Trubashev (1963)

DuPont (1968)

Brancato, Kallander

(1960)

Type 1 is Melinex, type 2 is Hostaphan, type 3 is Mylar

Mylar D2305-67 test procedure, brass electrodes, 60 Hz, voltage increased at rate of 500 V s"1

.

2 types of electrodes: Pb foil attached with silicone grease and evaporated Al films; irrad by 1800 Curie Co60 source at 6 x 10s Roentgens h"1

; av of 10 measurements.

635
PET

c

_«u

a

o

o:o

UJ

3.0

2.5

T_ 2.0

'E>o

UJX

1.5

UJQ 1.0

0.5

/-\Ci rnH min

-1

/

(—

r 10 rad mm

-

(.V-\\—

A

..

-

f-

- _ V

Si

1

0 Brancato (1958) —

1— - +-i-

-4-

- - {--

T

II io

j 10° 10'

RADIATION , rad

10° 10'

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year)

Brancato, AUard

(1958)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Mylar A

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

l = 15. 2 cm, w = 10. 2 cm, t = 0. 005 cm; ASTM D 149-44 test procedure, 300 V s"1

applied, brass electrodes with 2. 5 cm diam, electrodes were epoxy potted; irrad with

2 Mev electrons from Van de Graaf accelerator; av of 10-20 specimens.

636
Invc-stiRator(a) (year) Description Temperature

(K)

P Volume

R e» istiv ily

( 0 cm )

Tan h Dielectric

Tangent

Dielectric Constant

D. S. Dielectric

-Strength (V mil" 1

1

Amborski (1953) Mylar C 298 1.0 X 101 * 0. 003 3. 2 4, 500 Col,:man (1953) Mylar, 3 irrad for 30 min

295 1. 0 x 10"

Amborski (1954) Mylar 298 10"-10K'

Fowler (1956) Mylar, irrad at 8 rads min -1 293 1 . 7 x

10'-'

Inuishi (1957) Mylar 298 15 200 Brancato (195S) 299 3.04 5, 4 10 Reynolds (1958) Mylar 298 3. 5

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS Ambor s ki , Flierl

( 1953) Mylar C 60 Hz.

Coleman, Bohm

(1953) Mylar 1500 V battery and electrometer; irrad with 25 mc of Sr90 deposited on one electrode; value

noted is minimum induced p.

Amborski, Burton

(1954) Mylar t = 0. 0006-0. 0125 cm, single sheets 6. 35 x 6. 35 cm; 5. 1 cm diam electrodes on both sides. General Radio meg-ohm Bridge (type 544B), 125 Vdc, measurement made after 6 min

charge.

Fowler (1956) Mylar Diam = 0. 06-0. 07 cm, f = 2. 5 cm and 0. 01 -0. 05 cm; thin sheet Al used as electrode? between discs, dc amplifier and Baldwin Ionex mk3, tested in vacuum; irrad by x-rays

at 8 rads min _1.

Inuishi, Powers (1957) Mylar t = 0.0006-0. 0051 cm; dc, no edge effects, evaporated Au electrodes, t s 100A.

Brancato, AUard (1958) Mylar A t = 15.24 cm, w = 10. 16 cm, t = 0.0051 cm; 50% rel hum, D.S. as per ASTM D 149-44 test procedure with brass cylinder electrodes of 2. 54 cm diam at 300 V s -1

, € and tan 6 measured with General Radio Capacitance Bridge type 716-C on Pb foil electrodes.

Reynolds, Kollath

(1958) Mylar 103 Hz, General Radio type 716-C guarded bridge.

637
p Tan 6 D. S. lnvestigator( s

Desc ription Temperature Volume Dielectric Dielectr ic Dielectric

(year) (K) Con s ta nt Str ength (Ocm)

V Tangent (V mil" 1

)

McMahon (1959) Mylar 298 Exposure conditions: 40-50% rel hum 0. 00422 3. 35 1 1, 500 75% rel hum at 372 K for 7 days 12, 800 95% rel hum at 363 K for 21 days 11. 500 dry at 373 K for 49 days 0. 00489 3.29 75% rel hum at 373 K for 49 days 0. 00313 3. 30 dry at 363 K for

91 days 0. 00575 3. 20 75% rel hum at 363 K for 50 days 0. 00 398 3. 30

Olshanskaya Lavs an 293

(1962) unirrad amorphous 3. 3 x 10 1E 65% crys 6. 2 x 10"

during irradiation amorphous 2. 0 .< 10 14 65% crys 1. 7 x 10 l?

Sazhin (1963) Quenched from melt 373

into ice water,

sp gr = 1 . 345 3. 3 x lO"

annealed at 378 K for

10 h, sp gr = 1. 375 3. 3 x 10"

annealed at 393 K for

15 h, sp gr = 1. 378 5 x 10"

annealed at 423 K for 20 h, sp gr = 1. 383 1.0 s 10ls

annealed at 443 K for 24 h, sp gr = 1. 393 3. 3 x 10 lf

annealed at 473 K for 28 h, sp gr = 1.408 1.0 x 10 1

"

Killiam (1964) 298 8. 7 x 10" 3. 7

Mathes (1964) Mylar 296 0. 0041 3. 15

INVESTIGATOR^) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS McMahon, Birds all, Johnson, Camilli

(1959)

Mylar tan 6 and e: t = 0. 02 5; 10 3 Hz; accuracy = ± 5% for tan 6 and ± 1% for e . D. S. : t = 0. 001 3 cm, diam = 1.27 cm; dc voltage increased at 8000 V min"1

; multiple measurements

reported, other exposure conditions tested.

OVshanskaya, Vososchev (1962) Lavs an Irrad by Co^at 1 -2 x 10 3 rad min -1 in vacuum.

Sazhin, Podosenova

(1963) Each thermal treatment indicates a sequential step performed on a single specimen.

Killiam (1964) 90% rel hum, e measured at 60 Hz.

Mathes (1964) Mylar 103 Hz.

r

638
Investigator(s)

(year) Description Temperature

(K)

p Volume

Resistivity

( 0 cm

)

Tan t Dielectric Loss Tangent

Dielectric Constant

D. S. Dielectric- Strength

(V mil" 1

)

Sazhin (1964a) Mylar

Percent c rys

1 1 34354047

57

373

3. 0 x lO 1 *

3. 0 x 10"

4. 0 x 10"

9. 0 x I0 1 *

3. 0 x I0 lr 8.0 x 10'"

Conklin (1965) Mylar 296 3. 145 McKcown (1965) Extruded filin 298 (rms)

Lcngyel (1966) Mylar 313-393

Levantovskaya (1966) Mylar, bilaterally oriented

300 2.6x1

0

1P

Specht (1967) Fiber, 5-45% crys Draw Ratio = 1 long, and trans Fiber, 33% crys Draw Radio = 3 long. Draw Ratio = 6 long.

298

2.90-2.95

3. 10

3.40 Bobo (1968) Mylar 300 4, 830 Du Pont (1968) Mylar 298 14, 000

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Sazhin, Podosenova

(1964a) Mylar

Conklin (19 65) Mylar TEqi mode wave guide method, 55.2 x 109 Hz.

McKeown (1965) Extruded film t = 0.0046 cm; spherical electrodes embedded in thermoset resin with sample, 60 Hz;

standard deviation of 22 samples = 9%.

Lengyel (1966) Mylar t = 0.0028 cm; 3 terminal guarded electrode system of evaporated Ai

.

Levantovskaya,

Kovarskaya,

Klapovskaya, Gracheva, Andrianova (1966)

Mylar, bilaterally oriented, no

stabilizer

103 Hz.

Specht, Stockhauser

(1967)

Fiber; 9. 39 x 109 Hz; accuracy =- 2% for long, and 4% for trans measurements.

Bobo, Perrier,

Fallou, Garland (1968) Mylar t = 0. 005 cm; polished stainless steel sphere electrodes of 3.0 cm diam, 50 Hz at 500 V s~l

in transformer oil; other conditions also tested.

Du Pont (1968) Mylar t = 0.0025 cm; dc at 500 V s -1

.

639
Polyethylene Terephthalate

Electrical References

1. Adamec, V., The volume resistivity of electrical insulating organic

materials under irradiation. Int. J. Appl. Rad. & Isotopes 15,

477 (1964).

2. Adamec, V'., Temporary changes in electrical properties of polymer

dielectrics due to ionizing radiation, J. Polymer Sci. 6, 1241

(1968). Adamec, V., Nature of anomalous conductivity of polymeric insulating materials, Proc. Inst. Elec. Engr. 112, 405 (1965).

3. A/exandrov, N. V'., Trubashev, S. G., Electrical and mechanical

properties of polyethylene terephthalate films, Vestnik Elektro- promysklennosti No. 8, 41 (1963)

4. Allan, R. N. and Kuffel, E., Dielectric losses in solids at cryogenic

temperatures, Proc. IEE 115, 432 (1968).

5. Amborski, L. E., Structural dependence of the electrical conductivity

of polyethylene terephthalate, J. Polymer Sci. 62, 331 (1962).

6. Amborski, L. E. and Burton, R. L., High-temperature resistivity of polyester dielectric film. Elec. Mfg. 53, 124 (1954).

7. Amborski, L. E. and Flierl, D. W., Physical properties of polyethyl- ene terephthalate films, Ind. Eng. Chem. 45, 2290 (1953).

8. Antonov, S. N'., Feinstein, E. B., Andrianova, N. V., Electrical properties of polyethylene terephthalate films. Plasticheshie Massy, No.

12, 51 (1963).

9. Artbauer, J., Griac, J., Der Einfluss der Kristallinitat auf der rein elektrische Durchschlagfestigkeit von Polyathylenterephthalat, Kolloid Z.u.Z. Polymere 205, 162 ( 1965)

10. Bagirov, M. A., Klimova, N. V., Malin, V. P., Study of the effect of

electrical discharge in air on the dielectric loss of polymer films.

Izv. Akad. Nauk Azerb. SSR, Ser. Fiz.-Tekh. Mat. Nauk, No. 5, 65 (1966).

11. Ballard, L. F., Long Term Radiation Induced Conductivity in Polyethylene Terephthalate, Ph.D. Thesis, Dept. of Electrical Engineering, Duke University (1969). Monteith, L. K., Turner, D. T'., Ballard, L. F., Correlation of Electrical Conductivity and Radiation-Induced Free Radical Concentration in Poly ( ethylene Terephthalate) and Related Compounds,

Research Triangle Institute, NASA CR-66743 (N69-19805)

(1968).

12. Bazin, A. P., Effect of the bremsstrahlung radiation from a 25-MeV

betatron and of 14-MeV neutrons on the electrical conductivity

of polymeric dielectrics, Fizika Tverdogo Tela 4, 2885 (1962);

English translation in Sov. Phys.-Solid State 4, 2113 (1963).

13. Berestneva, G. L., Burshtein, L. L., Kozlov, P. V., Effect of stretch- ing on the structure and properties of polyethyleneterephthalate

films. III. Dielectric losses of plane oriented films, Vysokomolekulyarnye Soedineniya 2, 1739 (1960).

14. Bobo, J. and Perrier, M., Proprietes des isolants solides aux temperatures cryogeniques, Revue Generale De L'Electricite, 605 (1968).

15. Bopp, C. P., Sisman, O., ORNL-1363 (1954) quoted in Collins, C.

G., Calkins, V. P., Radiation Damage to Elastomers, Plastics, and Organic Liquids, General Electric Co., Atomic Products

Division, Cincinnati, Ohio. APEX 261 (1956)

16. Brancato, E. L., Allard, J. G., Effects of electron irradiation on the

electrical properties of Mylar, Power Apparatus and Systems, 1539 (Feb. 1958).

17. Brancato, E. L. and Kallander, J. W'., Radiation effect on electrical insulation, Elec. Mfg. 66, 157 (1960)

18. Campbell, F. J., Effects of gamma radiation on dielectric properties

of polyethylene terephthalate, American Chemical Society Division

of Organic Coatings and Plastics. Chemical Preprints 24, No. 2, 16 (1964).

19. Chant, M. J., Dielectric properties of some insulating materials over temperature range 4.2-300 °K, Cryogenics 7 351 (1967).

20. Coleman, J. H., Bohm, D., A method for increasing the electrical

resistivity of insulators under ionizing radiation, J. Appl. Phys.

24, 497 (1953).

21. Conklin, G. E., Measurement of the dielectric constant and loss tangent of isotropic films at millimeter wavelengths. Rev. Sci. Instrum. 36, 1347 (1965).

22. Du Pont Co., Electrical Properties, Mylar Bulletin M-4D (1968). Du Pont Co., Summary of Properties, Mylar Bulletin M-1G (1968).

23. Fainshtein, Ye. B., Igonin, L. A., Effect of pressure on electrical relaxation processes in polyethylene terephthalate, Vysokmolekulyarnye Soedineniya All, 1150 (1969); English translation in Polymer Sci. USSR 11, 1306 (1970).

24. Fowler, J. F., X-ray induced conductivity in insulating materials, Proc. Roy. Soc. (London) A236, 464 (1956).

25. Fowler, J. F., Farmer, F. T., Conductivity induced by x-rays in polyethylene terephthalate: A possible insulation for radiological apparatus, Nature 175, 590 (Apr., 1955).

26. Frisco, L. J., Dielectrics for Satellites and Space Vehicles, John Hopkins Univ.. U.S. Armv Research and Development Laboratory, Contract DA-36-039-SC-78321 (N62-13294) (AD 276867)

(1962).

27. Hellwege, K. H., Langbein, G., Veranderung der dielektrischen Daten von Polyathylenterephthalat beim thermischen Abbau und wahrend der Kristallisation, Kolloid Z. 172, 44 (1960).

28. Huff, K., Miiller, F. H., Veranderungen des dielektrischen Relaxa- tionsspektrums von Hochpolymeren durch Verstrekung, Kolloid

Z. 153, 5 (1957).

29. lnuishi, Y. Powers, D. A., Electric breakdown and conduction through Mylar films, J. Appl. Phys. 28, 1017 ( 1957)

30. Kiessling, D., Rehwagen, )., Hochfrequenzerwarmung und dielektrische Eigenschaften von hochpolymeren Werkstoffe, Plaste u. Kautschuk 14, 234 (1967).

31. Kiessling, D., Miinddrjer, B., Joppich, J., Hochfrequenzerwarmung

im Dezimeterwellengebiet aus der Sicht der Temperaturabhangigkeit der dielektrischen Kenngrossen. Plaste u. Kautschuk 15, 660

(1968).

32. Killam, D. L., Effect of humidity on the dielectric properties of some polymers, Conference on Electrical Insulation, NAS-NRC

Publication No. 1238, 125 (1964).

33. Koton, M. M., Yakovlev, B. I., Rudakov, A. P., Knyazeva, T. S., Florinskii, F. S., Bessonov, M. I., Kuleva, M. M., Tolparova, G. A., Laius, L. A., Preparation and physical properties of polypyromellitimide, Zhurnal Prikladnoi Khimii 38, 2728 (1965); English

translation in J. Appl. Chem. USSR 38, 2663 (1965).

34. LeCiair, H. G., Cobbs, Jr., W. H.. Effects of radiation on plastic- packaging films, Ind. Engr. Chem. 50, 323 (1958).

35. Lengyel, G., Schottky emission and conduction in some organic

insulating materials, J. Appl. Phys. 37, 807 (1966).

36. Levantovskaya, I. I., Kovarskaya, B. M., Novoselova, I. A., Berlin, A. A., Bass, S. I., Klapovskaya, 0. A., Gracheva, B. S., Andrianova, N. V., Stabilization of polyethylene terephthalate, Soviet Plastics 2, 17 (1966).

37. Mathes, K. N., Electrical and mechanical behavior of polymers at cryogenic temperatures, SPE 20, 634-7 (1964).

38. McKeown, J. J., Intrinsic electric strengths of organic polymeric

materials, Proc. IEE 112, 824 ( 1965)

39. McMahon, W., Birdsall, H. A., Johnson, G. R., Camilli, C. T'., Physical properties evaluation of compounds and materials. Part

II. Degradation studies of polyethylene terephthalate, J. Chem.

Eng. Data 4, 57 (1959).

40. Meyer, L.. Grannemann, W. W., Gamma radiation effects on dielectric materials, in Research, Laboratory Testing and Theoretical Studies Supporting AFWL Trees Program, Air Force Weapons

Laboratory, WLTR-64-123 (AD 610759) (1965).

41. Michailov, G. P., Sazhin, B. I., A study of the dielectric losses and

dielectric constants of crystallizing polymers, Vysokomolekulyarnye Soedineniya 1, 9 ( 1959). Michailov, G. P., Sazhin, B. I., A study of the effect of polymer

crystallization on the dielectric losses, Vysokomolekulyarnye

Soedineniva 1, 29 (1959)

42. Nakajima, I'., Saito, S., Dielectric properties of crystalline polymers.

I polyethylene terephthalate (Mylar), Bull. Electrotech. Lab.. Japan 21, 161 (1957). Nakajima, T., Studies of Dielectric Properties of Electrical Insulating Materials at Very Low Frequencies, Researches of the Electrotechnical Laboratory, No. 647 (N64-28518) (1964).

Saito, S., Study of Molecular Motions in Solid Polymers by the

Dielectric Measurements, Researches of the Electrotechnical Laboratory, No. 648 (1964).

43. Nordlin, H. G., Keel, D. K., Mayhew, C. H., Ionization-Chamber

Insulating Material, Federal Telecommunications Laboratories, Nutley, N.J., Contract DA36-039-SC-5424 (AD 20666) (1953).

44. Olshanskaya, N. /., Vososchev, B. I., The change in dielectric loss in crystallizing polymers under the action of ionizing radiation,

Izvestiia Vysshikh Uchebnykh Zavedenii Fizika No. 5, 150

(1962) . 45. Pascale, J. V., Herrmann, D. B., Miner, R. J., High-energy electron radiation resistance of plastics, Modern Plastics 41, 239 (1963).

46. Reddish, W., The dielectric properties of polyethylene terephthalate

(Terylene) , Trans. Faraday Soc. 46, 459 ( 1950)

47. Reynolds, S. I., Kollath, D. A., Air-gap test cell for measuring

properties of sheet dielectrics, Rev. Sci. Instrum. 29, 295 (1958).

48. Ruby, J. A., Mylar film as capacitor dielectric, Tele-Tech, and

Electronic Industries 14, 72 (April, 1955).

49. Sacher, E., Fine structure in the dielectric /3-relaxation of poly- (ethyleneterephthalate) , J. Polymer Sci. 6, 1935 (1968).

50. Saito, S., Sasabe, H., Nakajima, T., Yada, K., Dielectric relaxation and electrical conduction of polymers as a function of pressure and temperature, J. Polymer Sci. 6, 1297 (1968).

51. Sazhin, B. /., Eidelnant, M. P., Electrical conductivity of polymers.

Part V. Polycarbonate, polyethyleneterephthalate, hybrid

polyether, polyoxymethylene, Vysokomolekulyarnye Soedineniya 4, 583 (1962).

52. Sazhin, B. I., Filipovich, D. S., Electroconductivity of polymers.

VI. Calculations of specific conductivities in the region of dipole- radical polarization, Vysokomolekulyarnye Soedineniya 5, 1207

(1963) . r , 53. Sazhin, B. I., Podosenova, N. G., On the compensation effect for the

electrically carried out crystallization of polymer dielectrics, Doklady Akad. Nauk. SSSR 148, 627 (1963).

640
54. Sazhin, B. I., Podosenova, N. G., Electrical conductivity of polymersVII. Effect of crystallization. Vysokomolckulyarnye Soedineniya 6

No. 1, 137 ( 1964a t; English translation in Polymer Sci. USSR

6, 162 (1964).

55. Sazhin, B. I., Podosenova, N. G., Effect of crystallization on the

electrical conductivity of polymer dielectrics, Fizika Tverdogo

Tela 6, 2215 (1964b); Enslish translation in Soviet si< s Solid State 6, 1755 (1965).

56. Smith. F. S., Scott, C., The electrical conductivity of poly-

( ethyleneterephthalate) in the temperature range 180-290 °C

Brit. J. Appl. Phys. 17, I 149 ( 1966).

57. Sprecht, H., Stockhausen, M., Die Dielektrizitatskonstante von

verstrektem Polyathylenterephthalat iin 10 GHz-Hereieh, Kolloid

Z. u. /. Polymere 215, 62 1 1967).

58. Stone, F. T., McFee, R., Dielectric strength of Home common

electrical insulators in liquid helium and nitrogen, Rev. Sci. In-tr. 32, 1400 (Dec 1961 t. 59. Watson, M. T., Properties of a new polyester film, SHE J. 17,

1083 (Oct 1961).

641
Polyethylene Terephthalate

E. Related References

1. Adamec, V., Nature of anomalous conductivity of polymeric insu- lating materials, Proc. IEEE 112 405 (1965).

2. Adamec, V'., Temporary changes in electrical properties of polymer

dielectrics due to ionizing radiation, J. Polymer Sci. : Part A-2 6

1241 (1968).

3. Ashkenazi, E. K., Anisotropy of the mechanical properties of uniaxially oriented films of crystalline polymers, Plasticheskie Massy 2 (1964); English translation in Soviet Plastics 2, 66

(1965).

4. Baker, A., Keene, M., Swallow, J. E., Creep and Recovery of Synthetic Yarns and Fabrics at Room Temperature, Royal Aircraft Establishment Tech. Note Chem. 1315.

5. Bobo, J., Perrier, M., Fallou, B., Garland, J., Dielectric strength of polymers at cryogenic temperatures under vacuum, Vacuum 18

397 (1968).

6. Bridle, C, Buckley, A., Sr.anlan, ]., Anisotropy in the shear modulus

of glassy polymers, J. Matl. Sci. 2 609 ( 1967)

7. Brown, N., Duckett, R. A., Ward, I. M., The yield behavior of oriented polyethylene terephthalate, Phil. Mag. 18 483 (1968).

8. Bryant, G., Walter, A., Stiffness and resiliency of wet and dry

fibers as a function of temperature, Textile Res. J. 29 211 (1959).

9. Compton, D. M. J., Cheney, G. T., Poll, R. A., Radiation-induced

conductivity in plastic films at high dose rates, J. Appl. Phys. 36

2434 (1965).

10. Frolova, A. A., Kozlov, P. V., Features characterizing the course of relaxation processes in crystallizing polymers, Dokl. Akad. Nauk. SSSR 160 875 (1965).

11. Gray, R. W., McCrum, N. G., On 7 relations in linear polyethylene and polytetrafluoroethylene, J. Polymer Sci. Polymer Letters Pt. B 6, 691 (1968).

12. Haly, A. R., Snaith, J., The specific heat of polyethylene terephthalate (PET) and the fusion of its absorbed water, Textile Res. J. 39 906 (1969).

13. Hellwege, K.-H., Hennig, J., Knappe, W., Die Warmeausdehnung

einiger teilkristalliner Hochpolymerer im Temperaturbereich

von — 60 bis + 300 °C, Kolloid Z. 186 29 (1962)

14. Ishida, Y., Matsuo, M., Ueno, Y ., Takayanagi, M., Dielectric behavior of solution-grown crystal of polyethyleneterephthalate, Kolloid Z. u. Z. Polymere 199 69 (1964)

15. Ishida, Y ., Yamafuji, K., Ito, H., Takayanagi, M., Effects of degree

of crystallinity upon dielectric behaviors of some aromatic

polyesters, Kolloid Z. u. Z. Polymere 184 97 (1962).

16. Kazakevich, S. A., Koslov, P. V'., Piesarenko, A. P., Effect of media

and static loading on spontaneous orientation of polymer films, Fiz. Khimi. Mekh. Matl. 4 585 (1968).

17. Kawaguchi, T., Straining of amorphous polyethyleneterephthalate above the glass temperature, J. Appl. Polymer Sci. 5 482 (1961).

18. Kolb, H. ]., Izard, E. F., Dilatometric studies of high polymers. I. Second order transition temperature, J. Appl. Phys. 20 564

(1949).

19. Lilly Jr., A. C, McDowell, J. R., High field conduction in films of Mylar and Teflon, J. Appl. Phys. 39 141 (1968).

20. Marshall, I., Thornpson, A. B., The cold drawing of high polymers,

Proc. Roy. Soc. A 221 541 ( 1954)

21. McCall, D. W., Relaxation in Solid Polymers, Nat. Bur. Stand.

(U.S.), Spec. Publ. 301, p. 475, 571 pages (June 1969).

22. Moseley Jr., W. W'., Effect of internal structure and local defects on fiber strength, J. App. Polymer Sci. 7 187 (1963).

23. Pinnock, P. R., Ward, I. M., Mechanical and optical anisotropy in polyethylene terephalate fibers, Brit. J. Appl. Phys 15 1559

(1964).

24. Rothstein, E. C., Spechler, D., A method of rapid determination of thermal expansion and apparent second order transition temperature of polymer films. Polymer Eng. Sci. 6 112 (1966).

25. Saito, S., Nakajima, T., Crystallization and dielectric spectrum of polyethylene terephthalate, J. Japan. Soc. Testing Materials 8

315 (1959).

26. Saito, S., Nakajima, T'., Glass transition in polymers, J. Polymer

Sci. 2 93 (1959).

27. Saito, S., Temperature dependence of dielectric relaxation behavior

for various polymer systems, Kolloid Z. u. Z. Polymere 189 116

(1963).

28. Sakajiri, S., On creep of polyethylene terephthalate fiber, Seni Gakkaishi 14 608 (1958).

29. Takayanagi, M., Yoshino, M., Saeki, Y., Analysis of temperature

dispersion curves of elastic modulus in crystalline high polymers

Zairo-shiken (Japan) 8 308 (1959).

30. Takayanagi, M., Viscoelastic behavior of crystalline polymers, Int. Congress on Rheology, 4th Proc. Pt. 1, p. 161 (1965).

31. Ward, 1. M., The temperature dependence of extensional creep in polyethylene terephthalate, Polymer 5, 59 (1964)

32. Weingarten, V. I., Seide, P., External stability of thin-walled

cylindrical and conical shells under combined external pressure and axial compression, J. AIAA 3 913 (1965)

33. Weingarten, V. I., Morgan, E. J., Seide, P., Elastic stability of thin-walled cylindrical and conical shells under combined internal pressure and axial compression, J. AIAA 3 1148 (1965).

34. Williams, G., Effect of pressure on dielectric beta-relaxation in poly (ethyleneterephthalate) , Trans. Faraday Soc. 62 1321 (1966).

642
9. Polypyromellitimide (PPMI)

A. Summary

Polypyromellitimide is one of the polyimides that incorporate multiple bonds along the backbone of the chain. This re- sults in exceptional resistance to thermal degradation because several covalent bonds must be broken to break the eli.iin. It has good dimensional stability and mechanical strength to both high and low temperatures and retains ductility t</ \nw temperatures. It also has little or no branching or cross linking. PPMI is primarily used as film for insulation.

PPMI

Chemical Formula (C,,H, 0 N,O,)„

Chemical Structure -( >-o- - N

Significant Properties:

Density (295 K)

Crystalline melting point

Crystallinity

Approximate transition regions

Chemical resistance Flammability

Tensile strength (295 K)

Thermal expansion coefficient (295 K)

Dielectric constant (10a Hz), (295 K)

Dielectric loss tangent ( 10n Hz ) , ( 295 K)

Trade names occurring in the references compiled

:

Kapton H film (F film has a coating of FEP and is not

1.43 gm cm-1 None

Variable

220-300 K, 400-430 K

Highly resistant Self extinguishing

Flame resistant 22,000 psi 2 X 10-r

' K"1 3.4 0.005

included here), S P Solid, Vespel.

643
B. Mechanical Properties and References (PPMI)

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year)

Hoggatt, Workman

(1966)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Kapton, film

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Uniaxial specimen per ASTM D-412 die C; uniaxial tests on Riehle machine, xhd spd = 0. 0042 cm s"\ biaxial measurements on bursting diaphrams,

all tests at 20K.

644
0 0.04 008 0.12 0.16 0.20 0.24 STRAIN

INVESTIGATOR^) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Irwin, Sweeny

(1967)

Fiber spun from solution lz 25.4 cm, either 200 den/60 filaments or 100 den/30 filaments; 1. 18 turns cm x

; Instron.

645
PPM!

STRA IN

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Du Pont (H -2) H -film t = O. 0025 cm

f

646
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Reed, Durcholz, Arvidson (1970) Kapton Red Sec = 2 . 54 x 0 . 5 1 x 0 . 0025 cm, long. ; Instron, xhd spd = 0. 00085 and 0. 00021 cm s -1

; measurements on long, and trans samples with t = 0.0127 cm gave similar results except

that failure occured at slightly lower strain.

647

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kerlin, Smith (1966)

Kerlin, Smith (1964)

SP-l

SP-1

Irrad and tested at 20 K, Cryomechanical tester; av of 4 specimens; irrad by Ground Test Reactor at the Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility of the Fort Worth

Division of General Dynamics. w = 0. 635 cm; ASTM D-638-61T test procedure, Cryomechanical tester; irrad by Ground Test Reactor at the Nuclear Aerospace Research Faci lity of the Fort Worth Division of General Dynamics.

649
PPMI 160

63o

CS 2 140

Ed

120

100

Ow

45a. O

e>O_1

80

60

40

20

—t—i

1—. - u JJ-U i : 4- -+4-

' ; i

1 , -

-HT—p

1 T" '

'. * * -(- T* 4-4—

4-4- -U

'

I ! ;

j Heacock (1965) • Du Pont (H-2) A Caren (1965) Rudokov (1966) T Todd (1966) » Reed (1970) « Rno MQ7D1

-H- -r -f 4-4- —\- r-4— • •

- --

• 4—|—

• •

IUIU (I963H —j—

r-

: ! -

i

•

-

/ 1,1 r -

l

1 i

-ftr-

-i—i—i—

; : i -

-i v T

- 4-

-j- -Hi u

-—

- 1- f

: -

—

4- i- ft • -M- . • 4

4—j- -p -

If TT XL • t

H- • f •

• -4-

. i —t- r-i- ^—

I . -H-

' - — 1 1 .

• 4- 4-

1 .ii h

-- —i + -

f~ =£ • • • 4- m4 1 - -!=-—

4- H- 4- Tr - -t- - -4- #

-j Mil !

- T -t 200 400 600 800

TEMPERATURE, K

1000 1200

INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Todd, Wolfe, Mallouk, Kapton, sp gr = 1.42 ASTM D-882 test procedure

Courtright (1966)

Caren. Coston, Holmes

Dubus (1965)

H-film Red Sec t = 7. 62 cm, w = 1. 27 cm. t = 0. 0020-0. 0023 cm i tension applied by

hydralic ram, force measured with 2000 lb capacity Ormond load cell calibrated by dead weights, specimen mounted in clamp blocks attached to flexible pull rods,

strain measured by clip strain gauges; error bars indicate max deviation from av

of 3 tests

Du Pont (H-2) Kapton, sp gr = 1.42 t = 0. 0025; ASTM D-882-64T test procedure, machine direction.

Rudakov, Bessonov, Fiber, lab produced, sp gr ^l. 4 Tests at 473K and above were made in an Ar atm

Koton, Florinskii

(1966)

Heacock, Berr (1965) H-film t = 0. 0025 cm; ASTM D-882-61T test procedure.

Tatum, Amborski, H-film t = 0. 0025 cm , Gerow, Heacock, Mallouk (1963)

Reed, Durcholz, Arvidson (1970) Kapton Red Sec = 2. 54 x 0. 51 cm, t = 0. 0025 and 0. 0127 cm, trans and long; Instron, xhd spd = 0.00085 and 0.00021 cm s

-1

; error bars indicate the spread in several measurements,

results from both thicknesses and both orientations averaged here.

Roe (1970) Kapton Extracted from °"- e diagrams.

650
INVESTIGATOR! S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION . EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Koton, Yakovlev, Rudakov, Knyazeva,

Florinskii, Bessonov,

Kuleva, Tolparova,

Laius (1965)

Film, lab produced by stretching

100 - 120% at 613K in hot air current then heat treated at 673K.

Above 473K tests were performed in Ar atm.

Hanson, Richards, Hickel (1965) H-film Red Sec 1= 5. 08 cm, w = 1. 27 cm, t = 0. 32 cm; I = 0. 0002-0. 0005 s"

1

.

Hoggatt (1965) H-film t = 0. 0051, 0. 0076, and 0. 0127 cm; ASTM D 1708-597 test procedure.

Heslinga (1965) Kapton H -film

Martin, Bartz (1971) SP-1

Podall, Oser, Eliason, Augl (1965) Kapton Av of 2 or 3 tests, error bars indicate data spread.

651
INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Du Pont (H-2)

Heacock, Berr

(1965)

i

1

H-film

H-film

t = O. 0025

Samples interleafed with unsized glass cloth, thermally aged in Model 1443 Hotpack Oven, temp control to IK, ASTM D-882-61T test procedure (full scale time

= 10 h for samples aged at 673 K).

652
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kerlin (1963) H -film ASTM D-882-56T test procedure, Instron Model TT: irrad by Ground Test Reactor at Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility, General Dynamics, Fort Worth; error bars indicate standard

deviation of 3 to 8 tests.

Kerlin, Smith (1964) H-film w = 1. 27 cm, I - 15. 24 cm; ASTM D-882-56T test procedure, Instron, xhd spd = 0. 85 cm s" 1

, irrad in vacuum and air by Ground Test Reactor at Nuclear Aerospace

Research Facility of General Dynamics, Fort Worth, temp of irradiation noted.

Kerlin, Smith (1966) H - film t = 0. 005 cm; Instron, xhd spd = 0. 85 cm s" 1

; av of several tests; irrad by Ground Test Reactor at the Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility of the Fort Worth Division of General Dynamics.

Smith (1963) H -film GL = 10. 16 cm, w = 2. 54 cm, t = 0. 0064 cm; Instron used at 298 K, irrad by Ground

Test Reactor at Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility of General Dynamics, Fort

Worth.

Hoggatt (1966) Kapton, "as purchased" t = 0. 0127 cm, specimen configuration per ASTM D-412-62T Die C; ASTM D-882-61T

test procedure, 302±6 K; irrad by Dynamitron; no significant effect after 10 rad of gamma irradiation from Co80

.

Lockheed Missies and Space Co. (1964) H -film t = 0. 0051 cm, ASTM D-412-51T Type C die; Tinius Olsen Universal Test Machine, Model RM-2, xhd spd = 0. 0042 cm s" 1

, 77K; exposed to 2x10' rad gammas and

IxlO16 nvt neutrons from Radiation Effects Reactor at Dawsonville, Georgia operated

at 10s watts; errors are standard deviation of 5-6 tests.

653
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Rudakov, Bessonov,

Koton, Florenskii

(1966)

Koton, Yakovlev, Rudakov, Knyazeva,

Florinskii, Bessonov.

Kuleva, Tolparova,

Laius (1965)

Fiber lab produced sp gr "l. 4

Film, lab produced by stretching

100 - 120% at 613K in hot air current

then heat treated at 673K.

Tests at 473K and above were made in an Ar atm.

Above 473K tests were performed in Ar atm.

654
INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Tatum, Amborski,

Gerow, Heacock, Mallouk (1963)

H-film t = 0. 0025 cm.

Todd (1965) Vespel, SP

Irwin, Sweeny (1967) Fiber spun from solution *= 25. 4 cm, either 200 den/60 filaments or 100 den/30 filaments; 1. 18 turns cm" 1

, Instron, e = 0. 0167 s , tested in air after 60 s at test temp.

Hanson, Richards,

Hickel (1965) H-film Red Sec 1= 5. 08 cm, w = 1. 27 cm, t = 0. 32 cm; i = 0. 0002-0. 0005 s"

1

.

Hoggatt (1965) H-film t = 0. 0051, 0. 0076, and 0. 0127 cm; ASTM D 1708-597 test procedure.

Heslinga (1965) Kapton H-film

Podall, Oser, Eliason, Augl (1965) Kapton Av of 2 or 3 tests, error bars indicate data spread.

655
PPMI 65xl03

200 400 600 800

TEMPERATURE, K

1000 1200

INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Todd, Wolfe, Mallouk, Courtright

(1966)

Rigid solid SP1, sp gr = 1.43 and

Kapton, sp gr = 1. 42 ASTM D1708 test procedure for rigid soli and ASTM D882 test procedurefor Kapton.

Caren, Coston, Holmes, Dubus (1965) H-film Red Sec 4= 7. 62 cm, w = 1. 27 cm, t = 0. 0020-0. 0023 cm; tension applied by

hydralic ram, force measured with 2000 lb capacity Ormond load cell calibrated by dead weights, specimen mounted in clamp blocks attached to flexible pull rods,

strain measured by clip strain gauges; error bars indicate max deviation from av

of 3 tests

Du Pont (1968) SP-1 Du Pont (H-2) Kapton, sp gr = 1.42 t = 0. 0025 cm; ASTM D-882-64T test procedure, 3% yd off, trans direction.

Heacock, Berr (1965) H-film t = 0. 0025 cm; ASTM D-882-61T test procedure.

Martin, Bartz (1971) SP-1

Reed, Durcholz, Arvidson (1970) Kapton Red Sec = 2. 54 x 0'. 51 cm, t = 0. 0025 and 0. 0127 cm, trans and long; Instron, xhd spd = 0.00085 and 0.00021 cm s -1

; error bars indicate the spread in several measurement?:,

results fro'm both thicknesses and both orientations averaged here.

Roe (1970) Kapton Extracted from °- e diagrams.

656
26xl03

16

a. 14

CO

co

UJ£ 12

10

vacuum irrad , xhd spd = 0.021 cm s J —i—I1

—r

-r~U a—

!

4_i

Ttt

-1 1- —

—

±21

3a

a, — 16 c/i

14

— 12

18,10^1

'E 0 a

CO

CO 8 or

h-co

10= 10° 10' RADIATION, rad

10

e I03

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kerlin (1963) H-film ASTM D-882-56T test procedure, Instron Model TI; irrad by Ground Test Reactor at Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility, General Dynamics, Fort Worth; error bars indicate standard

deviation of 3 to 8 tests.

657
RADIATION, rods

INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kerlin, Smith ( 1964)

Hoggatt (1966)

Lockheed Missies and Space Co. (1964)

H-film

Kapton, "as purchased"

H-film

w = 1. 27 cm, I - 15. 24 cm; ASTM D-882-56T test procedure, Instron, xhd spd = 0. 85 cm s"

1

; irrad in vacuum and air by Ground Test Reactor

at Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility of General Dynamics, Fort Worth, temp of irradiation noted.

t = 0. 0127 cm, specimen configuration per ASTM D-412-62T"Die C; ASTM D-882-61T

test procedure, 302±6K; irrad by Dynamitron; no significant effect after 10 rad of gamma irradiation from Co60

.

t = 0. 0051 cm, ASTM D-412-51T Type C die; Tinius Olsen Universal Test Machine, Model RM-2, xhd spd = 0. 0042 cm s"

1

, 77K; exposed to 2xl07 rad gammas and

IxlO15 nvt neutrons from Radiation Effects Reactor at Dawsonville, Georgia operated

at 106 watts; errors are standard deviation of 5-6 tests.

r

658
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Smith (1963)

Kerlin, Smith (1966)

H-film

H-film

t = 0. 0064 cm ; tests at 323 K conducted on an Instron, others on special apparatus,

irradiation and testing at cryogenic temp done in liquid hydrogen or nitrogen; irrad by Ground Test Reactor at Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility of General Dynamics, Fort Worth.

t = 0. 005 cm ; Instron, xhd spd = 0. 85 cm s~

x

; av of several tests; irrad by Ground

Test Reactor at the Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility of the Fort Worth

Division of General Dynamics.

659
TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATORS) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Martin, Bartz (1971) SP-l

660
TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Todd, Wolfe, Mallouk,

Courtright (1966)

Kapton, sp gr = 1. 42 ASTM D882 test procedure.

Caren, Coston, Holmes, Dubus (1965) H-film Red Sec I- 7. 62 cm, w = 1. 27 cm, t = 0. 0020-0. 0023 cm; tension applied by

hydralic ram, force measured with 2 0 001b capacity Ormond load cell calibrated by dead weights, specimen mounted in clamp blocks attached to flexible pull rods, strain measured by clip strain gauges; error bars indicate max deviation from av of 3 tests.

Du Pont (1968) SP-1 ASTM D790 test procedure

Du Pont (H-2) Kapton, sp gr = 1.42 t = 0. 0025 cm; ASTM D-882-64T test procedure, machine direction.

Rudakov, Bessonov,

Katon, Florinskii (1966) Fiber, lab produced, sp gr ^1.4 Tests at 473K and above were made in an Ar atm.

Heacock, Berr

(1965) H-film t = 0 . 0025 cm; ASTM D-882-61T test procedure.

Tatum, Amborski,

Gerow, Heacock, Mallouk (1963)

H-film t = 0. 0025 cm

Hanson, Richards,

Hickel (1965) Reed, Durcholz, Arvidson (1970)

H-film

Kapton

Red Sec '1 = 5. 08 cm, w = 1. 27 cm, t = 0.32 cm; i = 0. 0002-0. 0005 a~\

Red Sec = 2. 54 x 0. 51 cm, t = 0. 0025 and 0. 0127 cm, trans and long; Instron, xhd spd = 0.00085 and 0.00021 cm s"1

; error bars indicate the spread in several measurements,

results from both thicknesses and both orientations averaged here.

661
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Todd (1965)

Koton, Yakovlev, Rudakov, Knyazeva,

Florinskii, Bessonov,

Kuleva, Tolparova,

Laius (1965)

Vespel, SP

Film, lab produced, oriented, 100-120% stretched at 613K in hot air current then heat treated at 673K.

ASTM D690, D790 test procedure. Above 473K tests were performed in Ar atm.

Mair, Shen, Tobolsky

(1964) H-film Conventional stress-relaxation balance in conjunction with a Tenney Environmental

Test Chamber used at 267K, at higher temp a modified balance incorporating a

cylindrical electric furnace was used.

Irwin, Sweeny (1967) Fiber spun from solution 1= 25. 4 cm, either 200 den/60 filaments or 100 den/30 filaments; 1. 18 turns cm \ Instron,

i = 0. 0167 s"\

Bernier, Kline (1968) Polymer SP, as received,

sp gr = 1. 4335 Driven at resonance in the first trans mode, 350-700 Hz; data points not plotted.

Heslinga (1965) Kapton H-film

r

Podall, Oser, Eliason, Aagl (1965)

Butta, DePetris,

Pasquini (1969)

Kapton

Vespel

Av of 2 or 3 tests, error bars indicate data spread.

t = 0. 3 cm, diam = 3. 6 cm; resonance electrostatic apparatus, 1. 5 x 104 Hz, measured in vacuum.

662
RADIATION, rods

INVESTIGATORS [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Lockheed Missies and Space Co. (1964) H-film t = O. 0051 cm, ASTM D-412-51T Type C die; Tinius Olsen Universal Test Machine, Model RM-2, xhd spd = 0. 0042 cm s"

1

, 77K; exposed to 2xl07 rad gammas and

lxlO15 nvt neutrons from Radiation Effects Reactor at Dawsonville, Georgia operated

at 106 watts', errors are standard deviation of 5-6 tests.

663
INVESTIGATORS] (year)

Cooper, Mair. Tobolsky (1965)

Mair, Shen Tobolsky (1964)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

H-film (est Tg = 658K)

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Modified Gehman torsional apparatus. "10 s modulus," apparatus surrounded by

elec furnace, sample w/t ratio of 25, data normalized to room temp value of 450, 000 psi (discussion presented of this).

Clash-Berg (ASTM D 1043-61T test procedure) and Gehman (ASTM D 1053-61 test procedure) torsional instruments used, conventional 10 s modulus measured.
0.8 xlO

q. 0.5

CO

_l=>QO

<

trX

ill

PPMI

300 400 500 600 700

TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATOR^) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Todd, Wolfe, Mallouk, Courtright

(1966)

Martin, Bartz (1971)

Rigid solid SP-1, sp gr = 1.43

SP-1

ASTM D790 test procedure.

665
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Bernier, Kline (1968)

Butta, DePetris,

Pasquini (1969)

Polymer SP, as received,

sp gr - 1. 4335

Vespel

Driven at resonance in the first trans mode, 350-700 Hz; data points not plotted.

t = 0. 3 cm, diam = 3.6 cm; resonance electrostatic apparatus, 1. 5 x 104 Hz, measured in vacuum.

r

666
INVESTIGATORS (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Heacock, Berr

(1965)

H-film Samples interleafed with unsized glass cloth, thermally aged in Model 1443 Hotpack Oven , temp control to IK, ASTM D-882-61T test procedure.

667
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 TIME AT TEMPERATURE.h

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Du Pont (H-2)

Heacock, Berr

(1965)

Irwin, Sweeny

(1967)

H-film

H-film

Fiber spun from solution

t = 0. 0025 cm

Samples interleafed with unsized glass cloth, thermally aged in Model 1443 Hotpack Oven, temp control to IK , ASTM test D-882-61T (full scale time = 10 hr).

1= 25. 4 cm either 200 den/ 60 filaments or 100 den/30 filaments ; 1. 18 turns cm , Instron.

e = 0. 0167 s" 1

, exposed in air(full scale strength = 325, 000 psi).

668
CYCLES TO FAILURE

INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Du Pont (1968) SP-l Sonntag test, 296K.

669
INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mair, Shen

Tobolsky (1964) H-fikn Conventional stress -relaxation balance in conjunction with a Tenney Environmental

Test Chamber used at 267K, at higher temp a modified balance incorporating a cylindrical elec furnace was used.

670
(Year)

Description Temperature

(K)

Tensile

Strength

(10

r'psi)

Young's Modulus

(10°p«i)

Elongation

(per cent) Other

Todd (1966) rigid solid, SP-1 298 6-7

DuPont(1968) SP-1 0.4 5' 1 '

DuPont (H-1A) Kapton 298 0.42

<b »

DuPont (H-97-1) Kapton, type H at

rel hum o£ 0, 30,

50, 80 and 100%.

296 25

DuPont (H-66-1A) Type H,

film gauge = 50

100 200 300

500

296 1420

20

20

20

20

3540

45

45 Todd (1965) unnotched

notched

fatigue life =10 cycles

298

0. 0007

- , ~ r \ c

)

5000

Cooper (1965) H -fi lm , 2 tests 294 23. 6 25. 6

0. 27

0. 28

122 115

Irwin (1967) 294 119. 2 1. 25 13

Hoggatt(1966) uniaxial, t = 0. 0076cm

biaxial. t=0. 0076cm

biaxial, t = 0. 0127cm

20 46. 6

37. 6 39. 6

8. 7

15. 0

8. 6 Lockheed (1964) 295±3 30±8 0. 420±

0. 054 44±7 9. 0 ± l (d)

Footnotes

:

(a) Poisson's Ratio ( c ) Axial stress (psi)

(b) Impact strength (ft. lb/mil) (d) Yield strength ( 10" psi)

INVESTIGATOR! S ) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Todd, Wolfe, Mallouk, rigid solid SP-1, sp gr = 1. 43 ASTM D 1708 test procedure.

Courtright (1966)

Du Pont (1968) SP-1

DuPont (H-1A) Kapton, sp gr - 1. 42 t = 0. 0025 cm; Du Pont pneumatic impact test.

DuPont (H-97-1) Kapton, type H t = 0. 0025 cm.

DuPont (H-66-1A) Kapton, type H 12. 7 cm, w = 2. 54 cm; ASTM D-882-64T test procedure , method A, Instron, xhd spd = 0. 085 cm s"

1

, jaw separation = 5. 08 cm, based on original thickness; av

of 5 specimens.

Todd (1965) Vespel, SP Axial fatigue, 30 Hz, Sonntag fatigue machine.

Cooper, Mair, H-film (Tg = 658 K) Instron, xhd spd = 0. 017 cm s~\ e = 0. 0025 s~\rel hum = 65%. Tobolsky (1965)

Irwin, Sweeny,

(1967)

fiber spun from solution i- 25.4 cm, either 200 den/60 filaments or 100 den/30 filaments; 1. 18 turns-cm" 1

. Instron, e = 0. 0167 s~ , av values quoted.

Hoggatt, Workman

(1966)

Kapton, film Uniaxial specimen per ASTM D-412 die C; uniaxial tests on Riehle machine,

xhd spd = 0. 0042 cm s"

1

, biaxial measurements on bursting diaphram; av of several tests.

Lockheed Missies H-film t = 0. 0051 cm, ASTM D-412-51T Type C die; Tinius-Olsen Universal Test Machine. and Space Co. (1964) Model RM-2, xhd spd = 0. 0042 cm s~ ; errors are standard deviation of 5-6 tests.

671
Investigator (s) (Year)

Description Test Temperature

(K)

Tensile

Strength

(10

3 psi)

Young's Modulus

(10

s psi)

Elongation

(per cent) Other

Anagnostou (1965) H-film, unirrad

irrad

321 2120 110

78

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Anagnostou (1965) H-film 1 = 2.5 - 5.1 cm, w = 0.6 - 1.3 cm, t= 0.003 cm, CL = 1.3 cm; Instron Model TT-C,

rubber faced jaws, xhd spd = 0.004 - 0.021 cm a'\ specimens randomly cut from film; irrad in vacuum at 321 K by ultraviolet from Hanovia lOOwatt type SH high pressure

quartz Hg vapor lamp located 24.4 cm from speciman for 1003 h, also irrad by 2MeV

electrons for a dose of 5x10 electrons cm"2

r

672
Polypyromellitimide

Mechanical References

1. Anagnostou, E., Effect of Ultraviolet Irradiation on Selected Plastic- Films in Vacuum, NASA-TM-X-1124, Lewis Research Center, Cleveland, Ohio (N65-28628) (1965).

2. Bernier, G. A., Kline, D. E., Dynamic mechanical behavior of a polyimide, J. Appl. Polymer. Sci. 12, 593 (1968).

3. Butta, E., DePetris, S., Pasquini, M., Young's modulus and secon- dary mechanical dispersions in polypyromellitimide, J. Appl.

Polymer Sci. 13, 1073 (1969).

4. Caren, R. P., Coston, R. M., Holmes, A. M. C, Dubus, F., Lowtemperature tensile, thermal contraction, and gaseous hydrogen

permeability data on hydrogen-vapor barrier materials. Advances

in Cryogenic Engineering, ( Ed. K. D. Timmerhaus, Plenum

Press, New York, 1965) , Vol. 10, p. 171.

5. Cooper, S., Mair, D., Tobolsky, A. V., Polyimides, ONR Tech. Rept. RLT-86, Frick Chemical Lab., Princeton Univ., Princeton, N. J. (AD 463880) (1965).

6. DuPont Co., Physical-Thermal Properties, Bulletin H-2.

7. DuPont Co., General Purpose Specifications Kapton Polyimide

Film, Bulletin H-66-1A.

8. DuPont Co., Effects of Moisture on Manufacturing and Processing

Flexible Printed Circuits Made with Kapton Polyimide Film,

Bulletin H-97-1.

9. DuPont Co., Vespel Precision Parts from DuPont Polyimide Resins, (1968).

10. Hanson, M. P., Richards, H. T., Hickel, R. 0., Preliminary Investigation of Filament-Wound Glass-Reinforced Plastics and Liners

for Cryogenic Pressure Vessels, NASA Technical Note D-2741

(1965).

11. Heacock, J. F., Berr, C. E., Polyimides-new high temperature

polymers: H-film, a polypyromellitimide film, SPE Trans. 5, 1 (1965) . 12. Heslinga, A., Polyimide polymeer, Plastica 18, 550 (1965). Martin, R. ]., Bartz, J. R., Polyimides, Machine Design 43, 34

(Feb. 11, 1971).

13. Hoggatt, J. T., Cryogenic Liner Development for Filament Wound

Pressure Vessels, The Boeing Co., Contract No. EWA 69829, Document D2-23778-1 ( 1965)

.

14. Hoggatt, J. T., Radiation Effects on Elastomeric and Polyimide Film Materials, The Boeing Co., Document No. D2-24181-1

(1966) .

15. Hoggatt, J. 7

'., Workman, L. ]., Liners for Non-Metallic Tanks,

NASA CR-54868 (N66-27317) (1966).

16. Irwin, R. S., Siveeny, W., Polyimide fibers, J. Polymer Sci. Pt. C. No. 19, 41 (1967).

17. Kerlin, E. E., Investigation of Combined Effects of Radiation and Vacuum and of Radiation and Cryotemperatures on Engineering

Materials: Vol. I. Radiation-Vacuum Tests, General Dynamics

(Fort Worth), Prepared for Marshall Space Flight Center, FZK161-1 Contract NAS8-2450 (1963).

18. Kerlin, E. E., Smith, E. T., Measured Effects of the Various Combinations of Nuclear Radiation, Vacuum, and Cryotemperatures

on Engineering Materials, Annual Report, Vol. I, General Dy- namics (Fort Worth), prepared for Marshall Space Flight Center. FZK-188-1, Contract NAS 8-2450 ( 1964)

.

19. Kerlin, E. E., Smith, E. T'., Measured Effects of the Various Combinations of Nuclear Radiation, Vacuum, and Crvotcnipi-raturi on Engineering Materials, Biennial Report, General Dynamics

(Fort Worth), prepared for Marshall Space Flight Center, FZK-290, Contract NAS 8 2450 < !W, 35963 1 (J%6i.

20. Koton, M. M., Yakoulev, B. I., Rudakov, A. P., Knyazeva, T. S., Florinskii, F. S., Bessonov, M. I., Kuleva, M. M'., Tolparova, G. A., Laius, L. A., Preparation and physical properties of polypyromellitimide, J. Appl. Chem. (USSR), 38, No. 12, 2663 (1965).

21. Lockheed Missiles and Space Co., RIFT Radiation Effect- Program:

Irradiations No. 4 and 6, Cryogenic Materials, NSP-64-29,

Contract No. NAS 8-5600 (1964).

22. Mair, A. D., Shen, M. C, Tobolsky, A. V., High Temperature

Polymers: H-film and SP-Polymer, ONR Tech. Rept. RLT-83,

Frick Chemical Lab., Princeton Univ., Princeton, N. J. CAD

604010) (1964).

23. Martin, R. J., Bartz, J. R., Polyimides, Machine Design 43, 34

(Feb. 11, 1971).

24. Podall, H. E., Oser, Z., Eliason, L. K., Augl, J. M., Development

of Improved Polymeric Materials for Cryogenic Propellant Tank

Liners and Positive Expulsion Bladders, NASA Contract NAS

3-4183, Melpar, Inc., Falls Church, Va. (N65-35071) (1965).

25. Reed, R. P., Durcholz, R. L., Arvidson, J. M., Low Temperature

Tensile Properties of Mylar and Kapton Film, Dacron Yarn, and

Polystyrene Foam, Unpublished Data (March, 1970).

26. Roe, J. M., Mechanical Behavior of Polymers at Cryogenic Temperature, M. S. Thesis, Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, Ohio (1970). Roe, J. M., Baer, E., Correlation of tensile properties of tough

amorphous polymers with internal friction, in Studies of Physical and Mechanical Properties of Polymers, E. Baer, A. Hiltner, Case Western Reserve University, UCRC-13469-4 (March 31. 1971).

27. Rudakov, A. P., Bessonov, M. I., Koton, M. M., Florinskii, F. S., Polypyromellitimide fibers; Their obtainment and their physical and mechanical properties, Khimicheskiye Volokna 5, 20 (1966).

28. Smith, E. 7

'., Investigation of Combined Effects of Radiation and Vacuum and of Radiation and Cryotemperatures on Engineering

Materials, Vol. II: Radiation-Cryotemperature Tests, FZK-161-2.

Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility, General Dynamics Fort Worth, Texas (1963). McKannan, E. C, Gause. R. L., Effects of nuclear radiation and

cryogenic temperatures on engineering materials, 1st AIAA Annual Meeting, Paper No. 64-361 (1964), also in J. Spacecraft 2, 558 (1965).

29. Tatum, W. E., Amborski, L. E., Gerow, C. W., Heacock, J. F.. Mallouk, R. S., H-Film—DuPont's new polyimide film, E. I. DuPont de Nemours. Wilmington, presented to Electrical Insulation Conference, Chicago, 111. (1963). Amborski, L. E., H-Film—A new high temperature dielectric, I&EC

Prod. Res. Dev. 2, 189 1 19631

.

30. Todd, N. W., Polyimide Resins for Extreme Environments, Plastics Dept., E. I. DuPont de Nemours. Soc. Aerospace Material and

Process Engr. 8th Symposium ( 1965)

.

31. Todd, N. W., Wolfe, F. A., Mallouk, R. S., and Courtright, J. R.. Polyimides, Machine Design 38, 81 (June, 1966).

673
C. Thermal Properties and References (PPMI)

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Caren, Coston, Holmes, Dubus (1965)

Hoggatt (1965)

H-Film

H-Film, 2 chemically identical lots,

lot A assumed to be typical

Rolled into tight cylinders approximately 0. 635 cm diam and 5. 08 cm long; fused-quartz

tube and dial-indicator test procedure used; three samples tested and quoted data scatter within 5%.

t = 0. 005, 0. 007, and 0. 013 cm; ASTM D696-44 test procedure, linear differential transformer and an x-y recorder.

674
TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Radebaugh, Frederick, Siegwarth (1972)

Kapton, heated to 42 3 K t = 0. 015 cm; Laminated between Cu plates.

675
Investigatorfs

Desc ription Temperature

(K) 4L/I. Thermal

X Thermal

— onductivit (Wm-'K- 1

Thermal

Diffus ivity (crr^s- 1

)

sSpecific %

(Jg-'K- 1

) Todd (1965)

Todd (1966)

Martin (1971)

Du Pont (H-2)

SP

Polymer

SP-1

SP-1

Kapton, type H

323 298

296 296-400

296

298

21-26 x 10-

0. 38-0. 43

0. 37-0. 50

0. 33-0. 38

3. 14

1. 13

1. 09

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Todd (1965)

Todd (1966)

Martin, Bartz (1971)

Da Pont (H-2)

Polymer SP, sp gr = 1. 42

SP-1, sp gr = I. 43

SP- 1

Kapton, Type H, sp gr = 1. 42

ASTM D 648 test procedure for C , ASTM D 696 test procedure for AL/L,

t = 0. 0025 cm; differential calorimetry.

676
Polypyromellitimide

Thermal References

1. Caren, R. P., Coston, R. M„ Holmes, A. M. C, Dubus, F., Low- 4. Martin, R. ]., Bartz, J. R., Polyimides, Machine Design 43, 34 (Feb. temperature tensile, thermal contraction, and gaseous hydrogen 11,1971).

permeability data on hydrogen-vapor barrier materials, Advances 5. Rudebaugh, R., Frederick, N. V'., Siegwarth, J. I)., Flexible larni- in Cryogenic Engineering (Ed. K. D. Timmerhaus, Plenum Press, nates for thermally grounded terminal strips and shielded elec- New York, 1965) , Vol. 10, p. 171. trical leads at low temperatures, Cryogenics 13, 41 (19

2. DuPont, Kapton Physical-Thermal Properties, Bulletin H-2. 6. Todd, N. W., Polyimide resins for extreme environments, 8th

3. Hoggatt, J. T., Cryogenic Liner Development for Filament Wound SAMPE Symposium (1965). Pressure Vessels, The Boeing Co., Contract No. EWA 69829, 7. Todd, N. W., Wolf}, F. A., Mallouk, R. S., Courtright, J. R., Document No. D2-23778-1 (1965) . Polyimides, Machine Design 38, 81 (June 16, 1966 )

.

677
D. Electrical Properties and References (PPMI)

0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

latum, Amborski, Gerow, Heacock, Mallouk (1963) H-Film t = 0. 0025 cm; ASTM D-150-59 test procedure.

678
INVESTIGATOR^ (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Ivlathes (1964) H-film Nominal t = 0. 013 cm; electrodes were evaporated Au backed up by a coating of #4132 Du Pont Ag paint, opposite electrodes with a diam of 2. 54 cm and 3. 18 cm; no corrections for edge

effects or changes in specimen dimensions with temp change, data also given for 60,

2 X 10s

, 5 X 102

, 2 X 103, and 5 X 103 Hz.

3

679
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Koton, Yakovlev, Rudakov, Knyazeva,

Florinski, Bessenov,

Kuleva, Tolparova,

Laius, (1965)

Martin, Bartz (1971)

;

PM polyimide, sp gr = 1.42, solution -cast film

SP-1

MLE bridge at 103 Hz, electrodes applied by vacuum deposition of Ag.

10s Hz.

r

680
INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Du Pont (H-4)

Chant (1967)

Westphal, Iglesias (1970)

Kapton, Type H

Kapton

Kapton H-film, type 500

t = 0.0025 cm; ASTM-Dl 50- 59T test procedure.

t = 0. 01 14 cm, cut into discs 7. 0 cm diam, contact with surface made by evaporating aluminum to each face under a vacuum to a thickness of 2000A, discs clamped between two

brass plates, max data accuracy within 5%.

298 K, 45% rel hum; accuracy = ± 0. 5 x 10"3

.

681
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Du Pont (H-4)

Bobo, Perrier (1968)

Chant (1967)

Kapton, type H

Kapton

Kapton

t = 0. 0025 cm; ASTM D-150-59T test procedure,

t = 0. 0025-0. 020 cm; 2. 5-3. 5 kV ac.

t = 0. 0114 cm, cut into discs 7. 0 cm diam, contact with surface made by evaporating al- uminum to each face under a vacuum to a thickness of 2000A, discs clamped between two brass plates, max data accuracy within 5%.

682
INVESTIGATOR^) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION . EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Tatum, Amborski,

Gerow, Heacock,

Mallouk (1963)

Koton, Yakovlev, Rudakov, Knyazeva,

Florinskii, Bessonov,

Kuleva, Tolparova,

Laius (1965)

H-Film

PM polyimide p solution-cast film, sp gr = 1.42 at 293 K

t = 0. 0025 cm; ASTM D-150-59 test procedure.

MLE bridge at 1

0

3

Hz., electrodes applied by vacuum deposition of Ag.

683
PPMI 38 e

0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATOR^) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Du Pont (H-4)

Chant (1967)

Mathes (1964)

Kapton, type H

Kapton

H-film

t = 0. 0025 cm; ASTM Dpl50-59T test procedure.

t = 0. 0114 cm, cut into discs 7. 0 cm diam, contact with surface made by evaporating aluminum to each face under a vacuum to a thickness of 2000A, discs clamped be- tween two brass plates, edge effects were allowed for in calculations of dielectric constant; max data accuracy within 5%.

Nominal t = 0. 013 cm; electrodes were evaporated Au backed up by a coating of #4132 DuPont Ag paint, opposite electrodes with a diam of 2. 54 cm and 3. 18 cm; av of 3 specimens, error

bars indicate data spread, no corrections for edge effects or changes in specimen dimensions

with temp change, nearly identical results were obtained at 102

, 10 3, and 10 Hz.

r

684
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Du Pont (H-4)

Westphal, Iglesias (1970)

Kapton, type H

Kapton H-film, type 500

t = 0. 0025 cm; ASTM D-150-59T test procedure.

298 K, 45% rel hum; accuracy = ± 0. 05.

685
100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Du Pont (H-4)

Todd, Wolff, Mallouk,

Courtright (1966)

Amborski (1963)

Koton, Yakovlev, Rudakov, Knyazeva,

Florinskii, Bessonov,

Kuleva, Toparova, Lains

(1965)

Kapton, Type H

Kapton

H-Film PM polyimide, sp gr = 1.42

t = 0. 0025 cm; ASTM D-257-61 test procedure.

t = 0. 0025 cm; ASTM D-257 test procedure, 125V dc.

t = 0. 0025 cm

String electrometer, electrodes applied by vacuum deposition of silver.

r

686
0 100 200 300 400 500

TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Koton, Yakovlev, Rudakov, Knyazeva,

Florinski, Bessenov,

Kuleva, Tolparova,

Laius (1965)

i

1

!

j

i

PM polyimide, sp gr = 1. 42 Pv determined with a string electrometer, electrodes applied by vacuum deposition of silver.

687
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Du Pont (H-4)

Bobo, Perrier (1968)

Todd, Wolff, Mallouk,

Courtright (1966)

Amborski (1963)

Kapton, type H

Kapton

Kapton

ASTM D-149-61 test procedure

t = 0. 01 cm; 3. 0 cm spheres as electrodes; voltage increased at 0. 5 kV s~ .

t = 0. 0025 cm; 0. 635 cm diam electrodes; ASTM D-149 test procedure.

t = 0. 0025 cm; 0. 635 cm diam electrodes; rate of voltage rise= 500 V s" ; 60% rel hum

and 298 K.

f

688
0 2.5 5.0 7.5 10 12.5 15.0x10 THICKNESS , cm

INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Amborski, (1963) H-Film 0. 635 cm diam electrodes; rate of voltage rise = 500 V s"

1

; 60% rel hum and 298 K.

689
Investigator(s

Description L empe ra tu r e tan & £ D S Volume Dielectric Dielectric Dielectric Resistivity Loss Constant Strength (Ocm ) Factor (Vmil" 1

)

P °D 298

rel hum {%)

0 0 3

50 0025 3

' 7' 000

80 0. 0037 3. 7 6, 500

100 0. 0047 3. 9 6, 2 00 McKeown (1965) H-Film, cast 298 9, 150 (rms)

Heacock (1965) H-film 298 1. 0 x 10

18 0. 002 3. 5 7. 000

Todd (1965) Vespel, SP 298 1. 0 x 10

17 0. 003 3. 4 400

Storti (1968) Kapton 298 3. 5 7, 000

Heslinga (1965) Kapton H-film 78 101 ' -101 8

3, 1 -3. 7 298 1

1 4

- 1 o

1 s

2. 8-3. 2

Martin (1971) SP-1 296 3. 4 560

INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Du Pont (Bulletin H-4) Kapton t = 0.00Z54 cm; ASTM D-150-59T test procedure . (Dielectric Constant and Dissipation

Factor), ASTM D-149-61 (Dielectric Strength). McKeown (1965) H-film, cast t = 0. 0053 cm; spherical electrodes embedded in thermoset resin with sample, 60 Hz; standard deviation of 6 samples = 9%.

Heacock, Berr (1965) H-film, sp gr = . 42 (at 275 K) t = 0.0025 cm; ASTM D-1 50-59 test procedure of 1 0

3 Hz (Dielectric Constant and Dielectric Loss Factor), ASTM D-257-61 (Volume Resistivity), ASTM D-149-59 (Dielectric Strength).

Todd (1965) Vespel, SP ASTM D-149 short time test procedure with t = 0. 318 cm (Dielectric Strength) ASTM D-150 at 103 Hz (Dielectric Constant and Dielectric Loss Factor) ASTM D-257 (Volume Resistivity).

Storti (1968) Kapton, sp gr = .42 t = 0.0051 cm, 103 Hz.

Heslinga ( 1965) Kapton H-film

Martin, Bartz (1971) SP-1 Dielectric Constant: 10s Hz.

Dielectric Strength: t = 0.20 cm; short time.

690
Polypyromellitimide

Electrical References

1. Amborski, L. E., H-Film—A new high temperature dielectric, Indus. Eng. Chem. Prod. Res. Devel. 2, 189 (1963).

2. Bobo, J., Perrier, M., Proprietes des isolants solides aux temperatures cryogeniques, Revue Generale De L'electricite, 77, 605

(1968).

3. Chant, M. ]., Dielectric properties of some insulating materials over

the temperature range 4.2-300 °K, Cryogenics 7, 351 (1967).

4. DuPont, Kapton Electrical Properties, Bulletin H-4.

Martin, R. J., Bartz, J. R., Polyimides, Machine Design 43, 34

(Feb. 11, 1971).

5. Heacock, J. F., Berr, C. E., Polyimides—new high temperature

polymers: H-Film, a polypyromellitimide film, SPE Trans. 5, No.

2, 345 (1965).

6. Heslinga, A., Polyimide Polymeer, Plastica 18, 550 (1965).

7. Koton, M. M., Yakovlev, B. I., Rudakov, A. P., Knyazeva, T. S., Florinskii, F. S., Bessonov, M. /., Kuleva, M. M., Tolparova, G. A., Laius, L. A., Preparation and physical properties of polypyromellitimide, Zhurnal Prikladnoi Khimii 38, 2728 (1965) ; English

Translation in J. Appl. Chem. USSR 38, 2663 (1965)

.

8. Martin, R. J., Bartz, J. R., Polyimides, Machine Design 43, 34

(Feb. 11, 1971).

9. Mathes, K. N., Development of Low Temperature Dielectric Coatings for Electrical Conductors, General Electric Co., Missile and

Space Vehicle Dept., Philadelphia, Pa., NASA Contract NAS 8-

2442, Control No. TP 85-498 (CPB-02-1096-61 ) , W/O No. 8500 0-0224-000-8500-11-431 (N64 28958) Q964).

10. McKeown, J. /., Intrinsic electric strengths of organic polymeric

materials, Proc. IEE 112, 824 (1965).

11. Storti, G. M., Experimental Investigation and Analysis of Dielectric Breakdowns Induced by Electron Irradiation in Polymer Films, NASA TN D-4810, Langley Research Center, Langlev Station. Hampton, Va. (1968).

12. Tatum, W. E., Amborski, L. E., Gerow, C. W., Heacock, J. F., Mallouk, R. S., H-Film—DuPont's new polyimide film, Electrical Insulation Conf., Chicago (Sept. 17, 1963).

13. Todd, N. W., Polyimide resins for extreme environments, 8th SAMPE Symposium (1965).

14. Todd, N. W., Wolff, F. A., Mallouk, R. S., Courtri?ht. J. R., Polyimides, Machine Design 38, 81 (June 16. 1966).

15. Westphal, W. B., Iglesias, J., Dielectric Measurements on HighTemperature Materials, Air Force Materials Laboratory, WrightPatterson Air Force Base, Ohio, Technical Report AFML-TR70-138 (1970).

691
Polypyromellitimide

E. Related References

1. Bobo, J., Perrier, M., Fallou, B., Garland, /., Dielectric strength of polymers at cryogenic temperatures under vacuum, Vacuum 18,

397 (1968).
10. PolyparaxyJylene (PPX)

A. Summary

Polyparaxylylene was developed specifically as a more radiation resistant film to be used similarly to PET. Jt is completely

linear and highly crystalline. The larger the number of ethyl groups on each end of the monomer, the more similar its structure and

properties are to polyethylene. Normal PPX is frequently labeled N and with the addition of one or two chlorines it is labeled C

and D, respectively. These chlorine additions add to its polarizability and cross linking. Because of its symmetry, normal PPX is a good dielectric. PPX generally exhibits good dimensional stability even at cryogenic temperatures.

PPX

Chemical Formula [ (CH2 ) j.C8H4 (CH2) x = l-5

N C D

H H £1 JC1

I /—\I Chemical Structure —C—( >—C— —

H H CI

Significant Properties : N C

Density (295 K) 1.10-1.12 gm cm"3 1.3 gm cur*

Crystalline melting point 673 K ~563 K

Molecular weight ~5000

Crystallinity High Variable

Approximate transition temperature 340 K 360 K

Chemical resistance Very good Very good

Dielectric Constant ( 103 Hz) ( 295 K) 2.60 3.1 Dielectric Loss Tangent (103 Hz) , (295 K) 0.0002 0.02 Trade names occurring in the references compiled:

Parylene

693
B. Mechanical Properties and References (PPX)

FPX

10" 10"

AGING TIME, h

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Union Carbide Corp.

(1966) Parylene, molecular weight

500, 000

t = 0. 005 cm, film stripped from glass.

694
INVESTIGATORS) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Union Carbide Corp.

(1966) Parylene N, molecular

weight = 500, 000

t = 0. 005 cm, film stripped from glass.

695
PPX 1 3 x I03

a« 12 CO

10

COCO

LU

OC 6 H

CO

10'

-2 10 10 10 10

Union Carbide

/-Corp. Tvdp(1966) N

\ C

A

\ -Yield "

\ /

\I r/

/

i

l

\

1

\

\ —

1 —

--

V -

V

1 it:

- ~t 1 L

r

1 —i

\— 1

1

- 1—

8x10°

CO

CO

LU

rr

i-co

STRAIN RATE , s

INVESTIGATOR(S) [year]

Union Carbide Corp.

(1966)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Parylene C, molecular weight m 500,000

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

t = 0. 005 cm, film stripped from glass.

696
INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Union Carbide Corp.

(1966) Parylene, aged 539 K in vacuum or 422 K in air, molecular weight « 500, 000

t = 0. 005 cm, film stripped from glass; 1% strain, similar results for aging at 539 K in vacuum or at 422 K in air.

697
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Union Carbide Corp.

(1966) Parylene C and N, molecular

weight ^ 500, 000

t = 0. 005 cm.film stripped from glass; 1% strain

r

698
Inve stigator(s

)

(Year)

Description Tensile

Strength

(10

3 psi)

Yield Strength

(10

3 psi)

Elongation

(percent)

Secant Modulus

1% strain

do' p

,

Rockwell Ha rdness

Loeb (1970) Parylene C 10. 0 8. 0 ZOO 0.40 R80

Parylene N 6. 0 - 11. 0 6. 1 20-250 0. 35 R85 Gorham (1966) Parylene Ci sp gr 13. 0 200 0.40

1.289 Parylene N, sp gr - 9.0 200 0. 35

1 . 103 - 1.120

Cariou (1965) 10. 0 ISO

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Loeb (1970) Gorham (1966)

Cariou, Valley, Loeb (1965)

Parylene C and N

Parylene C, sp gr = 1.289 and Parylene

N, sp gr = 1 . 103 - 1. 120 Vacuum deposited

Properties of Parylene N depend somewhat on deposition conditions,

t = 0. 0025 - 0. 0050 cm.

699
Polyparaxylylene

Mechanical References

1. Cariou, F. E., Valley, D. ]., Loeb, W. E., Poly-para-xylylene in thin

film applications, IEEE Trans, on Parts, Materials, and Packaging, Vol. PMP-1, p. s-54 (1965).

2. Gorham, W. F., Parylenes, Machine Design 38, 72 (June 16, 1966). Clearwater, W. F., Parylene—A new thin film insulating material, Soc. Plastics Engr., SPE Look at Plastics of Tomorrow, Tech. Paper presented at meeting of Sept. 8, 1966. New process, new polymer—Parylene, Plastics Tech. 11, 22 (March,

1965).

New polymers and associated vapor deposition process provide high

integrity thin insulating films, Insulation 11, 34 (April, 1965). Union Carbide Corp., Bakelite Parylene, Plastics Div., 270 Park

Ave., N. Y. (1966). Gorham, W. F., Parylenes, Machine Design 40, 65 (Dec. 12, 1968).

3. Loeb, W. E., Parylene for Electronics, Chemicals and Plastics Div., Union Carbide Corp., River Rd., Bound Brook, N. Y. (1970).

4. Union Carbide Corp., Bakelite Parylene, Plastics Div., 270 Park

Ave., N. Y. (1966).

700
C. Thermal Properties and References (PPX)

Investigator(s)

(Year)

Material

Identification Temperature

(K)

dL/L

Thermal

Expansion Thermal

Conduclivit (Wm-'K' 1

>

a Thermal

Diffusivily (cm'i" 1

J

<y

Specific Heat

<Jg"'r.-')

Loeb (1970) Parylene Type C

N

293

12. 6 x 10" 3 0. 71

0. 84

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Loeb (1970) Parylene type C and N ASTM C177 test procedure.

701
Polyparaxylylene

Thermal Reference

1. Loeb, W. E., Parylene for Electronics, Chemical and Plastics Div., Union Carbide Corp., River Rd., Bound Brook, N. Y. (1970).
D. Electrical Properties and References (PPX)

INVESTIGATORS) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Clearwater (1966) Parylene type N, high molecular wt

(~500, 000)

t = 0. 00 76cm

703
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Clearwater (1966) Parylene type C, high molecular

wt(~500, 000)

t = 0. 0076 cm

704
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATOR^) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Cariou, Valley, Loeb

(1965) Parylene, vacuum deposited. The crys

solid, di-p-xylylene (dimmer), is sub- limed under a vacuum at 373-498 K and

pyrolyzed at about 723-1023 K. At temp

<393 K this intermediate gas phase poly- merizes on any surface. The resulting film is linear and of high molecular

weight

.

Aluminum electrodes.

705
0 12 3 4 5 6 LOG FREQUENCY , Hz

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Clearwater (1966) Parylene type C and N, high molecular

wt (~500, 000)

t = 0. 007 6 cm

706
0 2.5 5.0 75 100 12 5 15.0x10 THICKNESS , cm

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Loeb (197 0)

Cariou, Valley, Loeb

(1965)

Parylene type C and N

Parylene, vacuum deposited. The

crys solid, di-p-xylylene (dimmer), is sublimed under a vacuum at 373-498 K

and pyrolyzed at about 723-1023 K. At

temps < 393 K this intermediate gas phase polymerizes on any surface. The

resulting film is linear and of high mol

wt.

2. 54 cm2 Hg electrodes, ASTM D150-65T test procedure

.

Aluminum electrodes

707
Investigator (s

(Year) Description

Temperature

(K) Volume

Resistivity

( t'J cm

Tan 6 Dielectric Loss Factor x 10

4

Dielectric Constant

D. S. Dielectric Strength

(V mil" 1

)

Clearwater (1966) Parylene

short time f ^£

step by step) £

Type C

Type N

298

298 8. 8 x 10

16 1.4 x 10"

3, 700

6, 500

1. 200

600

Bush (1965) Parylene 298 7. 0 x 10" 0. 0008-

0. 0010

1. 70-1. 77 10, 160

Cariou (1965) Parylene

Substrate temp,

248 K

Deposition rate, 300, 000 Amin-1 Thickness, O.OlOcrr

298

398

3.4 x 10

16

8. 4 x 10

15

0. 00019 2. 64 3, 700

Substrate temp,

298 K

Deposition rate,

4, 000 Amin"1 Thickness, 0. 004 cm

298

398

3. 0 x 10

16

4. 7 x 10

1S

0. 00011 2. 63 6, 000

Substrate temp,

248 K

Deposition rate,

60, 000 Amin-1 Thickness, 0. 0002 err

298

398

3. 0 x 10

16

5. 0 x 10

15

0. 00010 2. 70 10, 000

Storti (1968) Parylene Type C

Type N

298 3. 1 2.6

3, 800

6, 300

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Clearwater (1 966)

Bush (1965)

Cariou, Valley, Loeb

(1965)

Storti (1968)

Parylene type C and N, high molecular

wt (~ 500, 000)

Parylene, vapor phase deposited.

Parylene, vacuum deposited. The crys

solid, di-p-xylylene (dimmer), is sub- limed under a vacuum at 373-498 K and pyrolyzed at about 723-1023K. At temps

< 39 3 K this intermediate gas phase

polymerizes on any surface. The

resulting film is linear and of high molecular weight.

Parylene, Type C sp gr = 1.29, Type N sp gr - 1. 10 - 1. 12

t = 0. 0076 cm

Resistivity measurement at 500 V, electrification time 3 days, 1.4 XlO 5

- 2.9 X 10 7 Hz

used in measuring tan 6 and e . Aluminum electrodes, 10 3 Hz used in measuring tan 6.

t = 0. 0051 cm; 10 3 Hz used in measuring c .

708
Polyparaxylylene

Electrical References

1. Bush, E. L., The preparation and properties of polyparaxylylene,

Institution Electrical Engineers, Conference paper no. 31, Vol. 12 (1965). %

2. Cariou, F. E., Valley, D. J., Loeb, W. E., Poly-para-xylylene in thin film applications, IEEE Trans on Parts, Materials, and

Packaging, Vol. PMP-1, p. s-54 (1965).

3. Clearwater, W. R., Parylene—A new thin film insulating material, Soc. Plastics Engr., SPE Look at Plastics of Tomorrow, Tech. Paper presented at meeting of Sept. 8, 1966. New polymers and associated vapor deposition process provide high

integrity thin insulating films, Insulation 11, 34 (April, 1965).

New process, new polymer- Parylene, Plastics Tech. 11, 22 ' March,

1965). Gorham, W. F'., Parylenes, Machine Design 38, 72 (June 16, 1966). Gorham, W. F., Parylenes, Machine Design 40, 65 (Dec. 12, 1968;

.

Union Carbide, Parylene Product Data, Union Carbide Bulletin #J-2660-C 016-6.

4. Loeb, W. E., Parylene for Electronics, Chemicals and Plastics Div., Union Carbide Corp., River Rd., Bound Brook, N. Y. (1970).

5. Storti, G. M., Experimental Investigation and Analysis of Dielectric Breakdowns Induced by Electron Irradiation in Polymer Films,

NASA TN D-4810, Langley Research Center, Langley Station. Hampton, Va. ( 1968).

709

11. Polycarbonate (PC)

A. Summary

Polycarbonates are a group of polyesters formed from carbonic acid which were first developed in Germany in L953. The

most common and basic polycarbonate is poly (ois-phenol-A carbonate). PC crystallinity depends on the thermal history but because of high ordering in the amorphorus regions and disorder in the crystalline regions the polycarbonates have unusuall)

high impact strength. Because of the good mechanical properties, dimensional stability, high temperature needed to distort, and

ease of molding and extrusion, PC is widely used for structural plastic parts such as machinery housing, gear wheels, valve parts, telephones, and safety equipment. Many of its properties can be modified by slight chemical changes. Adding methyl group- to the two rings, for example, lowers the glass transition and increases ductility. Ading halogens, however, increases Tu and the hardness. Because of this flexibility, the polycarbonates have been growing in use. Other useful properties include its transpar- ency, good electrical properties, and good resistance to creep.

PC

Chemical Structure

Significant Properties:

Density (295 K)

Crystalline melting point

Molecular weight

Crystallinity

Approximate transition regions

Chemical resistance Flammability

Tensile strength (295 K)

Thermal expansion coefficient (295 K)

Dielectric constant (800 Hz) , (295 K)

Dielectric loss tangent (10n Hz )

, 295 K)

0

II 0—C—0-

Trade names occurring in the references compiled:

Iupilon, Lexan, Makrofol, Makrolon, Merlon, and Panlite.

CH3 -C—

CH, ~ 1.2 gm cm 1 535 K

-50,000

Variable

160-250 K, 330-380 K, 430-510 K

Good

Self extinguishing

8,000 psi

6 X lO"5 K"1 2.95 0.003

711
B. Mechanical Properties and References (PC)

STRAIN

INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Hechelhammer,

Peilstocker ( 1959)

Fritz ( 1964)

Mobay Chemical Co.

(1970)

Makrolon, sp gr = 1, 20

Merlon, poly [2,2 -propane -bis -(4- phenyl carbonate)] , sp gr = 1.2

Merlon

DIN 53455 test procedure.

Router milled to t = 0. 638 ± 0. 008 cm, dumbbell specimens as per ASTM D 638-61T, GL = 5. 72 cm; Instron, xhd spd = 0. 0085 cm s"1

, e = 0. 00148 s"1

; specimens wrapped in At.

foil and irrad by the Ground Test Reactor at the Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility of General Dynamics, Fort Worth, specimens stored at 296 ± 3 K for 4 days before testing; curve represents av of 15 tests for each irradiation level, results were nearly identical for unirrad specimens and those which had received 3 07 x 106

, 6. 8 x 10s

, 1.53x10 , and

3. 83 x 10

7 rads. ASTM D 638 test procedure, typical curve.

712
0.25 0.50 0.75 STRAIN

1.00 1.25 1.50

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Thompson (1959)

Mears, Pae (1969)

Lexan

Lexan, 1. 27 cm diam extruded rods Machined to GL = 2. 54 cm, diam = 0. 64 cm; xhd spd = 0. 0042 cm s

_1

, specimen subjected to pressure noted during test; each curve is the av of 3 tests.

713
STRAIN

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Hofmeier (1959)

Hofmeier ( 1962)

Makrofol G and N

Poly-[ 2. 2 -bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) - propane -carbonate]

t = O. 002 cm.

714
STRAIN

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Hofmeier (1962) Poly-[ 2. 2 -bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) - propane -carbonate]

t = O. 007 cm.

715
STRAIN

INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

General Electric

Oberbach, Paffrath

(1962)

Doi, Sakagami ( 1968)

Lexan 500

Makrolon DIN 53455 test procedure, 295 K, 55% rel hum.

Red Sec I - 15. 0 cm, w = 1. 0 cm; tested under impact.

716
0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 STRAI N

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Perepelkin, Kozlov

(1968) Molecular weight =* 60, 000, produced from solution, amorphous: basis for type 1 is 4, 4 -dihydroxydiphenylmethane

;

type 2 is 4, 4 -dihydroxydiphenyl -2, 2 - propane; type 3 is 4, 4 -dihydroxydiphenyl -2, 2 -butane; type 4 is 4, 4 - dihydroxydiphenyl-1, 1 -butane; type 5 is 4,4 -dihydroxytriphenylmethane ; type 6

is 4,4 -dihydroxydiphenyl-1, 1-cyclopentane; type 7 is 4, 4 -dihydroxydiphenyl-1, 1 -cyclohexane ; type 8 is 4, 4 dihydr oxy - 3, 3 -dimethydiphen^lmethane

;

type 9 is 4 - 4

7 -dihydroxy-3, 3 -dimethyl - diphenyl-2, 2 -propane; type 10 is 4-4 - dihydr oxy -2, 2 -dimethyltriphenylmethane

;

type 11 is 4,4 -dihydroxy-3, 3 - dimethyldiphenyl - 1 , 1 -cyclohexane; type

12 is 4, 4 -dihydroxy-3, 3 -dichlorodiphenyl-2, 2-propane; type 13 is dihydroxy-3, 3 -dichloro-5, 5 -dimethyldiphenyl-2, 2-propane; type 14 is 4, 4 - dihydroxy-3, 3 , 5, 5 -tetrachloro

diphenyl-2, 2-propane; type 15 is 4, 4 - dihydroxy-3, 3 , 5, 5 -tetrabromodiphenyl -2, 2 -propane ; type 16 is 4, 4 - dihydroxy-3, 3 -dichlorodiphen yl - 1 , 1- cyclohexane

t = 0. 0075-0. 0085 cm; Polanyi type dynamometer, xhd spd = 0. 0017 cm s"1

, 293 K.

717
0 0.5 10 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 STRAIN

INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Perepelkin, Kozlov

(1968) Molecular weight 60, 000, produced

by slow evaporation of methylene

dichloride or tetrachlorethane at 29 3 K

from solution, crystalline: basis for type 1 is 4, 4 -dihydroxydiphenylmethane

type 2 is 4, 4 -dihydroxydiphenyl-2, 2 - propane; type 8 is 4, 4 -dihydroxy-3, 3- dimethydiphenylmethane ; type 12 is 4, 4 - dihydroxy-3, 3 -dichlorodiphenyl -2, 2

propane; type 14 is 4, 4 -dihydroxy-3, 3 , 5, 5 -tetrachlorodiphenyl-2, 2-propane;

type 1 5 is 4, 4 -dihydroxy-3, 3 , 5, 5 - tetrabromodiphenyl-2, 2-propane

t = 0. 0075-0. 0085 cm; Polanyi type dynamometer, xhd spd = 0. 0017 cm s"1

, 293 K.

f

718
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Ogibalov, Moroz (1970) Makrolon Tested before and after storage for 4 years at 291-293K in a dark dry location.

719
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Ogibalov, Moroz (1970) Laboratory produced polymer Tested before and after storage for 2 years at 291-293K in a dark, dry location.

720
PC

0 0.05 0.10 0.15 0 20 0.25 0.30 STRAIN

)

INVESTIGATOR^] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Roe (1970) Lexan, amorphous film cast from

melt and rapidly quenched Red Sec 6.0 x 1.27 x 0.013 - 0.025 cm; Instron.

721
STRAIN

INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Christiansen, Baer

Radcliffe (1971) Merlon, poly {bisphenol A carbonate), molecular weight = 35,000-36,000 Molded bars, 1. 27 cm square; measurements made while the samples were under a hydrostatic pressure transmitted through castor oil, xhd spd = 0. 00025 cm s , 300 K, pressure noted.

722
INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Christiansen, Baer,

Radcliffe (1971) Merlon, poly (bisphenol A carbonate), molecular weight = 35, 000-36, 000 Molded bars, 1. 27 cm square; xhd spd = 0. 00025 cm s

- 1

, atmospheric pressure.

723
PCs

<=> CO

05

CO

60x10"

50

40

to

to 30

Ld

cr

h-to

20

10

Hu

- - Kostelic (1971) 1 —

-i- it:

4-

- - -+

i -- -f 4 i

—t- iff 4

i- —

. i

. —

L

—— . , i —

— - —

1

1

1 ft - 3

-

-

- - —

1 4- 4J4

- - —

i

'

' -M-L-

- -

-j—j—i— r

- -

.... - - -

-i -

-A

i - —-

4-+4 —— 1 i

1 -4-1- - — --

i

i - _

1

' -|4- : 4- 4 - -

:

-f1

i 4

i

; : i r- -

1

-i—1- t 4

1 - -f

fH

; h -L i t4-, ——j- - -

:

; —4— -

• i r

- - - J. -l.il

j 1 4 -20K 43K r [ 1 -f- — \- -4—}—:

Hi

hi) [. i

44

n:

: j j_ f-

[

-i u • >

;

t - - 4.2 K 4- ! f

1 i - -60 K

- • 4-

t

-i

1

--

1

•

; f4-4-

-77 K I -100 K i- -„_L. 4 : - - -f- 4- 44-

4f- i

i i _

1 !

i

• i

i i

i --

1

4 -

1- \ i ii |

i -4 (-

' 1 |

i

A \

1 -i-H -f- 44

OH

-1+

1 1

1

1

t *-

1 1 4 rfx-; 20

• 4

j

> - 250 K

- "4-4 - — i

i

i TO U.O£ —

- 1 —

j ] \- 300 K - nit ; j

I

j

i _ -

to 1.15 4

'/- - —

-ji

1

1

l r

[_ ll| 4

ttf

:

l

i 0.05

40x10

30

20 to

to

LlI cc

rCO

10

0.10 0.15 0.20 STRAIN0.25 0.30

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kastelic, Baer

(1971) Amorphous, unoriented t = 0. 01 3 cm, ASTM Die C modified by narrowing the grip ends to 1.57 cm; Instron, xhd spd = 0. 00083 cm s

_1

, e = 0. 00017 s"1

.

724
TRUE STRAIN

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Ogibalov, Moroz (1970) Makrolon Tested before and after storage for 4 years at 291-293K in a dark dry location.

725
TRUE STRAIN

INVESTIGATOR! S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Ogibalov, Moroz (1970) Laboratory produced polymer Tested before and after storage for 2 years at 291-293K in a dark, dry location.

726
COMPRESSIVE STRAIN

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Ueno, Yamazaki,

Oue, Ito, Tsutsui

(1966)

Iupilon, produced by solvent method, molecular weight = 24,000-25,000, bars made by extrusion molding, dried for more than 10 h at 423 K.Diam = 1. 2 cm, £=1.2 cm; temp fluctuation maintained within ± 0. 5 K,

-

727
0 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10 0.12 FLEXURAL STRAIN

INVESTIGATOR^) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kerlin, Smith (1966)

Laird, Cimprich,

KappLer, Mason, Jr. (1966)

Golden, Hammant

Hazell (1968)

Lexan

Lexan, sp gr = 1. 20

Makrolon grade S, extruded sheet,

initial molecular weight = 21, 900

t - 10. 2 cm, w = 2. 5 cm, t = 0. 262 cm; Low Force Tester, ASTM D 790-63 test procedure

except that span of flexural test = 5. 1 cm; irrad and tested in air and vacuum, irrad by Ground Test Reactor at the Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility of General Dynamics,

Fort Worth.

Red Sec I - 5. 08 cm, w = 1. 27 cm, t = 0. 64 cm as per ASTM D 638-61T; Tinius Olsen HL-400-2 tensile test machine, e = 0. 0029 s

_1

; typical curve.

Machined bars, 10. 2 x 1, 27 x 0. 32 cm; 3-point loading jig with a span of 5. 08 cm, Hounsfield Tensometer; curve represents an av of measurements made over a strain rate range of

6. 7 x 10" J to 1. 7 x 10-3 s-1 and a molecular weight range of 7, 300 to 21, 900, molecular

weight calculated from viscosity, different molecular weights obtained by irradiating with

4 Mev electrons at 10s rad min"1 from a linear accelerator, specimens irrad in an evacuated A' container and then conditioned at 293 ± 1 K and 70 ± Z% rel hum for at least

2 weeks before testing under the same conditions.

728
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Schnell (1956) Film based on 4, 4 -dioxy-diphenyl-Z,

2 -propane, solution cast

Initial t = 0. Oil cm, t = 5 cm, w = 1. 5 cm; xhd spd = 0. 17 cm s"1

, drawn before testing.

729
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Peilst'ocker (1961)

Ekvall, Low, Jr. (1964)

Lexan, bisphenol A polycarbonate, amorphous, solvent-cast film, uniform

birefringence of 1.47 x 10" 3 indicating 4% molecular orientation

t = 0. 010 cm, dumbbell shaped specimen, molecular orientation || ten sion axis; Instron xhd spd = 0. 0085, cooled with cold N2 gas, photographic strain recording technique using selenium spots vacuum -evaporated onto film; specimen temp uniform to ± 2-3 K.

Miller (1967) Merlon, M-21100 linear and M-1085

branched

Injection molded ASTM tensile bars; Instron, ASTM D 638-61T test procedure, xhd spd = 0. 085 cm s

_1

.

Mobay Chemical Co.

(1970) Merlon

Ogibalov, Moroz (1970) Laboratory produced polymer before and after Z years storage; Makrolon

before and after 4 years storage

Stored at 291-293 K in a dark, dry location.

Podall, Oser, Eliason, Augl (1965) Lexan Av of 2 or 3 tests, data spread smaller than point size.

730
160

<

-z. o

_lUJ

PCa

oi

bDco

200 300

TEMPERATURE,

600

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Roe (1970)

Christiansen, Baer,

Radcliffe (1971)

Kastelic, Baer (1971)

Lexan, amorphous film cast from melt

and rapidly quenched

Merlon, poly(bisphenol A carbonate), molecular weight = 35,000 -36,000

Amorphous, unoriented

Red Sec 6.0 X 1,27 X 0.013 -0.025 cm; Instron; extracted from a- e curves.

Molded bars, 1.27 cm square; xhd spd = 0.00025 cm s , atmospheric pressure; extracted from a - e curves.

t = 0,013 cm, ASTM D ie C modified by narrowing the grip ends to 1.57 cm; Instron, xhd spd = 0.00083 cm s~\ £ = 0.00017 s~

l

; extracted from a-e diagrams.

731
RADIATION , rod

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Golden, Hazell (1962) Lexan, dried at 333 K and 12 torr pressure for 8 weeks

Injection molded dumbbells, GL =- 2. 54 cm; Baldwin P. T. E. 60 Machine, xhd spd = 0. 0042 cm s"1

; irrad by 4 Mev electrons from a linear accelerator at 106 rad min"1

, held in a water

cooled Ai tray with a 0. 08 cm thick At. window, irrad in vacuum and held in vacuum for at least 2 weeks between irradiation and testing.

Fritz (1964) Merlon, poly [ 2, 2 -propane -bis - (4-phenyl carbonate)] , sp gr = 1. 2 Router milled to t = 0. 638 ± 0. 008 cm, dumbbell specimens as per ASTM D 638-61T, GL = 5. 72 cm; Instron, xhd spd = 0. 0085 cm s"1

, e = 0. 00148 s

-1

; specimens wrapped in A'

foil and irrad by the Ground Test Reactor at the Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility of General Dynamics, Fort Worth, specimens stored at 296 ± 3 K for 4 days before testing; av values of 1 5 measurements.

Johnson, Lewis,

Self (1965) Sheet is Merlon, sp gr = 1. 2; film is Plestar, solvent -cast from a combination of Merlon 90 and Lexan 125

Sheet: router -milled dumbbell specimens, GL = 3. 3 cm, w = 0. 56 cm, t = 0. 152-0. 178 cm; ASTM D 638-61T test procedure, xhd spd = 0. 0085 cm s

_1

. Film: 4 = 18. 3 cm, w = 2. 5 cm, t = 0. 0064 cm; ASTM D 882-61T, Method A test procedure, xhd spd = 0. 085 cm s

1

. All tests conducted on Instron, model TTC; samples wrapped individually in A', foil and irrad

in air and vacuum at temp noted by the Ground Test Reactor at the Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility, General Dynamics, Fort Worth; error bars indicate standard deviation of

9 to 15 measurements on the sheet and 3 to 10 measurements on the film.

Kerlin, Smith (1966) Lexan Red Sec GL = 10. 16 cm, w = 1. 27 cm; Instron, xhd spd - 0. 085 cm s"\ tested in air, ASTM

D 638-61T test procedure except for change in tensile specimen; irradiation conditions noted, irrad by Ground Test Reactor at the Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility of General Dynamics, Fort Worth; error bars indicate standard deviation of 4 or 5 measurements.

732
RADIATION

INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Harrington, Giber son

(1958)

Harrington (1961)

Popovic (1970)

Type 1 is Lexan, type 2 is Macrofol,

both with sp gr = 1. 20

Lexan

t = 0. 008 cm, Die C dumbbell test specimen; ASTM D 412-51T test procedure, Scott Tensile

tester; irrad in air (except for 1 sample, as noted) at 298 K by a 3 x 104 curie, 1. 3 x 10° Roentgens h"1 Co50 source; 95% confidence limits are approx ± 10%.

t = 0. 013 cm, Die C dumbbell test specimen; ASTM D 412-51T test procedure, Scott tensile

tester; irrad in air at 298 K by 1. 3 x 10e Roentgens h"1 Co50 source except for the sample

at 3 x 10 e Roentgens which was irrad by spent reactor fuel elements.

Injection molded to standard ASTM dimensions; conditioned according to ASTM D 618, Procedure A, floor model Instron, ASTM D 638 test procedure, 296 ± 2 K, 50 ± 5% rel hum;

irrad in air at room temp and 0. 33 x 10s rads h~l by Co60

.

733
'o 100 200 300 400 500 600 °

TEMPERATURE,

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Schnell (1956)

Thomas (1965)

Film based on 4, 4 -dioxy-diphenyl-2,

2 -propane, solution cast

Lexan

Initial t = 0. Oil cm, I = 5 cm, w = 1. 5 cm; xhd spd = 0. 17 cm s"1

, drawn before testing.

734
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 TEMPERATURE ,

K

INVESTIGATOR^] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Hechelhammer,

Peilstocker (1959)

Peilstocker (1961)

Robertson (1963)

Makrolon, sp gr = I. 20

Lexan, cast film

DIN 53455 test procedure,

t = 0. 010 cm.

735
40x10

'Eo

IX)

200 300 TEMPERATURE

INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Hofmeier (1962) Poly -[ 2. Z -bis (4-hyroxyphenyl) - propane -carbonate] , cast film

Parmley, Wong,

Skogh (1966) Lexan 0. 2% yd off.

Miller (1968) Merlon, injection grade, amorphous,

film Constant stress, heating rate from 77 K was 10 K min"1

, DuPont 940 Thermomechanical

Analyzer,

Mobay Chemical Co.

(1970) Merlon

Podall, Oser, Eliason, Augl (1965) Lexan Av of 2 or 3 tests, error bars indicate data spread.

Lazarus (1972) Lexan 8070-112, conditioned at 295- 297 K 40-45% rel hum

GL = 3. 81 cm, w = 0. 635; Instron Model TT-K Universal test machine, xhd spd = 0. 0042 cm s" 1

, clip-on strain gauge; error bars indicate standard deviation of 5 tests.

Kastelic, Baer

(1971) Amorphous, unoriented t = 0. 01 3 cm, ASTM Die C modified by narrowing the grip ends to 1.57 cm; Instron, xhd spd = 0. 00083 cm s~\ k = 0. 00017 s"

1

.

736
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE .

K

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Jackson, Jr. , Caldwell (1963)

Streib (1968)

Basis for type 4 is 4, 4' -(2- norbornylidene) bis (2, 6- dichlorophenol) ; type 6 is 4, 4' -(2- norbornylmethylene) diphenol; type 8 is

4, 4' -( 3 -methyl -2 -norbornylmethylene)

diphenol; type 10 is 4, 4 -(hexahydro -4, 7-methanoidan -5 -ylidene) diphenol; type

11 is 4-4 7 -(hexahydro-4, 7- methanoidan -5 -ylidene) di-o-cresol

Makrolon 3000

Films cast from methylene chloride, t = 0. 002-0. 008 cm, air dried then heated at 383 K for

1 -2 h; tested on an Instron using ASTM D 882-61T test procedure.

Tested to DIN proposal 53444 (1966).

737
TEMPERATURE ,

INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Goldblum (1964) Lexan, grades 130-111, 101-112, and

101-111 ASTM Type I injection molded tensile bars; Plastechon 591 machine used for high xhd spds of8. 47, 84. 7, 254, and 735 cm s

_1 and the results at these loading rates were averaged,

specimens tested at 353 and 498 K were preconditioned at those temps overnight, specimens

tested at 413 K were preconditioned for 5 h, all samples held 45 min at test temperature

before loading; the lower loading rate tests were conducted with an Instron, specimens were

preconditioned for the 298 to 403 K tests overnight and for the 313 and 323 K tests for 4 h; Instron tests were made on at least 3 samples at each temp.

f

738
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 TEMPERATURE,

K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Miller (1967) Merlon, M-21 100 linear, and M-1085

branched

Injection molded ASTM tensile bars; Instron, ASTM D 638-61T test procedure, xhd spd = 0. 085 cm s

1

.

739
INVESTIGATOR^] (year)

Bauwens -Crowet, Bauwens, Homes (1972)

Trachte (1970)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Makrolon Bayer

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

w = 0. 8 cm, t = 0. 5 cm, GL for tensile = 4.0 cm; Instron, £=4.16x10 3 s

l

; compression

tests were conducted on specimens of 3 lengths and results were extrapolated to infinite length.

i = 10.2 cm, w = 1. 3 cm, t = 0. 32 cm; Instron Model TT-D, e = 2-20 x 10"B

s -1.

!

740
TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Roe (1970)

Christiansen, Baer,

Radcliffe (1971)

Kastelic, Baer (1971

)

Lexan, amorphous film cast from melt

and rapidly quenched

Merlon, poly(bisphenol A carbonate) molecular weight = 35,000 -36,000

Amorphous, un oriented

Red Sec 6.0 x 1,27 X 0.013 -0.025 cm; Instron; extracted from 0- e curves.

Molded bars, 1.27 cm square; xhd spd = 0.00025 cm s

1

, atmospheric pressure; extracted from a - e curves,

t = 0.013 cm, ASTM D ie C modified by narrowing the grip ends to 1.57 cm; Instron f xhd spd = 0.00083 cm s" , e = 0.00017 s"

1

; extracted from 0- s diagrams.

741
PC

c

13 xlO3

10

._ 8

ina.

CO

CO

LD

tr

)) 1 1 1

nui r my ion v i 1 1 Harrinafon ( 1958 )

- Ten si le

...

.....

.. . — —

... N»_

\

\ ii-- A

• =*= i t—-

h-

\\

1 ,--

-- ,

\

3 i r /

,„„ type 2

- VU^UUIM '

—

—

(I

9x I08

CO

CO

IU

or

r-co

I0fc I07I08 RADIATION , Roentgen

10- 10"

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year)

Harrington, Giberson

(1958)

Harrington (1961)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Type 1 is Lexan, type 2 is Macrofol,

both with sp gr = 1. 20

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

t = 0. 008 cm, Die C dumbbell test specimen; ASTM D 412-51T test procedure, Scott tensile

tester; irrad in air (except for 1 sample, as noted) at 298 K by a 3 x 104 curie, 1. 3 x 10s Roentgen h

_l Co60 source; 95% confidence limits are approx ± 8%.

t = 0. 013 cm, Die C dumbbell test specimen; ASTM D 412-51T test procedure, Scott tensile tester; irrad in air at 298 K by 1. 3 x 10s Roentgens h"1 Co80 source except for the sample

at 3 x 10 8 Roentgens which was irrad by spent reactor fuel elements.

742
INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Golden, Hazell (1962)

Fritz (1964)

Kerlin, Smith (1966)

Lexan, dried at 333 K and 12 torr for

8 weeks

Merlon, poly [ 2, 2 -propane -bis - (4-phenyl carbonate)] , sp gr = 1. 2

Lexan

Injection molded dumbbells, GL =- 2. 54 cm; Baldwin P. T. E. 60 Machine, xhd spd = 0. 0042 cm s"1

; irrad by 4 Mev electrons from a linear accelerator at 10s rad min"1

, held in a water cooled A-t. tray with a 0. 08 cm thick A-t window, irrad in vacuum and held in vacuum

for at least 2 weeks between irradiation and testing.

Router milled to t = 0. 638 ± 0. 008 cm, dumbbell specimens as per ASTM D 638-61T, GL = 5. 72 cm; Instron, xhd spd = 0. 0085 cm s"1

, 6 = 0. 00148 s

_l

; specimens wrapped in

A-t- foil and irrad by the Ground Test Reactor at the Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility

of General Dynamics, Fort Worth, specimens stored at 296 ± 3 K for 4 days before testing; av values of 15 measurements.

Red Sec GL = 10. 16 cm, w = 1. 27 cm; Instron, xhd spd = 0. 085 cm s

_1

, tested in air, ASTM

D 638-61T test procedure except for change in tensile specimen; irradiation conditions noted, irrad by Ground Test Reactor at the Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility of General Dynamics, Fort Worth; standard deviation of 4 or 5 measurements is smaller than the data

point except where indicated by error bars.

743
PC I3xl03

s

CO

in

UJ

tr

I0

f 10° RADIATION, rod

INVESTIGATORS] [year]

Golden, Hammant,

Hazell (1964)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Makrolon Grade S, machined from

extruded sheet, in equilibrium at Z9 3 ±

1 K and 70% rel hum

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

l = 10. 2 cm, w = 1. 3 cm, t = 0. 318 cm; 293 i 1 K, 70% rel hum, Hounsfield Tensometer,

xhd spd = 0. 0042 cm s

"l

; tested not less than 2 weeks after 4 Mev electron irradiation at 106 rad min**1

.

744
INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Johnson, Lewis

Self (1965)

Popovic (1970)

Sheet is Merlon, sp gr = 1. 2; film is Plestar, solvent -cast from a combination of Merlon 90 and L,exan 125Sheet: router -milled dumbbell specimens, GL = 3. 3 cm, w = 0. 56 cm, t = 0. 152-0. 178 cm; ASTM D 638-61T test procedure, xhd spd = 0. 0085 cm s"1

. Film: I = 18. 3 cm, w = 2. 5 cm, t = 0. 0064 cm; ASTM D 882-61T, Method A test procedure. xhd spd = 0. 085 cm s"1

. All tests conducted on Instron, model TTC; samples wrapped individually in Al foil and irrad

in air and vacuum at temp noted by the Ground Test Reactor at the Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility, General Dynamics, Fort Worth; error bars indicate standard deviation

of 10 to 15 measurements.

Injection molded to standard ASTM dimensions; conditioned according to ASTM D 618, Procedure A, floor model Instron, ASTM D 638 test procedure, 296 ± 2 K, 50 ± 5% rel hum;

irrad in air at room temp and 0. 33 x 10s rads h

-1 by Co60

.

I

745

PC

0 40 80 120 160 200 240 ELONGATION PRIOR TO TEST , percent

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Losev, Smirnova,

Smyrovz (1962) Film obtained by evaporation from a 15-20% solution of polycarbonate in methylene chloride, molecular weight

= 25, 000

Film deformed by elongation prior to test; irrad 1 month by Co60 to a dose of Z. 33 x 109 rad cm"3

, irradiation reduced the molecular weight by a factor of about 2.

747
PC

STRAIN RATE, s H

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Bauwens, Bauwens

Crowet, Homes (1969) Bauwen s - Cr owet

Bauwens, Homes

(1969)

Makrolon, sheets, t = 0. 2 cm

Makrolon, sheets, t = 0. 2 cm

t - 4 cm, w = 0. 8 cm; Instron, specimens held at temp 30 min before test; each point is the mean value of 3 tests.

•6 = 4 cm, w = 0. 8 cm; Instron, specimens held at temp 30 min before test.

748
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 ANNEAL TIME , h

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Golden, Hammant,

Hazell (1967) Makrolon Grade S, extruded sheet Injection molded dumbbell specimens; Hounsfield Tensometer, xhd spd = 0. 0042 cm s" , annealed at temp noted for various times, specimens then conditioned at 293 ± K and 70?

rel hum for 24 h before testing at 293 K.
TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATOR^] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Peilstocker (1961)

Mobay Chemical Co.

(1970) Merlon

750
TEMPERATURE,

K

INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

General Electric

Heche lhammer

,

Peilstocker (1959)

Lexan 500

Makrolon, sp gr = 1. 20 DIN 53452 test procedure.

751
PC

S

®

«3

- 14x10

16 xlO

"E

CO

CO

tr

<

crx

Id

2 3 4 ANNEAL TIME , h

INVESTIGATOR(S) [year]

Golden, Hammant,

Hazel! (1967)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Makrolon Grade S, extruded sheet

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Machined bars, 10, 16 x 1. 27 x 0. 318 cm; annealed at temp noted for various time, 3-point

loading, ASTM D 790-58T test procedure B except that samples were conditioned and tested

at 293 ± 1 K and 70% rel hum, xhd spd = 0. 021 cm s"1

.

752
RADIATION, rad

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Golden, Hammant,

Hazell (1964) Makrolon Grade S, machined from

extruded sheet, in equilibrium at 29 3

±

1 K and 70% rel hum

t = 10. 2 cm, w = 1. 3 cm, t = 0. 318 cm; 293 ± 1 K, 70% rel hum, ASTM D790-58T test procedure B except that xhd spd = 0. 021 cm s"1

; tested not less than 2 weeks after 4 Mev

electron irradiation at 10° rad min" .

753
PC 26 x I03

bJQ 5 24

JCm 00

20

co

en

LlI or

co<

orX

LlI

-

1 — - 1 - — • Gol den (1968)

- - - Yiel d

... — — — i - — - — -- -- — - - —— - - — -

\ - . • -

- - - -

-- — - ~ — — — 4- F •- —

•— —

—

-

SJ/

J- -

- * - —•- 4- #- / —

i r— —

f

— —m- • — - /

-

*• /- / / —

moiecuiarr Z - —

r weigni / f

2 ,900

ie ,000 •A /

15,600

12,000

>... • — —

II ,500 \

10,300 —

V

' — a ^,300 \

v AX

-*

--=>«" I • •

- —•- \ —•= \ — --J •- —

•- -

18 x I08

16

— 12

— 10

<uc

>. T3

CO

CO

LU

orlco<

8 a:3

X

UJ

— 2

10-6 10" itr4 io" 3 STRAIN RATE , s

_l

10" 10"

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Golden, Hammant,

Hazell (1968) Makrolon grade S, extruded sheet,

initial molecular weight = 21, 900 Machined bars, 10. 2x 1.27 x 0. 32 cm; 3-point loading jig with a span of 5. 08 cm,

Hounsfield Tensometer, molecular weight calculated from viscosity, different molecular

weights obtained by irradiating with 4 Mev electrons at 10s rad min"1 from a linear accelerator, specimens irrad in an evacuated At container and then conditioned at 293 ± 1 K

and 70 ± 2% rel hum for at least 2 weeks before testing under the same conditions.

754
V 100 200 300 400 500 " 600

TEMPERATURE ,

K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Ogibalov, Moroz (1970) Laboratory produced polymer before

and after 2 years storage; Makrolon

before and after 4 years storage

Stored at 291-293K in a dark dry location.

755
—I 45xl08

200 300 400 TEMPERATURE ,

INVESTIGATORS] [year]

Ekvall, Low, Jr. (1964)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Lexan, bisphenol A polycarbonate, amorphous, solvent -ca st film, uniform

birefringence of 1. 47 x 10" 3 indicating 4% molecular orientation.

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

t = 0. 010 cm, dumbbell shaped specimen, molecular orientation || tension axis; Instron, xhd spd = 0. 0085, cooled with cold N3 gas, photographic strain recording technique using selenium spots vacuum -evaporated onto film; specimen temp uniform to ± 2-3 K.

756
INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

General Electric Thomas (1965)

Parmley, Wong,

Skogh (1966) Mobay Chemical Co.

(1970)

Lexan 500

Lexan

Lexan

Merlon

0. 32 x 1. 27 cm notched bars.

0. 32 cm unnotched and notched specimens; arrow indicates "greater than. "

0. 32 cm specimen, notched.

757
PC

s

0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATOR! S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Streib (1968) Makrolon 3000, and stabilized Makrolon 300L

Notched bars, size noted; ASTM D 256 test procedure.

r

758
INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Popovic ( 1970)

Mobay Chemical Co.

(1970) Merlon

Injection molded to standard ASTM dimensions; conditioned according to ASTM D 618 Procedure A, ASTM D 256 test procedure, 296 ± 2 K, 50 ± 5% rel hum; irrad in air at room temp and 0. 35 x 10s rads h"1 by Co50

.

0. 32 cm bars; ASTM D 256; irrad by 2 Mev electrons.

759
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Golden, Hazell (1962) Lexan, unconditioned, 0. 2% moisture

content

Injection molded dumbbells, GL = 2. 54 cm; e = 340 s~

l

; irrad by 4 Mev electrons from a linear accelerator at 10s rad min -1

, held in a water cooled Al tray with a 0. 08 cm thick At window, irrad in vacuum and held in vacuum for at least 2 weeks between irradiation and te sting.

760
INVESTIGATOR^) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Hechelhammer,

Peilstocker (1959) Makrolon, sp gr = 1. 20 DIN 53455 test procedure.

Robertson, Wilson

(1965) Lexan, molecular weight = 90, 000, unoriented film

t = 0. 010 cm; vibrating reed technique, resonant frequency generally in the range of a few hundred Hz.

Parmley, Wong,

Skogh (1966) Lexan

Laird, Cimprich,

Kappler, Mason, Jr. (1966)

Lexan, sp gr = 1. 20 Red Sec I - 5. 08 cm, w = 1. 27 cm, t = 0. 64 cm as per ASTM D 638-61 T; dynamic tests; error bars show range of values.

Mobay Chemical Co.

(1970) Merlon

Podall, Oser, Eliason, Augl (1965) Lexan Av of 2 or 3 tests; error bars indicate data spread.

Lazarus (1972) Lexan 8070-112, conditioned at 295-

297 K, 40-45% rel hum GL = 3. 81 cm, w = 0. 635 cm; Instron Model TT-K, Universal test machine, xhd spd = 0.0042 cm s , clip-on strain gauge; error bars indicate standard deviation of 5 tests.

Roe (1970) Lexan, amorphous film cast from melt

and rapidly quenched Red Sec 6.0 x 1.27 x 0.013 - 0.02 5 cm; Instron.

761
m

3

3e

.

TEMPERATURE ,

INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Jackson, Jr. , Caldwell (1963) Basis for type 1 is 4, 4 -(2- norbornylidene) diphenol; for type 4 is 4, 4 -{2-norbornylidene) bis (2, 6- dichlorophenol) ; type 6 is 4, 4 -(2- norbornylmethylene) diphenol; type 7 is

4, 4 -(2-norbornylmethylene) bis (2, 6 -dichlorophenol) ; type 8 is 4, 4 -(3- methyl-2 -norbornyimethylene) diphenol; type 10 is 4, 4 -{hexahydro -4, 7- methanoidan-5-ylidene) diphenol; type

11 is 4-4 -(hexahydro -4, 7- methanoidan-5 -ylidene) di-o-cr esol; type 17 is 4, 4 -isopropylidenediphenol

Films cast from methylene chloride, t = 0. 002

1 -2 h; tested on an Instron using ASTM D 882

-0. 008 cm, air dried then heated at 383 K for -61T test procedure.

Thomas (1965) Lexan

Streib (1968) Makrolon 3000 Tested to DIN proposal 53444 (1966).

f

762
0 I

0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Ogibalov, Moroz (1970)

Trachte (1970)

Laboratory produced polymer before

and after 2 years storage; Makrolon

before and after 4 years storage

Stored at 291-293K in a dark dry location.

1 = 10. 2 cm, w = 1. 3 cm, t = 0. 32 cm; Instron Model TT-D, e = 2-20 x 10"5 s _l

.

763
PC 0.28 x I06

603

o

s

0.02

RADIATION , rod

INVESTIGATORS] (year)

Fritz (1964)

Johnson, Lewis,

Self (1965)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Merlon, poly [ 2, 2 -propane -bis - (4-phenyl carbonate)] , sp gr = 1. 2

Merlon, sp gr - 1.2

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Router milled to t = 0. 638 ± 0. 008 cm, dumbbell specimens as per ASTM D 638-61T, GL = 5. 72 cm; Instron, xhd spd = 0. 0085 cm s"1

, £ = 0. 00148 s

_1

; specimens wrapped in Al foil and irrad by the Ground Test Reactor at the Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility

of General Dynamics, Fort Worth, specimens stored at 296 ± 3 K for 4 days before testing; av values of 15 measurements, author presents this data as tangent moduli.

Router milled dumbbell specimens, GL = 3. 3 cm, w = 0. 56 cm, t = 0. 152-0. 178 cm; Instron model TTC, ASTM D 638-61T test procedure, xhd spd = 0. 0085 cm s"1

; samples wrapped

individually in At foil and irrad in air and vacuum at temp noted by the Ground Test Reactor

at the Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility, General Dynamics, Fort Worth; error bars

indicate standard deviation of 7 to 13 measurements.

764
TEMPERATURE ,

K

INVESTIGATOR^] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Oberbach, Paffrath

(1960) Mobay Chemical Co.

(1970)

Makr olon

Merlon

765
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Illers, Breuer (1961)

Hofmeier (1962)

Peilstocker (1967)

Heijboer (1969)

Type 1 is Makrolon, based on 4, 4 - dioxydiphenyl -2, 2 -propane; type 2 is based on 1, 5 -naphthylene -di -oxyethyl-ether)

Poly-[ 2, 2-bis (4-hydroxyphenyl) - propane -carbonate] , cast film

Makrolon 3000, sp gr = 1. 20

Makrolon

t> = 5. 0 cm, w = 0, 6 cm, t = 0. 1 cm; torsion pendulum, 1 Hz.

766
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Roe (1970) Lexan, amorphous film was cast from

melt and rapidly quenched, film

crystallized to 28% by exposure to acetone vapors for 24 h, oriented by drawing to 220% elongation at 424 K

6. 0 x 0. 6 x 0. 03 cm; inverted torsion pendulum.

767
PC 0.65 x I03 3

"3

•a©

S

0.6

0.5

CO

z>

_l

Z>QO

LU>

co

CO

LUa.

a.o

u

0.4

0.3

0.2

• Ueno (1966)

u

-

*

i

1 T i

- - 'T" i

[ ..it

1

i 1 41.

1 -f 1 - -

—

: - X.. - 4

-

L. - ±j 7

I J

-

- j

i

:

1 i

! -- - -

- I

-

1 -

i !

.:

i

1

1

_ i —i

j—

A

—i—i

-A-

—I 4.5 xlO7

4.0

3.5

3.0

2.0

1.0

0.5

100 200 300 400

TEMPERATURE , K

500 600

0)c

CO

2.5 Q

LU>

CO

CO

LU

tro

1.5 u

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Ueno, Yamazaki, Oue,

Ito, Tsutsui (1966)

Iupilon, produced by solvent method, molecular weight = 24, 000-25, 000 bars made by extrusion molding, dried for more than 10 h at 42 3 K

Diam =1.2 cm, t = 1. 2 cm; temp fluctuation maintained within ± 0. 5 K,

768
PC

C03

3

•a

TEMPERATURE,

K

INVESTIGATOR^] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

General Electric

Kunze (1963)

Lexan 500

769
RADIATION, rod

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Golden , Hammant

Hazell (1964) Makrolon Grade S, machined from

extruded sheet, in equilibrium at 293 ±

1 K and 70% rel hum

t = 10. 2 cm, w = 1. 3 cm, t = 0. 318 cm; 293 ± 1 K, 70% rel hum, ASTM D790-58T test procedure B except that xhd spd = 0. 021 cm s J ; tested not less than 2 weeks after 4 Mev

electron irradiation at 10s rad min"1

.

770
MOLECULAR WEIGHT

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Golden, Hammant,

Hazell (1968) Makrolon grade S, extruded sheet,

initial molecular weight = 21,900 Machined bars, 10. 2 x 1. 27 x 0. 32 cm; 3 -point loading jig with a span of 5. 08 cm, Hounsfield Tensometer, molecular weight calculated from viscosity, different molecular weights

obtained by irradiating with 4 Mev electrons at 10s rad min"1 from a linear accelerator, specimens irrad in an evacuated At container and then conditioned at 293 ± K and 70 ± 2%

rel hum for at least 2 weeks before testing under the same conditions; the band represents measurements made over a strain rate range of 6. 7 x 10"2 to 1. 7 x 10"s s" .

771
PCso

.« 0.24

s- EbsSia>

0.20

-0.16

O

o

<

u.oz

CL 0.12 <Q

0.08

0.04

100 200 300 400

TEMPERATURE , K

500 600

INVESTIGATOR^) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Reding, Faucher, Whitman (1961) Type 1 is poly (bisphenol-A carbonate);

type 2 is poly (bisorthocresol-A

carbonate); type 3 is poly (bisphenol of acetophenone carbonate); type 4 is poly (orthotetrachlorobisphenol-A carbonate)

Recording torsion pendulum, frequency varied from 1. 2 Hz to 0. 5 Hz.

772
PCco

E

Ct200 300 TEMPERATURE

400 500 600

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

LeGrand, Erhardt

(1969)

L-exan Samples formed in the shape of tuning forks by compression molding, = 15. 9 cm,

2. 5 cm between inner edges of the prongs which were 12. 7 cm long, fork prong was 0. 64 cm

square; several samples made with nearly identical resonant frequencies, to obtain a lower frequency one fork was shaved to t = 0. 32 cm, room temp resonant frequency noted.

773
PC

0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATOR^] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Illers, Breuer (1961) Type 1 is Makrolon, based on 4, 4 - dioxydiphenyl -2, 2 -propane; type 2 is based on 1, 5 -naphthylene -di -{P -oxyethyl -ether) , untreated and annealed at 423 K for 24 h

•t = 5. 0 cm, w = 0. 6 cm, t = 0. 1 cm; torsion pendulum, 1 Hz,

774
INVESTIGATORS) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Golden, Hammant,

Hazell (1967) Makrolon Grade S, extruded sheet, untreated and heated at 405 K for 24 h Freshly machined surface; torsion pendulum.

775
PCao

Sm Ehs

a>

10

UJ

UJo

UJoo

!- 6

or<o

U4

Peilst8cker(l967) I |°3 Hz

I I03 Hz100 200 300 400

TEMPERATURE ,

500 600

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year]

Peilstocker (1967)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION

Makrolon 3000, sp gr = 1. 20

SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

776
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Frank, Goddar,

Stuart (1967)

Heijboer (1969) Roe (1970)

Bisphenol-A polycarbonate, heated above

glass transition temp of 433 K and quenched in ice water, then annealed for 72 h at 383 K

Makrolon

Lexan, amorphous film was cast from

melt and rapidly quenched, film

crystallized to 28% by exposure to acetone vapors for 24 h, oriented by . drawing to 220% elongation at 424 K.

t = 0. 02 cm; torsion pendulum.

6. 0 x 0. 6 x 0. 03 cm; inverted torsion pendulum.

:::
PC

a>3

bD •p—

3.0

2.5

2.0

<

l0.5

10 I03 I04 CYCLES TO FAILURE

INVESTIGATORS] (year)

Opp, Skinner, Wiktorek (1969)

MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Type S specimen, probably injection molded, MTS low-cycle hydraulic fatigue tester, completely reversed tension-compression cycle, tested in air at 297 ± 3 K and 50 ± 10%

rel hum.

778
I04 I05 I06 CYCLES TO FAILURE

10' I08

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Thomas, Leuvig (1962) Shimamura (1967)

Lexan

Sheet formed by pressure

296 K

Machined, t = 0. 31 cm, w = 3. 8 cm; Baldwin -Sonntag SF-01 universal fatigue tester, 30 Hz.

779
CYCLES TO FAILURE

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

General Electric

Kuroda, Komaki(1965)

Furue (1968)

Lexan 500 and 141-112

Panlite K t = 0. 24 cm; Wiedmann -Baldwin SF-02-U flexural fatigue machine, 30 Hz, ASTM D 671-63T '

test procedure, 273 ± 1 K, 65 ± 3% rel hum.

Baldwin SF-01 flexural fatigue machine, 30 Hz.

r

780
'o 200 400 600 800 1000 TIME , h

INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Thompson (1959) Lexan Stress noted, 296 K, 50% rel hum.

781
PC

10"' 10° I0

1 I0

2 I03 I0

4 TIME, h

IHVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Oberbach, Paffrath

(1962) Makrolon Stress noted, 295 K.

r

782
PC

EL

id 1 io° io' io

2 io

3 io

4 TIME, h

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Oberbach, Paffrath

(1962) Makrolon Stresses noted, 295 K.

783
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 TIME, h

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

I'homas, Leunig

(1962) Lexan Stress noted, 373 K.

r

784
PC

TIME , h

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Streib (1968) Makrolon 3000 Tested to DIN proposal 53444 (1966), stress and temp noted.

785
TIME , h

INVESTIGATOR^) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Streib (1968) Makrolon 3000 Tested to DIN proposal 53444 (1966), stress and temp noted.

786
002

0.01 0.5 1.0 1.5 TIME, h

2.0 2.5 3.0

INVESTIGATOR^ (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Lai, Findley (1969) Zelux, extruded bars 5. 1 x 25. 4 cm,

molecular weight = 25-30 x 10 3

, annealed in oil: 9 h from 300 K to 400 K,

5 h at 400 K, 9 h from 400 K to 300 K

Specimen cut || to extrusion direction, annealed in oil before final machining, tubular specimen

with enlarged threaded ends, av inside diam = 2. 540 cm, av wall thickness = 0. 1519 cm, GL = 10. 2 cm, 297 ± 0. 3 K, 50 ± 0. 5% rel hum; tested under pure tensile stress and a combination of tensile stress and torsion; all tests performed on the same specimen after allowing several days for recovery after unloading.

787
PC

Tl ME, h

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mobay Chemical Co.

(1970) Merlon Stress noted, 295 K.

r

788
012

0.10

0.08

< 006

<

LlJ I

CO 004

002

85

r = l500 psi,a-= 3000 psi

0.5

4*0

fr4

Lai (1969)

^o-=0psi,T=2000 psi

t = 1 500 psi , a = 2000 psi T I I I I I I I I I I I I I

o- =0 psi , t = 1500 psi

t = 1000 psi , a = 3000 psi

1 1 I I I I I I

/

a =0 psi , r = 1000 psi

1.5

TIME , h

2 0

—f+tr

Hit

25

mi

30

PC

a>

lNVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Lai, Findley (1969) Zelux, extruded bars 5. 1 x 25. 4 cm,

molecular weight = 25-30 x 103, annealed in oil: 9 h from 300 K to 400 K,

5 h at 400 K, 9 h from 400 K to 300 K

Specimen cut '1 to extrusion direction, annealed in oil before final machining, tubular specimen

with enlarged threaded ends, av inside diam = 2. 540 cm, av wall thickness = 0. 1519 cm, GL = 10. 2 cm, 297 ± 0. 3 K, 50 ± 0. 5% rel hum; tested under pure torsion and a combination

of torsion and tensile stress; all tests performed on the same specimen after allowing several days for recovery after unloading.

789
TIME.h

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Oberbach, Paffrath

(1962) Makrolon 295 K, applied strain noted.

790
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Fritz (1964)

Johnson, Lewis,

Self (1965)

Merlon, poly [ 2, Z -propane -bis

(4-phenyl carbonate)] , sp gr = 1. 2

Merlon, sp gr = 1. 2

Router milled to t = 0. 638 ± 0. 008 cm; specimens wrapped in At foil and irrad by the Ground

Test Reactor at the Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility of General Dynamics, Fort Worth, specimens stored at 296 ± 3 K for 4 days before testing; av value of 30 measurements. ASTM D 1706-61 test procedure, durometer; samples wrapped individually in At foil and

irrad in air and vacuum at temp noted by the Ground Test Reactor at the Nuclear Aerospace

Research Facility, General Dynamics, Fort Worth; error bars indicate standard deviation

of 1 5 measurements.

791
PC

a

as

CO

0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0

x I03 STRESS , psi

INVESTIGATOR^ (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Nielsen ( 1965) Merlon Specimens injection molded into ASTM D 638, Type II tensile test bars, w = 1. 3 cm,

t = 0. 32 cm; 2 j. foil strain gauges used up to a strain of 1%, square array of dots photographed for strain >1%, 295 K; results for 2 specimens given, reproducibility never

better than ± 0. 01.

792
0.8

0.6

O

in5

0.4

200 300 400

TEMPERATURE , K

500 600

PC

o9

CO 'a©

COo

cu

INVESTI6AT0R(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Parmley, Wong,

Skogh (1966) Lexan

793
Investigator(s) Description Temperature Tensile Yield Elongation Young's

(year) (K) Strength Strength (percent) Modulus

(1 0

3 psi) (103 psi) (10

8 psi)

Thompson (1958) Molded l>exan, 297 9.0-10.5 8.0-9.0 60-100 0.320

sp gr = 1.20 Hechelhammer(1959) Makrolon, sp gr - 298 8.9 0.31-0.36

1.20 Greunwald (I960) t = 0.338 cm 297 8.1 0.342

t = 0.282 cm 8. 5 0.378

t = 0.231 cm 8.3 0.392

t = 0.191 cm 8.9 0.380 Oberbach (1960) Makrolon, sp gr = 293 8.8-9.5

1.20 Reichherzer (1961

.Makrolon, sp gr = 296 9.0 1.20 Staub (1961) II to mold flow 298 9.30

j. to mold flow 9.25 Oberbach (1962) Makrolon 295 8.8 5.1 0.3 0 Hauck (1963) Molding grade 297 9.5 8.5 75 0.28-0.32 Film 8.4-8.8 85-105 1.7-1.85 Jackson, Jr. , (1963) Film

Type 1 298 16.0 0.34

1 473 4.5

2 298 0.38

3 298 0.49 4 298 3.6 0.47

5 298 0.45

6 473 3. 9

7 473 4. 8

9 298 0.32

10 298 16.5 0.34

INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Thompson, Goldblum

(1958) Hechelhammer (1959) Greunwald (1960)

Oberbach, Paffrath(1960) Reichherzer (1961

Staub (1961)

Oberbach, Paffrath (1962) Hauck (1963) Jackson, Jr., Caldwell

(1963)

Molded Lexan, sp gr = 1.20

Makrolon, sp gr = 1.20

Makrolon, sp gr = 1.20 Makrolon, sp gr = 1.20

12.7 x 50.8 x 0.32 cm mold formed in 12 oz Lester machine

Makrolon

Molding grade and cast film, sp gr = 1.20 Basis for type 1 is 4, 4 - (2-norbornylidene) diphenol; for type 2 is 4, 4 - (2-norbornylidene) di-o-crsol; for type 3 is 4,4-

(2-norbornylidene)bis (2-chlorophenol);

for type 4 is 4, 4 -(2 -norbornylidene ) bis (2,6-dichlorophenol); for type 5 is 4, 4 - (2 -norbornylidene )bis (2,6-dibromophenol); type 6 is 4,4 -(2-norbornybnethylene) diphenol; type 7 is 4, 4 -(2-norborny

methylene) bis (2,6-dichlorophenol); type

9 is 4, 4 -(3-phenyl-2-norbornylmethylene) diphenol; type 10 is 4, 4 -(hexahydro4, 7-methanoidan-5-ylidene) diphenol

AS TM D 638 test procedure.

DIN 53455 test procedure.

£ = 5.1 cm, thickness reduced by repeated passes through a pair of cold-mill rolls; ASTM

D 638 test procedure, xhd spd = 0.011 cm s

1

. DIN 53455 test procedure.

0.05% yd off. ASTM D 638 test procedure. Films cast from methylene chloride, t= 0.002-0.008 cm, air dried then heated at 383 K for 1-2 h; injection molded specimens formed on a Watson -Stillman 1 ounce press; fibers were

wet-spun from methylene chloride into ethylalcohol; films tested on an Instron using ASTM

D 882-61 T test procedure; injection molded samples tested by ASTM D 256-56, Method A, D 1708-59T, and D 785-51, Method A test procedures.

794
Investigator( s) Description Tempe ratur e Tensile Yield Elongation Young's

(year) (K) Strength Strength (percent) Modulus

(103 P B1) (101 psi) (10" psi) Film

Jackson, Jr. (1963) Type 1 1 473 0. 0002

12 298 0. 45

13 298 0. 39

14 298 0. 46

IS 298 0. 31

16 298 0. 33

18 298 0. 30

19 298 0. 28

Injection molded

Type 1 298 11. 6 54

6 298 40

8 298 10. 8 30

17 298 8. 8 95

Fiber

Type 1 298 24

4 98 Kudrna (1963) Bisphenol-A, sp gr = 298 0. 31

1. 2 Kunze (1963) Sp gr - 1.20 297 9. 5 8. 5 0. 345 Polycarbonates Begin Merlon, sp gr = 1 . 20 298 8-9 90-125 0. 28-0. 32 Assault on Market

( 1964) Robertson ( 1964) Orientation: || 297 7. 76

0 2 56 Zincz (1964) Makrolon S 293

543 K stock, 293 K

mold 9. 04 55 543 K stock, 39 3 K

mold 9. 39 38 523 K stock, 293 K

mold 9. 31 19 523 K stock, 393 K mold 9. 60 1 3

- Makrolon E

563 K stock, 293 K

mold 9. 10 33 563 K stock, 393 K

mold 9. 74 18 533 K stock, 293 K

mold 9. 10 1 3 533 K stock, 393 K

mold 9. 82 9

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Jackson, Jr. , Caldwell

(1963) Basis for type 1 1 is 4, 4' -(h exahydro-4, 7 -methanoidan- 5-ylidene ) di-o-cresol;

type 12 is 4, 4

' - (hexahydro- 4, 7-methanoidan- 5- ylidene ) bis (2, 6-chlorophenol); type 13 is 4, 4 '-decahydro- 1

, 4- exo- 5 , 8

end o-dimethanonaphth- 2 -ylidene) diphe - nol; type 14 is 4, 4 -{ decahydr o -1 , 4-exo5, 8 - endo-dimethanonaphth- 2 - ylidene) di- o-cresol; type 15 is 4, 4 '- (decahydro - 1

,

4- exo -5, 8-exo-dimethanonaphth-2-

ylidene) diphenol; type 16 is 4, 4 '-(deca- hydro- 1,4: 5, 8-dimethanonaphth-2- ylmethylene) diphenol; type 18 is 4,4'-cyclohexylidenediphenol; type 19 is 4,4'- (cyclohexylmethylene) diphenol

Eilms cast from methylene chloride, t = 0. 002-0. 008 cm, air dried then heated at 383 K for 1-2 h; injection molded specimens formed on a Watson -Stillman 1 ounce press; fibers were

wet-spun from methylene chloride into ethyl alcohol; films tested on an Instron using ASTM

D 882-61T test procedure; injection molded samples tested by ASTM D 256-56, Method A, D 1708-59T, and D 785-51, Method A test procedures.

Kudrna (1963) Bisphenol-A polycarbonate, sp gr - I, 2 Kunze (1963) Sp gr = I. 20 ASTM D 638 test procedure. Polycarbonates Begin

Assault on Market (1964) Merlon, sp gr = 1. 20

Robertson, Buenker Bisphenol-A polycarbonates, oriented by

stretching at 438 K

L = 0. 75-1. 50 cm, w = 0. 20-0. 40 cm, t = 0. 0 1 cm; vibrating reed technique, resonant fre- quency ranged from 100-400 Hz. Zincz (1964) Makrolon S and E, molded from stock at several temps in molds at 293 and 393 K, type E has a higher molecular weight than

type S

795
Investigator( s) Description Temperature Tensile Yield Elongation Young 1 s (year) (K) Strength Strength (percent) Modulus

(103 psi) (103 psi) (10s psi)

Jackson, Jr. (1965) Bisphenol I 297 6-20 0. 35

0. 47

Bi s phenol A 20 -90 0 33 Kuroda ( 1 965) Panlite K 0. 351 Smirnova (1965) 298 0. 36 DOMC 7 8 33 0. 38 Laird (1966) Lexan, sp gr = 1. 20 301 9. 44 7 8 0. 339 Inoue (1967) Melt temp = 543 K 296

" to flow direction 9. 4

i to flow direction 8. 8 Melt temp = 563 K

i to flow direction 8. 8

Aid. S lO\ | JlO l| 9. 95 Peilstocker ( 1967) 0 31

• if 1.20 Shimamura ( 1967) 298 9 2 Smirnova ( 1967) Type 1 298 10 3-11 1 5-8

Z 10 3-10.

6

3 9. 3-10. 0 50 After irradiation Type 1 10, 0-11 1 4-6

INVESTIGATORS (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Jackson, Jr. , Caldwell

(1965) Bisphenol I, molecular weight = 20, 700, glass temp = 529 K; bisphenol II, molecular weight = 54, 000, glass temp = 563 K; bisphenol A, molecular weight = 28, 200, glass temp = 423 K; solvent cast films

t = 0. 002-0. 008 cm; Instron, ASTM D 882-61 T, Method A test procedure.

Kuroda, Komaki (1965) Panlite K t = 0. 24 cm; 65 +3% rel ham.

Smirnova, Khasan,

Losev, Kolesnikov

(1965)

DOMP is based on 2, 2-di- (4-hydroxy-3

methylphenyl) propane, molecular weight

= 53, 000; DOMC is based on 1, l-di-(4- hydroxy- 3 - methylphenyl) cyclohexane, molecular weight = 50, 000

Laird, Cimprich

Kappler, Mason, Jr. (1966)

Lexan, sp gr = L. 20 Red Sec I = 5. 08 cm, w = 1. 27 cm, t = 0. 64 cm as per ASTM D 638-61 T; Tinius Olsen HL400-2 tensile test machine, e = 0. 0029 s" 1

; av of 2-4 tests.

Inoue, Ito, Fukami,

Takagi (1967)

Injection molded from a melt at 543 K

under 28 x 10 3 psi pressure and from a melt at 563 K under 21 x 10 3 psi pressure

t = 1. 1 cm, w = 0. 5 cm; 65 ±5% rel ham, xhd spd = 0. 0017 cm s" 1

.

Maslov (1967) Peilstocker (1967) Makrolon 3000 50% rel hum. Shimamura (1967) Sheet formed by pressure Machined, t = 0. 31 cm. Smirnova, Erofeeva

(1967) Basis for type 1 is 2, 2-bis-(3 '-chloro4 '-hydroxyphenyl)-propane; for type 2 is

1, l-bis-(3 , -chloro-4 '-hydroxyphenyl)-

cyclohexane: type 3 is 2 , 2 - bis - (4 hy- droxyphenyll -propane

Film; some specimens irrad for 48 h by ultraviolet light.

796
Invesligator(s) Description Temperature Tensile Yield Elongat ion Young' b (year) (K) Strength St rength (percent) Modulus

(103 p»i) (10a psi) 110 : i,

Doi (1968) xhd spd: 0, 083 cm b"1 297 9. 65 0. 158

0. 833 cm a"1 10. 32 0 158 impact spd: 2. 65m s" 21 0. 690

5. 25m b

-1 22 0. 690

10. 5 ma"1 23 0 690

15. 8 me -1 30 0. 690 Key ( 1968) 300 0 0 Perepelkin (1968) A morphoua 293 Type 1 180 0 26

2 160 0. 30

3 103 0.23

4 140 0 21

6 35 0. 38

6 100 0. 34

7 62 0. 34

8 133 0. 16

9 116 0. 17

10 45 0. 28

11 70 0. 23

12 34 0. 38

13 79 0. 26

14 12 0. 46

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Doi, Sakagami (1968)

Key, Katz, Parker

(1968)

Perepelkin, Kozlov

(1968) Molecular weight =* 60, 000, amorphous

produced from solution and crystalline produced by slow evaporation of methylene dichloride or tetrachloroethane at 293 K; basis for type 1 is 4,4'-dihydroxy

diphenylmethane; type 2 is 4, 4 -dihy- droxydiphenyl -2, 2 -propane; type 3 is 4, 4'-dihydr oxydiphenyl -2, 2 -butane ; type 4

is 4.4 -dihydroxydiphenyl-1, 1 -butane; type 5 is 4, 4 -dihydroxytriphenylmeth - ane;type 6 is 4,4 -dihydroxydiphenyl-1, 1 cyclopentane ; type 7 is 4, 4 -dihydroxydiphenyl-1, 1 -cyclohexane ; type 8 is 4, 4' - dihydroxy-3, 3 -dimethydiphenylmethane

;

type 9 is 4, 4 -dihydroxy-3, 3 -dimethyl

diphenyl-2, 2 -propane; type 10 is 4, 4 - dihydroxy -2, 2 -dimethyltriphenylmethane

type 11 is 4, 4' -dihydroxy -3. 3'-dimethyldiphenyl-1, 1 -cyclohexane; type 12 is 4, 4 -dihydroxy-3, 3 -dichlor odiphenyl -2, 2 - propane; type 13 is dihydroxy-3, 3 - dichloro-5, 5 -dimethyldiphenyl-2, 2-propane; type 14 is 4, 4

/ -dihydroxy-3, 3', 5, 5 -tetrachlorodichenvl-2. 2-propane;

Red Sec l ~ 15. 0 cm, w = 1, 0 cm; static and impact tested. GL = 5. 1 cm, w = 0. 635 cm, t = 0. 318 cm; Instron, xhd spd = 0. 003 cm s

_1

, conditioned at 296 K and 50% rel hum prior to test.

t = 0, 0075-0. 0085 cm; Polanyi type dynamometer, xhd spd = 0. 0017 cm s

_1

; an error in units has been assumed and the Young's modulus values above have been reduced by a factor of

1 0

2 from those reported.

797
Inve stigator( s) De s cr lpt ion T e mper at u r e Te si e Elongat ion Y oun g ' s (year) (K) St rength Strength ( pe r cent) Modulu s (103 psi) (103 psi) (10

s psi)

Pe r epelkin (1968) 0 0. 46

( Continued) 1

22 0 40 Crystalline Type 1 176 0. 28

164 0. 34

8 1 20 0. 21 36 0. 40

14 0. 47

1 5 8 0. 47 Powe 11 { 1968) 448 K stretch (50%) at 298

0. 17 cm s

_1

, t = 0, 64

* m 9. 76 0 29 3 448 K stretch (50%) at

0. 042 cm s

~

, t =

1 27 cm 8 470 0. 268

448 K stretch (40%) at

0. 042 cm s

"

, t =

\ Cm , _ 119 3 0. 353 448 K stretch (60%) at

0 , 042 cm s , t =

\ ZJ

cm 9. 03 0.221 453 K stretch (40%) at 0 042 cm s

~

, t =

2. 54 cm 9. 21 0 292 o r m son ( i yo^

Lexan 297

II to roll direction 0. 348

x to roll direction 0, 293 General Electric Lexan 500 296 9 6 10-20 Lexan 1 X 1 9. 0 110

fsazaKevicn ( i iuO] amo r phou5

INVESTIGATOR^] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Perepelkin, Kozlov

(1968) (Continued) Molecular weight 60, 000, amorphous

produced from solution and crystalline produced by slow evaporation of methylene dichloride or tetrachloroethane at 293 K; basis for type 15 is 4, 4'-di- hydroxy-3, 3', 5, 5' -tetra -bromodi phenyl

2, 2-propane; type 16 is 4, 4 -dihydroxy3, 3' -dichlorodiphenyl-1, 1 -cyclohexane

t = 0. 0075-0. 0085 cm; Polanyi type dynamometer, xhd spd = 0. 0017 cm s

"l

; an error in units has been assumed and the Young's modulus values above have been reduced by a factor of 10s from those reported.

Powell, Ehlers, Orroth, Jr. (1968) Zelux made from Lexan molding powder, Lexan and Mobay resin; dried by heating

at 40 3 K for 2 h

Original t noted; biaxially stretched at temp and to degree noted, tested on Tinius-Olsen machine; values noted are an av of several tests and several batches of material.

Brinson ( 1969) Lexan MTS testing system, strain measured optically, xhd spd = 0. 001 cm s*1

; av values given, extremes of 3 tests || to roll direction were 0. 343 and 0. 352X 10s psi, extremes of 4 tests

i to roll direction were 0. 277 and 0. 309 X106 psi.

General Electric Lexan 500, 1 X 1

Kazakevich, Kozlov, Pisarenko (1968) Commerical, amorphous i - 10.0, w - 3.0 cm, t = 0. 003 cm; dynamometer.

798
Investig*tor(s)

(year) Desc ription Tcmpe rature

(K) Strength

IIO 3 psi) Modulus MO" p»il

Thompson (19581

Hechelhammer(1959)

Cruenwald (1960)

Reichherzer (196 1

)

Staub (1961)

Hauck (1963)

Jackson, Jr. (1963)

Kunze (1963)

Heater (1964)

Molded Lexan,

sp gr = I. 20

Mak rolon, sp g r

1. 20

= 1. 27 cm

= I. IS cm

= 1. 01 cm

= 0. 882 cm

= 0. 780 cm

= 0. 635 cm

= 0. 533 cm

= 0. 317 cm

Makrolon, sp

1. 20

II to mold flo

i to mold floMolding grade

Type 1 Type 6 Type 8 Type 17 Sp gr = I

296

298

I I. 0- 13.0< b> 9.2 lc >

12. .la)

I3.5

,bl

10.0

lc '

0. 241

0. 375

1 '

0. 312

0. 36

1'*

0. 24

0. 34

1 '

0. 345

0. 340*'

Rl 18 (Rockwell

900-

1050

IIOi) 870-

1000

(60.) M80 M40

M45

M65

M65

M70

M75

(Rockwell

M78

(Rockwell

0. 6-0. <t*' 12.16(h)

(notched) >60 ,h ' (notched!

R124

R124

R120

(Rockwell) M78

16

,h ' (notched l

, 4

'hi (notched) no break' h (unnotched

)

0. 370> u"

, lh) 14-16

(notched)

60<"l (unnotched I 0. 37'Jl

0. 4'"'

(a) Compressive Strength

(b) Flexural Strength

(c) Shear Strength

(d) Compressive Modulus

(e) Flexural Modulus

If) Shear Modulus

(g) Tensile Impact Strength (10^ ft lb

(h) I/.od Impact Strength (ft lb in" 1

) (i) lirinell Hardness Ikg c m" r

I

(j I Poisson's Ratio

(k) Compressive Yield Strength

INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Thompson, Goldblum

(1958) Molded Lexan, sp gr = I. 20 ASTM test procedures used: D 785 for Rockwell hardness; D 256 for Izod impact tests; D 695

for compressive tests; D 790 for flexural tests; D 732 for shear tests. Hechelhammer (1959) Makrolon, sp gr = 1. 20 Test procedures used: DIN 53454 for compressive tests, DIN 53452 for flexural tests; hardness measured 10 and 60 s after pressure applied. Greuenwald (1960) Thickness reduced by repeated passes through a pair of cold mill rolls, flexural test samples were injection molded; hardness tested by ASTM D 785 test procedures. Reichherzer (1961) Makrolon, sp gr = 1, 20 Staub (1961) 12. 7 x 50. 8 x 0. 32 cm mold formed in 12 oz Lester machine

Hauck (1963) Molding grade, sp gr = 1. 20 Impact: t = 1. 27 cm, t = 0. 32 cm; ASTM D 256 test procedure. Compression: ASTM D 695 test procedure. Hardness: ASTM D 785 test procedure.

Flexure: ASTM D 790 test procedure.

Jackson, Jr. , Caldwell

(1963) Basis for type 1 is 4,4' - (2-norbornylidene) diphenol; type 6 is 4, 4 (2-norbor- nylmethylene) diphenol; type 8 is 4, 4 '-(3 -methyl- 2 - no r bo rnylm ethylene) diphenol; type 17 is 4, 4 '- isopropylidenediphenol.

Injection molded specimens formed on a Watson-Stillman 1 ounce press; ASTM D 256-56, Method A, D 1708-59T, and D 785-51, Method A test procedures.

Kunze (1963) Sp gr = 1. 20 Impact: 0. 32 cm specimen; ASTM D 256 test procedure. Compression: ASTM D 695 test procedure. Hardness: ASTM D 785 test procedure.

Flexure: ASTM D 790 test procedure.

Shear: ASTM D 732 test procedure.

Heater, Lacey (1964) Cylindrical specimen; impact velocity = 345 cm s -1

.

799
Investigatorls 1 Description Tempe rature Strength Modulus Hardness Other

lyear) (K) (10' psi) (10 s psi)

Polycarbonates Merlon, sp gr = 1.20 298 !2.0

,al R125

Begin . . . (19641

12. 0- 13.0 I<! '

( Rockwell

Hennig 1 19651 Lesan 295

l.79 ,l) unoriented

oriented

M 4. 44<»

l 13.80 11 '

Jackson, Jr. [1965] Bisphenol I 297 "• 2

!m! 14. 0 m

9. 0 <ml

Bispiienol II Bisphenol A

Kuroda i 19651 Panlite K 293 ±1 15.4

,bl

0. 401

{el

9. 12 (m)

Kondo 11966} 293 0.35

,e)

Laird 11966) Lexan, sp gr = 1. 20 301 9. l 2 (m)

Peilstdcker (19671 Makrolon 3000, sp gr = 1. 20 296 M70-75

(Rockwell)

, 2

(h.

Doi (1968) Unnotc hed impact spd:

2. 65 m s-' 1. si's)

5. 25 m s" 1

1 52 ( e'

10. 5 m s" 1

1 52 1 *'

1 5. 8 m 1.54 ,Sl Notched

impact spd: O.S6 (e ' 2. 65 m s" 1

5. 25 m s" 1 1.02 (e 10. 5 m s" 1 0. 93 ,gl

15. 8 m s" 1 1. 03 ( S> Koda (1968) Jupilon S before

annealing mold temp:

333 K

363 K

393 K

after annealing mold

tern p: 333 K

363 K

393 K

M84. 8 M8 5. 6 M86. 3

M93. 0 M92. 9 M93. 1 (Rockwell) Powell 11968) 448 K stretch (50%)

at 0. 17 cm s _1

, t = 298 4.03 lhl

0. 65 cm

2. 79

(hl 443 K stretch (50%)

it 0. 17 cm s' 1

, t =

0. 64 cm

2.87

(h) 453 K stretch (40%)

at 0. 042 cm s"1

, t -

2. 54 cm

(a) Compressive Strength (h) Izod Impact St rength ( ft lb in _1

) (b) Flexural Strength (1) Bulk Modulus

(e) Flexural Modulus (m) Breaking Strength

(g) Tensile Impact Strength (103ft lb in -3

)

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Polycarbonates Begin

Assault on Market (1964) Merlon, sp gr = 1. 20

Hennig (1965) Lexan, unoriented and oriented by stretch

ing a 36. 0 x 17. Ox 1,5 cm plate 70% l = 10. 0 cm, w = 0. 6 cm, t = 0. 6 cm.

Jackson, Jr. , Caldwell

(1965) Bisphenol I, molecular weight = 20, 700, glass temp = 529 K; bisphenol II, molecular weight = 54, 000, glass temp = 563 K; bisphenol A, molecular weight = 28, 200, glass temp = 423 K; solvent cast films

t = 0. 002-0. 008 cm; Instron, ASTM D 882-61 T Method A test procedure.

Kuroda. Komaki (1965) Panlite K t = 0. 24 cm; 65 + 3% rel hum. Kondo (1966) Conditioned at 293 ±1 K and 6 5 ±3% rel hum, Instron, flexure jig conformed to ASTM D 790-63, xhd spd = 0. 0008 cm s" 1

. Laird, Cimprich,

Kappler, Mason, Jr. (1966)

Lexan, sp gr = 1. 20 Red Sec I - 5. 08 cm, w = 1. 27 cm, t = 0. 64 cm as per ASTM D 638-61T; Tinius Olsen HL400-2 tensile test machine, e = 0. 0029 s -1

; av of 2-4 tests.

Peilstocker (1967) Makrolon 3000, sp gr = 1. 20 Impact sample 6. 35 x 1. 27 x 0. 32 cm; ASTM D 256 test procedure for impact, ASTM D 785

test procedure for hardness, 50% rel hum.

Doi, Sakagami (1968) Red Sec t =15.0 cm, w- 1 . 0 cm notched specimens had a 0. 1 cm separation between 45° notches. Koda (1968) Jupilon S before and after annealing at 393 K for 2 h ASTM D 785-60T Procedure A.

Powell, Ehlers,

Orrath, Jr. (1968) Zelux made from Lexan molding powder, Lexan and Mobay resin; dried by heating

at 403 K for 2 h

Original t noted; biaxially stretched at temp and to degree noted, tested on Tinius -Olsen machine; values noted are an av of several tests and several batches of material.

800
Investigator(s) De scr iplion Tempc rature Strength Modulus Hardne.. Other

(year) (K) (101 pal) ( 10' pm)

Wisandcr (1969) 77 18. 0

0. 35""

Ceneral Electric Lcxan 500 296 >*•»£! MBS 20-40 lh )

16.

8. 76

,c ' 0. 50"" IRockwcll) (unnotched)

4-6'h >

Lcxan t x 1 >* S'll M70

(notched)

0. 34

,C|

6. oor 1 Lcxan 141 (unnotched)

12- I6' h > (notched)

(a) Compressive Strength (d) Compressive Modulus

(b) Flexural Strength (e) Flexural Modulus

(c) Shear Strength (h) Izod Impact Strength (ft lb in"1

)

INVESTIGATOR^ (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Wisander, Johns on

(1969)

General Electric Lexan 500, 1 x 1, and 141

Compression: -1 = 1. 905 ±0. 003cm, diam = 0. 635 ±0. 003 cm; max load = 200 lb. xhd xpd =

0. 0021 cm s" 1

. Shear: t - 2. 54 cm, diam = 0. 318 ±0. 003 cm; xhd spd = 0. 021 cm s~

l

. Impact specimens: 0. 32 y 1. 27 cm.

801
Polycarbonate

Mechanical References

1. Bauwens, J.-C, Bauwens-Crowet, C, Homes, G., Tensile yield-stress behavior of poly (vinyl chloride) and polycarbonate in the glass

transition region. J. Polymer Sci.: A2 7, 1745 (1969).

2. Bauwens-Crowet, C, Bauwens, J-C, Homes, G., Tensile yield-stress behavior of glassy polymers, J. Polymer Sci.: A2 7, 735 (1969).

3. Bauwens-Crowet, C., Bauwens, J-C, Homes, G., The temperature

dependence of yield of polycarbonate in uniaxial compression and

tensile tests, J. Mater. Sci. 7, 176 (1972).

4. Brinson, H. F., Experimental and Analytical Investigation of the Ductile Fracture of Polymers, Virginia Polytechnic Inst., NASA

grant NGR-47-004-051 (N70-10972) (1969).

5. Christiansen, A. W., Baer, E., Radcliffe, S. V., The mechanical be- havior of polymers under high pressure. Phil. Mag. 24, 451

(1971).

6. Doi, H., Sakagami, M., The tensile impact behavior of plastics, Zairyo 17, 603 (1968).

7. Ekvall, R. A., Low, Jr., J. R., Temperature dependence of tensile properties of polycarbonate films, J. Appl. Polymer Sci. 8, 1677

(1964).

8. Frank, W., Goddar, H., Stuart, H. A., Electron microscope investiga

tions on amorphous polycarbonate. Polymer Letters 5, 711 (1967) Frank, W., Stuart, H. A., Umwandlungserscheinungen in amorphen

Hochpolymeren beim Tempern unterhalb der Glastemperatur

Kolloid Z. u. Z. Poly mere 225, 1 ( 1968)

9. Fritz, E. G., Effects of Nuclear Radiation on the Mechanical, Optica and Electrical Properties of Merlon Polycarbonate. General Dy

namics, Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility-, Doc No. NARF63-19T, FZK-9-195, Contract AF 33(6571-7201 (AD 603445)

( 1964)

10. Fume, H., Fatuque of plastics, Japan Plastics 19, 21 ( 1968)

11. General Electric, Properties of Lexan 500. General Electric, Lexan Polvcarbonate Resins Product Data

Lexan 500, (Feb. 1. 1970).

Mizia, J. F., Lexan 500—It replaces metals, Soc. Auto. Eng., Auto- motive Engineering Congress. Detroit, Paper 710101 (Jan. 1971).

12. Goldblum, K. B., Detecting work with high speed testing: The

location of a phase change area, J. Appl. Polymer Sci. 8, 111 (1964) . 13. Golden, J. H., Hammant, B. L., Hazell, E. A., Degradation of poly- carbonates. IV. Effect of molecular weight on flexural properties.

J. Polymer Sci. 2, 4787 (1964).

14. Golden, J. H., Hammant, B. L., Hazell, E. A., The effect of thermal

pretreatment on the strength of polycarbonate, J. Appl. Polymer

Sci. 11, 1571 (1967).

15. Golden, J. H., Hammant, B. L., Hazell, E. A., Effects of molecular weight and strain rate on the flexural properties of polycarbonate,

J. Appl. Polymer Sci. 12, 557 ( 1968)

16. Golden, J. H., Hazell, E. A., The Effect of High Energy Radiation on Plastics and Rubbers: Part 4: Polycarbonate. Ministry of Aviation, Explosives Research and Development Establishment Report No. 12/R/62 (AD 281 748) (1962). Golden, J. H., Hazell, E. A., Degradation of a Polycarbonate by

Ionizing Radiation, J. Polymer Sci.: A 1, 1671 (1963).

17. Gruenwald, G„ Cold-formed polycarbonate resin—properties and

applications. Modern Plastics 38, 137 (Sept. 1960)

18. Harrington, R., Plastics for Use in Radiation Fields I. Effect of Gamma Radiation on the Physical Properties of Plastics, Hanford

Atomic Products Operation, Richland, Washington, Report HW61923 (1961).

19. Harrington, R., Giberson, R.. Chemical and physical changes in gamma-irradiated plastics, Modern Plastics 36, 199 (Nov., 1958).

20. Hauck, J. E., Latest engineering data on polycarbonate plastics. Materials in Design Eng. 38, 70 (July, 1963).

21. Heater, J. R., Lacey, E. M., Repeated impact tests, Modern Plastics 41, 123 (May, 1964).

22. Hechelhammer, W., Peilstbcker, G., Makrolon, ein thermoplastischer

Kunststoff aus der Gruppe der Polykarbonate. Teil I: Herstellung

und Eigenschaften, Kunststoffe 49, 3 (1959). Hofmeier, H., Polykarbonate in der Elektroindustrie, Elektrotech. Z. 11, 412 (1959). Hagedorn, M., Makrolon—ein neuer Thermoplast aus der Gruppe

der Polycarbonate, Chemiker Z. Chemische Apparatur 19, 643

(1959).

Streib, H. W., Recent experience with polycarbonate, British Plastics 33,406 (1960).

Peilstbcker, G., Liber das Temperaturverhalten von Polykarbonate,

Kunststoffe 51, 509 (1961).

23. Heijboer, J., Modulus and damping of polymers in relation to their structure, British Polymer J. 1, 3 (1969)

24. Hennig, J., Anisotropic der linearen Kompressibilitat in einachsig

verstreckten amorphen Hochpolymeren, Kolloid Z. 202, 127

(1965) . Hennig, J., Anisotropic verstreckter amorpher Polymerer, Kunststoffe 57, 385 (1967).

25. Hofmeier, H., Polykarbonate in der Elektroindustrie, Elektrotech. Z. 11, 412 (1959).

26. Hofmeier, H., Eigenschaften von Folien aus Poly-[2.2-bis- (4-hy- droxyphenyl) -propancarbonatl, Angew. Chem. 74, 647 (1962).

27. IHers, K. H., Breuer, H., Ein Torsionpendel zur genauen und

schnellen Bestimmung der dynamisch-mechanischen Eigenschaften

visko-elastischer Stoffe. (Messungen an Polycarbonaten) , Kolloid

Z. 176, 110 (1961).

28. Inoue, M., Ito, N., Fukami, T'., Takagi, M., Anisotropy in mechanical

properties of injection molded thermoplastics, Zairyo 16, 716

(1967).

29. Jackson, Jr., W. J., Caldwell, J. R., Polycarbonates from three- dimensional polycyclic bisphenols, Indus, and Eng. Chem. Prod. R and D 2, 246 (1963).

30. Jackson, Jr., W. J., Caldwell, J. R., Antiplasticizers for bisphenol

polycarbonates, Advan. Chem. Ser. 48, 185 (1965).

31. Johnson, P. M., Lewis, J. H., Self, M. R., Effects of Nuclear Radiation and Various Environments on a Number of Selected Plastic, Glass-Laminate and Ceramoplastic Materials, General Dynamics

(Fort Worth), Report AFWL TR-65-40 to Air Force Weapons

Laboratory, Kirtland Air Force Base, New Mexico on Contract AF 29 (601) -6213 (AD 618040) (1965).

32. Kastelic, J., Baer, E., Fracture at cryogenic temperatures, in Studies

of Physical and Mechanical Properties of Polymers, Case Western

Reserve Univ., Quarterly Report to Lawrence Radiation Laboratory on Subcontract 5008509 (Oct. 1-Dec. 31, 1971).

33. Kazakevich, S. A., Kozlov, P. V., Pisarenko, A. P., Effect of certain working media on spontaneous orientation of polymer films. Fiziko-Khimicheskaya Mekhanika Materialov 4, 247 (1968);

English translation in Soviet Materials Sci. 4, 181 (1968).

34. Kerlin, E. E., Smith, E. T., Measured Effects of the Various Combinations of Nuclear Radiation. Vacuum, and Cryotemperatures on Engineering Materials, Biennial Report, General Dynamics

(Fort Worth), prepared for Marshall Space Flight Center, FZK290, Contract NAS 8-2450 (N66-35963) (1966).

35. Key, P. L., Katz, Y., Parker, E. R., An Application of Fracture Mechanics to Glassy Plastics, Lawrence Radiation Laboratory,

Berkeley. California. AEC contract No. W-7405-Eng-18 (UCRL17911) (1968).

36. Koda, H., Effects of molding conditions on properties of injection- molded polycarbonates, J. Appl. Polymer Sci. 12, 2257 (1968).

37. Kondo, H., Kuroda, T., On the moduli of elasticity in bending on

plastics, Proc. Japan Congr. Testing Mater. 9, 99 (1966).

38. Kovarskaya, B. M., Thermal and thermal oxidation destruction of various condensed polymers. Plasticheskie Massy 10, 11 (1962).

39. Kudrna, S., Vvroba a vlastnosti polykarbonatfi, Chem. Listy Svazek 57, 1048 (1963).

40. Kunze, R. J., What engineers should know about polycarbonate

plastics. Metal Progress 84, 99 (1963)

41. Kuroda, T., Komaki, K., Fatigue tests of thermoplastics, Osaka Kogyo Gijutsu Shikensho Kiko 16, 67 (1965).

42. Lai, J. S. Y., Findley, W. N., Combined tension-torsion creep experi- ments on polycarbonate in the nonlinear range, Polymer Eng. and

Sci. 9. 378 (1969).

43. Laird, W. M., Cimprich, F. ]., Kappler, G., Mason, Jr., W. J'., An

Experimental Investigation of the Mechanical Properties of a Selected Group of Plastic Materials, University of Pittsburgh,

NASA Grant No. NSG 631, NASA-CR-71897 (N66-23827)

(1966).

44. Lazarus, L. J., Low Temperature Properties of G. E. Lexan 8070-

112 Thin Polycarbonate Film, Bendix Corp., Contract No. AT

(29-1) -613 USAEC, Report EP 46904-00 (1972).

45. LeGrand, D. G., Erhardt, P. F., Dynamic mechanical properties of polymers, J. Appl. Polymer Sci. 13, 1707 (1969).

46. Losev, I. P., Smirnova, O. V., Smyrovz, E. V., Properties of poly- carbonates obtained by the method of perietherfication, Plas- ticheskie Massy 9, 10 (1962)

47. Maslov, V. V., Polycarbonate films during thermal-moisture aging, Elektroteckhnika 38, No. 4, 44 ( 1967)

48. Mears, D. R., Pae, K. D., Deformation and fracture characteristics

of polycarbonate under high pressure, J. Polymer Sci.-Polymer

Letters 7, 349 (1969).

49. Miller, G. W., Dynamic measurement of the real glass transition of polymers, Polymer Preprints, ACS Meeting, Chicago, 1072 (1967).

50. Miller, G. W., Thermal analyses of polymers. I. Polycarbonate and

polyethylene terephthalate, Analytical Calorimetry, Proceedings

of the American Chemical Society Symposium on Analytical

Calorimetry, San Francisco (eds. R. S. Porter, J. F. Johnson,

Plenum Press, New York, 1968) p. 71. 51. Mobay Chemical Co., A General Reference Manual for Merlon

Polycarbonate, (1970).

52. Nielsen, L. E., Stress dependence of Poisson's ratio and of the softening temperature of plastics, Trans. Soc. Rheology 9, 243

(1965).

53. Oberbach, K., Paffrath, H., Zeitstandversuche an Kunststoff-Zugproben, Materialpruf 2, 335 ( 1960)

Streib, H. W., Recent experience with polycarbonate, British Plastics 33, 406 (1960).

Peilstbcker, G., Uber das Temperaturverhalten von Polykarbonat,

Kunststoffe 51, 509 (1961).

Peilstbcker, G., Le comportement thermique du polycarbonate, Ind. Plastiques Mod. (Paris) 14,49 ( March, 1962)

802
Kahl, R., Vier Jahre Erfahrungen mit Polycarbonat, PJastica 17,

336 (1964). Kahl, R., Erfahrungan mit Polycarbonat, Kunststoffe 13, 197

(1966).

54. Oberbach, K., Paffrath, H., Dehn- und Festigkeitsverhalten von

Kunstoffen im Zeitstand-Zugversuch, Materialpriif. 4, 291 (1962). Oberbach, K., Paffrath, H., Zeitstandversuche an Kunststoff-Zugproben, Materialpriif 2, 335 (1960). Kahl, R., Vier Jabre Erfahrungen mit Polycarbonat, Plastica 17,

336 (1964). Oberbach, K., Charakterisierung einiger Kunststoffe durch ihr Verhalten bei langzeitiger statischer und dynamischer Beanspruchung,

Schweizer Archiv 32, 169 (1966).

55. Ogibalov, P. M., Moroz, V. E., Effect of prolonged storage on the mechanical properties of polycarbonate, Mekhanika Polimerov 6, 1130 (1970).

56. Opp, D. A., Skinner, D. W., Wiktorek, R. J., A model for polymer

fatigue, Polymer Eng. and Sci. 9, 121 ( 1969)

.

57. Parmley, R. 7'., Wong, B., Skogh, J., Cryogenic Transparent Tank

Development, Proceedings of the Conference on Long-Term CryoPropellant Storage in Space, sponsored by George C. Marshall Space Flight Center (1966) p. 253.

58. Peilstocker, G., Uber das Temperatureverhalten von Polykarbonat,

Kunststoffe 51, 509 (1961).

Peilstocker, G., Le comportement thermique du polycarbonate, Ind. Plastiques Mod. (Paris) 14,49 (March, 1962).

Peilstocker, G., The temperature behaviour of polycarbonate, British

Plastics 35, 365 (1962).

59. Peilstocker, G., Le polycarbonate a base de bisphenol A un materiau

isolant pour Felectrotechnique d'une grande stabilite a la chaleur, Chim. Ind.-Genie Chim. (France) 98, 57 (July, 1967).

Peilstocker, G., Protoschill, K., II policarbonato, un moderno thermoplastico. Mater. Plast. Elastomeri 33, 794 (1967).

Streib, H., Polycarbonates, Plastics 33, 551 (1968).

60. Perepelkin, A. N., Kozlov, R. V., Influence of the chemical structure on the deformation behaviour of polycarbonate films, Vysokomolekulyarnye Soedineniya A10, No. 1, 15 (1968); English

Translation in Polymer Sci. U.S.S.R. 10, No. 1, 14 (1968).

61. Podall, H. E., Oser, Z., Eliason, L. K., Augl, J. M., Development of Improved Polymeric Materials for Cryogenic Propellant Tank

Liners and Positive Expulsion Bladders, NASA Contract NAS

3-4183, Melpar, Inc., Falls Church, Va. (N65-35071) (1965).

62. Polycarbonates begin assault on market. Can. Chem. Process. 48,

48 (Feb. 1964).

63. Popovic, B., Effects of gamma radiation on polymers, SPE J. 26,

54 (Oct. 1970).

64. Powell, A. S., Ehlers, R. W., Orroth, Jr., S. A., A Study of HotStretching Transparent Plastics, Lowell Technological Institute Foundation, Lowell, Massachusetts, Technical Report 69-19-CM,

Contract No. DA 19-129-AMC-844(N) with U.S. Army Natick

Laboratories (AD 677384) (1968).

65. Reding, F. P., Faucher, J. A., Whitman, R. D., Mechanical behavior

of polycarbonates, J. Polymer Sci. 54, S56 (1961).

66. Reichherzer, R., Polycarbonat-Kunststoffe, Mitt. Chem. Forschungsinst. Wirtsch. Oesterr. 15, 145 (1961)

.

67. Robertson, R. E., On the cold drawing of plastics, J. Appl. Polymer

Sci. 7,443 (1963).

68. Robertson, R. E., Buenker, R. J., Some elastic moduli of bisphenol A

polycarbonate, J. Polymer Sci. A2, 4889 (1964).

69. Robertson, R. E., Wilson, C. M., Some elastic moduli versus temperature of glassy bisphenol-A polycarbonate, Polymei Letters .», 427 (1965).

70. Roe, J. M., Mechanical Behavior of Polymers at Cryogenic Temperatures, M.S. Thesis, Case Western Reserve Univ. (1970).

71. Schnell, H., Polycarbonate, eine Gruppe neuartiger thermoplastischer

Kunststoffe, Angew. Chem. 68, 633 ( 1956)

.

72. Shimamu.ru, S., On fatigue properties of rigid engineering plastict with emphasis on the effect of stress raisers, Jap. Soc. Mechanical

Engineering, International Symposium on Experimental Mechan

ics 2, 37 (1967).

73. Smirnova, O. V., Erojeeva, S. B., Some Properties of Chlorine- Containing Polycarbonates, Plasticheskie Massy No. 5, 43 (1967) ; English translation in Soviet Plastics No. 5, 41 (1967).

74. Smirnova, O. V., Khasan, E. S. A., Losev, I. P., Kolesnikov, G. S., Synthesis and study of polycarbonates from 2,2-di-(4-hydroxy-3-

methylphenyl) propanes and l,l-di-(4-hydroxy-3-methylphenyl)

cyclohexanes, Vysokomolekulyarnye Soedineniya 7, 503 '1965);

English translation in Polymer Sci. USSR 7, 557 (1965).

75. Staub, R. B., Effects of basic polymer properties on injection molding behavior, SPE J. 17, 345 ( 1961 )

.

76. Streib, H., Polycarbonates, Plastics 33, 551 (1968).

77. Thomas, A. D., Practical design characteristics of polycarbonates,

Machine Design 37, 162 (June 10, 1965).

78. Thompson, R. ]., Goldblum, K. B., Polycarbonat Resin, Modern

Plastics 35, 131 (1958). Goldblum, K. B., Thompson, R. J., New plastic gains on metals'

properties, General Electric Review 60, 14 (Nov. 1957). Polycarbonates—preparation, properties and processing details, British Plastics 31, 112 (1958). Thompson, R. J., Polycarbonate plastics—new engineering materials, Machine Design 31, 152 (Nov. 26, 1959)

.

Burkinshaw, L. D., Properties of polycarbonate resin make it suit- able for variety of insulation uses, Insulation 8, 19 (March, 1962). Rammrath, H. G., Polycarbonates, Machine Design 43, 30 (Feb.

11, 1971). Gadd, H., Goldblum, K. B., Christopher, W. R., Lexan: A thermoplastic with thermoset characteristics, Can. Plastics, p. 34 (May,

1959).

79. Thomas, A. D., Leunig, C. V., Mechanical design with polycarbonate

resin, SPE J. 18, 1464 (1962). Thomas, A. D., Practical design characteristics of polycarbonates,

Machine Design 37, 162 (June 20, 1965).

80. Thompson, R. J., Polycarbonate plastics—new engineering materials. Machine Design 31, 152 (Nov. 26. 1959). Thomas, A. D., Leunig, C. V., Mechanical design with polycarbonate

resin, SPE J. 18, 1464 (1962).

81. Trachte, K. L., The Brittle Fracture of Thermoplastic Polymers and

Composites, Ph.D. Thesis, Washington Univ., St. Louis, Mo.

(1970).

82. Veno, S., Yamazaki, H., Oue, T., Ito, K., Tsutsui, M., Rheological

study on cold and warm processings of polycarbonate. Trans. Soc. Pheol. 10, 627 (1966). Veno, S., Oue, T., Yamazaki, H., On temperature dependence of processing ability of polycarbonate. Zairyo 15, 254 (1966).

83. Wisander, D. W., Johnson, R. L., Friction and Wear of Nine Selected Polymers with Various Fillers in Liquid Hydrogen, Lewis Research Center. Cleveland, Ohio, NASA Technical Note D-5073 (N 69-19800) (1969).

84. Zincz, B., Einfluss der verarbeitungstechnischen Faktoren auf die mechanischen Eigenschaften von Polvkarbonatfertigproducten.

Plaste Kautschuk 11, 420 (1964).

803
C. Thermal Properties and References (PC)

0 1 1

1 11 11 11 I M M II I I M I M M M I II I I M

0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE ,

INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Bil', Avtokratova (1964)

Berlot (1966)

Steere (1966)

Molded at 523 K under 142 psi for 30 min for each 0. 1 cm of thickness, sp gr = 1.20

Prepared from Lexan resin

Diam = 2.0-2.2 cm, t : 0.2 - 0,3 cm; heating rate - 400-900 K h

_1

; each value is the av of

2 or 3 tests.

t - 0. 5 cm, diam = 1 0 cm; thermocouple measurements made in 6 directions .

Modified transient heating method used.

804
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE ,

K

INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Miller (1968)

Parmley, Wong,

Skogh (1966)

Merlon, injection grade, crystallized by immersion in CCi4 for several months

Lexan

t = 0. 32 cm; flat-tipped quartz probe on a DuPont 940 Thermomechanical Analyzer, monitored

by thermocouple, heating rate = 5 K min-1 starting at 77 K.

805
PC

100 200 300 40 500 600

TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATOR^ (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

O'Reilly, Karasz,

Bair (1964)

Bil 1

, Avtokratova (1964)

Streib (I960)

Lexan, poly (4,4 -dioxy-diphenyl-2, 2- propane carbonate); powder precipitated from solution, molecular weight =

4 x 104

, dried at 383 K for at least 24 h, 17% crys; crystalline material prepared

by slow evaporation of a methylene

chloride solution of the powder on a clean Hg surface, could contain as much as

0. 1% by weight of methylene chloride, 24% crys

Molded at 523 K under 142 psi for 30 min

for each 0. 1 cm of thickness, sp gr = 1.20

Makrolon

Powder: max particle size = 0. 1 cm, volume = 75 cm3, mass = 21. 599 g; crystalline: mass = 25.263 g in irregular large pieces; precision adiabatic calorimeter calibrated with a standard NBS sample of A£ 2Os

, measurements at 5-10 K intervals, heating rate = 10-20 K h"1

; after the 1st run the powder sample was cooled at 15 K h

-1 to 320 K and rerun, after being heated

to 425 K the crystalline sample was cooled to < 400 K and rerun with no noticeable change;

reproducibility better than 0. 1% at low temp and 0.4% at the highest temp.

Diam = 2. 0-2. 2 cm, cm; heating rate = 300-900 K h~l

; calculated from measurements

of the diffusivity and thermal conductivity.

806
PC

od

0 100 200 300 400 500 600

TEMPERATURE ,

K

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Parmley, Wong, Skogh (1966)

Dainton, Evans, Hoare, Melia (1962)

Berlot (1966)

Lexan

Lexan

This data is cited as being from the literature but no reference is given.

Degassed for 2 days and then sealed in an adiabatic vacuum type calorimeter with 100 torr of He, Pt resistance thermometer, temp rise = 0.2-2 K min"1

, temp recorded 6-7 times after heater turned off; data points are smoothed values.

807
0 05

100 200 300 400

TEMPERATURE , K

500 600

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Bil 1

, Avtokratova (1964)

Knappe (1960)

Steere (1966)

Eiermann (1965)

Molded at 52 3 K under 142 psi for 30 min for each 0. 1 cm of thickness, sp gr = 1.20

Lexan

Prepared from Lexan resin

Lexan

Diam = 2.0-2.2 cm, ts 0.1 cm; heating rate = 300-800 K h"1

; each value is the av of 2 or

3 tests.

2 plate method without ring guard, stationary temp.

Modified transient heating method used.

Curve represents closely spaced series of test points.

808
(year) Te mpe rat ur e (K)

AL/L

Thermal

Expansion

n Thermal

Conduct ivit (Wm -1 K"1

a

Thermal

Dittusivity (cm* »"'

)

Specific Heat Jg"1 K

J ) Thompson (1958) Lexan, sp gr - 1, 20 298 0. 19 Hechehammer (1959) Makrolon, ap gr =

1. 20 296

358 0. 36X 10"*

0. 20 1. 17

Hofmeier (1959) Makrolon, sp gr a

1. 2 298

358 0. 51X10"*

0. 198

Hauck (1963) Molding grade,

sp gr a 1, 20 298 0. 193 1. 26

Hellwege (1963) Unor irnt ed

oriented, trans 298 0. 234

0. 184 Kudrna (1963) Bisphenol -A, sp gr = 1.2 298

351 o. izy io"*

0. 20 1. 20

Polycarbonate a Begin

Assault on Market

(1964)

Merlon, sp gr = 1. 2t 298 0. 19 1. 17

Parmley (1966) Lexan 298 0. 196 Peilstocker (1967) Makrolon 3000, sp gr = 1. 20 298 0. 20 1. 17

Streib (1968) Makrolon 3000 296 0. 22 Wisander (1969) 77 -0. 8X10"*

General Electric Lexan 500 Lexan 1X1 Lexan 3412

298 0. 20

0. 20

0. 21

INVESTIGATOR^) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Thompson, Goldblum

(1958) Lexan, sp gr = 1. 20

Hechelhammer,

Peilstocker (1959) Makrolon, sp gr = 1. 20

Hofmeier (1959) Makrolon, sp gr = 1.2 Hauck (1963) Molding grade, sp gr = 1. 20 The author's X value has been multiplied by 10" 3 to obtain the value reported here. Hellwege, Hennig,

Knappe (1963) Unoriented and oriented by stretching 67%

Kudrna (1963) Bisphenol-A polycarbonate, sp gr = 1. 2 E*k VDE 0304/ 1 test procedure for A L/L and X . Polycarbonates Begin Assault on Market

(1964)

Merlon, sp gr = 1. 20

Parmley, Wong,

Skogh (1966) Lexan This value is cited as being from the literature, but no reference is given.

Peilstocker (1967) Makrolon 3000, sp gr = 1. 20 Diam = 11.8 cm, t = 0. 4 cm; VDE 0304/part 1 test procedure.

Streib (1968) Makrolon 3000 VDE 0304/T. 1 test procedure.

Wisander, Johnson

(1969) t = 2. 54 cm, diam = 0. 95 cm; submerged in liquid N 2 and then measured with a micrometer, measurement repeated 6-8 times until no further contraction is noted. General Electric Lexan 500, 1 x 1, 3412

809
Polycarbonate

Thermal References

1. Berlot, R., Mesure de la Diffusivite et de la Conductivity Thermique

des Polymeres: Variation en Fonction de Leur Etat Structural et de la Temperature, Publications Scientifiques et Techniques du

Ministere de l'Air (France), No. 154 (1966).

Berlot, R., Determination directe de la diffusivite thermique des polymeres, Plastiques Mod. Elastomeres (Paris) 18, 231 (1966).

2. Bil', V. S., Avtokratova, N. D., Temperature dependence of the thermal and temperature conductivities of some unfilled polymers,

Teplofizika Vysokikh Temperatur 2, 192 (1964) ; English Translation in High Temperature 2, 169 ( 1964)

Bil', V. S., Avtokratova, N. D., Temperature dependence of the thermal conductivity and thermal diffusivity of various polymer

materials, Plasticheskie Massy 10, 37 (1965).

3. Dainton, F. S., Evans, D. M., Hoare, F. E., Melia, T. P., Thermodynamic functions of linear high polymers, Polymer 3, 263

(1962).

4. Eiermann, K., Warmeleitfahigkeit von Kunststoffen in festem und

geschmolzenem Zustand, Kunststoffe 55, 335 (1965).

5. General Electric, Properties of Lexan 500. General Electric, Lexan Polycarbonate Resins Product Data—Lexan

500, (Feb. 1, 1970).

Mizia, J. F., Lexan 500—it replaces metals, Soc. Auto. Eng., Auto- motive Engineering Congress, Detroit, Paper 710101 (Jan. 1971).

6. Hauck, J. E., Latest engineering data on polycarbonate resins, Materials in Design Engineering 58, 70 (July 1963).

7. Hechelhammer, W., Peilstocker, G., Makrolon ein thermoplastischer

Kunststoff aus der Gruppe der Polykarbonate, Kunststoffe 49, 3 (1959). Hagedorn, M., Makrolon—ein neuer Thermoplast aus der Gruppe

der Polycarbonate, Chimiker Z. Chemische Apparatur 19, 643

(1959).

8. Hellwege, K.-H., Hennig, J., Knappe, W., Anisotropic der Warmeausdehnung und Warmeleitung in einachsig verstreckten amor- phen Hochpolymeren, Kolloid Z. 188, 121 (1963).

9. Hofmeier, H., Polykarbonate in der Elektroindustrie, Elektrotech.

Z. 11, 412 (1959).

10. Knappe, W., Bestimmung der thermischen Kenngrossen schlect warmeleitender Stoffe mit einer Zweiplatten apparatur ohne

Schutzring, Z. Angew. Phys. 12, 508 (1960)

11. Kudrna, S., Vyroba A Vlastnosti Polykarbenatu, Chem. Listy Svazek 57, 1048 (1963).

12. Miller, G. W., Thermal analyses of polymers. I. Polycarbonate and

polyethylene terephthalate, Analytical Calorimetry, Proceedings of the American Chemical Society Symposium on Analytical Calorimetrv, San Francisco (Eds. R. S. Porter, J. F. Johnson, Plenum

Press, New York, 1968), p. 71.

13. O'Reilly, J. M., Karasz, F. E., Bain, H. E., Thermodynamic properties of Lexan polycarbonate from 110-560 °K, J. Polymer Sci.: part C, No. 6, 109 (1964).

14. Parmley, R. T'., Wong, B., Skogh, J., Cryogenic transparent tank development, Proceedings of the Conference on Long-Term Cryo- Propellant Storage in Space, Sponsored by George C. Marshall Space Flight Center, 253 ( 1966)

15. Peilstocker, G., Le polycarbonate a base de bisphenol A un materiau

isolant pour l'electrotechnique d'une grande stabilite a la chaleur, Chim. Ind. Genie Chim. 98, 57 (1967).

16. Polycarbonates begin assault on market, Can. Chem. Process. 48,

48 (Feb. 1964).

17. Steere, R. C., Direction of polymer transitions by measurement of thermal properties, J. Appl. Polymer Sci. 10, 1673 (1966).

18. Streib, H. W., Recent experience with polycarbonates, British Plastics 33, 406 (I960).

19. Streib, H., Polycarbonates, Plastics 33, 551 (1968).

20. Thompson, R. J., Goldblum, K. B., Polycarbonate resin, Modern

Plastics 35, 131 (1958). Goldblum, K. B., Thompson, R. J., New plastic gains on metal

properties, General Electric Review 60, 14 (1957). Polycarbonates—preparation, properties, and processing details, British Plastics 31, 112 ( 1958)

Gadd, H., Goldblum, K. B., Christopher, W. R., Lexan: A thermoplastic with thermoset characteristics, Can. Plastics, p. 34 (May.

1959). Burkinshaw, L. D., Properties of polycarbonate resin make it suit- able for a variety of insulation uses. Insulation 8, 19 (1962). Rammrath, H. G., Polycarbonates, Machine Design 43, 30 (1971).

21. Wisander, D. W'., Johnson, R. L., Friction and Wear of Nine Selected Polymers with Various fillers in Liquid Hydrogen, Lewis Research

Center, Cleveland, Ohio, NASA Tech. Note D-5073 (N69-19800)

(1969).

810
INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Miiller, Huff (1959)

Schnell (1956)

Makrolon, stretched in one direction

at 323 K

Film based on 4, 4

' -dioxy-diphenyl

2,2-propane, solution cast

Frequency noted.

811
0 100 200 300 400 TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Krum, Muller (1959) Poly-(4, 4 -dioxy-diphenol-2, 2 propane

carbonate), annealed several h at 493 K

then cooled at 0. 5 K min*1

Measurements made over Pa Os ; max absolute error for tan 5>5X10"3 is 0. 3%, max absolute error for tan 6< 10

"3 is 5%.

r

812
INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Krum, Miiller (1959) Poly-{4, 4 -dioxy-diphenyl-2, 2 proparte carbonate), commercial material with

a slight orientation, also material

cycled through a stretch and an anneal at 413K several times

Measurements made over P2Os ; max absolute error fcr tan 6 > 5 x 1CT3 is 0. 3%, max

absolute error for tan 6 < 10"3

is 5%.

813
>l i i

,

i I i : ; i I . . , , I i

, , I , . I , ,T- , I , , r i I , i , Ii , i ; ITTTT1

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Krum, Muller (1959)

Jackson, Jr. , Caldwell

(1963)

Poly-(4, 4 -dioxy-diphenyl-2, 2 propane

carbonate), stretched 90% at 298 K

Basis for type 1 is 4, 4

7 -( 2 -norbornyli

dene) diphenol; for type 3 is 4, 4 -(2- norbornylidene) bis ( 2 -chlorophenol)

for type 4 is 4, 4 -( 2 -norbornylidene) bis

(2, 6 -dichlorophenol) ; type 10 is 4, 4 - (hexahydro-4, 7 -methanoidan -5 -ylidene) diphenol

Measurements made over P2Os ; max absolute error for tan 6> 5 x 10~3 is 0. 3%, max

absolute error for tan 5< 1CT3 is 5%.

Films cast from methylene chloride, t = 0. 002-0. 008 cm, air dried then heated at 383 K for 1-2 h.

814
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 TEMPERATURE ,

K

INVESTIGATOR! S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Hara (1967)

Hechelhammer,

Perlstocker (1959)

Miiller, Huff (1959)

Polybisphenol-A carbonate (PBAC), 20% crys; polytetr achlorobisphenolA

carbonate (PCBAC), 23% crys

Makrolon, sp gr = 1.20

Makrolon, annealed at 573 K, cooled to 42 3 K at 0. 5 K min"1

Sample mounted inside central tube with 10 torr of He, mutual inductance bridge with a conductance shifter, 3 x 103 Hz.

50% rel hum.

Frequency noted.

815
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Hofmeier (1962)

Hofmeier (1959)

Mathes (1964)

Poly-[2, 2 -bis -(4 -hyd roxyphenyl )- propane -c arbonate] , amorphous film

Makrofol N

103 Hz.

8 x 10 s Hz.

816
TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Muller, Huff (1959)

Kerlin, Smith (1966)

Makrolon, film and quenched Lexan

Frequency noted.

Test cells fabricated according to ASTM D 160 - 59T, unguarded electrodes and guard ring diam = 11.4 cm, guarded electrode diam = 10. 1 cm, gap between guarded electrode and guard ring = 0.051 cm, spring loaded AS. plunger in contact with guarded electrodes secured specimens between electrodes, General Radio Co. Type 1610-A c apac itanc e -measuring

assembly, tested in vacuum except for room temp test in air.

817
TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mikhailov, Eidelnant

(1960)

Maslov (1967)

Pressed from powder at 543 K in air, amorphous; produced from solution in dichlo re thane, partially c rystalline

Conditioned as noted.

818
32 x 10

3

r

28

24 1

b :

IDZ

<H

<03

o

<ri-o

Id_J

UJQ

20 1 r

-

f

16 1

12

- 1

1

-i 1-

I •

i

I

:

TCP

PCc

bXi

o

1-J

Koton (1965)

a 100 200 300 400 TEMPERATURE, K

500 600

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Koton, Yakovlev, Rudakov, Knyazeva,

Florin skii. Be s sonov, Kuleva, Toiparova,

Laius (1965)

MLE bridge at 103 Hz, electrodes applied by vacuum deposition of Ag.

819
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 II 12 13 LOG FREQUENCY, Hz

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Hofmeier (1959)

Peilstbcker (1967)

Hauck (1963)

Polycarbonates Begin

Assault on Market (1964)

Makrofol N and G

Makrolon

Sp gr = 1. 20, molding grade and cast

film

Merlon, sp gr = 1.20

ASTM D 150 test procedure.

820
LOG FREQUENCY, Hz

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Hofmeier (1959) 293 K. Hechelhammer,

Peilstocker (1959) Makrolon, sp gr = 1.20 295 K, 50% rel hum.

Scott, Kinard (1967) Molecular weight =- 30-35, 000 Diam = 3.8 cm; heavy Au electrodes evaporated onto specimen, 10s to 10s Hz measurements made on a low-voltage conjugate Schering bridge with a 3-terminal guard-ring micrometerelectrode type cell, 1

0

6 to 10 7 Hz measurements made with a Q-meter with a 2-terminal micrometer-electrode cell, rel hum < 1. 5%.

Smirnova, Khasan,

Losev, Kolesnikov

(1965)

2, 2-di-(4-hydroxy-3-methylphenyl) propane base (DOMP), molecular

weight = 53, 000; 1, 1 -di-(4-hydroxy3 -methylphenyl) cyclohexane

base (DOMC), molecular weight = 50, 000

Magila, LeGrand (1970) BisphenolA

t = 0. 025 cm; General Radio 1615 and 716-CS1 bridges.

821
RADIATION, rod

INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kerlin, Smith (1966) Lexan Test cells fabricated according to ASTM D 1 60 - 59T, unguarded electrode and guard ring diam = 11.4 cm, guarded electrode diam = 10. 1 cm gap between guarded electrode and guard ring = 0.051 cm, spring loaded At plunger in contact with guarded electrode secured specimens between electrodes, General Radio Co. Type 1 61 0 -A c apacitance -measuring

assembly, tested in vacuum and air; irrad in Ground Test Reactor at Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility, Fort Worth.

822
TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Thompson, Goldblum

(1958)

Hofmeier (1959)

Schnell (1956)

Hechelhammer,

Peilstb'cker (1959)

Kerlin, Smith (1966)

Lexan, sp gr = 1.20

Makrofol N

Film based on 4, 4 '-dioxy-diphenyl2, 2-propane, solution cast

Makrolon, sp gr = 1. 20

Lexan

ASTM D 150 test procedure.

50% rel hum.

Test cells fabricated according to ASTM D 160 - 59T, unguarded electrode and guard ring diam = 1 1. 4 cm, guarded electrode diam = 10. 1 cm, gap width between guarded electrode and guard ring = 0. 051 cm, spring loaded A-t plunger in contact with the guarded electrode secured specimens between electrodes, General Radio Co. Type 1610-A capacitancemeasuring assembly, tested in vacuum except for room temp test in air.

823
PC

TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATOR! S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mikhailov, Eidelnant

(1960)

Maslov (1967)

Jackson, Jr. , Caldwell

(1963)

Koton, Yakovlev, Rudako v, Knyazeva,

Florinskii, Bessonov,

Kuleva, Tolparova, Laius (1965)

Pressed from powder at 543 K in air, amorphous

Basis for type 1 is 4, 4 -(2-norbornylidene) diphenol; for type 3 is 4, 4 -(2- norbornylidene) bis ( 2 -chlor ophenol)

for type 4 is 4, 4 -(2-norbornylidene) bis

{2, 6 -dichlorophenol) ; type 10 is 4, 4 - (Hexahydro-4, 7 -methanoidan - 5 -ylidene) diphenol

Conditioned as noted.

Films cast from methylene chloride, t = 0. 002-0. 008 cm, air dried then heated at 383 K for 1-2 h.

MLE bridge at 1 0

3 Hz, electrodes applied by vacuum deposition of Ag.

824
LOG FREQUENCY , Hz

INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Bcott, Kinard (1967)

Heche lhammer,

Peilstbcker (1959)

Hofmeier (1959)

Thompson, Goldblum

(1958)

Molecular weight 30-35, 000

Makrolon, sp gr = 1.20

Makrofol N and G

Lexan, sp gr = 1.20

Diam =3.8 cm; heavy Au electrodes evaporated onto specimen, 102 to 10s Hz measurements made on a low-voltage conjugate Schering bridge with a 3-terminal guard-ring micrometerelectrode type cell, 106 to 107 Hz measurements made with a Q-meter with a 2-terminal micrometer-electrode cell, rel hum < L. 5%.

295 K, 50% rel hum.

VDE 0303 test procedure.

ASTM D 150 test procedure, 296 K.

825
PC

LOG FREQUENCY, Hz

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Hofmeier (1959) 293 K.

Polycarbonates Begin

Assault on Market (1964) Merlon, sp gr = 1.20

Peilstbcker (1967) Makrolon 3000

General Electric (1970) Lexan 500 ASTM D 150 test procedure, 296 K.

Hauck (1963) Sp gr = 1. 20 ASTM D 150 test procedure.

r

826
INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Smirnova, Khasan, Lose v, Kolesnikov

(1965)

DOMP is based on 2, 2 -di-(4 -hyd roxy- 3

methylphenyl) propane, molecular

weight = 53, 000; DOMC is based on

1 , 1 - di-(4 -hyd roxy-3 -methylphenyl)

cyclohexane, molecular weight = 50, 000

827
INVESTIGATORS) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Kerlin, Smith (1966) Lexan Test cells fabricated according to ASTM D 1 60 - 59T, unguarded electrode and guard ring diam = 11.4 cm, guarded electrode diam = 10. 1 cm, gap width between guarded electrode

and guard ring = 0.051 cm, spring loaded Af plunger in contact with the guarded electrode secured specimens between electrodes, General Radio Co. Type 1610-A capacitancemeasuring assembly, tested in vacuum and air; irrad in Ground Test Reactor at Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility, Fort Worth.

r

828
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 TEMPERATURE, K

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

McMillan, Gause,

Kerlin, Warwick

(1967)

Lexan Diam = 11.4 cm, t = 0. 25-0. 0. 38 cm; ASTM D 257-61 test procedure, unguarded electrode

and guard ring diam = 11.4 cm, guarded electrode diam = 10.1 cm, gap width = 0.051 cm,

AS. electrodes; reactor irrad to about 108 rad and 10 15 fast neutrons cm-2

; av of 2 specimens.

Thompson, Goldblum

(1958) Lexan, sp gr = 1. 20

Hofmeier (1959) Makrofol N

Losev, Smirnova,

Smyrovz (1962) Film obtained by evaporation from a 15-20% solution of polycarbonate in methylene chloride, molecular weight

= 25, 000

Av of 3 tests.

Smirnova, Khasan,

Losev, Kolesnikov

(1965)

DOMP is based on 2, 2-di-(4-hydroxy3-methylphenyl) propane, molecular

weight = 53,000; DOMC is based on

1 , 1 -di-(4-hydroxy-3-methylphenyl)

cyclohexane, molecular weight = 50, 000

829
PC

C/3

tr

C3O

100 200 300 400 TEMPERATURE ,

500 600

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Sazhin, Eidelnant (1962) Formed by pressure, low crys, annealed at 483 K for 2 h

0.2 - 2 x 103 V cm 1

, time between application of electric field and measurement indicated.

830
12

ll

'o 100 200 300 400 500 600 TEMPERATURE,

K

INVESTIGATORS) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Maslov (1967)

Koton, Yakovlev, Rudakov, Knyazeva,

Florinskii, Bessonov,

Kuleva, Tolparova

Laius (1965)

Conditioned as noted.

String electrometer, electrodes applied by vacuum deposition of Ag.

831
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 TEMPERATURE , K

INVESTIGATOR^) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Mobay Chemical Co.

(1970)

Tanaka, Inuishi (1966)

Smirnova, Erofeeva

(1967)

Kerlin, Smith (1966)

Merlon

Macrohole KG, flux-cast, high crys

Type 1 is based on 2,2-bis-(3 -chloro4 -hydroxy-phenyl) -propane ; type 2 is based on l t l-bis-(3 -chloro-4 -hydroxyphenyl) -c yclohexane ; av molecular weight

for both = 25, 000

Lexan

t = 0.004 cm; vapor -deposited Au electrodes 0. 5 cm in diam, guard ring deposited on 1 side; electron -beam irrad in vacuum at intensities up to 107 rad.

106 Hz, rel hum = 84%.

Test cells fabricated according to ASTM D 160 - 59T, unguarded electrodes and guard ring diam = 11.4 cm, guarded electrode diam = 10. 1 cm, gap between guarded electrode and guard ring = 0. 051 cm, spring loaded AS. plunger in contact with guarded electrode secured specimens between electrodes, Federal Telephone and Radio Co. Model FT-H4 Tera- Ohmmeter, tested in vacuum except for room temp test in air; arrow indicates "greater

than".

832
INVESTIGATORS] [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS Adamec (1964) Commercial sheet t = 4 - 6xlO~ 3 cm, diam -5.0 cm; 2. 0 cm diam At electrodes vacuum- deposited on specimens, 120 V battery used as voltage source, current measured with a vibrating reed

electrometer, 294 K, 50 ± 5% rel hum; irrad with 15-38 KeV x-rays; these values were

calculated from the induced- volume resistivity reported by the author.

833
INVESTIGATORS] (year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Fritz (1964)

Kerlin, Smith (1966)

Merlon, sp gr = 1 . 2

Lexan

t = 5. 38 cm, w = 1. 9 cm, t = 0. 64 cm; Sensitive Research Instrument Corp. Model ESD

electrostatic voltmeter, 298 K, 50% rel hum; reactor irrad while wrapped in At foil.

Test cells fabricated according to ASTM D 160 - 59T, unguarded electrodes and guard ring diam = 11.4 cm, guarded electrode diam = 10. 1 cm, gap between guarded electrode and guard ring = 0.051 cm, spring loaded At plunger in contact with guarded electrode secured specimens between electrodes, Federal Telephone and Radio Co. Model FT-H4 Tera- Ohmmeter, tested in air and vacuum; irrad in Ground Test Reactor at Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility, Fort Worth; arrow indicates "greater than".

834
TEMPERATURE,

K

INVESTIGATOR^) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Tanaka, Inuishi (1966)

Hofmeier (1959)

Losev, Smirnova,

Smyrovz (1962)

Panlite, thermal-case film, low crys

Makrofol N

Film obtained by evaporation from a 15-20% solution of polycarbonate in methylene chloride, molecular weight

= 25, 000

t = 0. 004 cm; test conducted in a gap between a 1. 5 cm diam ball and a flat plate electrode, measurements made with dc and 2 us square-wave pulses; electron-beam irrad in vacuum

at intensities up to 107 rad; av of 10 measurements.

Av of 3 tests,

<

835
INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Tanaka, Inuishi (1966) Makrofol, flax-cast film, type G medium crys, type KG high crys

= 0. 004 cm; test conducted in a gap between a 1. 5 cm diam ball and a flat plate electrode, measurements made with dc and 2 us square-wave pulses; electron-beam irrad in vacuum

at intensities up to 10 7 rad; av of 10 measurements.

836
Q| 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ' L _l u0 0 05 010 015 0.20 0 25 0.30

THICKNESS , cm

INVESTIGATOR(S) [year] MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS Mobay Chemical Co.

(1970)

Thompson, Goldblum

(1958)

Merlon

Lexan, sp gr = 1.20

ASTM D-149, IEEE Method No. 4, and IEC No. 60 test procedures, 1000 V s"1 rate of rise, specimens under transformer oil, 296 K. ASTM D 149 test procedure.

837
P Tan 6 e D. S. Investigator( s) Description Temperature Volume Dielectric Dielectric Dielectric

(year) (K) Resistivity Loss Constant Strength

(fi-cm) Factor (V mil"1

)

SchnelL (1956) Type 1 298 10X10"* 2. 6

2 4. 5X10"4

3. 1 3 30X10"1 2, 6 4 4. 9X10"* 2. 9

5 5. 2X10-* 3. 3 6 5. 2X10"4

2. 3 Hechelhammer (1959) Film 298 > 2540

Disc dry 4X101! 80% rel hum for

4 days 9X 101 * Hauck (1963) Cast film 298 lO1 ' 1500 Molding grade 400 dry 1 . 7 X 1

1 7 80% rel hum for

4 days 9X1014

Jackson, Jr. (1963) Type 1 296 101 8 4500

3 2 X 1

1 ' 4000

4 2X1017 2900

5 10" 3000

10 6X101 ' 2600

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Schnell (1956) Film, type 1 is based on 4, 4 '-dioxy- diphenyl-2, 2-propane, melting temp = 422 K; type 2 is based on 4, 4 '-dioxy- diphenyl-2, 2-butane, melting temp = 411 K; type 3 is based on 4, 4 '-dioxy- diphenyl- 1 , 1 - cyclohexane, melting temp

= 444 K; type 4 is based on 4, 4 '-dioxy- diphenyl-1, 1 -ethane, melting temp = 403

K; type 5 is based on 4, 4 '-dioxy-diphenyll, 1 -butane, melting temp = 396 K; type 6

is based on 4, 4 '-dioxy-diphenyl- 1 , 1 -iso- butane, melting temp - 422 K

10 3 Hz.

Hechelhammer,

Peilstocker (1959) Makrolon, sp gr = 1. 20 P: diam = 8. 0 cm, t = 0. 2 cm, DIN 5348E test procedure.

D. S. : film, t = 0. 005 cm; DIN 53481 test procedure. Hauck (1963) Cast film and'molding grade P: ASTM D 257 test procedure.

D. S. : disc, t = 0. 32 cm; film, t = 0. 01 cm; ASTM D 149 test procedure, step-by-step method

for film, step-by-step and short-time methods for molding grade. Jackson, Jr. , Caldwell

(1963) Type 1 is based on 4, 4 '- (2-norbornylidene) diphenol; type 3 is based on 4, 4

(2 - norbornylidene ) bis (2 -chlo ro phenol )

type 4 is based on 4, 4 (2-norbornylidene

bis (2, 6-dichlorophenol); type 5 is based

on 4,4'- (2-norbornylidene) bis (2, 6-di bromophenol); type 10 is based on 4, 4

'

(hexahydro-4, 7-methanoidan- 5-ylidene) diphenol

r

)

838
P Tan 6 D, S. Investigator(s) Description Temperature Volume Dielectric Dielectric Dielectric

(K) ft e sist i vil 1 Con slant (tl-cm) Factor (V mif-1

)

Kudrna (1963) Biaphenol-A, sp gr = 298

_

1 0 LO 3, 0

1 2 3050

in water 24 h 2920

Fritz (1964) Merlon 298 12X 10"4

Polycarbonate s Begin Merlon, sp gr = 1, 20 298 1 B 9X10

370

(1964) short -time 440 Smi r ii ova ( 1965) DO M P 29 8 3 7 x 101 *' 39 X 10"* OOMC 2. 2X 10ie 29X10"4

Kerlin (1966) Lexan

unirrad 297 6X10 12X 10"* 3. 00

after 1. 7X lCT rad

in vacuum 1 54 2 X 1

0

1 B 164X 10"* 2. 92

after 1 4X108 rad

in air 32 5 6X1010 930X lO'4 3. 07 Maslov (1967) 293 1. 6X101 7

Smirnova ( 1967) Type 1 293 1 . I X 1

0

34 X 1 0 **

2. 80 1980

2 1. 5X 10ie 20X10"4 2. 40 2190

3 1. 5X 101 * 30X10'* 3, 00

INVESTIGATORS] (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS Kudrna (1963) Bisphenol-A polycarbonate, sp gr = 1.2 P: DIN 53482 test procedure. Tan 6: DIN 53483 test procedure at 50 Hz.

c: VDE 0303/4 test procedure at 50 Hz.

D. S. : DIN 53481 test procedure at 50 Hz and 500 V s~

1 increase.

Fritz (1964) Me rlon 60 Hz. Polycarbonates Begin

Assault on Market (1964; Merlon, sp gr = 1. 20

Smirnova, Khasan,

Losev, Kolesnikov (1965' DOMP is based on 2, 2-di- (4 -hydroxy- 3- methylphenyl ) propane, molecular weight

= 53, 000; DOMC is based on 1, 1-di-

(4- hydroxy - 3 -met hyphenyl ) eye lohexane, molecular weight = 50,000

Films cast from methylene chloride, air dried and then heated at 383 K for 1-2 h, D. S. specimens as follows: t = 0. 0051 cm for types 1 and 3, t = 0. 0061 cm for type 4, t = 0. 0046 cm for type 5, and t = 0. 0071 cm for type 10.

Kerlin (1966) Lexan Test cells fabricated according to ASTM D 160-59T, unguarded electrode and guard ring diam

= 11.4 cm, guarded electrode diam = 10. 1 cm, gap width between guarded electrode and guard ring = 0. 051 cm, spring loaded Al plunger in contact with the guarded electrode secured specimens between electrodes, Federal Telephone and Radio Co. Model FT-H4 Tera-Ohmnneter and General Radio Co. Type 1610-A capacitance-measuring assembly; measurements made during irradiation in Ground Test Reactor at the Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility, Fort Worth. Maslov (1967) Smirnova, Erofeeva

(1967) Type 1 is based on 2, 2-bis (3 '-cbloro-4 ' -hydroxyphenyU-propane; type 2 is based

on 1, 1 - bis- (3 '-chloro-4 '-hydroxy phenyl) -cyclohexane; type 3 is based on 2,2-bis-

(4 - hydroxyphenyl ) -propane; av moleculai

weight = 25, 000

Rel hum = 84%, 10 6 Hz.

839
Lnvestigator( s) (year) Description Temperature

(K) Volume

Resistivity

(fl-cm)

Tan 5 Dielectric Loss

Factor

e Dielectric Con stant

D. S. Dielectric Strength (V mil J )

Streib ( 1968) Makrolon 3000 296 1

1 5

- 1

1 ! 890 General Electric

(1970) Lexan 500 296 3 X 1

1 s 450

Mathes (1964) I0-' Hz 296 3. 04

INVESTIGATOR(S) (year) MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION SPECIMEN DESCRIPTION , EXPERIMENTAL CONDITIONS

Streib (1968)

General Electric (1970)

Mathes (1964)

Makrolon 3000

Lexan 500

P: 50% rel ham, ASTM D257 test procedure.

D. S. : t = 0. 1 cm; DIN 5348 1 /3. 222 test procedure, value remained the same for dry specimen

and specimen immersed in water for 24 h.

D. S. : t = 0. 32 cm; ASTM D 149 test procedure, short-time and step-by-step methods.

r

840
Polycarbonate

Electrical References

1. Adamec, V'., The volume resistivity of electrical insulating organic

materials under irradiation, International J. Appl. Radiation and

Isotopes 15, 477 (1964).

2. Fritz, E. G., Effects of Nuclear Radiation on the Mechanical, Optical, and Electrical Properties of Merlon Polycarbonate, General Dynamics, Nuclear Aerospace Research Facility, Doc No. NARF

63-19T, FZK-9-195, Contract AF 33(657)-7201 (AD 603445)

(1964).

3. General Electric, Lexan Polycarbonate Resins Product Data—Lexan

500, (Feb. 1, 1970).

4. Hara, T., Dielectric property of some polymers in low temperatures

region, Japan. J. Appl. Phys. 6, 147 (1967).

5. Hauck, J. E., Latest engineering data on polycarbonate plastics, Materials in Design Eng. 58, 70 (July, 1963).

6. Hechelhammer, W'., Peilstocker, G., Makrolon ein thermoplastischer

Kunststoffe aus der Gruppe der Polykarbonate. Teil I: Herstellung und Eigenschaften, Kunststoffe 49, 3 (1959). Hagedorn, M., Makrolon—ein neuer Thermoplast aus der Gruppe

der Polycarbonate, Chemiker Z. Chemische Apparatur 19, 643

(1959).

Streib, H. W., Recent experience with polycarbonates, British Plastics 33, 406 (Sept. 1960). Hofmeier, H., Eigenschaften von Folien aus Poly-[2.2-bis- (4-hy- droxyphenyl ) -propancarbonat I, Angew. Chem. 74, 647 (1962).

Peilstocker, G., Polycarbonate based on biphenol A and insulating material for electrotechniques with high thermal stability, Chimie.

Industrie-Genie Chimique 98( 1 ), 57 (1967)

.

Mobay Chemical Co., A General Reference Manual for Merlon,

(1970).

7. Hofmeier, H., Polykarbonate in der Elektroindustrie, Elektrotech. Z. 11, 412 (1959).

8. Hofmeier, H., Eigenschaften von Folien aus Poly-[2.2-bis- (4-hy- droxy phenyl) -propancarbonat I, Angew. Chem. 74, 647 (1962).

9. Jackson, Jr., W. J., Caldwell, J. R., Polycarbonates from three- dimensional polycyclic bisphenols, Indus, and Eng. Chem. Prod. R and D 2, 246 (1963).

10. Kerlin, E. E., Smith, E. I'., Measured Effects of the Various Combinations of Nuclear Radiation, Vacuum, and Cryotemperatures

on Engineering Materials, Biennial Report, General Dynamics

(Fort Worth), prepared for Marshall Space Flight Center, FZK290, Contract NAS 8-2450 ( N66-35963) (1966)

.

11. Koton, M. M., Yakovlev, B. /., Rudakov, A. P., Knyazeva, T. S., Florinskii, F. S., Bessonov, M. I., Kuleva, M. M., Tolparova, G. A., Laius, L. A., Preparation and physical properties of polypyromellitimide. Zhurnal Prikladnoi Khimii 38, 2728 (1965) ; English

translation in J. Appl. Chem. USSR 38, 2663 (1965).

12. Krum, F., Miiller, F. H., Vorbehandlung und dielektrisches Verhalten Hoehpolymerer, Kolloid Z. 164, 81 (1959). Krum, F., Einige neuere dielektrische Messungen an Polycarbonat,

Hostaflon und Teflon und ein Zeiteffekt, Kolloid Z. 165, 77

(1959). Krum, F., Veranderung der Relaxationsspektren Hoehpolymerer mit der Vorbehandlung, Kolloid Gesellschaft Verhandlungs Kerichte Darmstadt 18, 183 (1958).

13. Kudrna, S., Vyroba A vlastnosti polvkarbonatu, Chem. Listy Svazek 57, 1048 (1963).

14. Losev, I. P., Smirnova, O. V'., Smyrovz, E. V., Properties of poly- carbonates obtained by the method of perietherfication, Plas- ticheskie Massy 9, 10 ( 1962)

.

15. Magila, T. L., LeGrand, P. G., Physical properties of block co- polymers of polydimethyl siloxane and polycarbonate, Polymer

Eng. Sci. 10, 349 (1970).

16. Maslov, V. V., Polycarbonate films during thermal-moisture aging, Elektroteckhnika 38, No. 4, 44 (1967).

17. Malhcs, K. N., Electrical and mechanical behavior of polymers at cryogenic temperatures, SPE J. 20, 634 (1964).

18. McMillan, W. D., Cause, R. A., Kerlin, E. E., Warwick, J. A'., Measurement of dielectric properties of materials under vacuum,

reactor radiation, and cryogenic conditions, Measurement of Di- electric Properties Under Span- Conditions, ASTM STP 420, Am.

Soc. Testing Mats. (1967) p. 48.

19. Mikhailov, G. P., Eidelnanl, M. P., Dielectric properties of some

polyesters with aromatic nuclei in their chains, Vysokomolekulyarnye Soedineniya 11, No. 2, 287 < 1960)

.

20. Mobay Chemical Co., A General Reference Manual for Merlon,

(1970).

21. Miiller, F. H., Huff, K., Voranderungen des dielektrischen Rela- yationsspektrums von Hochpolymeren bei Verstreckung und Vor- behandlung, Kolloid Z. 164, 34 (1959).

22. Peilstocker, G., Le polycarbonate a base de bisphenol A un materiau

isolant pour l'electrotechnique dune grande stabilite a la chaleur, Chim. Ind-Genie Chim. (France) 98, 57 (July, 1967). Hechelhammer, V ., Peilstocker, G., Makrolon ein thermoplastischer

Kunststoff aus der Gruppe der Polykarbonate. Teil I: Herstellung

und Eigenshaften, Kunstoffe 49, 3 (1959).

Streib, H., Polycarbonates, Plastics 33, 551 (1968).

23. Polycarbonates begin assault on market, Can. Chem. Process. 48,

48 (Feb. 1964).

24. Sazhin, B. I., Eidelnant, M. P., Electrical conductivity of polymers.

Part V. Polycarbonate, polyethyleneterephthalate, hybrid polyether, polyoxymethylene, Vysokomolckulyarnye Soedineniya 4, 583

(1962).

25. Schnell, H., Polycarbonate, eine Gruppe neuartiger thermoplastischer Kunststoffe, Angew. Chem. 68, 633 (1956).

26. Scott, A. H., Kinard, Jr., J. R., Polymeric Materials for Dielectric Reference Specimens, J. Res. Nat. Bur. Stand. (U.S.), 71C 'Eng. and Instr.), No. 2, 119 (Apr. -June 1967).

27. Smirnova, 0. V., Erofeeva, S. B., Some properties of chlorine- containing polycarbonates, Plasticheskie Massy No. 5, 43 (1967) ; English translation in Soviet Plastics No. 5, 41 (1967).

28. Smirnova, 0. V., Khasan, E. S. A., Losev, I. P., Kolesnikov, G. S., Synthesis and study of polycarbonates from 2,2-di- (4-hydroxy-3-

methylphenyl) propanes and 1,1-di- (4-hydroxy-3-methylphenyl)

cyclohexanes, Vysokomolekulyarnye Soedineniya 7, 503 (1964) ; English translation in Polymer Sci. USSR 7, 557 (1965).

29. Streib, H., Polycarbonates, Plastics 33, 551 (1968).

30. Tanaka, T., Inuishi, Y., Effects of traps on electrical properties of polymeric insulation materials, Elec. Eng. Japan 86, 1 (Julv, 1966). Tanaka, T'., Inuishi, Y., Electrical conduction of high polymers, Technol. Rep. Osaka Univ. 17, 127 (1967).

31. Thompson, R. J., Goldblum, K. B., Polycarbonate resin, Modern

Plastics 35, 131 (1958). Goldblum, K. B., Thompson, R. J., New plastic gains on metals

properties, General Electric Review, 60, 14 (Nov. 1957). Polycarbonates—preparation, properties and processing details, British Plastics 31, 112 (1958). Burkinshaw, L. D., Properties of polycarbonate resin make it suit- able for a variety of insulation uses, Insulation 8 ( 3), 19 (1962). Rammrath, H. G., Polycarbonates, Machine Design 43, 30 (Feb

11, 1971). Gadd, H., Goldblum, K. B., Christopher, W. R., Lexan: A thermoplastic with thermoset characteristics, Can. Plastics, p. 34 (May,

1959).

841
Polycarbonate

E. Related References

1. Brinson, H. F., Ductile fracture of polycarbonate, Exp. Mech. 10, 73 (1970).

2. Golden, J. H., Hammant, B. L., Hazell, E. A., Failure loci for a thermoelastic at various temperatures, J. Appl. Polymer Sci. 13,

459 (1969).

3. Hellwege, K.-H., Hennig, J., Knappe, W., Die Warmeausdehnung

einiger teilkristalliner Hochpolymerer im Temperaturbereich

von — 60 bis + 300 °C, Kolloid Z. 186, 29 ( 1962)

4. Hennig, J., Knappe, W., Anisotropy of thermal conductivity in stretched amorphous linear polymers and in trained elastomers,

J. Polymer Sci.: Part C, No. 6, 167 (1963)

5. Higuchi, M., Hyakutake, H., Instability of polycarbonate subjected

to torsion, Zairyo Shiken Rengo Koenkai, Proc. 13th Japan. Congress on Material Research, p. 185 (1969)

6. Kambour, R. P., Kopp, R. W., Cyclic stress-strain behavior of the dry polycarbonate craze, J. Polymer Sci.: Part A-2, 183 (1969).

7. Kurobe, T., Wakashima, H., Fracture of polycarbonate resin, Zairyo Shiken Rengo Koenkai, Proc. 12th Japan. Congress on Materials Research, p. 187 (1968).

8. Legrand, D. G., Crazing, yielding, and fracture of polymers. I. Ductile brittle transition in polycarbonate, J. Appl. Polymer Sci. 13, 2129 (1969).

9. Liddell, W. L., Steele, R. S., Bingham, W. L., Donglas, R. A., Experimental Investigation of Large-Amplitude Elastic Wave

Propagation and the Elastic-Plastic Transition in a Polycarbonate

(Lexan), North Carolina State University (AD 733992) (1971).

10. Matsuoka, ]., Ishida, Y., Multiple transitions in polycarbonate, J. Polymer Sci.: Part C 14, 247 (1966).

11. McCall, D. W., Relaxation in Solid Polymers, Nat. Bur. Stand.

(U.S.), Spec. Publ. 301, p. 475, 571 pages (June 1969).

12. Metzger, A. P., Kolsto, B. L., Palinchak, S., Leininger, R. I., Services, Investigations and Tests on Standard and Nonstandard

Parts and Materials, Battelle Memorial Institute Final Report on Task 607 for U.S. Army Signal Materiel Support Agency, Contract No. DA 36-039-SC-85294 (AD 261147) (1961).

13. Miller, G. W., Visser, S. A. D., A mechanism for solvent stress crazing of polycarbonate, Amer. Chem. Soc, Polymer Preprints

8, 641 (1967).

14. Rothstein, E. C, Spech/er, D., A method of rapid determination

of thermal expansion and apparent second order transition tem- perature of polymer films. Polymer Eng. Sci. 6, 112 (1966).

15. Tanaka, T., Inuishi, Y'., High field conductivity of polycarbonate, Japan. J. Appl. Phys. 4, 942 (1965).

16. Turley, S. G., Effects of polymer structure on impact properties, Appl. Polymer Symposia 7, 237 (1968)

17. Vsevoldev, N. N., Ilinskaya, G. P., Change in Strength Properties

of Polycarbonate under the Influence of a Powerful Light Beam,

Army Foreign Science and Technology Center, FSTC-HT-23-

1187-71 (AD 733765) (1971).

842
12. References Received Late and Not Included in This Compilation

1. Bauwens, J.-C, Relation between the compression yield stress and the mechanical loss peak of bisphenol-A-polycarbonate in the beta transi- tion range, J. Mater. Sci. 7, 577 (1972).

2. Brautman, L. J., Kobayashi , T., Crack Propagation Studies in Glassy Polymers, 111. Inst. Technology, Army Materials and Mechanics Research Center Contract No. DAAG 46-69-C-0075, Report No. AMMRC 71-14 (AD 736859) (1971 J.

3. Foot, J. S., Ward, I. M., The fracture behavior of polyethylene terephthalate, J. Mater. Sci. 7, 367 (1972).

4. LaMar, F. W., Stress-Cracking and Fracture of Polycarbonate Material, The Bendix Corp., Kansas City, Co., Atomic Energy Commission Contract No. AT(29-1)-613 USAEC ( BDX-613-512) (1971).

5. Van de Voorde, M. H., Mechanical properties of non-metallic materials at 77 °K in a radiation environment, Presented at the Fourth International Cryogenic Engineering Conference, Eindhoven, Netherlands, CERN ISR-MA/72-14 (1972).

843
FORM NBS-H4A (1-71) U.S. dept. of comm. 1. PUBLICATION OR REPORT NO. 2. Gov't Accession

BIBLIOGRAPHIC DATA ,TT30 - 0 „ No,

SHEET NBS MN-132

3. Recipient's Accession No.

4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE

A Compilation and Evaluation of Mechanical, Thermal, and

Electrical Properties of Selected Polymers

5. Publication Date September 1973

6. Performing Organization Code

7. AUTHOR(S)

Schramm, R. E. , Clark, A. F. and Reed, R. P.

t. Performing Organization

9. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS

NATIONAL BUREAU OF STANDARDS, Boulder Labs.

DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE

Boulder, Colorado 80302

10. Project/Task/ Work Unit No. Proiect 2751436

11. Contract/Grant No. AEC Order No. SANL70-1 13; 807 Task 7; and 903 Task 6.

12. Sponsoring Organization Name and Address

Atomic Energy Commission

Lawrence Livermore Laboratory

Livermore, California 94450

13. Type of Report & Period

Covered

Final

14. Sponsoring Agency Code

15. SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES

16. ABSTRACT (A 200-word or less factual summary of most significant information. If document includes a significant

bibliography or literature survey, mention it here.)

This compilation abstracts original experimental data on the

mechanical, thermal, and electrical properties of six commercially

available polymers. After an extensive review of the open literature, all

available data were collected together in graphical and tabular form along

with material characterization, experimental method, and reference to the

original publication. The data are also summarized and a brief description

of each polymer is included.

17. KEY WORDS (Alphabetical order, separated by semicolons)

Compilation; electrical properties; mechanical properties; plastics; polymers;

thermal properties.

18. AVAILABILITY STATEMENT 19. SECURITY CLASS

(THIS REPORT)

21. NO. OF PAGES

(x^] UNLIMITED.

UNCLASSIFIED

848

1 1 FOR OFFICIAL DISTRIBUTION. DO NOT RELEASE

TO NTIS.

20. SECURITY CLASS

(THIS PAGE)

UNCLASSIFIED

22. Price $10.25

USCOMM-DC 66244-P7I

"fr U.S. Government Printing Office: 1973 O—491-190

EDGE INDEX

Introduction

Summary of Property Data

Polytetrafluoroethylene (TFE) and Hexafluoropropylene (FEP)

Polychlorotrifluoroethylene (CTFE)

Polyethylene terephthalate (PET)

Polypyromellitimide (PPMI)

Polyparaxylylene (PPX)

Polycarbonate (PC)